iiBWiiiinnniiwrf MiwwwiMHiiiiiiiiiiinj uii
OKT.
Established 1790.
Telejrraphic Address : "DOBSONS, BOLTON."
ABC and Lieber Codes.
National Telephone No. 60 1.
DOBSON & BARLOW LIMITED,
BOLTON.
MAKER
Roller and Saw Gins
Hopper Bale Brea!
Mixing Lattices.
Hopper Feeders.
Vertical and H<
Openers.
Scutchers.
Carding- Engines.
Improved Grinding M
Improved Grinding R
Stripping and Eu
Brushes.
Sliver Lap Machines.
Derby Doublers.
Draw and Lap
combined.
Machinery for \Ai
and
Tools, Si
THIS BOOK MUST NOT BE TAKI
FROM THE LIBRARY BUILDINC
TRANSMISSION OF POWER BY ROPES
FOR EFFICIENCY AND ECONOMY USE
KENYON'S PATENT
INTERSTRANDED cotton
DRIVING ROPES
EXPERT
ADVICE.
Complete
Transmissions
Designed,
Supplied,
Erected.
Driving of
Cotton
RingSpinning
Frames a
Speciality.
Cables-
Telegrams :
KENYON,
DUKINFIELD.
Ask for
our
Pamphlet :
== "Tlie
^ Transmission
of Power
by Ropes."
New Edition
in
Preparation.
Place your
Problems
before us.
Telephone :
494-495
ASHTON-
U.-LYNE.
SPINNING MILL DRIVE.
Wm. KENYON & Sons, Ltd.
DUKINFIELD, Cheshire, England.
Branches— LONDON OFFICE : Wm. Kenyon & Sons, Ltd.,
Cablerie du Nord, Armentieres, France. 96-97 Finsbury Pavement, E.G.
Woodhouse Bros., Preston, Lanes., Eng. CANADIAN AGENTS : Dodge Manufacturing
John Ruscoe & Co., Ltd., Hyde, Ches., Eng. Co. of Canada, Ltd., Toronto.
U.S.A. AGENTS: Dodge Manufacturing Co. , Mishawaka, Indiana.
Crotvn d>vo. lOs. net.
COTTON MILL
MANAGEMENT
A PRACTICAL GUIDE FOR MANAGERS,
CARDERS AND OVERLOOKERS
BV
WILLIAM SCOTT TAGGART, M.I.Mech.E.
CONTENTS
Introduction. Chap. I. Cotton. II. Bales. III. Mixing,
IV. Bale Breakers, etc. V. Hopper Feeder. VI. Openers
and Scutchers. VII. Carding. VIII. Drawing Frames. IX.
Comber and Preparing Machines. X. Bobbin and Flyer
Frames: Speed F'rames. XI. Self-acting Mule. XII. Ring
Frames. XIII. Testing. XIV. Miscellaneous. Index.
The above contents will indicate the scope of the book. Each
section is treated very fully in every practical detail. Very complete
conditions are given for each process in regard to the most efficient
and economical working, with hanks, speeds, drafts, settings, etc.,
for all ranges of counts and cottons.
Many mills are working under conditions that are far from being
economical or efficient. This may be due to careless supervision,
or too strict an adherence to old methods, or a failure to appreciate
the great importance of the essential details, or in many cases to a
lack of a clear understanding of how to obtain the best and most
out of each machine with a view to reducing labour, increasing pro-
duction, eliminating machines and attaining a high standard in the
ultimate yarn.
The book deals with these practical factors in mill management
and has been written solely for practical men.
W" SCOTT TAGCART, m.i.mech.e.
Consulting Engineer.
22 Bridge Street, also East Bank,
Manchester. Doffcocker,
tele.: 3815 central, bolton.
SPECIAL BRANCH
MILL MACHINERY.
MILL EQUIPMENT.
MILL METHODS.
MILL ORGANISATION.
author of
COTTON SPINNING
3 VOLUMES
COTTON MILL MANAGEMENT.
COTTON MILL CALCULATIONS.
COTTON MACHINERY SKETCHES.
PLATT BROTHERS & CO. Ltd.
HARTFORD WORKS
OLDHAM, ENGLAND.
MAKERS FOR 100 YEARS OF MACHINERY
FOR
GINNING, OPENING, CARDING, COMBING, PREPARING,
SPINNING, DOUBLING, AND WEAVING COTTON, WOOL,
WORSTED, WASTE, SILK WASTE, ASBESTOS, ETC.
Highest Awards of Merit at International and other Exhibitions
for Textile Machinery, from London, 1851, to Ghent, 1913.
Codes :
Telephone: No. 1826. Telegrams: ''PLATTS, OLDHAM."
A. 1, A.B.C. 4th, 5th, and 6th Editions, Western Union,' Bentleys.
COTTON SPINNING
MACMILLAX AXD CO., Limited
LONDON • BOMBAY • CALCDTTA • MADRAS
JIEI.BOURXE
THE JIACMILLAX COMPANY
NEW YORK
DALLAS
BOSTON . CHICAGO
SAN FRANCISCO
THE ilACMILLAN CO. OF CANADA, Ltd.
lOROSTO
COTTON SPINNING
BY
WILLIAM SCOTT TAGGAET, M.LMech.E
author of
'cotton mill management,' 'cotton spinning calculations'
'cotton machinery sketches,' 'quadrant and shaper of the s.a. mule'
'textile mechanics,' etc.
late examiner in cotton spinning to the city and guilds of LONDON institute
LATE assessor IN COTTON SPINNING AND WEAVING TO THE WEST RIDING OF YOI!KSHIRE
VOLUME III
WiTU ILLUSTRATIONS
FIFTH EDITION
MACMILLAN AND CO., LIMITED
ST. MARTIN'S STREET, LONDON
1925
COPYRIGHT
First Edition 189S. Second Edition 1902
Reprinted 1007. Third Edition 1911
Fourth Edition 19] 6
Fifth Edition 1920. Reprinted 1921 1925
PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN
PREFACE TO THIRD EDITION
Several corrections have been made in the body of the
book, and some important additions made which will
be found in the Appendix. These additions include
practically a full description of a self-acting mule that is
used extensively for the productions of fine numbers.
Interesting details of another type of mule are also added.
A very complete set of gearing illustrations of the chief
types of self-acting mules, together with full calculations
of each, will be found in Cotton Spinning Calculations
recently published.
W; S. T,
Bolton, 1910.
PREFACE
Ix the two previous volumes the preparing processes in
cotton spinning have been fully treated. In this volume
the subject of spinning and the preparation of yarns is
treated in an equally exhaustive manner, vath, I trust, an
avoidance of some defects that existed in the earlier books.
In a work of this kind, which covers so much ground
and deals with many features wpon which other men have
written, it is perhaps unnecessary to suggest that originality
is a difficult matter to ol)tain in one's treatment of the
subject. In my efforts to do so I may have, occasionally
but unconsciously, adopted similar methods of other writers ;
when such has been pointed out to me I have tried, and I
hope successfully, to prevent this being an ofTence, and I
sincerely trust that readers and writers alike will find in
my efforts a desire to simply present the study of cotton
spinning in an interesting and instructive manner, so that
it may prove of value to those whose Avell-being is dependent
on the success of that part of the industry it represents.
The various parts of the subject have been treated in
iv COTTON SPINNING
such a manner tliat the young student may with great
benefit to himself use them as a text-book, whilst the
older reader will undoubtedly find in them much to
interest him and develop a desire for a fuller knowledge
and a more perfect grasp of the principles underlying
many of the processes and much of the mechanism of
cotton-spinning machinery.
Completeness is impossible, and defects must exist in
such a work as this ; but publishers, printer, and writer have
done all they could to render it of more than ordinary
value to those interested, and suggestions, corrections, and
advice to make the books more serviceable will be fully
appreciated.
I beg to thank several machine firms Avho have generously
helped me by supplying me with sketches of parts of their
machines, which it Avould otherwise have been difficult
for me to obtain, and the Textile Mercury is specially
deserving of recognition for the excellent reproductions
of my drawings.
Wm. SCOTT TAGGART.
Bolton, 1898.
NOTE TO SECOND EDITION
Owing to the size of the book, it has not been considered
advisable to inchide all the smaller improvements recently
made to the machinery dealt with in this volume. Addi-
tions and corrections, however, have been made so as to
bring the book up to date and render it useful to the
practical man and to the student.
CONTENTS
CHAPTER I
F4GE
Theory OF Spinxixg . . . . r ^ ,. . 1
CHAPTER II
Mechaxism and AVokkixg of the Mule , c , 24
CHAPTER III
The Rixg Spixxixg Fiiame ..... . , 278
CHAPTER IV
Bobbin' Winding Frame . . c - , , . 337
CHAPTER V
Doi'BLING ..,.. = ,= . 35b
CHAPTER VI
Yarn Preparing Machines ...... 372
CHAPTER VII
JIii.L Planning , > 385
vii
vm CG 7' TON SPINNING
CHAPTER VIII
PAGE
Humidity ,,..,.,.., 399
CHAPTEE IX
Useful Information ...... . 408
APPENDIX L ,.,,,«„.. 421
APPENDIX II. . . . , . 0 , -. . 454
INDEX ........... 483
ILLUSTRATIONS
trta.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
Diagram illustrating the Cause of Twists going to the
Tliinnest Parts of Yarn during Spinning
Diagram illustrating the Arrangement of the Fibres in Yarn
Cross Section of Yarn showing Position of the Fibres
Diagram of the Twisting Action in the Mule
)) 55 5) " •
,, ,, ,, and the Effect
of an Inclined Spindle ......
} Diagrams showing Difference between a Vertical and an
Inclined Si)indle .......
Plan of a Pair of Mules ......
Section of a Mule
Plan "Mew of the Gearing of a Mule ....
Various Arrangements of Mule Creels
>> )> >j ...
View of the Back of Headstock .....
Driving of the Mule, End and Side View .
Gearing showing Driving of Front Roller and Back Shaft
Plan View showing all the Mule Scrolls .
Back Shaft drawing the Carriage out
Out End Back Shaft Scroll moving Carriage
Drawing-up Scroll .......
Check Scroll ........
S(|uaring Band under the Carriage ...
I Method of Constructing a Scroll . „ . .
7
10
15
18
18
19
22
24
26
27
30
31
32
33
38
39
40
40
42
42
45
47
COTTON SPINNING
no.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54,
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62,
63.
64.
Section of Mule showing Driving of Spindles, etc.
Back View of Headstock showing Driving
Spindle or Tin Drum Driving ....
Xew Method of Driving Spindles and Front llolkr
simultaneously .....
Section of Rim Shaft and Pulleys
Duplex Driving and Drawing-up Arrangement
Drawing-up hy Strap for Fine Spinning
General View of ilechanism of Cam Shaft !Mulc
End View showing Cam Shaft driven from Rim Shaft
Cam Shaft when placed below the Long Lever
Cam for iloving the Strap Fork
Twist Latch Lever, Backing-off and Strap Fork Ar
ment in Cam Shaft ilule ....
-Operating the Cone Clutch on the Cam Shaft .
Operating the Front Roller and Back Shaft
Mechanism for Operating Back Shaft and Drawiug u^
Clutch in Cam Shaft Mule. .
Holding out Catch . . . .
Backing-off and Drawing-up Mechanism
Strap-relieving Motion
-Details of same ....
j- Position of Faller "Wii'es for Diflerent Stages of the Cop
~\ Position of Sickles and "Wires for the Inward and Outward
/ Run of Carriage
Mechanism of Backing-off Chain-tightening Motion
A'iew of Spindle and Cop ....
Diagram of Cop showing Layers and Crossiuo
Diagram showing Curves of Variation of the
Spindle for Winding the Cop Bottom
Diagram of Cop
Gearing Plan of Mule-gearing
Cone
.-Diagrams illustrating Action of the Quadrant
.-Diagrams illustrating Exidanation of Quadrant
115
ILL USTRA riONS
XI
6o.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
98.
99.
100.
101.
102.
103.
104.
105.
l„
Diagraiu.s ilUistratiiii,' E.\"]ilaiiati(in of (^Munlraiit
I
Diagram of Variation of Initial Speed of Spindle
Diagram of Rate of Movement of Nut up the Quadrant
General View of Quadrant and its Connections .
AVinding Drum and its Connection to the Tin Roller
Long Shaper and its Connections ....
Diagram illustrating the Shaper ....
Front, Middle, and Back Plates of Shaper.
Diagram of Long Siia2>er explaining Curvature of Long
Rail
Diagram of Long Shaper Inclined Guide Bracket
Diagrams of Defective Cops ......
Diagrams of Shaper indicating Remedies for Defective Cops
-Faller Weighting and Easing ]\lotion ....
Diagram of Cop, etc., illustrating Principle of Xobing ilotion
Diagram illustrating Principle of Xosing ^lotion
Xose Peg Arrangement .....
Automatic Nosing ^lotion ^v(lrked from Fallers .
Nose Peg Arrangement .....
Automatic Nosing Motion worked from Shaper .
Governor or Strapjjing Jlotioii ....
>• ,, ,, Another ^Method
f >> >> >i
121
126
127
131
133
137
141'
143
149
151
151
159
163
167
171
171
175
177
179
181
183
183
187
193
197
199
201
xil COTTON SPINNING
no. FACE
106. Curve showing Rate of the Movement of the Xut up the
Screw of the Quadraut 20")
107. General View of the Long Lever Mule .... 207
108. Mechanism for Producing the Changes in the Long Lever
Mules 210
109. Mechanism for Producing the Changes in the Long Lever
Mules showing Rim Shaft Drawing-up and Backing-otf
Arrangements 21 i
110. Diagram of Long Lever showing Positions after Changes . 213
' "Twist Latch Lever and Strap-relieving Motions . , 21/
113. Backing-ofF Chain and its Connections showing its Tighten-
ing Motion ......... 221
114. Backing-otf Arrangement . ...... 225
115. Double Speed Driving 229
116. "Winding Motion for Fine Spinning 231
117. Plan of Gearing of Fine Spinning Mule .... 233
,„' 1 Group of Motions illustrating Method of obtaiuin" "Gain," I
Z^ r "Ratch," Roller Motion whilst Twisting at the Head, Y
'I and Roller Motion whilst "Winding . . . .1
12'? ~\ „ , .
JBackiug-otl Arrangement . ...... 241
124. Section of Rollers and Stand showing Weighting, etc. . 242
125. Diagram showing Method of calculating Pressure on
Rollers 242
126. Gearing of Rollers 242
127. Diameters and Spaces of the Rollers in a Mill for Japanese
Cotton 245
128. Diameters and Sjiaces of the Rollers in a ^lill for Chinese
Cotton 245
129. Diameters and Spaces of the Rollers in a Mill for Indian
Cotton 246
130. Diameters and Spaces of the Rollers in a 31111 for American
Cotton 247
131. Diameters and Spaces of the Rollers in a ilill for Egyptian
Cotton . . . 248
132. Diameters and Spaces of the Rollers in a ilill for Egyptian
Cotton 249
133. 'I
' /-Mechanism of another Form of Long Lever Mule . . 250
134. ]
ISo. General A'iew of Ditto and showing Double Soeed Driving . 252
ILLUSTRATIONS
XUl
?;\
rva,
136
137
138.
139.
140.
141.
142.
143.
144.
145.
146.
147.
148.
149.
150.
151.
152.
153.
154.
155.
156.
157.
158.
159.
160.
161.
162.
163.
164.
165.
166.
167.
168.
169.
170.
171.
172.
173.
174.
175.
176.
177.
lAnti-snailiiig Motion . . . » o » .
Anti-snailing Motion. Another Method ....
Diagram illustrating the Change in the Inclination of the
Yarn as the Carriage ti'avels out .
Diagram showing Horse-power of iMule
Gearing Plan of Mule .....
Half Section and Half Elevation of Ring Frame
Rope Driving for both Tin Rollers .
Section of Roller and Stands showing "Weighting
>> J J >> ))
Diagram explaining the Reason for Inclined Roller Stands
Diagrams explaining the Weighting of Roller Stands
Section showing Rollers, Thread-guide, and Spindle ,
j Thread Boards and their Lifting Arrangement .
Section showing Poker, Ring Plate, and Ring .
J , of Ring
,, Douhle Ring .....
,, Ring and Traveller ....
Building Motion ......
Diagram of Ring Bobbin .....
Building Motion and its Connections to tlie Pokers
I Diagrams explaining how the Traveller puts the Tw
I the Yarn .......
ist in
Diagram showing Ballooning ....
Diagram illustrating the Forces affecting tlu; Travdl
!- Diagrams illustrating Minimum Sizes of Bobbins
Sections of Self-contained Spindles . . . .
,, Rabbeth Spindle . . . . .
,, Booth-Sawyer Spindle . . . .
,, Dobson-Marsh Spindle . . . .
,, Five typical Self-contained Spindles
,, Oil Cup Sjiindle . . . . ,
Catch for holding tlie S2)indlc down .
VOL. HI
255
255
255
265
267
269
272
280
283
283
283
283
287
287
289
291
291
291
291
293
295
295
297
307
307
307
317
319
319
319
325
327
327
327
329
XIV
COTTON SPINNING
FIO.
178.
179.
180.
181.
182.
183.
184.
185.
186.
187.
188.
189.
190.
191.
192.
193.
194.
195.
196.
197.
198.
199.
200.
201.
202.
203.
204.
205.
206.
207.
208.
209.
210.
211.
212.
213.
214.
215.
216.
217.
218.
219.
220.
Seition of Spindle and Tirn Bobbin .
Gearing ol" King Frame . . . .
Section of Bobbin Winding Franie .
,; Quick Traverse Winding Frame
Traverse Motion of Quick Traverse AVinding F
j- Section of Quick Traverse Winding Frame
,, Clearer Winding Frame .
Gearing of Doubler Frame .
Section of Doubler Frame .
Creel and Trouglis of Doubler Frame .
Trough of English System of Doubler
, , Scotch , ,
Section of Doubler Spindle .
Knee Brake for Doubler Spindle
Roller Stop Motion for Doubler
Roller and Spindle Stop Motion for Doubler
Ring and Traveller of Doubling Frame
Diagram of Tv;ist in Doubling Two or more Ends into One
Rope Driving in Ring Spinning and Doubling Frames
Section of Reel showing Dotling ilotion
Side View of Reel ....
Old Form of Doffing ilotion
Coleby's Reel .....
]• Sections and Gearing of same ....
Gassing Frame ..,..,.
Bundling Press ......
Plan of a Card Room for a Mill of 80,648 Spindles
Plan of 4th Spinning Room ,, ,, ,,
Plan of Card Room Machinery ....
Plan of Preparing Machinery for Combed Yarn
Plan of Card Room of an Indian Mill
Plan of a Spinning and Weaving Mill
Hygrophant ......
Improvements in Long Lever j\hile .
Short Shaper . .....
ILL USTRA TLONS
XV
FIO.
221.
222.
223.
224.
225.
226.
227.
228.
229.
230.
231.
232.
233.
234.
235.
236.
237.
238.
239.
240.
241.
242.
243.
244.
245.
246.
247.
248.
249.
250.
Copjiing ^Motion and Sliort Sluiper .
Backing-otf Motion, etc. ....
Setting-on and Drawing-up Motions .
Backing-off Motion .....
Roller-delivery and Twist Motions .
Section of Donble Rim Shaft for Double Speed
Brake ]\rotion ......
Roller-delivery Motion ....
Roller Motion Click Wheel
Setting-on and Drawing-up Motions .
,, „ ,, Details of Fig. 2J0 .
Dra-wing-out, Ratcliing, Roller, Backing-oflf, etc., Motions
Assistant Winding i\Iotion
Gearing Plan of Special Fine Mule .
Jacking Motion ....
Strap Relieving Motion
Twist Motion on Tin Roller
Backing-ofF Motion . . „ .
Gearing Plan of Mule . , ,
/■Drawings of Single and Twofold Yarns .
Section of Horizontal Quick Traverse Gassing I'
/"Section of A'ertical Gassing Frame ,
I Section of Split Drum Traverse Gassing Fi'an
/"Section of Upright Spindle Winding Frame
I Bottle-shaped Winding Bobbin
Section of Quick Traverse Winding Frame
Section of Ball Clearer Drag
Gearing and Cam of Winding Frame
Section of Reel ; from Cheeses and Bobbins
Disposition of Fibres ....
Passage of Cotton between Cages and Calender Rollers
I'AOE
429
430
432
433
434
435
435
435
435
438
439
441
443
444
446
447
449
451
453
455
459
461
461
463
463
465
466
467
468
470
471
ILLUSTRATIONS IN VOLUME L
Photograph of Cotton Bolls .... Fro7itispiece
no. PAGE
1. Map of the Cotton Gro^ying Countries of the World . , 3
2. Enlarged Diagram of Cotton Fibre, showing Ripe, Unripe,
Over-ripe, and irregularly Twisted Fibres, together with
Transverse Sections ....... 21
3. Diagram showing the Degree of Irregularity in the Direc-
tion of Twist, and the Cotton Fibre .... 24
4. Section and Plan of the " Knife Roller " Gin, Double Action 35
5. Diagram showing effect of Knives in " Knife Roller " Gin . 36
6. Enlarged Section of the Ginning Organs of " Knife Roller"
Gin 36
7. Section through a Single Action " Macarthy " Gin . . 39
8. Relative Positions of the Ginning Organs in "Macarthy" Gin 40
9. Section f^hrough a Double Action " Macarthy " Gin . . 42
10. ,, "Saw" Gin with Lattice Feed, and
Condenser ......... 43
11. Bars of the "Saw" Gin ....... 44
11a. Section of " Saw " Gin with Double Row of Saws . . 45
llu. ,, ,, showing Inner and Outer Breast . 46
Foot-Roller Gin .49
Simple Churka Gin ........ 49
12. Section through Bale Breaker witli Four Lines of Rollers . 55
13. ,, Pedal Bale Breaker ..... 57
14. ,, Porcupine Bale Breaker . . . .58
15. Hopper Bale Breaker with Dust Extractor .... 60
16. „ „ ,, .... 61
xvii
COTTON SPINNING
17. Hopper Bale Breaker with Dust Extractor.
18.
19.
20.
20a
21.
22.
2-3.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
29a
30.
31.
3lA
3lB
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
ilixing Room, with Lattice Arrangement and Bale Breaker
Mixing Room, with Lattice, Bale Breaker, Hopper Feeder,
Porcuiiine Opener, and Trunks to Opener . ,
Combined ilachine formed by Coupling Hopper Bale
Breaker, Hojiper Feeder, Double Buckley Opener, Beater,
and Lap End .........
Plan and Elevation showing Hopper Bale Breaker, Hopper
Feeder, Small Porcupine Opener, Crighton's Opener, and
Exhaust Opener, all coupled together . . . .
Plan and Elevation showing Hopper Bale Breaker, Hopper
Feeder, Small Porcupine Opener, Crighton's Opener, and
Exhaust Opener, all coupled together
Section of an Automatic Hopper Feeder
Diagram showing Plans and Relative Positions of Hopper
Feeder, Opener, and Scutcher
. Section through Hopper Feeder
,, a Vertical Beater Opener
,, a Small Porcu]iine Opener
,, Footstep Bearing of A'ertical Opener
,1 ), )) ),
,, Double Vertical Opener .
., Vertical Ojjeuer with Horizontal Beat
and Lap Part ....
,, Horizontal Conical Beater Opener .
,, Large Porcupine Opener (Single) with
Hopper Feeder
,, Large Porcupine Opener (Double) with
Hopper Feeder . . . . .
,; Tiic Buckley Ojiener (Single) .
PAGE
62
63
63
66
68
69
70
71
74
76
78
79
79
81
82
89
90
90
91
92
95
95
99
ILLUSTRATIOXS IN VOLUME I
Section througli tlie Buckley Opener (Double) with Hopper
Feeder ......
,, Horizontal Exhaust Opener with Small
Porcupine Feeder ....
,, Single Scutcher, Doubling from Four Laps
no.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42. ,, ,, ,, Three Laps
43. Diagram showing the arrangement of Doubling from Laps
44. Longitudinal Section through Pedal Roller and Pedals
45. Diagram explanatory of the Curves and Cone Drums
46. ,, showing method of forming Cone Drums
47.
48.
49.
50. Arrangement of Bolls and Boll Rail for reducing Friction .
^1- j> >) )i )>
52. Link and Lever Arrangement for Regulator Motion
52a.
53. "Wire and Lever Arrangement for Regulator Motion
54. Link and Lever Arrangement for Regulator Motion
55. Section through the Feed Part of Scutcher, showing Cotton
struck from the Pedal Xose
56. Section through the Feed Part of Scutcher, showing Cotton
struck from Feed Rollers
Adjustable Beater Bars in Scutcher
I Section, End View, and Plan of Feed Regulating ilotion
r of Openers and Scutchers ......
0/.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
Sections of Feed Rollers and Pedal
Section showing Stripping Plate, Beater Bars, etc.
,, Adjustable Beater Bars, etc.
Elevation and Plan of Double Scutcher
62a. Section showing Beater and Beater Bars, etc. .
62b. Teacher's Patent Pedal .
63. Diagram of Three-Bladed Beater
64. ,, Two-Bladed Beater .
65. Section through a Combing Beater
66. Lap End of Scutcher with Cages, etc.
100
102
105
106
107
108
110
111
114
116
118
119
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
129
130
131
132
133
134
134
138
139
COTTON SPIXNING
' [Metliod of Weighting Calender Eollers of Lap End .
67. Stop Motion for Full Laps
68.
69.
70
71
72,
73
74
75,
76
Diagram of Two Wheels in Gear
,, a Train of Wheels .
Elevation of the Gearing of a Scutcher
Plan of the Gearing of a Scutcher
Diagram of Dust Flues and Chimney
78.
79.
80.
81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
86.
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
98.
99.
100.
Section through Roller and Clearer Card
Enlarged View of Roller and Clearer
Section through the Revolving Flat Car^l
Feed Roller AiTangement in Card
Dish Feed Arrangement in Card
Diagram of Cotton after the passage throu
the Taker-in .....
Dish Feeds for various classes of Cotton
Section through Dish Feed, Mote Knive
Undercasing .....
rh the Tei
Taker-in, am
Diagrams of the Action of the Taker-in Teeth
,, Card Setting Gauges
Section of Feed Arrangement, etc.
,, through Taker-in and Cylinder .
Enlarged Section of Taker-in and Cylinder
Section of Card Filleting ....
Open-Set Card Wire ....
Twill-Set Card Wire ....
Rib-Set Card Wire
Diagrams of the Angles of Carrl Wire
Section showing Flats entering upon the Cylinder
th of
ILLUSTRATIONS LN VOLUME i
FIG.
101.
102.
103.
104.
105.
106.
107.
108.
109.
110.
111.
112.
113.
114.
115.
116.
117.
118.
119.
l.'SO.
li',1.
122.
123.
124.
125.
126,
127.
128.
129.
130.
131.
132.
133.
134.
135.
136.
Relative Positions of Flats and Cylinder .
Diagram ex[)laiiatory of elFect of Grinding
Card Flexible Bend, Five Setting Points ,
,, ,, Single Setting Points
Diagram explanatory of Fig. 104
Card Flexible Bend, Five Setting Points .
Card Bend with Steel Bands
,, Flexible Bend, Single Setting Point
Diagram explanatory of Fig. 110
Card Flexible Bend, Single Setting Point
Section throngh Flexible Framing and Cylinder
Card Flexible Bend, Single Setting Point
,, ,, Five Setting Points .
Section of Fig. 115, showing Adjustment, etc
Adjustable Card Centre
Section through Doffer and Cylinder
Section through Coiler with Details
'Back Stripping Comb
Sections of Card "Wires
Flat Grinding Arrangement with Details
PAon
189
193
195
196
197
200
203
205
205
207
208
211
213
214
216
217
218
219
221
222
225
226
228
231
232
xxu
COTTON SPINNING
FIO.
137. Flat Grinding Arrangement with Details
138. Diagrams exjjlanatory of Fig. 137
139. Section of Horsfall Grinding Roller
140. Doffer Driving ....
141. Section of a Comb Box
142. Slow Motion for Doffer
143. Card Feed Roller Weighting .
144. Diagram of Card "Web
145. ,, ,, . .
146. Elevation of the Gearing of Card
147. Plan View of the Gearing of Card
148. Diagram of Prices of Standard Grades of Cotton
149. Double Roller "Macarthy" Gin
150. Hopper Bale Breaker. Dobson and Barlow
151. Small Porcupine Opener. Platts
152. Hopper Feeder ....
153. Exhaust Opener. Feed Part Section
154. Travelling Lattice in Dust Trunk
155. Buckley Opener. Taylor Lang
156. ,, ,, Single for Four Laps. Taylor La
157. ,, ,, Howard and Bullough
158. „ ,, Lap End
159. Pressure Gauge for Air Pressures
160. Lattice under Dust Grids. Howard and Bullough
161. Pneumatic Delivery of Cotton. Dobson and Barlow
162. Details of do
163. Pneumatic Delivery of Cotton. Another Method
164. Detail of do
165. Diagram of Lengths of Cotton Fibres
166. ,, ,, ,, ,, and "Waste
167. ,, showing L-regularities in Scutcher Laps
168. ,, of a Perfect Lap .
169. ,, of an Irregular Lap
170. ,, of Pedal Roller and Pedal Ends, showing Feeding
171. ,, of Scutcher and Opener Cone Drums
ILLUSTRATIONS IN VOLUME I yxiii
FIO. PAGE
172. Diagram of Scutcher and Opener Cone Drums . . . 296
173. ,, ,, ,,,,,, . , . 298
174. showing Irregularities of Card Sliver . . . 300
175. „ ... ,, ,, „ ... 301
176. Mote Knives and Undercasings of Card . , , . 302
177. Flat Grinding Apparatus. Dobson and Barlow , , 303
178. Doffer Slowering Motion. Howard and Bullough 304
179. A
180. Ivoulten Opener . . - 306
181. J
ILLUSTRATIONS IN VOLUME IL
1. Section of Draw-Frame
2. Tandem System of Draw-Frames
3. Alternate Sj'stem of Draw-Frames
4. Zigzag System of Draw-Frames
6 J
Weighting of Rollers in Draw-Frame
7. Solid and Loose Boss Rollers
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
I Diameters and Spaces of Draw-Frame Rollers for variou;
I classes of Cotton
Diagram showing effect of Doubling and Drawi
Diagram illustrating Draft in Draw-Frame
Front and Back Stop jMotiou
Details of Stop Motion in Draw-Frame
Front and Back Stop Motions in Draw-Frame
Electric Stop Motion
Patent Revolving Top Clearer
Ermen's Top Clearer
Colling's ,, ,,
Full Can Stop Motion
Section of Draw-Frame
Asa Lees
Dobson and Barlow
Gearing of Draw-Frame
■Driving of Rollers in Draw-Frame
PAGE
3
5
5
5
11
14, 15
20
21
22
23
26
28
32
33
33
33
36
37
39
89
COTTON SPINNING
27. Diagram of Roller Gearing in Draw-Frame
28. ,, ,, ,, . . .
28a. Draw and Lap Macliine. Dob:-on and Barlow
28b. ,, ,, ,, ,, . .
28c. „ „ ■ „ „ . .
28d. „ „ ,, ,, . .
2Se. Gearing of Ribbon Lap Macliine ....
29. Section through Comber (Duplex). Dobsou and Barlow
30. Star Feed Wheel
31. Section through Comber and Nipper Cam
32 1
' j-Two Arrangements of tlie Xippers ....
34. Quadrant Cam and Quadrant Feed in Comber .
35. Roller or Quadrant Cam showing Cycle of Actions .
36. Side View, Quadrant, Quadrant Cam, and Clutch Cam
37. Notch Wheel Feed Motion in Comber
38.
39. Detaching Roller Meclianisni .
40. Section of Single Nip Comber .
41. ,, Double Nip Comber
42. -^
43.
(-Diagrams explaining the Combing Action
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51. Diagrams explaining Action of Nasmith's Comber
52. Detail of Nasmith's Comber ....
53.
54.
55.
56. [Gauges for Nasmitli's Comber
57.
Section through Nasmitli's Comber
Gearing Plan of Nasmith's Comber
Detail of Nasmith's Comber
^ Details of Nasmith's Comber
103
ILIUSTKATWNS IN VOLUME II
58. Stop Motions ou Comber. Hetliciington .
59. ,, ,, ,, . .
60. Whitin Comber. Howard and BuUough .
60a. ^
60b. -Diagrams explaining Action of Whitin Comber
60c. }
61. Section of Comber ......
62. Gearing Plan of Comber .....
63. Section through Flj'-Frame ....
64. Plan of the Spindle Rail
65. Section through the Rollers and Stands .
66. Cap Bar
^1. Rollers and Stand in Fly-Frame
68. Diameters and Spaces of Rollers in Fly-Frame
■O.J
Fly and Bobbin with Driving
Frame
71. Spindle Footstep Bearing
72. ~i Diagrams explaining the Action of
73. J Presser ......
74. Flyer Legs with Straight and Curved Slot
75. Driving the Bobbins and Spindles
76. Diagrams explaining Winding in the Fly
77. Diagi'am explaining "Flyer Leading"
78. ,, ,, " Bobbin Leading "'
79. 1 Diagi'ams explaining Variations of S[)ee
80. J during "Winding ....
81. Gearing of Fly-Frame
82. I .
> Diagrams explaining the Curves of the Cone Drums
83. )
PAGE
. 1C6
. 107
. 108
. 109
. Ill
113
123
126
128
129
130
131
133
. 134
the Flyer and
136, 137
139
140
142
146
146
J of the Bobbin
151, 153
155
84. "I Diagrams explaining the Constrii
85. J Drums
86. Epicyclic Train of "Wheels
87. ,, ,, ,,
88. ,, ;, ,j
89.
90
ction of the Cone
157
161
169
171
172
173
173
COTTON SPINNING
FICi.
91.
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
98.
99.
100.
101.
102.
10.3.
104.
105.
106.
107.
108.
109.
110.
111.
112.
Differential Motion (Sun and Planet)
Section tlirough Patent Differential Motion
Diagram of Fly-Frame Full Bobbin
Gearing of Fly-Frame .....
Building or Traverse Motion in Fly-Frames .
Details of Traverse Motion in Fly-Frames
Diagram explaining Traverse Motion in Fly-Frames
Building or Traverse Motion ....
Improved Methods of Driving the Bobbins
Ordinary Method of Driving the Bobbins
Gearing of Fly-Frame ....
Bobbins and Skewer'-
179
185
188
191
194
197
199
200
201
202
205
208
210
211
213
219
220
230
231
233
236
237
CHAPTER I
THEORY OF SPINNING
In the course of the two preceding volumes, it has been
considered necessary several times to examine into the
principles underlying the various operations of the different
machines, and the etfect these machines have upon the
cotton passing through them. The remarks already made
may now be extended into a more detailed examination ;
and as they will serve the purpose of an introduction to a
description of the Self-acting Mule, on which the final
operation of spinning — that of making the cotton into
yarn — is performed, the conclusions arrived at will
materially assist in making some of the operations of
that machine more readily understood.
The ideal state of the cotton, to obtain which every
effort has been made, may be su.mmed up as follows : —
Absolute cleanliness ; equality in length of fibre ; perfect
parallelisation of the fibres ; a disposition of the fibres
among themselves such as to ensure the strongest result:
uniformity throughout the length in diameter, weight, and
strength ; and a round solid yarn as the ultimate result of
the whole series of operations.
Sufficient has been said already to show that the first
three conditions have been almost satisfactorily attained,
VOL. Ill B H
2 COTTON SPINNING chap.
especially when the cotton has been combed ; otherwise it
cannot be assumed that the parallelisation of the fibres is
so nearly perfect as is generally supposed. It will, there-
fore, be necessary to confine the examination to the last
three ideal conditions of a perfect yarn ; and to see
whether they are possible of attainment, and how far
present machinery is capable of achieving them.
Uniformity of the Yarn. — In the first place the ques-
tion of the uniformity of yarn will be considered. Uni-
formity applied to yarn generally means that the yarn is
uniform in diameter and in weight ; the uniformity of
strength is not as a rule the occasion of so much observation
as the other two, provided a very long length doubled
many times answers to a satisfactory test for breaking
weights (this point will be dealt with later on).
Regularity of Diameter. — There are several ways of
testing yarn as to its uniformity of diameter, the common
one being to wrap a certain number of lengths side by side
on a black slip of wood or cardboard. The contrast of colour
thus aftbrded gives a very good idea of inequalities, and a
judgment based on such an examination is generally con-
sidered sufficient for practical purposes. It is, however, at
best only a crude method, and when what are considered good
results are passed under the microscope with low power,
the great diff"erence between adjacent diameters is instantly
recognised. The fault of the " sight " method of judging
yarn is due to our inability to see small diff"erences in
small diameters. "We give an example : —
Suppose a 20's yarn is yl^ inch in diameter, this we
can see is a very small dimension ; if a thinner one is taken,
say j-^ inch diameter, and a thicker one, say -^^^ inch
diameter, the difference between the three yarns is so little
triat it would require an unusually good eyesight to detect
I THE MODERN MULE 3
it. When, however, such a yarn is passed under a micro-
scope and magnified say 100 times, the y^^ inch would
become of such a size as to show clearly any difference of
other diameters when compared therewith ; if y^Q of an
inch became enlarged to one inch, the two other dimensions
would become -j^- and ^^ of an inch respectively — the
difference in each case being J^ inch. Such a difference
is really enormous and represents a large percentage of
variation, and yet it is one that Avould not readily be
noticed by the ordinary testing method, simply because
of the eye's failure to judge of such small differences. If
a finer yarn is taken, say 60's, its diameter of say -^^^q inch
would render it even more difficult to discern variations
of diameters unless they were unusually large. We thus
see that the usual method of judging yarns is by no means
perfect ; it evidently satisfies ordinary requirements of
trade, but we ought not to ignore the fact that very
unequal yarn is still made in spite of all that has been
done to perfect the machiner}' for making it. Combed
yarns among the higher numbers display almost as great
an inequality of diameters as the low numbers do, mainly
because of the fact mentioned above ; but combed 60's com-
pared ■\\dth ordinary 60's is much superior, although, as
already noted, a very large percentage of A^ariation exists.
Another way of rendering very apparent the variation
that exists in the diameter of yarns is to double together
two rovings of the same hanks, and the same cotton, but
one of them dyed, the other white, or of a contrasting
colour. Each roving b}' itself will probably show very
little variation ; but when doubled, the mere fact of
twisting will bring out everj' thin and thick place in a
remarkable manner. The writer had recently a striking
object-lesson on this point, while in a spinning mill on
4 COTTON SPINNING chai\
the Continent. The specialty of the mill in question is
coloured and mixed yarns made from doubled rovings.
A cop formed of double roving, one white and one black,
at the mule, while generally even in a^jpearance at the
first glance, was in reality one whole length of irregu-
larities. These were made apparent by the distinct
character of the twists, which could easily be seen, owing
to the contrast in colour of the two rovings ; the twists
lay very close together in places, drawing the yarns tightly
together and making a thin hard place ; at others they
were correspondingly separated, and at these spots a thick
fuzzy place was formed. Such irregularities existed and
followed each other in varied lengths from ^ to 1-^ inches
throughout the cop. At first the suggestion was made
that the dyed roving was perhaps the chief offender; but
when two dyed rovings were used, similar results followed,
and an examination of the rovings only showed that they
were good average results of "good middling" cotton
obtained after passing through modern preparing machinery.
The same two rovings put through a ring frame gave a cop
that was scarcely distinguishable from that of the mule so
far as the marked character of the variations was to be
seen. A strange thing about it was that when double
rovings of white, or two of the same colour were used, the
yarn was remarkably good and even in appearance ; but no
sooner were the twists made apparent by a contrast of
colour than the unreliability of one's judgment by sight
was immediately emphasised.
Regularity of Length and Weight. — In close con-
nection with the uniformity of diameter is that of 1-ength.
Owing to the universal use of the wrap reel and scales, any
variation in this direction is quickly noted, and the judgment
lias little if anything to do with the decision. But even with
I THE MODERN MULE 5
tlie Aviiip reel it is only average results that are dealt in ; long
lengths are always taken, varying from Il^O to 840 yards,
and the weights of the same lengths from different cops are
compared. This rough method, however, fails to show
whether the yarn is uniform, for if fifty cops can be taken
from different i)arts of the same mule, wide variations will
be noted in their weighings. Such variations, however, Avill
be intensified if a number of wrappings be taken from the
same cop and carefull}^ compared. Diflferences like the one
just suggested are of a distinct practical character, and being
very well known are always allowed for ; but if the examin-
ation be continued by splitting up say 840 yards into pieces
of 10 yards each, or even less, and weighing them, the same
average result for the whole length will be given, but the
individual weighing will vary to an extent that is astonish-
ing. It is a difficult matter to say how it happeiis that this
state of things exists ; it is probably due to errors in the
previous machines, })rincipally in the card and scutcher, and
the reason for its non-detection at these machines is the too
great reliance that is })laced on average weighing in the bulk,
and the fact that a slight variation under such conditions
is not considered of importance for practical purposes.
To show what is meant, let it be supposed a scutcher
makes laps that vary only within \ lb. in a lap of 32 lb. ;
this would be a very good result indeed, and if it represented
the actual variation of the laps, there w^ould be an luiusual
degree of uniformity in the yarn. But when we consider
that a difference of \ lb. in a 32 lb. lap causes a variation
of a single hank at 60's, it will be readil}^ understood that
uniformity of scutcher laps in the bulk is not a good
foundation on which to base anticipations of uniform yarn.
By taking periodically very short lengths of the lap, and
weighing them, a much better idea of the variation would
6 COTTON S TINNING chap.
be arrived at, and means could then be taken to ensure
more uniform results. Practical tests in this direction of
weighing short lengths of what seemed to be a good lap,
have shown variations of as much as 25 per cent. It is
therefore not surprising to find that yarn is not uniform ;
to a large extent variations will always exist, but much
could be done to remedy them if a correct judgment were
formed by individual observation instead of depending so
much on large average results.
Although irregularity of diameter is such a noticeable
feature, it by no means follows that it corresponds to the
variations in weight, except in the case of sliver and
rovings ; in yarns the twist put in has an all-poAverful
influence in affecting the diameter. There is no doubt
from even a casual observation that variations exist, but
they are so distinctl}^ brought to view by means of the
twist put in the yarn, that a little consideration of this
feature will not be out of place.
Twist and Weft. — The object of twisting has already
been explained. P'rom the fact that the twist can be put
in the yarn in two directions, the terms "twist and weft
way " are general. The term weft, however, is not applied
so much to the direction of the twist as to its condition.
It implies less twist and a softer yarn, and as a rule weft
yarn is made from cotton that gives a soft and more jjliable
effect. Twist is as a rule formed by turning the spindle in
the same direction as that in which the hands of a clock
turn, and it gives to the yarn a spiral twist, corresponding
to that seen on a right-handed screw. Weft has its twist
})ut in generally in the opposite direction. It does not
always follow, however, that the direction of the twist gives
the yarn its character of twist and weft.
Effect of Twist. — The tendency of the twists lo fly to
I THE MODERN MULE 7
the thin places in the yarn is a well-observed fact, and
several suggestions have been made as to its cause, the chief
one being the greater difhculty of twisting a thick place than
a thin one. Whether the thick place be caused through a
larger number of fibres existing at the place, or through the
fibres being coarser, it is highly probable that the above
reason is the correct one ; and if so, it resolves itself into
a purely mechanical fact that the twists should fly to the
thinnest places of the yarn.
The following illustrations will serve to make this point
clear, and every reader can readily convince himself of its
truth. Take three lengths of narrow tape (or even slips of
paper), cut to the shapes shown in Fig. 1 at A, B, and C.
A is a uniform narrow slip, and it has been twisted one
complete turn : a perfectly uniform twist is the result,
because the resistance to twisting is the same throughout
the strip. If a second slip be taken, wider at one end than
at the other, as at B, the complete turn does not give a
uniform result, the wide end of the slip being more difficult
to turn, and as a consequence the twist is confined to the
narrow end. By making the slip wide in the middle and
thin at the ends, as at C, we have a similar effect ; but in
this case the thick portion, while it has evidently turned
and transferred the twists from one thin end to the other,
8 COTTON SPINNING chap.
has failed to be twisted itself, the naiTOwer ends only
receiving the twists. This is very conclusive evidence of
the eftect of a thick or thin place in the yarn, and, as can
be seen, it is one of a purel)^ mechanical nature. If a
similar problem were presented in regard to wire, or a
shaft, its solution would be found at once, and definitely,
on the above lines ; and the fact that yarn is not so
homogeneous as iron does not interfere very materially
with the reasoning ; it only prevents a definite conclusion
as to the amount of the result being arrived at.
As will be seen a little later, the peculiar action of the
mule — and it is one of its chief advantages — has a beneficial
effect in modifying the extreme result of twist ; neverthe-
less, it is always considerable, and the only reniedj^ is to be
sought in more uniform results in the preparing processes.
Strength of Yarn. — The strength of yarn depends upon
two principal factors, namely — the kind of cotton, and the
arrangement of the fibres among themselves. The strongest-
fibred cotton does not make the strongest yarn : firstly,
because it is shorter, and therefore not capable of being
bound into as strong a yarn as the longer but weaker fibres;
and secondly, Ijecause its greater diameter does not allow
of as many fibres in the cross section of the yarn as is the
case when finer fibres are used ; the percentage of extra
fibres in such a case is greater than the percentage of weak-
ness in the individual fibre : consequently, if, say, 30's be
spun out of Indian and Sea Island cottons, the weaker Sea
Island fibre would make the stronger yarn — for the two
reasons given above.
Arrangement of the Fibres in the Yarn. — The
disposition of the fibres in the yarn is rather an important
matter, and it is qi;ite obvious that — other things being
equal-— the strongest yarn is that which has its fibres
i THE MODERN MULE 9
arranged to the best advantage in respect to one another.
The actual arrangement of fibres in yarn is of course
practically iinknown, but we may reasonably argue from
some of the known facts, and conjecture. For instance,
cotton that retains 15 to 20 per cent of its shorter fibres
is clearly bound to produce weaker j^arn than if those
fibres were removed by the combing process ; and in the
same way it is reasonable to suppose that the haphazard
arrangement of the fibres taken from the doffer must yield
poorer results as to strength than the ordered condition of
the fibres after passing through the comber. Both sets of
fibres, however, are modified as to their ai-rangement in
the subsequent processes, and it is most probable that the
former is greatly improved, whilst the latter loses some-
what of its advantages. Nothing definite is known,
however, and this opinion is only expressed after a careful
examination of the drawing process, as seen in such
machines as are used for jute ajid flax, where the operation
— owing to the long length of fibre — is easily seen, and its
action readily followed.
In order to demonstrate what might be considered an
ideal state in the disposition of the fibres, it Avill be
necessary to make use of the diagrammatic method, similar
to that used b}'^ Mr. Nasmyth in his book on Cotton
Spimmig. The reasoning and conclusions arrived at,
however, are different, the similarity being simpl}' in the
diagrams. Fig. 2 shows several possible arrangements
of the fibres ; but it must be thoroughly understood that
none of them are prol^able, the actual conditions most
likely partaking of a combination of all of them. At A an
arrangement is shown which gives a perfectly uniform
thickness of yarn ; but it is absolutely without strength,
for the obvious leason tiiat the fibres are simply end-on-
lo C OTTO A' SPINNING chap.
end, and are not bound together in any way. It may be
taken as rej^resenting one extreme in any combination
that may take place, and the probability of its happening
to a certain degree, if only a small one, introduces a
possible cause of the well-known weakness of yarn com-
pared with the strength of the individual fibres. At B the
^
»-l--i 2
tB:
>!|i
^
*- — I— 5^
A 3
^
Fig. 2.
fibrss are shown with a short overlap ; when twisted
together a certain strength would be obtained, but it
would clearly be only of a slight character, and it is highly
probable that its weakness would lie in the slipping of the
fibres over one another owing to the insufficient lap. A
more serious evil, however, is seen in the unevenness of
the yarn that would be made ; at 1 the thickness is tliat
I THE MODERN MULE ii
of twelve fibres, -while at 2 only six fibres are twisted.
This arrangement most certainly exists in yarn, and is
the cause of unevenness. The Avell-known action of the
comber arranges the fibres on this plan, but of course Avith
a much gi'eater overlap. At C is shown a modified form
of B, in which the fibres produce a uniform thread, and
equally as strong. It is an unknown point Avhat propor-
tion of the length of the fibres ought to be twisted in
order that the weight to cause rupture should just equal
that necessary to produce slippage. If one-eleventh of the
length be suihcient to resist slippage when a number of
fibres (say twelve) are twisted together, the arrangement
shown at C would be the strongest possible one. At 2 a
section is given of the weakest place, and yet it is only
9 per cent less than the theoretical value of all the fibres ;
at 3 the full value is obtained, but since the strength of
the yarn is that of its weakest spot, rupture would take
place probalily at 2. At D the ari-angement is one in
which the greatest possible adhesion is given to the mass
of fibres in the yarn when twisted, the possibility of slip-
page being reduced to a minimum, and from this point of
view it has an advantage over C ; it is also uniform, but
a glance at the diagram will show that the weakest spot
of such a combination of fibres contains only six fibres
(see 2) and is therefore 50 per cent weaker than the
strongest place (as at 3), which has twelve fibres in cross
section. Next to A, D is the poorest combination that
can be given to the fibres, on the assumption, of course,
that we are treating of fibres all of which are of equal
length, and that half the length of the fibre is requisite for
twist in oi'der to equal the breaking weight. It is the
opinion of the writer that a much smaller proportion of
length is sufficient, and of course the smaller it is the
12 COTTON SPINNING chap.
stronger is the yarn ; the object of attainment seems to be
to lay the fibres in such a way as to break as much as
])ossible the joint caused by the ends coming together.
Such an assumption as that mentioned above is, however,
far from being correct in practice. In the best combed
cotton a hirge percentage of variation exists, and this
means that the overlapping of the fibres follows no strict
law ; moreover, when we know that a very large draft is
given to the sliver after passing the comber, before it is
made into yarn, it is clearly impossible to suppose that
the apparent regularity with which the comber does its
work results in the fibres of the yarn being arranged as at
C or D. If a single end of combed sliver, with its fibres
arranged as at C (which is quite possible), be made into
yarn, the nearest approach to the aggregate strength of
its component fibres will be obtained, but when several
slivers are doubled, the overlappings of the filjres in the
different slivers do not correspond, and a condition is
produced which prevents dependence on the original
arrangement. We may, however, conclude that a stronger
yarn will be made, both from the greater uniformit}^ in
the length of the fibres as well as from their better dis-
position, which is a source of strength when twisted.
The above remarks will have prepared the reader for
the conclusion that the strength of yarn is a very variable
factor ; that the disposition of the fil)res folloAvs no fixed
arrangement; that it is impossible to arrange them in a
manner to obtain more than a relatively small percentage
of the strength of the individual fibres ; and that the
probable arrangement of fibres is a mixture of those shown
in Fig. 2.
Rotundity of Yarn.— In ct)nsidering the question of
the rotunditv of the yarn after it has been twisted, it ought
I THE MODERN MULE 13
to be remembered that it is not simply one of a numl)cr of
objects sought for in the making of good yarn : it really
represents the sum and substance ci all of them combined.
Granted that ideal conditions in material and processes
existed, perfectly round yarn would be the natural result ;
but in, the absence of ideal conditions, round, or rather
sectionally round, yarn is still possible.
The roving as it passes between the rollers is compressed
into a thin flat ribbon of fibres, and on issuing from them
is immediately twisted into a strand in which all the fibres
are more or less bound together. Considering the number
of twists given to the yarn it is natural to expect a
cylindrical form as a result. The only thing that interferes
with this conclusion is the homogeneity of the fibres as a
whole, and it is upon this feature that the question de-
pends. Roundness is the result of twisting. If the yarn
were homogeneous throughout its length it Avould have a
circular appearance in a sectional elevation, but this
rotundity would not necessarily be perfectly cylindrical,
because, as we have already pointed out, the sliver from
which the yarn is spun is unequal, therefore there Avould
exist different diameters at various points. In spite of
this a sectional view would give a circle. It is quite
obvious that thick places, whether containing more fibres
in cross section, or the same number of fibres each of a
greater diameter, can be made round, just as readily as
in the case of a small number of fibres. The fact that
yarn is far from being round must be sought for on the
assumption that any given section of it is not homogeneous,
which assumption can be easily verified l)y the microscope.
Suppose that in the thin ribbon of fibres which issues from
the front rollers there are two or three fibres slightly
thicker than the rest, the presence of those fibres will
14 COTTON SPINNING chap.
cause that particular part to offer a greater resistance to
twisting than that of the weaker and thinner fibres, and as
a consequence an irregular shape will ]je produced. Xow
it is fully well known that thick and thin fibres exist
throughout the best of cotton. In some classes this is
more so than others, and it is the fact that a few of these
thicker or even utuisuall}" thin fibres can be found in the
cross section of any yarn that causes the irregular shape it
is found to possess. In regard to the round form of section
of yarn and of fibres, it is as well to observe that it may
have two distinct meanings. It may mean that the cross
section itself is round or that the general view from the cross
section is round. These are two very widely different
things.
Elasticity. — Elasticity is all-important in the character-
istics of yarn, and this to a greater or less extent exists in
all textile fibres. It may be defined as a property Avhich
enables a substance to be distorted to a certain extent and
yet to return to its original condition without having
suffered injury. If all the fibres in Fig. 3 were packed
closely together, there would be very little elasticity, because
the fibres have no room in v/hich to yield ; the j'arn cannot
lengthen unless the diameter becomes smaller at the same
time, so that if the smallest diameter is obtained by close
packing, the yarn ceases to have elasticity in the sense
understood in cotton spinning. The drawing shows that
the fibres are not arranged in any close order, and, as a
consequence, if the yarn is stretched slightly, the diameter
is reduced ; the fibres come together, and in doing so cause
a lengthening to take place. A yielding of this kind
naturally relieves the j-arn of any shock that may come
upon it and thus prevents rupture. At the same time
the fibres themselves, in the aggregate, possess sufficient
THE MODERN MULE
^5
elasticity to cause theiu to spring back into their original
position when the pressure is removed from the yarn.
Whilst recognising that elasticity and strength are
not convertible terms, it must be understood that they
are entirely dependent upon each other. The maximum
strength of any given yarn depends upon a certain degree
of elasticity, and this in its turn depends upon the char-
acter and number of the twists put into the yarn. Confin-
ing our attention to mule yarn it will be seen that a less
number of twists than what is considered normal will
^
Fio. 3.
increase the liability to lengthen when pressure is applied,
but such a reduction in twist will weaken the yarn, and,
therefore, a considerably less pressure will cause rupture
or slippage. Consequently nothing is gained by this
procedure in the way of strength. It happens, however,
that strength is not the all-important factor in some classes
of yarn. A yielding thread is often desired to be used
in material or for pur2:)oses where it is not subjected to
forces that will cause rupture, so that we find large
quantities manufactured to serve such special conditions.
On the other hand, an unusual degree of hardness in
the yarn is sometimes desired, and in such a case elasticity
1 6 COTTON SPINNING chap.
is sacrificed, and extai twists put in the yarn. It must
be borne in mind, though, that extra twist means additional
strains on the fibres, and these naturally are a source of
weakness ; but since circumstances demand hard twisted
yarn, it is necessary to make it.
In further consideration of the subject it will be noted
that between the two cases mentioned above it is possible
to obtain a yarn with a maximum strength combined with
such a degree of elasticity as to satisfy the best conditions
of the two factors. Exactly at the moment when rupture
takes place the yarn should cease to stretch, and, simul-
taneously with this, slippage of the fibres over each other
ought to begin. Under these circumstances a standard yarn
would be produced. It need scarcely be remarked that our
present knowledge absolutely prevents such a high degree
of excellence in the making of yarn, partly from the fact
that the cottoft fibre is an ever-varying element, and also
that little, if anything, has been done in the way of in-
vestigation into the best means of obtaining a basis upon
which to work.
The following table, taken from The Textile Mercury.
will give some idea of the elasticity of yarn : —
For Nos. 20 to 30
„ „ 30 to 40
„ „ 40 to 60
„ „ 60 to 80
„ „ 80 to 120
„ „ 120 to 140
„ 140 to 170
4'5 to 5 per cent
4-0 to 4-5 „ „
3-8 to 4-0 „ „
3-5 to 3-8 „ „
3-0 to 3-5 „ „
2'5 to 3'0 „ „
2-0 to 2-5 „ „
In measuring the diameter of yarn it is often over-
looked that a maximum diameter and minimum diameter
may exist at the same part of any given section, and yet
if this were used for a basis upon which to obtain an
I THE MODERN MULE 17
average diameter, absurd results would follow. To use
the example of a twist drill, it is })alpably iucorrect to
estimate its diameter from the average of its least aud
greatest diameters. Paradoxical as it may seem, its
average diameter is certainly its greatest diameter. This
comes about because the greatest diameter is uniform.
In yarn the greatest diameter is not uniform, consequently
the average diameter in such a case must be obtained from
a large number of measurements of the larger diameters
obtained from sections in which the least dimensions at
those points can also be observed.
Rule for the Diameter of Yarn.— -/^7-- = dia. in
viMos.
inches. This rule is, of course, based on finding the volume
of a certain Aveight and length of yarn and then calculating
the diameter.
The Principle of the Spinning Action in the Mule.
— In the mule, as in all spinning machines, the characteristic
action is that employed for putting the twist into the roving.
" Spinning " is the general name applied to this action Avhen
the amount of twist is in excess of that required to strengthen
the roving so as to enable it to be taken from one process
to another : in other Avords, spinning transforms the loose
fibrous roving into the finished yarn. There are several
important methods of performing this operation, Avhich Avill
receive attention sul)sequently. The one noAV to be dealt
Avith is that applicable to the mule.
It is an exceedingly simple operation in itself, but, as
Avill be seen later, the mechanism necessary to perform it
automatical!}^, and the actions associated therewith, are ot
a very complicated character. It Avill therefore be ad-
visable to explain first the principle underlying the action
of tAvisting, and afterAvards to deal Avith the various features
connected with and dependent upon it.
A'OL. Ill C
COTTON SPINNING
In effect, the twists are put into mule yarn In' first
winding it upon a thin steel spindle, and then drawing it
off from the end. This results in giving one twist for
A.
"yr^.
Fio. 4.
every turn the yarn has heen Avound round the spindle.
The accompanying sketch fully explains the action. At
A, Fig. 4, a spindle is shown with yarn wound round it
a number of times. If the end at 1 be drawn off, the
portion previously on the spindle will appear as at C, the
Fig. 5.
number of twists corresponding to the number of the turns
of the yarn at A. That this is so can readily be seen by
inspection of the sketch at B, which is exactly like A, but
with the spindle removed ; if B is straightened it will
THE MODERN MULE
19
appear twisted as at C. This exaniplo serves to demon-
strate the effect of drawing yarn from the end of a spindle
after it has been wound thereon. In the mule this action
is taken advantage of, but in an improved and modified
form. In the first place a method is adopted of ■winding
the yarn on the spindle and unwinding it in such a
manner as to obtain a continuous action for a long length
Fig. 6.
of yarn. To a casual observer it appears as a single
operation, but in reality it is composed of two distinct
actions. This is absolutely necessary if the yarn is to be
twisted ; it must first l>e wound on the spindle and after-
wards drawn off, as was shown in Fig. 4. On refei'ence
to Fig. 5, a spindle B is placed at i-ight angles to the
source A from which the yarn is deliveied ; if I> is revolved,
it is clear that the _yarii will be wound on at C oidy, and
Avhen it is desired to t^vist it by drawing it off from the
20 COTTON SPINNING chap.
end of B, A must be removed to A^. This, of course, is
impracticable, but the same effect is obtained by 2)lacing
the point of delivery A above the point at which the yarn
passes to the spindle, as in Fig. 6 ; in this position the
yarn is not wound on at right angles to B, bat by virtue
of its inclination to the spindle its tendency is to assume a
position at right angles ; in doing this it naturally rises up
the spindle in a series of spiral turns, each turn bringing it
more into the desired position, which would be at D if the
spindle Avere sufficiently long.
It is in connection with this feature that the character-
istic of mule-spinning is seen. If the end of the spindle B
is arranged to be below the point D, there will be no
interference with the tendency of the yarn to rise to that
point as the spindle revolves, and consequently when the
end of the spindle, at 9, is reached, the yarn continues its
upward course, and naturally slips off the end and insta.ntly
drops to 8. This is equal to having one turn off the
spindle-point, and that turn of course puts one twist in
the yarn between the spindle and A. As the spindle
continues its revolution another turn is wound on from
8 to 9, by virtue of the tendency to reach D, and another
slippage over the sjDindle-point takes place. This goes on
until the desired number of twists have been put in, after
which another operation comes into action. (An interest-
ing experiment to illustrate this explanation can be made
by winding a thin narrow tape on the spindle and noticing
the effect as it winds itself up the spindle and slips over
at the end.)
It has just been stated that the 3'arn must not be
allowed to pass to the spindle during the twisting process
at right angles to the axis. To prevent this, the nip of the
front roller at A is placed a])ove the spindle-point, and still
I THE MODERN MULE 21
further to improve matters, as Avell as to prevent the
vertical distance between the points heing unduly large,
the spindle itself is inclined.
So far it has been assumed for the purpose of explana-
tion that the twists are put into a fixed length between A
and 9 on E, but this is only partially true. The spindles
during the twisting operation are caused to move slowly
away from the front rollers, which at the same time
revolve and deliver almost sufficient roving to compensate
for this movement. As the spinning continues while the
spindles move from P to P^ (Fig. 8), the full length of the
yarn between the points has the twists comparatively well
distributed. As an aid to this distribution of the twists,
the vibratory motion given to the yarn as it slips over the
spindle-point is rather important; the shaking which it
receives in this Avay causes the twists to assume a perfectly
natural position in the yarn, instead of being instantly
fixed at the point where the twist Avas given. A further
and highly characteristic feature is also to be observed as
the movement of the spindles takes place. The slight
excess of the traversing movement of the spindle over the
amount of roving given out by the front rollers causes a
little stretching to take place in the yarn ; the tension to
which it is in this Avay suljjected causes the thicker and
softer portions to be drawn out, and, as already explained,
this tends to equalise the twist, which would otherwise
leave the thicker parts with a less proportion of twists
than the thinner portions receive.
Inclination of Spindle. — From Fig. 8 the influence
of the inclination of the spindle can also be observed. If
the spindle were vertical, as in Fig. 7, its inclination with
the yarn near the rollers at A would probably be enough
for spinning easily ; but when it reaches its extreme out
22 COTTON SPINNING chap.
ward position, at B, tlie angle has been considerably reduced
■ — to almost a right angle — and the slippage of the yarn over
the point would not he so easily performed — especially con-
sidering the vibratory motion of the yarn which might
readily cause the two to be momentarily at right angles, in
which case spinning would cease and the ends would break.
By inclining the spindles, suitable conditions exist through-
out the traverse of the spindles, and although the angle
iS^
is reduced it is still considerable, and the positions of
the points at right angles to the spindle in the extreme
positions at B and C are so high above the end of the
spindle that there is no danger of non-slippage of the yarn.
The Taper of the Spindle. — The taper of the spindle,'
as shown in Fig. 6, is due ])artly to the fact that this
form enables the cop to be readily withdrawn, but primarily
because as fine a point as is consistent with rigidity is
necessar}'' in order to get the best result in the slipi)age of
the yarn over the end. If the end be thick, slippage
I THE MODERN MULE 23
would be bound to take place ; but it Mill be seen that the
one turn unwrapped from a large diameter would cause a
slackness that would be inconvenient in several Avays : the
slackened yarn might run into snarls, or disturl) the tiu'ns
that are on the spindle just below the point, and thus intro-
duce variations that would destroy the value of the lesult ;
excessive vibration might also be easily caused ; a quarter
of an inch diameter of spindle gives three quarters of an
inch of yarn in one turn, and this being set free at the rate
of 5000 to 10,000 times a minute is not likely to prove
beneficial, consequently the ])oint is made much thinner
than the bodv, and for A'ery fine work it is frequently only
a little over one-sixteenth of an inch in diameter.
CHAPTER II
MECHANISM AXD WOEKING OF THE MULE
General Arrangement. — Before giving a description
of the mechanism of the self-acting mule, it will be advis-
able to briefly point out the disposition of the various parts
£
^
n
B
F
A
6
1 C
^ 1
b
0
1— 1
=
0
.n
1 C
A
Ill
B
F
N?2
6
£
E^
^
which go to malce up the complete machine. For this
purpose a sketch plan is given in Fig. 9, which is some-
what similar to the diagrammatic re])resentation usually
shown on mill plans. Its main features consist of the
headstock A, which contains practically the whole of the
mechanism, and from which point the machine is driven :
extending for some distance on either side of the headstock
is a strong wooder structure C, called the carriage, which
24
CHAP. II THE MODERN MULE 25
canies the spindles, fallcr rods D, etc. The creel E and
rollers F are arranged ])arallel to the carriage and extend
in a similar manner on each side of the headstock A. The
ends of the machine are terminated by a frame B firmly
bolted to the floor. The accompanying illustration, Fig.
10, will noAv enable a general description of the mule to
be given. It represents a section through the essential
parts of the machine, and from it an outline of its action
can be obtained.
The bobbins A are taken from the last passage of fly-
frames and placed in the creel at the back of the mule ;
from here the rovings are guided over wires and passed
through three lines of rollers which are arranged to give
it a suitable draft. From the front rollers it is now led on
to the spindles, and after receiving the requisite amount of
twist it is wound on in the form of a cop.
The headstock is a strong framework consisting of two
frames similar to that shown in Fig. 11. The two
portions are firmly connected by cross pieces, and within
the rectangular structure thus formed the mechanism is
placed. This mechanism is of a very complicated character,
and in the descriptions of the various actions that take
place during a cycle of operations repetition will be un-
avoidable and in many cases necessary. This is rendered
more so by the fact that most of the actions are directlj'
connected, or depend upon each other for their performance
and in several instances are working simultaneously.
When the carriage commences the twisting operation it
is brought as close to the rollers as possible, the spindles
occupying the position shown at L ; this distance is usually
from 3 to 5 inches. As already explained, the twisting
continues by causing the spindles to revolve at a rapid
^atc, and at the same time moving them gradually away in
20
THE MODERN MULE
27
tlie direction of tlic arrow, until they arrive at ]\I ; when
this position is reached the spindles cease twisting, an
action called "hacking off" comes into plaj', and im-
mediately following this the carriage begins its return
journey to the rollers ; whilst this is heing performed the.
28 COTTON SPINNING chap.
yarn which Avas twisted during the outward run is wound
on the spindle.
The distance traversed by the carriage from L to M is
termed the " stretch " ; its length varies for different
purposes, ranging from 48 up to as liigh as 68 inches, the
most usual length, however, being about 64 inches. A
" draw " is generally understood to mean one complete
action, i.r. from the commencement of s})inning Avhen the
carriage is at L to its return to the same position after the
"outward run" and the "run in." If a mule works, say,
four draws in one minute, it means that the carriage has
started from L and returned to it four times in the course
of one minute ; in other words, the machine has gone
through the whole of its actions four times in sixty
seconds.
The carriage is mounted on a series of bearings X sup-
ported by bowls I and H ; they are placed at suitable
intervals along the length of the carriage and run on iron
rails P. The spindles are driven by the tin cylinder F
carried Ijy the carriage. This arrangement, however, only
drives the spindles whilst twisting ; when winding, or
building the cop takes place, they receive a special motion.
The cop is formed through the medium of the wire T carried
by a lever, centred on the copping faller K, and during
the building, tension is maintained in the yarn by the wire
S carried by a similar lever, but which is coiniected to
the shaft J and called the counter-faller. All the above-
mentioned features are carried by the carriage and will be
dealt with subsequently in detail, and fully illustrated.
As will be observed from Fig. 9, mules are Avorked
in pairs, arranged so that they can be attended to by one
set of Avorkers. The spindles of each mule approach each
other ill their outAvard run to Avithin such a distance as Avill
II THE MODERN MULE 29
permit of freedom of movement for tlie workers, wlio in
the course of their duties pass to and fro along the passage
between the faller rods D of each mule.
In order to convey an idea to the reader of the mechanism
of the headstock, or at least the general features of it,
in plan view, an illustration is given in Fig. 11. The
principal driving of the machine takes place through the
pulleys H, G, driven from a counter shaft above ; from
the same counter shaft is driven the "drawing-up" pulley
a by means of a band. The spindles v are driven by the
rim pulley D through t, and the tin cylinder u ; the carriage
is actuated by means of strong bands through the scrolls 2,
3, 4, and 5. The gearing for the driving of the rollers can
be readily traced from the wheel J on the rim shaft. The
turning of the spindles for " winding " during the inward
run of the carriage is produced by means of the quadrant,
a chain from which passes over the winding drum and
transfers the motion through the wheels z and x to the tin
cylinder and on to the spindles. A reference to this
drawing in connection with the further descriptions that
will be given, will be of great assistance in exi^laining
much that might otherwise appear vague.
The Creel. — Although the arrangement of the creel is
not of much importance as a detail of a machine, yet it
ought to be noticed, especially in connection with the mule.
There are obvious advantages to be gained by giving to the
bobbins a disposition that will economise space, and save
time in filling the creel and in keeping, them at a suitable
height adapted to the workers who attend tin's feature of
the machine.
Figs. 12 and 13 illustrate a variety of methods of form-
ing the creel, and plan views are also shown. In Fig. 12
the usual Bolton system is given ; single rows of i-ails are
31
32
COTTON SPINNING
employed, -which saves space, but it necessitates half and
full bobl)ins -with douljle rovings. Alternate arrangements
for all full l:)oljbins, with four heights, are shown, in which
two rails are used, and also an arrangement with a broad
single rail, the bobbins being arranged in zig-zag order.
Three heights of bobbins for single rovings are illustrated.
Fio. 14.
An exceptional method is illustrated Avhich is only adopted
when circumstances prevent the application of the other
systems.
The creel itself is built up on a series of upright rods,
firmly fastened to the spring pieces which carry the roller
beam.
Driving" the Mule. — Owing to the fact that the two
headstocks of a pair of mules are always placed out of the
centre of their respective lengths (see Fig. 9), the driving
II
THE MODERN MULE
33
belt is often so much inclined us to necessitate a slight
alteration in the arrangement of the end of the creel at the
headstock. Such an alteration is shown in Fig. 14. It
would clearl}^ ])e impossible to have B straight up, as at A,
on account of the dri\dng belt C ; therefore a method
similar to tliat illustrated is usually adopted.
Fig. 15.
A general idea of the main driving of the mule can be
obtained from Fig. 15. The end view is taken from the
back of the machine, and shows all the shafts ^n section.
It will be seen that the line shaft or main driving shaft
is at right angles to the direction of the carriage length.
In all new mills this shaft runs from end to end, and is
driven direct from the engine ; the various counter shafts
for each machine are independent of each other, l)ut all
VOL. Ill D
34 COTTON SPINNING chap.
are driven from the line shaft in a manner similar to that
shown in the drawing. The pulley A drives B on the
counter shaft; a separate pulley C on the counter shaft
drives D on the rim shaft. The driving pulley A is
made double the width of the belt, so that to stop the
mule all that is necessary is to move the strap on the
loose pulley at B ; this completely stops the whole machine.
Owing to the alternate motions of the mule, it is necessary
to continue the working of some parts whilst others are
stopped ; this is effected partly by means of a fast and
loose pulley on the rim shaft, and also by the employment
of clutch cones and wheels that at^e put. into and out of
gear at their correct times by other parts of the moving
mechanism.
It has been remarked that the principal driving of the
self-actor is performed through the driving belt from C to
D. Formerly this belt supplied the entire machine with
its motion, but within the last few years an important
change has taken place by transferring a portion of its strain
to a supplementary driving arrangement by means of a band.
This is shown in the sketch. Fig. 15. E is a band pulley
on the counter shaft, and drives the pulley F on the
drawing-up shaft. Its principal function is to produce the
inward run or drawing-up of the carriage ; several other
important actions are effected also by it, which ensure a
more perfect working of the machine than in the old
system, where the whole work was thrown on the driving
belt. The liability of the drawing-up band to stretch is
compensated for by means of a tightening pulley G, which
ensures a regular tension. The above general description
is given so that the more detailed descriptions of each action
which follow will be better understood, and the illustrations
also will be extremely useful for reference, as it is clearly
II THE MODERN MULE 35
impossible in illustrating such a complicated machine to
show more than one or two motions in a single sketch.
Although Fig. 15 shows the line shaft at right angles
to the carriage, and thus brings the rim pulley at the back
of the headstock, it ought to be remarked that this is not
invariably the practice. It sometimes happens that, owing
to the formation of the mill or the necessity for having
the shafting fixed in a certain position, the line shaft is
placed parallel to the length of the carriage. When such
is the case, the rim pulley is arranged at the side of the
headstock, and by very little re-arrangement of gearing all
the other motions work in the same way as when the rim
is at the back.
Movement of the Carriag'e. — We will now consider
the question of how the carriage is moved during its outward
and inward run. The remarks previously made will have
demonstrated that there are two distinct actions, namely,
spinning and winding — spinning when going out and wind-
ing when coming in — and for each of these the motion of the
carriage undergoes a change of speed. It is perhaps neces-
sary to explain the reasons for such a change of speed. The
motion of the carriage during the operation of twisting is
clearly dependent upon the numl^er of twists required to be
put in a given length of the yarn ; the quicker the twists can
be put in, consistent with the character of the cotton and the
perfect working of the automatic actions associated with it,
Avill provide a foundation in olitaining the speed of spindle ;
and this speed, when decided upon, regulates the speed
of the carriage. From these considerations it is an easy
matter to reason in a general way that the lower the
counts spun the quicker the speed of the spindle ; and, as
lower counts have less twist than the higher counts, it
follows that the speed of the carriage is quicker for low
36 COTTON SPINNING chap.
counts than for high counts. It is also not difficult to
understand from what has been already said that the
twisting operation is necessarily slow. When, however,
the spinning is completed, and winding on begins, there is
nothing to prevent as quick a return as possible to the
roller beam. We therefore find a wide difference between
the two motions of the carriage, and moreover they are
performed by two distinct actions of the mechanism.
To convey an idea of the difference of the time, an
exam})le is given as follows : — Suppose a mule is found to
complete its whole cycle of operations three times over
in 54 seconds, this would give 18 seconds for each draw,
i.e. an outward and inward run. Of this 18 seconds there
would be about 4| seconds in which the mule would back
off and run in, thus leaving 13i seconds for the outward
run during which spinning is taking place. In this time
the carriage has travelled 64 inches, and, in order to put
the right number of twists in the yarn, the spindles must
run at the rate of 9000 revolutions per minute without
allowing for slippage of the bands. This gives us a good
conception of the comparative sj)eeds of the chief working
parts, so we can now proceed to examine the methods
adopted for obtaining them.
In order to fully appreciate the methods adopted in
moving the carriage, it is as well to thoroughly understand
the reasons for their adoption. In the first place the
carriage is very long, and consequently heavy ; if it
contains 1000 spindles of If inch gauge its length will
probably be about 120 feet. To move this long heavy
mass, Avhich includes the faller rods and all their connec-
tions, the spindles, tin drums, square, the framework of
the carriage and its bowls, etc. etc., is of itself a difficult
matter ; but when this heavy mass keeps stopping and
II THE MODERN MULE 37
starting, it is still more difficult to regulate its movements
so that it may commence smoothly, and also finish without
any abruptness. The problem is solved, however, by the
introduction of Avhat are technically called "scrolls."
These are a kind of drum in the form of a spiral, and of
sufficient length to wind on the requisite amount of band
for the stretch. The small diameter with which they
commence enables a very slow motion to be given to the
carriage on the commencement and finish of its stretch,
whilst the intermediate portions of its movement are much
quicker; abruptness of actions and its consequent strains
are by this means avoided. The above remarks are
general to the two movements of the carriage, but are
specially applicable to the inward run. During the
outward run the carriage moves very slowly, but the
inward run being much quicker, both the commencement
and finish are made as slow as possible.
The outward run is obtained direct from the front roller
through a train of wheels to the back shaft. Fig. 16
illustrates this connection ; it is an enlarged view of a
portion of the general gearing plan given in Fig. 11. The
motion in the first place is received from the rim shaft
through the wheel J ; from here it passes through the
compound carrier K L, and to the back change wheel or
speed wheel C. A bevel wheel E. conveys the motion to
the front roller bevel S. Connected to S by means of a
clutch-box is a wheel T, and from this wheel through the
wheels 0, E, P, and Q, the back shaft is driven. The
speed of the carriage is of course directly related to that of
the front roller ; any required change between the two
speeds is readily obtained by changing the pinion P, and a
further change, in which both front roller and carriage will
be altered in speed, can be made through the Avheel C, and
38
COTTON SPINNING
sometimes by changing L and K. These speeds and the
calculations connected with them will be dealt with under
the head of " Calculations " when we reach that part of the
subject.
Fig. 16.
The arrangement for taking the carriage out by means
of the back shaft is shown in the three illustrations :
Figs. 17, 18, and 19. Bands j)assing over and around
the scrolls are fastened to the carriage either at the back,
front, or ends ; the revolution of the shaft acting through
the bands draws the carriage either outwards or inwards, as
THE MODERN MULE
39
the case may be, this of course depending on the direction
of the rotation of the shaft.
As a rule there are five scrolls in the l>ack shaft ; one,
A, is connected by band to a large scroll 2 (see Fig. 17)
on the scroll shaft. B and B are placed each about half-
way between the headstock and the ends of the machine.
One is also placed at each end, as at F and F. The
method of connecting the bands to the carriage is sho^^'n
in Fig. 17; but to make it more clear, drawings ai'e given
in Figs. 18 and 19, which show the attachment very
distinctly. In Fig. 18 the scroll B is represented as
drawing the carriage out ; this it does by means of the
band F, which passes under the carriage, over a guide
pulley D at the front of the mule, and from here is fastened
to the carriage at E; its motion in the direction of the
arrow draws the mule out. The same drawing also shows
that if the direction of motion of the scroll B is changed,
the carriage can be drawn in through the band G, whicli is
also fastened to the carriage. It must clearl}'^ be under-
stood, however, that the motion of the back shaft for
performing the " outward run " is obtained directly from
the front roller, and the mo\ ement it gives to the carriage
40
COTTON SPINNING
is a very regular one, except at its commencement, when
the band is working on the small diameter of the scroll
l>art at H, Fig. 18. The mule at this point is close to the
Fig 18.
roller beam, and stationary, and consequently the movement
of the heavy mass must be brought about slowly. This is
effected by making a short S})iral at H for about half a
revolution before attainina; a maximum diameter at B.
CARRIAGE END
Fig. 19.
When this s])iral portion of the drum is passed the
remainder of the stretch is performed at a luiiform speed
by the straight portion of the drums.
The ends of the cai'iiage are moved in the manner shown
n THE MODERN MULE 41
in Fig. 19. B is the scroll, corresponding to F in Fig.
17. One of the bands H passes from B over a carrier
pulley C, and a loose stud D, and is fastened to the carriage
end at F ; the other band, J, simply passes over D, and is
then fastened at E. The revolution of B in either direction
will produce a similar movement of the carriage. The
direction shown by the arrows is the "outward run"
during the spinning process.
When the carriage has reached the end of its outward
run, an action called " backing-oif " takes place, and im-
mediately afterwards the inward run commences. As
already described, this inward run is performed very quickly.
The comaection of the front roller with the back shaft is
broken by disengaging the clutch. Fig. 16, which leaves
the back shaft free to be driven from another source, namely,
the scroll shaft.
The scroll shaft is driven through bevel wheels from
the drawing-up shaft, see Fig. 11. On it are keyed four
large scrolls, three of which are used in drawing the carriage
in (Fig. 17), Nos. 3 and 5 are directly connected to the
carriage to serve this purpose, while No. 2 is connected to
the back shaft by a band on the scroll A. The whole back
shaft is thus utilised for the inward run as well as for the
outward run, its direction of revolution of course being
reversed to enable the latter operation to be performed.
The fourth scroll, called the check scroll, is introduced
in order, as its name implies, to check any irregularities of
movement that may be caused through the varying and
quick motion of the carriage during the inward run. Its
effect will be better understood l)y comparing its position
and action with the drawing-up scrolls 3 and 5. In Fig.
20 the scrolls Nos. 3 and 5 are shown attached to the
carriage, being represented as drawing it in. When the
42
COTTON S FINN INC
band is on the smallest diameter the speed is slow, but on
the large diameter it is quick, and attains its maximum
speed on the largest diameter, and then begins to decrease.
It is, however, quite possible that after the carriage has
attained its quickest speed its momentum will compel it to
continue at a slightly greater speed, for a moment or so,
than that of the scroll. This is a contingency that must
Fig. 20.
No.3 & 5
■f///^^////^^/^/y/^//y'///'////^.
SQUARE
Fig. 21.
be avoided, as it might lead to disastrous results. The
check scroll is therefore arranged to efiect this, and Fig.
21 illustrates the arrangement. It will be noticed that
its position on the shaft is opposite to that of the other
scrolls, and that its band leads off" from its lower side, and,
passing Tuiderneath the carriage, is carried over a guide
pulley G and connected to the front of the carriage. Now
it is quite clear that any tendency of the carriage to over-
run the scrolls 3 and 5 will be counteracted by scroll No. 4,
II THE MODERN MULE 43
because overrunning would result in tightening the Ijand
of the check scroll : in other words, this scroll serves the
purpose of a drag on the carriage the moment it varies
from the speed of the drawing-up scrolls.
There is a very important feature in connection with
the various scroll bands that have been mentioned, which
ought not to be overlooked. It will be observed that one
very essential condition of the successful working of the
mule is the necessity for maintaining the carriage perfectly
parallel to the rollers. To maintain this requires in the
first place a strong carriage to resist flexure, and the faller
rods must be strong also as an aid to this condition \ but
the most important feature is the connection of the various
bands to the carriage. Bands are at the best an uncertain
element, so everything must be done in choosing only the
very best bands and compensating in every way their
tendency to stretch and to take up the extra length they
acquire through the strain to which they are subjected.
The attachment of the bands to the carriage becomes
therefore a very important factor in good Avork. Special
ratchet arrangements are applied at the vaiious points, so
that an adjustment as fine as experienced judgment will
allow can be attained. Frequent adjustment is necessary,
for the bands are very irregular in their stretching qualities,
and it is a serious matter if the carriage be allowed to vary
from a straight line during its traverse. The yarn coming
from the rollers will in such a case be irregularly stretched
or drawn during the outward run, and on the inward run
its winding on the spindle will consequently be unequal at
various parts of the mule. When the carriage finishes its
inward run, it ought to do this simultaneously throughout
its whole length, coming against all the back-stops at the
same moment with a smooth silent finish, and not abruptly.
44 COTTON SPINNING chap.
occasioning noise and shock, which would result in faulty
yarn in the form of snarls or broken ends.
The extra long mules now made render close attention
to the bands imperative. The carriage as now made is
constructed on lines that reduce its flexure to a minimum ;
at the same time it is sometimes mounted on bowls that
work on friction rollers, and the same feature is introduced
in some cases for the faller I'ods and even for the back
shaft. Everything, in fact, is done to prevent torsion and to
preserve a perfectly straight line through the centre of the
spindles, and also to maintain this line absolutely parallel
with the front roller throughout the traverse of the carriage.
The adjustment of the bands just described is generally
termed "squaring the mule," but "squaring band" is a
name that is given to a special band which is used to
obtain the movement of the end of the carriage equal to
that of the middle part or square. It is illustrated in Fig.
17, but a detailed reference will be made to the diagram
Fig. 22. Half the length of the carriage is shown, each
half having its own bands, and the band is placed under-
neath it. Two bands are used, L and M. The band L is
fixed at one end at a suitable spot E, and passes round the
pulley C and D, the other end being fastened at F. A
similar thing is done with the band M, but in the reverse
order. Both bands are used for the same purpose, L for
the outward run and M for the inward run ; so we refer to
L in the explanation. If the carriage be draAvn outwards
in the direction of the full arrow, a tension will exist in
the band L as if it were being stretched in the direction
shown. Now since the band passes from E to F, the same
tension will exist in the band throughout its length, and by
following it through Ave shall find that an effect is produced
as if some force were pulling the band at F, in the direction
THE MODERN MULE
45
shown. This has clearly the effect of jnilling the eiul of
the carriage out in the same direction as the middle, and
with an equal force. The squaring band is therefore an im-
portant element in the "squaring "of the mule ; but, like
the other bands, it is necessarj' to keep a constant watch to
see that it does not become defective for want of adjustment.
It will be interesting at this stage to devote a few words
to a description of a "drawing-up scroll." The essential
conditions to be fulfilled by such a scroll are — as slow a
movement as possible at the commencement of the inward
•e H
. A
SQUARE
CARRIAGE
"^
Fio. 22.
:q Fi
run, and a similar finish when the carriage reaches the back
stops ; the movement of the carriage between these two
positions depends upon the number of revolutions given to
the scroll shaft, and the length of the stretch. These facts,
of course, decide the maximum diameter of the scroll, and
the maximum diameter, in its turn, decides the intermediate
speeds between the start and finish of the "run-in."
It is umiecessar}' to exj)laiu the method of obtaining the
size of a scroll that will serve for any given stretch ; but
Ave will suppose the scroll has been designed, and that 2i
revolutions of the scroll shaft are sufficient for the pur])0se.
This means that durini' the inward run the scroll must
46 COTTON SPINNING chap.
make 2| revolutions, and in doing so must wind on the
band by which the carriage is drawn in. In order to
obtain the commencing slow movement it is necessary to
commence winding on a small diameter, as at B, Fig. 23 ;
the diameter is then gradually increased by making the
drum of a spiral form, until the largest diameter is obtained
at C, where naturally the greatest speed is given to the
carriage, which on examination of the diagram is found to
be halfway in the stretch ; from this point a reduction in
speed takes place by a corresponding curve to the first half
of the scroll, and it finishes on the same diameter as that
on which it commenced.
To show the variation in the speed given to the carriage
during its run, two portions of the scroll have been marked
off. At B G a length is shown which represents the
amount of band wound on during the first quarter of a
second of the run in, while at the middle of the stretch the
length wound on during the same time is shown at F E.
The intermediate lengths could be easily shown in the same
manner, but a better method is given in Fig. 24. The
movement of the carriage for each quarter of a second is
there shown ; starting at A it would move to B in the first
quarter of a second ; each successive qiiarter Avould find
the carriage at C, D, E, etc., until it had completed its
journey at K This diagram shows very distinctly the
varying movement of the carriage ; to those, however, who
are interested in the matter, the diagrams in Figs. 25 and
26 will convey a much clearer idea of how the movement
of the carriage is controlled. In Fig. 25 the straight
lines D, C, B, show the development of the curve of the
scroll, and the fact that straight lines represent such a
development tells us that the carriage starting at B has a
regularly increasing movement given to it until it reaches its
THE MODERN MULE
47
greatest speed at C, from which point it at once begins to
decrease to I). The point to ohserve in this diagram is
tliat the change of speed, whether at the start, middle, or
end, commences at once. Some authorities condemn tliis
method and find much better results given by forming the
scroll so as to give a movement as represented in Fig. 26.
Here, instead of commencing to increase regularly, the
initial slow movement of the carriage is continued a little
Fig. 23.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
9 10 11 12 13
ABC
H
Fig. 24.
K L MN
longer, and then gradually increased to a regular acceleration
until near the maximum at C. Here the sj^eed is maintained
a moment or two longer, and then a more gradual reduction
is made to the decreasing speed than in the case of Fig. 26
until D is reached.
In Fig. 17 was shown a system of arranging the scrolls
which up to a few years ago was generally followed. At
the present time, however, one or two important firms
have arranged their systems on a slightly different plan.
Instead of the scrolls Nos. 3 and 5 being placed so far
48 COTTON SPINNING chap,
apart and independent of each other, they are brought
closer together, and one band only is used for the two.
This band, instead of being fastened to the usual ratchet-
tightening arrangement on the square, goes from one scroll
and passes round a horizontal carrier pulley, or round
fixing, on the square, and from there back to the other
scroll. The object of this is to obtain exactly the same
tension in the band of each scroll, AVe have seen how
important a matter this uniformity of tension is, and it
will be admitted that this method is an excellent one for
attaining it. Of course it is necessary to keep the carrier
pulley itself adjusted as the band becomes slack. Although
having obvious advantages, it is open to question whether
this method is superior to that illustrated. The pull,
taking place at what is practically one point, is bound to
be inferior in effect to that of a pull at two points as far
apart as possible on the rigid part of the carriage called
the square. Unequal wear that may take place in the
band will lead to more waste and loss of time than in the
old method, and the new one is under a distinct dis-
THE MODERN MULE
49
advantage when, as sometimes happens, the band breaks
and the breakage is not immediately noticed ; serious
results in such case would certainly follow. Under the
old system, when one band breaks the other band will
prevent any mishap occurring until the minder discovers
it and effects a remedy.
Driving the Spindles. — Fig. 27 illustrates the method
Fig. 2S.
adopted in driving the spindles. They are driven from the
rim shaft through a large band pulley D ; the band passes
down behind the headstock over a fixed back carrier pulley,
and on to another carrier pulley E ; from this it passes
round a band pulley B on the tin drum shaft through
which the spindles are driven. Continuing, it goes forward
to the front of the headstock and over a carrier pulley F,
by which it is guided on its return journey, and passing
over another back carrier reaches the rim pulley. The
VOL. Ill F.
so COTTON SPINNING chap.
back view of the mule is given iu Fig. 28, and the
positions of the back carrier pulleys E and S show the rim
band guided in a direction at right angles to that in which
it leaves the rim pulley.
The revolution of the rim shaft in the illustration is in
the direction shown by the arrow, but it is not necessarily
so in all makes of mules ; some have the rim running the
opposite way, and with an arrangement of the driving of
the tin cylinder as represented in Fig. 29. There is
practically no difference between the two methods, the
wear, strain, and length being about the same in each case.
Although only a single grooved band pulley is shown
in the sketch, this has merely been done to simplify the
drawing. On the mule tAvo or three grooved pulleys are
used, and the band is consequently twice or three times
the length represented in thq sketch. A long length of
rope, such as this, is subject to a considerable amount of
stretching ; and, especially when it is new, some attention
must be given to it to keep it at a uniform tension. The
carrier pulley F is fixed in a slide, which can be readily
adjusted to compensate for any stretching that may take
place. Unless the rim band be kept well to the grooves
of the rim and the tin cylinder pulleys, considerable
slippage is likely to occur ; even under the best conditions
some slippage is unavoidable, but neglect in keeping the
band tight leads to very serious faults in the yarn. Every
care should therefore be taken in attending to this feature
of the mule. The tin drum or cylinder, extending the
full length of the carriages, drives each spindle by means
of a short length of banding, Avhich passes round a small
pulley on the spindle, called a Avharve. The direction of
rotation of the spindle can be varied by a change in the
crossing of the band from the cylinder ; a change in its
II THE MODERN MULE 51
speed is brought about by changing the rim pulley D and
replacing it b}' a larger or smaller as the case requires,
the end of the rim shaft being arranged so that this may
be quickly effected.
An interesting point to observe in the two drawings,
Figs. 27 and 29, is the effect of the movement of the
carriage on the band. In both cases the band, when
leading on and off, is running in the same direction as the
carriage. To get an accurate idea of the revolution of
the cylinder this must therefore be taken into account, for
there is clearly a loss, which amounts to from 1| to 2 per
cent in ordinary numbers. This loss of speed must not
Fig. 29.
be confused with slippage, because it is due to an entirely
different cause. As a rule, however, it is included in the
term "slippage," such term including the difference between
the calculated number of revolutions and the actual number.
One chief reason for the employment of a three-grooved
rim pulley is the desire to reduce slippage to a minimum,
even when a slightly increased power is the result ; and
at the present time for good work the three-grooved pulley
has become general.
Another interesting feature displayed by the spindles
is the relative slowness by which they attain their speed
on commencing the outward run. Theoretically the
spindles are supposed to commence running immediately
52 COTTON SPINNING chap.
the carriage starts on its outward run, and at the same
instant the roller also commences to turn. Careful obser-
vations extending over a large number of mules show that,
starting from the beam, the spindles do not attain their
maximum speed until the carriage has moved 10 to 30
inches away from its starting point. This accounts for
much of the irregularities of twist, counts, and other con-
ditions of mule yarn which aiiect its quality, and it ought
certainly to be taken into consideration more than appears
to be done in estimating twist, etc.
The explanation in a general way is that it is due to
the enormously high percentage of power required to
start the mule carriage and the spindles on the outward
run. In a 1000-spindle mule the power required during
the first half-second rises as high as 25 h.p., and this is
developed immediately the strap goes on the fast pulley.
Such a high power is undoubtedly due to the resistance
of the carriage and spindles, both being at rest at the
time. They yield graduallj-, and in doing so a large
percentage of slippage must take place, especially on the
rim band, and the spindle bands, and also on the driving
belt. The carriage itself loses nothing, because slippage
is almost impossible in its case, but it adds to the general
disarrangement of the relative movements of itself and the
rollers and spindles for the first second or so of the run out.
A very ingenious method of trying to overcome the
difficulty just mentioned, that of starting the spindles at
their full speed, has been introduced by a well-known firm
of machine makers. It is illustrated in the accompanying
sketch, Fig. 30. The variation in the relati-\'e motions
has been overcome by what is practically driving the front
roller and carriage from the tin cylinder. The tin cylinder
is driven in the usual way, but by a special arrangement
THE MODERN MULE
53
the same band transmits its motion to the front roller,
which is therefore not driven in the direct manner by
gearing, as is usual in other mules.
On reference to the drawing it will be seen that the
driving pulleys E are mounted on a hollow shaft B, to
which the rim pulley also is fixed. Within the shaft
B another shaft A is placed, carrying at one end a band
pulley H, and at the other end a wheel I from which the
Fin. 30.
front roller is driven. Now as the outward run commences,
the rim pulley G will be driven. Its band will drive the
tin cylinder in the manner shown, and on returning to the
back of the headstock is passed round the band pulley H
on the inner shaft A A, Avhich it therefore drives at a speed
equal to E E, but minus any slippage that has occurred in
the rim pulley G. The wheel I on the shaft A drives the
front rollers, and from the front rollers the back shaft is
driven in the usual manner by the train of wheels shown.
We are now in a position to see the peculiarity of this
motion and also its advantas:es. The usual method is to
54 COTTON SPINNING chap.
drive the front roller and back shaft direct from the rim
shaft : consequently little or no slip occurs ; but since the
spindles are driven by band, a large percentage of slipjjage
occurs, especially as the carriage starts out from the roller
beam, and inequalities of twist of rather a serious character
are therefore introduced. To neutralise these as much as
possible the direct method of driving the carriage is dis-
pensed with, and both spindles and carriage are driven by
the rim band ; any slippage that takes place in the band
will now affect each motion, and if the spindles start slowly
the carriage will also do the same, and in this way prevent
any inequality of twist that would otherwise occur. It
must be clearly understood that the "initial" slippage of
the bands of the mule, which is very great, must not be
confounded with what might be termed a " general "
slippage, which must always exist throughout the travel
of the carriage, and which is sometimes estimated to be
as high as 5 per cent of the speed of the spindles. No
band can be kept at such a tension, and in perfect contact
with its pulleys, to an extent that would actually prevent
slippage, so something must always be allowed for this
when dealing -with calculated speeds where bands are
employed.
The Rim Shaft. — Before proceeding further in our
description, it will be an advantage to illustrate and describe
those parts of the mule from which the actions already
mentioned receive their motion. The rim shaft is naturally
the first point to which attention must be directed, and in
order to show clearly the disposition of the driving pulleys,
an illustration is given in Fig. 31, Avhich represents in
section this important feature. Reference may also be
made to the sketch, Avhich shows a section through the
duplex system of driving.
THE MODERN MULE
55
The rim shaft is generally carried by two bearings, G G,
which form part of the general framing of the machine.
On the shaft between these bearings are placed the main
driving pulleys. They consist of fast and loose pulleys
B and C ; the fast pulley B is keyed to the shaft, and
throu'di it the mule receives its chief movements. One
Fig. 31.
■ :' scroll"-.. ■■
'. •■ SHAFT. .•■ .
edge of this pulley is extended, and formed with a conical
surface, upon which is riveted a layer of leather, T ; a
large Avheel, A, called the backing-off cone wheel, also has
its outer rim extended and its interior side recessed out
in a conical form for the reception of the conical part of
the fast pulley. The large wheel A is not keyed to the
56 COTTON SPINNING chap.
rim shaft, simply riding loose upon it ; but by means of
a fork, fitting in the grooved part of the boss at E, and
levers, the backing-ofF cone wheel can be moved into or
out of contact with the fast pulley. The loose pulley, to
which the strap is moved when certain actions are at rest,
rides loose upon a bush, as shown in the drawing. This
bush may be either a separate piece or be formed as part
of the brass bearing which fits in the framing and carries
the rim shaft. The end of the rim shaft upon which the
rim pulley is bolted is specially prepared to receive the
rim and to effect a speedy change when a larger or smaller
pulley is necessary ; this detail is fully shown in the sketch.
The place to which the pulley is bolted is, in some mules,
forged on the shaft and case-hardened, by which means
the possibility of breakage, owing to the sudden strains to
which it is subjected, is reduced to a minimum ; at the
same time, the fact of its forming part of the shaft and
being turned and finished therewith ensures more perfect
running, and far smoother driving of the spindles. The
three-grooved rim pulley is illustrated, as this form is now
generally used, and is recognised as the best for driving
purposes; through it the band, which is much longer in
consequence, maintains a better grip in the grooves, and
therefore reduces slippage.
Drawing-up and Backing-off, etc. — There are practi-
cally two systems in vogue on mules at the present time
in regard to the "drawing-up" and "backing-ofF" arrange-
ments. Owing to the great advantages that have been
found to result from the "drawing-up" by means of a
separate driving by band or strap, the older form is gi'adu-
ally becoming obsolete ; but as a very large number of
mules are working under the old conditions, a brief sketch
of the arrangement will be given. As a preliminary, it
n THE MODERN MULE 57
must be clearly understood that the loose pulley on the
mules is not used as a means to stop the mule : this is
effected in the counter shaft ; therefore the word " loose "
is only used in a local sense. In the action about to be
described, the loose pulley performs very important func-
tions, to which reference Avill now be made. The drawing,
Fig. 31, can be used to aid the description of the older
form of "drawing-up" and backing-oft'," the special j^arts
relating to it being shown in dotted lines.
When the strap is on the fast pulley B, the backing-off
cone Avheel A is out of contact with it, and therefore free
on the shaft. Under the circumstances, all that is fixed
on the rim shaft will revolve. Two important actions now
commence, viz. — The turning of the spindles through the
rim pulley F, which constitutes the spinning process ; and
the revolution of the rollers and outward movement of
the carriage, which is effected through the wheel W fixed
on the rim shaft. These actions continue as long as the
strap remains on the fast pulley, but after the carriage
has moved what may be considered the necessary distance,
say 64 inches, its own movement, acting through levers,
brings about what are technically called "changes": i.e.
certain actions are made to cease and others come into
operation. These " changes " will be described in detail ;
for the present purpose it is sufficient to mention that one
of the changes causes the strap to be moved from the fast to
the loose pulley C, which has the effect of stopping the rim
shaft, and therefore the spindles, the rollers and the carriage.
During the time the strap is on the fast pulley, a small
portion of its breadth is working on the loose pulley, and
causing it to revolve. This movement is sufficient to make
the wheel A revolve, because the loose pulley has on its
boss a wheel K, through which the "backing-off" cone
5S COTTON SPINNING chap.
friction A can be driven. Gearing into A is a wheel on
the cam shaft (not shown in the sketch) ; this latter shaft
has a cone clutch driving arrangement, which is put into
and out of gear by the carriage. At the termination of
the outward run, one of the "changes" produced by the
levers referred to above, puts the cone clutch on the cam
shaft into gear, and enables the movement of the loose
pulley to turn the cam shaft and by this means to put the
roller and back shaft catch boxes out of gear, and thus stop
the carriage, etc. Immediately the carriage and spindles
have ceased working, the strap being on the loose pulley
C, two other important actions are brought into play.
One is called the "backing-ofF," its object being to cause
the spindles to revolve a few turns in the opposite direction
to that in which they revolved when spinning. This un-
winds the yarn on the spindle, which is coiled between
the cop and the spindle point. The action is brought
about by certain levers forcing the backing-off wheel A
into contact with the conical part of the fast pulley. As
A is being driven at the time through the wheels K, L,
M, and J, and in the contrary direction to the driving
strap, it commences to turn the rim shaft in the opposite
direction, and so gives the desired movement to the
spindles. The other action is the "drawing-up" of the
carriage during the inward run. This, as already stated,
is the duty of the scroll shaft ; it receives the motion
enabling it to do this through the wheel K, on the loose
pulley, acting through the wheels M, N, 0, Q, and li.
It will be seen that all the movements referred to in
this description are connected wath one another almost
directly ; it is only by the careful adjustment in putting
cone clutches in and out of gear that it is possible to bring
about the several operations that have just been described,
o
en
^
^
rt
O '
"S
o
2
«
H
^
11 ' r^y^ MODERN MULE 59
and in order to give a clearer idea of these complicated
actions the following table may prove useful : —
When the strap is 011 the fast pulley, during the ontwaid run : —
The spindles are revolving.
The rollers are delivering roving.
The carriage is making its ontward run.
The "backiiig-oH'" eone friction is out of gear.
The "drawing-up" friction is out of gear.
The " backingoff" cone wheel A and the cone dish P on the
upright scioll shaft are revolving, because a portion of the
strap is on the loose pulley C which drives tiiem through K.
Tlie cone clutch on the cam shaft is ont of gear.
When the carriage reaches the end of the stretch, changes take
place which have the effect of : —
/•Putting the cone clutch on cam shaft in gear.
Moving the strap on to the loose pulley C.
Stopping the spindles.
Putting the "backing-off " friction into gear with the fast
pullt'y, and causing "backing-otf."
Stopping the carriage and back sha(t.
"Stopping the rollers.
When "backing-off"" has finished,
The cone clutch at P is put into gear, and the scroll shaft draws
in the carriage.
The brief analysis just given does not by any means
exhaust the actions of the mole during the period de-
scribed ; it merely presents in a concise form the chief
points of the description already given ; and much of it
will of necessity be recapitulated as the mechanism is
dealt with which is used to bring about the various
" changes " referred to.
The modern form of the "drawing-up" and the
" backing-ofF " can now be presented, and with this object
Fig. 32 has been prepared, showing it fully in detail. It
must be understood that other types of machine differ in
the general disposition of the parts from that shown, but
since the object is the same in each, one description "will
suffice. Advanta2;e has also been taken in this sketch to
6o COTTON SPINNING chap.
illustrate what is now becoming a very usual practice in
the driving of the mule, namely — two sets of fast and
loose pulleys under the name of " duplex " driving. These
pulleys are shown at H and G. Instead of a 5 -inch
strap being used, as seen in Fig. 32, working on a wide
pulley, two narrow ones are now employed, generally
each about 2:^- inches wide, woi'king on a similarly reduced
width of pulley ; the direct object of the arrangement is to
obtain a quicker change than is possible with a wide belt,
and although special means are taken in most mules to
assist the strap in moving from one pulle}^ to the other,
there must always be some little delay in doing it. The
adoption of the "duplex" system results in a distinct
saving of time, and although assistance in the form of a
strap-relieving motion is not so necessary as before, it is
still often employed, and usefully so, in helping to obtain
the change in as short a time as possible. Slight objections
are raised by some against the arrangement ; such as the
possibility of unequal tension in the two belts, Avhich
would throw most of the driving on to one strap and so
cause breakages and also damages to the machine through
entanglements, etc. These objections are of a practical
character, which experience only can decide ; but so far
nothing has happened to prevent their very extensive
adoption, and a large proportion of mules now made have
the " duplex " arrangement applied to them. In order to
obtain a clearer idea of the disposition of the driving in
Fig. 32, reference ought to be made to a sketch already
given in Fig. 11, where a full plan view is represented, the
lettering in each, with few exceptions, being the same. A
is the rim shaft containing the driving pulleys H and G ;
the fast pulley, as in the last example. Fig. 32, has a
conical extension covered with leather for the purpose of
THE MODERN MULE
6i
forming a cone clutch with a corresponding recessed
portion of the backing-off cone wheel D riding loose on the
DUPLEX DRIVING.
H. &. H. &.
Fig. 3a
rim shaft. Situated on one side of the rim shaft is an
extra shaft B, on which is keyed a band pulley " a,"
6?. COTTON SPINNING chap.
through which the "drawing-up" is effected; "a" is
independently driven from the same counter shaft that
drives the rim shaft, but its speed of course can be
regulated to any extent required. On the other end
of the shaft B is keyed a small pinion " c," which gears
into the backing-off wheel " d " and so drives it ; so long as
the driving pulley and backing-ofF cone are not in contact,
the revolution of "d" serves no purpose, but directly the
carriage ceases its outward run, "backing-off" must be
performed by reversing the spindles ; this is done, as in
the previous case, by putting " d " and G into contact with
each other, through the lever E centred at C, and so
causing the fast pulley to be driven and consequently the
rim shaft. It is only a momentary action, as will be seen
when the subject is treated more in detail ; it is mentioned
here merely to show how it is effected by means of the
separate driving through the pulley "a." On the side
shaft B, close to the band pulley, is fixed a bevel "e,"
gearing into a large bevel "f " on an upright shaft W.
At the lower end of this shaft is the cone clutch and
bevel necessary for driving the scroll shaft for the purpose
of "drawing-up" the carriage during the inward run.
The feature is given in detail so that it can easily be
understood. Fixed on the shaft is a conical pulley T, on
whose outer surface is firmly riveted a layer of leather ; on
its under side is fixed a bevel wheel "g," which gears into
a large bevel "h" on the scroll shaft. Sliding on the
shaft W and covering up the lower cone pulley T is a
conical dish R, which rides loose upon the shaft ; for the
purpose of driving R the upright shaft is specially prepared
by having forged on to it a plate S to which is fastened two
pins U ; these pins fit in holes in the cone dish R, and as
the shaft revolves they carry the dish round with it.
II THE MODERN MULE 63
During the outward rmi of the carriage the cone
clutches R and T are out of gear, but immediately the
run out is finished and the necessary change made, the
cone clutch comes into gear ; the scroll shaft is then
directly driven from the band pulley "a" and the "draw-
ing-up " commences and continues until the arrival of the
carriage at the stops puts the cone clutch again out of
gear. The drawing, Fig. 32, shows one method adopted
for putting the cone clutch in and out of gear. The
upper part of the cone dish R is prepared with a recessed
boss for the reception of a forked lever P carrying studs
fitting in the recess. The lever P is centred at Q and its
other end is connected by means of an adjustable link N
■with one end M of the drawing-up lever K, centred on
part of the headstock at L. The drawing-up lever hangs
down and lies in the path of the carriage, so that towards
the finish of the inward run, when the cone clutch is in
gear, an adjusting screw 0 on the square moves the lever
K forward and through its connections N and P lifts the
cone dish out of contact with the cone pulley T and so
stops the scroll shaft. As the cone clutch must be kept
out of contact during the outward run, special arrangements
are provided to prevent K from returning to its original
position when the carriage and the adjusting screw 0
move away from it on their outward run ; the details
of the action will, however, be treated subsequently. On
the completion of the outw^ard run a " change " occurs
which relicA^es the lever K, and a strong spring attached to
the lever P at 0 forces the cone dish R into contact with
T and so causes the scroll shaft to revolve and draw up
the carriage.
Although the drawing-up cone friction is apparently a
simple arrangement, and one capable of performing its
64 COTTON SPINNING chaf.
work perhaps better than other methods yet tried, it has
inherent faults which necessitate extreme care in using and
setting it. Its whole action depends upon the friction
between the external and internal conical surfaces ; one
surface is covered with leather, and this must be of the
very best quality, firmly and evenly fastened on the
lower cone and turned in the lathe before applying it
to the machine. In the form of the cones several points
must be taken into consideration ; the chief are — Diameter,
inclination and breadth of the surfaces in contact. In
regard to the diameter it is clear that this depends upon
the principle of leverages, and the economical use of power ;
small cones require much more power, and as a consequence
the extra power and strain leads to a greater tendency to
slippage of the surfaces and their speedy destruction.
Large diameters are therefore a necessity, and within the
limits set by the work they perform it may be said that
the larger the cones are the better. All makers try to
keep them as large as possible, and though local circum-
stances and individual opinions may cause one maker to
have the diameter slightly larger than another, the
difference is not now so great as to give more than a
superficial advantage. Formerly much trouble was caused
through diameters being too small and more especially
when this was associated with a very narrow width.
The width of the surfaces brought into contact is highly
important. Although friction is said to be independent of
surface, it must be considered that in the case of a cone
friction the wedge action is really the vital principle, and
as such the ordinary idea of friction must be set aside,
because surface under such conditions plays a very
important part ; the greater the surfaces bound together
for the time being, the greater the force that can be
II THE MODERN MULE 65
transferred through them without yielding. In con-
sequence of this, a large area of contact is obtained hy
large diameters and wide surfaces, and the dilierence in
Avork is only too easily seen by a comparison of the ■work
of a modern mule and the old narrow frictions.
The question of the inclination given to the conical
surfaces is an extremely delicate matter. In the short
space of probably three-eighths of an inch, the two cones
must be brought together so firmly as to revolve as one
and to convey in this condition force sufficient to bring
the carriage in, and also when apart from each other to
be perfectly free without the slightest tendency to touch.
Instantaneous action is indispensable, and this must be
effected with a minimum strain on the parts controlling it.
If the angle is not sufficient, the smallest fraction of wear
or permanent compression in the leather will prevent the
grip of the surfaces, and even if the adjustment of the
levers allow of a grip being obtained, the difficulty of
separating the two cones, when once Avedged together in
consequence of a too slight taper, is so great that the
strain is sure to result in frequent and considerable damage
both to the machine and the yarn. On the other hand, if
the angle is too great, the wedge action loses its power and
the grip is not sufficient to draw up the carriage without
an amount of slippage which practically destroys the
value of the yarn that is being spun. It will be seen,
therefore, that a strong element of success in the working
of the mule depends upon perfect conditions in the
formation of the friction cone.
Now, although a mule may be set to work with a
friction cone practically perfect, its usefulness may be
partially destroyed by carelessness in the setting of the
parts that put it in and take it out of gear. Leather
VOL. Ill F
66 COTTON SPINNING chap.
wears and is affected by the weather, so that constant
attention must be given to it, to see that it is performing
its work properly ; and as all mules contain adjusting
points this ought to be an easy matter, if care is taken to
attend to it.
For fine spinning, say from 120's to 300's, some makers
have found it an advantage to dispense with the drawing-
up friction cone, and in the accompanying sketch is
represented an arrangement of a very effective character
adopted by one firm of machinists, who are noted for
their attention to this class of work. Fig. 33 shows the
chief points of the motion. The backing- off shaft G,
instead of being driven by band, as in the last example,
Fig. 32, has two pulleys on the end of the shaft. The
di'awing-up motion is effected when the strap is on the
loose pulley B ; it drives the scroll shaft through the
usual bevel wheels C D and E F, the bevel C, of course,
being fastened to the pulley B. The backing-off is dri^^en
fi'om the fast pulley A through H and J, when the wheel
J is put into gear at the proper moment with the fast
pulley K on the rim shaft. The carriage, as in the
p^e^^ous case, moves the strap on to the fast backing-off
pulley A. It does this at the termination of the inward
run, by the adjusting stud M coming in contact with the
draAving-up lever X, and this lever's connection with the
strap -fork lever E produces the change. Means are
taken to keep the strap on the fast pulley A during the
outward run (see description and illustrations of "long-
lever " mule), so that at the right moment for backing-off it
is instantl}^ performed b}' H driving J when J has been
put into gear with the fast pulley K on the rim shaft.
Means are also adopted to adjust the amount of strap on
the drawing-up pulley B both by a stop-rod and screw.
THE MODERN MULE
67
In this way the speed of the dra wing-up can be regulated to
L K fri
the amount considered necessary for the numbers being spun
68 COTTON SPINNING chap.
Changes on the "Cam Shaft" and the "Long-
Lever" Mule. — It will be convenient at this point to
desci'ibe how the various changes of action are produced,
which give to the mule its characteristic motions. In doing
this there will be an advantage in confining our attention
to two well-known tj'pes of machines, known generally as
the "cam-shaft mule" and the "long-lever mule." The
first-named is so called because its actions depend chiefly
upon certain important changes being brought about through
the medium of cams ; Avhile the latter mule obtains similar
effects almost directly through the regulated movements of
a long lever. Both systems are good, and give excellent
results for all classes of yarn, though thei'e is a tendency in
some quarters to consider the long-lever principle more
applicable to fine spinning than to the production of coarse
numbers. Such, however, is not the case ; mules fitted up
in either system give equally good results, whether for
coarse or fine numbers. The application of the lever is
becoming more general, on account of simplicity, easy ad-
justment, and certainty of action. The cam system of
course also possesses these attributes, and it must be under-
stood that it is only in a comparative sense they are indi-
cated here, but the fact that the best fine-spinning mules
are almost always built on the long-lever system shows that
its advantages are fully recognised.
Cam-Shaft Mule. — As the cam-shaft mule is the one
most generally known, this will be described first, and
numerous illustrations will be used to illustrate the several
features described. Fig. 34 presents a general view of
the cam shaft as usually applied. In order to fully convey
the idea of its working, a little recapitulation of what has
already been said becomes necessary. The driving of the
machine takes place through the pulleys on the rim shaft A.
II THE MODERN MULE 69
The backing-off cone wheel C is driven continuously, either
by a wheel from the rim shaft or l)y the independent
70 COTTON SPINNING chap.
system of driving by band or belt, as shown in the sketch.
The front roller is driven from the rim shaft, and from the
front roller the back shaft receives its motion.
When the carriage commences its ontward run, the
strap is on the fast pulley, driving the spindles, the rollers,
and the cari'iage. On arriving at its outermost position,
changes must be effected which will stop all these actions,
and it is through the medium of the cam shaft that the
necessary "changes" are produced. These changes may
be summarised as follows : — The carriage must be brought
to rest ; the spindles must be stopped ; backing-off must
take place ; the front rollers must cease to deliver the
roving ; and the back shaft must be disconnected from
the front roller so as to permit the scroll shaft to bring
the carriage in.
On reference to Fig. 34, the cam shaft B is shown
alongside and parallel to the rim shaft. A wheel thereon,
D, gears into the backing-ofF cone wheel C, and as C is
always revolving, D, which rides loose on the cam shaft,
will do the same. On one side of D is cast an internal
cone dish F, into which can be made to fit a conical clutch
G ; G is made to slide on the cam shaft by means of a
float key, and it is kei)t out of gear with F by a lever
N pressing against it. So long as the cone clutch is not
put into gear, the Avheels D and F run loose on the shaft,
but when, by the removal of the lever N, the spring at
W forces G into contact with F, the cam shaft revolves
and the desired changes can then take place. By the help
of the drawing this action can be closely examined. A
long lever on the inside of the headstock is centred at
P ; at each end are fitted pins E and S ; on the carriage
square an arrangement is made for carrj'ing two inclines
V, T, and by the motion of the carriage these inclines
THE MODERN MULE
11
come respectively into contact with the pins S and E, and
depress that end of the lever acted upon. The movement
of the long lever raises or lowers the link O^ whicli in its
turn actuates the lever N, and in N we have the control-
ling movement, Avhich puts in or takes out of gear the
cone clutches G, F. In the drawing the cone clutches are
out of gear, but directly they are brought into contact, the
cam shaft revolves. On the cam shaft are placed several
cams, which effect the necessary change ; these are shown
at M, J, and one on the back of the cone clutch at G.
Fio. 36.
Their several actions will be considered in detail, as
well as the special construction of the cam plate H, which
controls the working of the cone clutch. A small end
view in Fig. 35 of the two wheels C and D is given,
which shows their relative positions to each other.
Although the cone-clutch arrangement on the cam shaft
is the one generally adopted, there are other makes of
mule in which clutch wheels are employed in preference
to the frictional grip. One of the best known is illustrated
in Fig. 36, where a partial end view is also shown. In
this case the cam shaft is placed below the long lever ; at
72 COTTON SPINNING chap.
each end of this long lever A is fastened an inclined bracket
N. The carriage carries a bowl M, so disj^osed that it
comes into contact Avith the inclined bracket and depresses
that end of the lever. The movement of the lever A so
produced lowers a specially constructed pendant plate C
in such a way as to relieve the pressure of the spring at
L, so that the two clutch wheels J, K are at once brought
into contact. A view of the swing plate C is given in
order to make it clear how this action is produced ; but
first it must be understood that the cam shaft S is continu-
ally revolving through a wheel thereon being in gear with
the backing-oif cone wheel. The revolution of the cam
shaft S carries round the half clutch wheel K, which is
connected to the shaft by a float key ; the other half of
the clutch wheel, J, is keyed to a loose shell T, whicli
practically covers in a large part of the cam shaft. On the
loose shell are fitted the various cams for producing the
changes. These can only be driven when the two half
clutches J and K are brought into gear. This is effected,
as already stated, by the lowering of the swing plate C,
in the following manner. The plate is arranged to fit
loosely on the shaft, and also is made capable of rising and
falling. On one of its faces, inclines are arranged directly
opposite to each other, and these inclines, in a similar-
manner to those described in the previous example, serve
the purpose of keeping K out of contact with J. A pin
H, passing through the body of J, connects the clutch K
and the plate C, and as long as the pin is on the highest
point of the incline at D the two clutches remain out of
gear. In the position shown in the sketch the long lever
is on the point of being depressed ; as it falls the plate C
will be lowered, and will move out of the way of the pin
H. Directly the pin is free from the incline the spring L,
THE MODERN MULE
73
which is in compression, at once forces K into contact with
J, and the shell T immediately commences to revolve.
During this revolution the ])in H is carried round hy J, and
is brought into the path of the incline ( r F, opposite to the
one from which it has just been fixed ; as it travels up the
incline it forces K out of gear with J, and the cam shell
instantly stops. Only half a revolution has thus been
given to the cam shell, this l)eing sufficient to produce the
necessary changes. AVhen the cari'iage finishes its run-in,
the other end of the lever is depressed, with the effect that
the swing plate C is lifted up, and the pin H is relieved
from the high point of the cam at F, and therefore permits
Fio. 37.
the clutch to gear again and 2:)erform another half revolu-
tion of the cam shell T.
Movement of the Strap-Fork. — The movement of
the strap-fork from one pulley to another is effected through
the cam M on the cam shaft. Its general position was shown
in Fig. 34. Here a small plan view is given, in Fig. 37.
Two positions are represented, showing the effect of the
half revolution of the cam in moving the strap-fork from
Z to U. Since the cam M is not double-acting, the strap-
fork returns from U to Z l)y means of springs. By refer-
ence to Figs. 34 and 3S it will be seen that although L is
referred to as the strap-fork, it is not so in reality, but is
simply a kind of buffer or relieving rod between the cam
74 COTTON SPINNING chap.
M and the strap-fork K itself. This feature is sufficiently
important to warrant a more detailed description, which
will now be given.
From the general plan of the cam-shaft arrangement we
can proceed to consider it more in detail. The first feature
to attract attention is the method of moving the strap from
the fast to the loose pulley. Although the cam M is
nominally spoken of as performing this function, it does
not do so in reality ; its chief duty is to move the
strap from the loose to the fast pulley, and when the
opposite effect is necessary the cam simply moves into
a position which allows another action to bring about the
change.
Fig. 38 shows sufficient of the parts to make the
description clear. It will be seen that the cam M actuates
the strap-fork lever K, not in a direct manner, but through
another lever L, upon which the bowl H is fastened. This
lever is centred on a short fixed shaft at Y, and its lower
end is extended at Z in the manner shown, for the attach-
ment of strong springs a and h. The strap-fork itself is
centred at /.•, and simply works free in this position ; it has
a projection about the middle of its length, to Avhich a
spring a is connected, and by means of this spring the two
levers L and K are kept together. For instance, if the
cam M moves the lever L in the direction of the fast
pulley, the lower end of it at Z will be depressed, and will
exert a strong pull on the spring «, which will be sufficient
to draw forward the strap-fork lever K. This depression
of the lower part of the lever L will also bring into tension
a spring ft, which is attached to the framing of the machine,
so that as long as the strap is on the fast pulley the spring
h is in tension and always exerting its power to force the
strap on to the loose pulley. It is prevented from doing
THE MODERN MULE
75
so by reason of tbc lever L being locked in position by the
twist lever Q, which is attuched to it. This lever serves
the important purj)ose of regulating the time at which the
strap can be moved ; the cam ]\I may make its half revolu-
9^
tion, but the strap-fork will not move on that account ; the
movement can only take place when the twist lever Q is
relieved. The action of this lever is as follows : — One end
of it is attached to L ; at a certain part of its length a
projection on it abuts against a stop R, which is fixed to
76 COTTON SPINNING chap.
the framing ; the other end is brought into such a position
that it can be acted upon by a lever S, which revolves by
virtue of its connection to a wheel T. This wheel is driven
from a worm W on the end of the rim shaft, through the
worm wheel V and the pinion U. Now, since the relief
of the twist lever is seen from this arrangement to be
controlled from the rim shaft, it will readily be understood
that the number of revolutions of • the spindles is the
dominant factor in deciding when the strap must be
changed. It has already been shown that the movement
of the carriage at the termination of its outward run brings
about half a revolution of the cam M, and so leaves a clear
space for the pin H to return and carry the strap on to the
loose pulley ; but unless the spindles have received a
sufficient number of turns during the run-out, it is not
necessary that the two actions should be simultaneous ; it
is frequently advantageous to continue to turn the spindles
after the carriage has stopped — an action termed " twisting'
at the head," and for this purpose the twist lever can be
employed. This action is rendered very simple by the
arrangement of the wheels ; by changing the pinion U, the
revolutions of T, and consequently the lever S, can be
adjusted to cause the strap-fork to move on to the loose
pulley simultaneously with the half revolution of the cam
M, or to follow it at whatever interval may be considered
necessary. During the revolution of S it comes into
contact with the end of the lever Q and depresses it ; this
lowers it sufficiently to unlock it from the catch R, and
when this happens the spring B pulls the strap-fork over
on to the loose pulley. At the same time the spring X,
attached to Q and also to the framing, is put into tension,
so that when the cam M makes the next half revolution on
the completion of the run-in of the carriage, the movement
11 THE MODERN MULE 77
of the lever L pushes Q forward, and the spring draws it
upwards and locks it again at R.
Of course it is often unnecessary to have "twisting at
the head," and therefore an arrangement such as that
described can be accurately adjusted to give that result, or
it may be dispensed with altogether, and the twist be
regulated from the gearing which drives the front roller.
If the arrangement in Fig. 38 is absent, the only effect
will be to cause the strap-fork to move on to the loose
pulley at the same time as the cam M makes its half
revolution ; this is generally spoken of as " striking
through " ; but when a definite number of twists per inch
are required, which it is not considered advisable or
possible to put in while the carriage runs out, then this
arrangement supplies the deficiency between the time the
carriage stops and the backing-off takes place. It may be
remarked that the change of the strap on to the loose
pulley is not confined to the method shown, and frequently
an independent system, called the " strap-relieving motion,"
is employed, which will be described presently.
Driving of the Cam Shaft.^ — The next point to be
noticed on the cam shaft is the action of the long lever in
bringing about the engagement and disengagement of the
cone clutch on the cam shaft. One method has already
been described in detail ; the one now under notice refers
to that illustrated in Fig. 34. Two other sketches are
now given. Figs. 39 and 40, in explanation of the point.
Therein B is the cam shaft in section, and H is the plate
on whose surface are formed two inclines, E F and G J.
The inclines are at different distances from the centre of
the shaft, and each one at its highest point, E and G, falls
abruptly, while the other ends, F and J, fall gradually to
the level surface of H. The lever N, centred at A, is con-
78
COTTON SPINNING
nected to tlie long lever by the link 0 ; as the long lever
is actuated by the inclines on the carriage, N will oscillate
and be alternately brought into the paths of the inclines.
Two positions of the cam plate are represented ; the one in
Fig. 39 shows the lever jST on the highest point of the inner
incline, in which position the cone clutch is disengaged and
the spring W (Fig. 34) is in compression. "When the end
of the long lever opposite to 0 is depressed, 0 will be raised,
Fig. 39.
Fig. 40.
and this movement takes the end C of the lever X away
from the incline E F, so that the spring is free to force the
cam plate forward and thus cause the two halves of the
cone clutch to engage Avith each other and bring about
the revolution of B, and consequently of the cam plate
itself. Now it will be observed that, as H is pushed forward
by the spring W, the surface of the cam plate is brought
almost into contact with the end C of the lever, and
therefore as the plate revolves it lies directly in the path
of the opi)osite incline G J, which in passing tends to torce
II THE MODERN MULE 79
the lever N on one side. In this effort, however, the lever
remains rigid, the spring "\V at the back of H yields
instead, and the cam plate is thus forced back and so
disengages the cone clutch to which it is attached. This
naturally stops the motion of the cam shaft after it has
made half a revolution, and it remains stopped until the
end of the long lever depresses 0 and moves the lever N
from the highest point of the outer incline at G, and
places it in a position nearer the centre to be acted upon
bj' the inner incline during the next half revolution of the
cam shaft.
It will be seen that the action just described is one of
the utmost importance in the operations of the mule.
Absolute accuracy must be sought for in the adjustment of
the levers so as to obtain the greatest eft'ect from the
inclines. The jjrecise moment for putting the clutch in
and out of gear depends on a number of points that require
careful attention, most of which are associated with the
cam plate and levers. The long lever itself must be acted
upon at the right moment, and of course adjusting brackets
are always provided to eft'ect this. The surfaces of the
inclines are sul)ject to wear, and although they are invari-
ably case-hardened, still it is not unusual to find sufficient
wear taking place to necessitate care in attending to them.
They are likewise made separate so as to be easily replaced
when required ; and the same remarks can be applied to
the end C of the lever N, upon which a great strain is
thrown. The spring at the back of H must be strong
enough to cause a thorough grip in the cone clutch, and
attention must be paid to the two halves of the clutch to
see that they are working correctly, and adjustment be
made for any wear and tear that occurs.
Attention may be now paid to the other cams on the
8o COTTON SPINNING chap.
shaft B. These are illustrated in Figs. 41 and 42, which
represent the action of the cams in operating the front
roller and the back shaft respectively. The front-roller
cam G, Fig. 41, forms part of the back of the cone clutch
on the cam shaft ; it is double-grooved, so that the clutch
wheel at F can be put into and out of gear without springs.
A lever D, centred at A, works in the groove, and its other
end fits in a ring groove on the half clutch E. In the
position shown the carriage is performing its outward run
and is spinning ; therefore the clutch is in gear and the
rollers are revolving. When the carriage stops, the cam
shaft turns half a revolution, which
brings the lever D from the highest point
of the cam down to the lowest point
directly opposite. This effects a separa-
tion of the clutch at F, and the rollers
cease revolving, remaining stationary
until the run-in is completed, during
which winding is going on. (It may
be remarked that this latter statement,
though correct so far as the cam CI and clutch F are con-
cerned, has exceptions.) For certain classes of yarn of
good quality and generally fine numbers, the rollers are
subject to two other independent motions, namely, " wind-
ing delivery motion " and " jacking delivery motion " ; these
will be fully described subsequently.
Outward Run of the Carriage. — The next cam to
be noticed, J, serves the purjDose of independently discon-
necting the back shaft, and so stopping the carriage at the
finish of the outward run.
As it performs other functions besides this one, the
accompanying drawing. Fig. 42, taken from a recent
machine, has been prepared, from which it will be seen
THE MODERN MULE
8i
that the putting of the Ixack-shaft clutch box into and out
of gear is not the only action it performs. To understand
the various movements, great care must be taken to follow
the descrii)tion, and as it woidd be both difficult and in-
VOL. Ill G
82 COTTON SPINNING chap.
convenient to show the different parts in their changing
positions, the reader must picture to himself the chitches
being put into and out of gear and the lifting and lowering
of the levers.
In the drawing, Fig. 42, A is the rim shaft, from which
the cam B is revolved half a revolution, just previous to
or on the termination of the outward and inward runs
of the carriage. Working in the groove of the cam is a
bowl C, carried by one end of a bell-crank lever centred
at D ; the other end of this lever, at E, carries a link,
whose lower end is slotted and slides on a pin fixed in
the lever whose centre is at P. A projection on the bell-
crank lever at V carries a set screw, capable of adjustment,
Avhich bears against the horizontal arm of another lever
l)ivoted at H. The vertical arm of this lever carries a
bowl A, which Avorks in the groove on the back of the
clutch wheel J ; the drawing represents the clutch in gear,
with the bowl C on the loAver portion of the cam B.
Confining ourselves for the moment to this action, it Avill
readily be seen that the next half revolution of the cam
will, acting through the stop-screAv at I, lift the horizontal
arm of the lever G and put the clutch J out of gear, thus
stopping the back shaft and consequently the carnage.
The spring at L serves the purpose, as already observed,
of keeping the two halves of the clutch in gear during
the outward run of the carriage.
Drawing-up. — We may now trace the action of B still
further, for it performs the important functions of directly
taking the drawing-up cone clutch out of gear and indirectly
of putting it into gear ; this it does in the following manner :
— A lever centred at P has on one end Q a forked jaw, which
fits in the ringed groove of the upper half of the drawing-
up cone clutch ; its other end M is connected by a strong
II THE MODERN MULE 83
spring 0 to tlie horizontal arm of the lever G. Also in
connection Avith the lever P is the slotted link F, which is
pendant from E; a, direct connection is therefore obtained
between the drawing-up cone and the cam B. As the
cam B revolves, the end of the lever at E is raised ; this
action lifts the link F, hut this has no effect on the lever
at P, because of the slot at its lower end. At the same
time the lever G is also raised, which puts a strong tension
on the spring 0, this naturally exerts a powerful tendency
to pull the end of the lever at M in an upward direction ;
it cannot, however, effect this purpose at once, because the
other end of the lever P is locked by the lever Y, and it
is only at the moment of the finish of the run-out that the
action of the carriage draws the lever Y on one side, and
permits the tension in the spring 0 to lift ^I upwards and
force the end Q downwards, thus putting the cone clutch
into gear. Directly this happens the bevel on the scroll
shaft is driven, and the carriage is drawn in. Now it will
be noticed that the fact of lifting up the lever at M brings
the pin at N to the top of the slot in the lower part of the
link F ; therefore, as the cam B makes half its revolution,
when the carriage is on the point of finishing its iuAvard
run, the end of the lever at E is depressed, and the link F
presses downwards on the pin at N and lifts up the other
end of the lever at Q, thus taking the clutch out of gear
and stopping the scroll shaft. At the same time the
lowering of the end M puts tension on the spring 0,
which, together with the spring at L, forces the clutch-box
at J into gear and enables the outward run to Ije made.
Locking Arrangements. — It will be readily under-
stood that, although the actions just described are simple in
character and are obtained by means free of complication,
they are so highly important and depend on such a delicate
84 COTTON SPINNING chap.
adjustment, both in regard to the time of their action as
well as the extent of their moAement, that means must be
taken to ensure accuracy and prevent any derangement
happening through Avear or accident, to the machine. Those
practically acquainted with machinery will understand this
fully, and in the mule the precaution of what is called
" locking " each motion to guard against irregularities is an
absolute necessity. We have already seen that the lever Y
locks the lever P in position until the carriage itself moves
it away and allows the cone clutch to drop into gear. (This
feature will be more fully described presently.) There is,
in addition, an arrangement at the front of the headstock by
which an effective control of the machine may be obtained,
which serves the purpose of locking the carriage at the
termination of its outward run and during the period of
backing-ofF. An enlarged drawing of it is given in Fig. 43.
The rod T is connected by the bell-crank lever S and the
link R to the lever P ; any movement of P will therefore
move the rod T. Now by locking T in any position it is
possible to keep P from moving until the rod T is relieved.
The locking is performed in the following manner : — A lever
X, centred on a stud, is capable of beijig moved upAvard by
the carriage as it is finishing its outward run. Tlie rod T
at this moment is out as far as it Avill move, and a pro-
jection on the lever X rests in the recessed part of the end
piece F of the rod T, and keeps the rod from moving
inAvard. It Avill be noticed on reference to Fig. 42 that
until the rod T is relieved the cone clutch cannot fall into
gear, so there have been tAvo agencies at work during the
outward run to prevent the scrolls being driven from the
draAving-xap cone clutch, namely : the lever Y and the stop-
rod T. Directly, however, the carriage comes against the
leA'er X, the projection at E is lifted up and the rod T is
THE MODERN MULE
85
free to moA'C Avhen Y is released. Just previous to this,
however, the carriage in moving outward has lifted up the
catch Y, and a jirojectiou AY on the carriage passing under
it allows Y to fall and thus locks the carriage. For about
the next two seconds the carriage is stationary, and back-
ing-oil' takes place ; when this action is completed the
lever Y is moved aside and the cone clutch is freed from
Fig. 43.
restraint, so that the spring 0 (Fig. 42) forces it into
gear. In doing this the rod T is moved in the direction of
the carriage, as seen in Fig. 43, and at the same time
the lever Y, through its connection with the rod, is lifted
up and thus releases the carriage, which at once commences
its inward nm.
A lever A, centred at B, is devised to enal^le a stoppage
of the carriage to Ijc made in anj' position. The drawing
shows the position of the parts as tlie carriage is on the
86 COTTON SPINNING chap, ii
point of running in ; by pressing on A the projection at C
will force the stop-rod T outwards, and lift the upper part
of the cone clutch at Q out of gear, which at once stops
the carriage. The lever A itself can he locked hy the
catch G when required. On the other hand, wlien the
projection E is engaged in the recess at F, it can be
raised out of contact by the projection D of the lever A,
thereby relieving the rod any time dui-ing the outward run.
Backing'-oflf. — "Backing-ofF" is the next feature calling
for attention. At this point, however, only a descrijjtion
of the means adopted for obtaining it will be given. The
reason and the effect will be dealt with fully Avhen the
spindle and cop are treated ; the general idea of the action,
already given, will meanwhile be sufficient to enable the
reader to understand the following remarks : —
In Fig. 44 a full view of the arrangement is shown.
The chief object in view, it will be remembered, is to put
into and take out of gear the large backing-off cone wheel
with the fast pulley, in order to reverse the direction of
revolution of the rim shaft, and consequently of the spindle.
The duration of the movement is scarcely more than a
fraction of a second, but its importance necessitates extreme
accuracy and prom})tness of action. The cone wheel
contains a ring groove, in which works a forked lever,
centred at I. This fork is connected to a lever H, Avhose
lower end fits loosely on a rod that runs along the side of
the headstock. This backing-off rod has one end E coupled
to a bell-crank lever, pivoted at 0, while the other end is
joined to the upper i)art of tlie lever G, whose function it
is to lock the drawing-up cone in position during the
"backing-off." As the carriage moves out, the fast pulley
and cone wheel are out of gear, as is also the drawing-
up cone clutch. On the termination of the outward run
87
88 COTTON SPINNING chap.
each of these must Le put into gear — the first one the
moment the carriage stops, and the second one on com-
pletion of backing-off. In the carriage square is pivoted
at B a specially shaped jaw lever, the mouth of the jaw
having au inclined projection. As the carriage approaches
the finish of the stretch, the inclined portion comes into
contact with a bowl D carried by the bell-crank lever, so
that this end of the lever is depressed and the backing-ofF
rod is moved in the direction shown by the arrow. The
eff"ect of this action is to move the fixed stop-washer K
forward, and compress the spring Y, which bears against
the lower end of the vertical lever at H ; the compi-ession
of the spring exerts sufficient pressure to force the lever H
forward and to bring about the necessary contact of the
backing-off" cone wheel and the fast pulley. At the same
time the end of the backing-off" rod moves the lever G
outwards, and places the pin underneath the lever Z, thus
preventing the upj^er cone clutch from falling into gear.
Other actions have come into play as this occurs (as already
described), by means of which the strap is moved on to the
loose pulley, so that directly the cone wheel has turned
through a portion of a revolution, it must be taken out of
gear instantly, the moment before the scroll shaft commences
to draw the carriage in. It is obvious that this necessary and
rapid movement of release cannot be performed by allowing
the carriage to move until the bell -crank lever is free;
accordingly other actions are introduced to eff"ect it. It
will be sufficient at this point merely to indicate, rather
than describe, the means adopted, as a fuller description
will be given later.
On the faller X is fastened a lever, one end W of
which is connected to a pendant arm, whose lower end N
slides on a bowl rt, carried by a slide, which is moved up
II THE MODERN MULE 89
and down by tlie sluiper as tlie carriage moves in and out.
As the carriage finishes its outward run, the position of
the copping faller arm is ap])roximately that shown in the
sketch. Directly, hoAvever, the tin roller reverses its
direction of revolution for haching-oft", a small sci'oll (or
"snail" as it is called) L winds on a chain, Avhich passes under
a bowl C on the lever A and on to the faller lever at M ;
this end of the lever will consequentl}' be depressed, and so
draw up its other end W, and along with it the locking
faller arm N. It will lift this latter so high that the lecess
at X will come opposite the Ijowl 0, and its natural tendency
would be to fall forward and rest there. This is, indeed,
what actually occurs, but to render this a definite action
the lever A is connected to the locking arm l)y a liidv P,
and, in addition, the lever A itself is connected by a strong
spring S with the opposite side of the square. As long as
the locking arm X simply rests against the bowl a, the
lever A will remain fixed in spite of the strong pull of the
spring S ; but immediately the tin drum, through the snail
L, draws ]\I downwards and the locking arm N upwards,
X becomes free from the bowl rt, and the spring S draws
forAvard with a quick action the lever A, together with the
link P and the faller locking arm X. This movement of
A is the one that releases the bowl D from the jaw ; for as
A is suddenly shot backwards, the jaw itself lifts up and
carries D Avith it. The upAvard movement of D draAvs the
l)acking-ofF rod forAvaid, and in doing so the stop-Avasher J
is brought against the lever H, and pulls the backing-off
cone Avheel out of gear Avith the fast pulley. At the same
time the lever G is also moA^ed forAvard, and its projecting
pin is brought from under the end of the cone-clutch leA'cr,
and permits it to fall into gear, Avhereupon the carriage at
once commences its iuAvard run.
go COTTON SPINNING chap.
In Fig. 38 a drawing is given sliowing lio\v the move-
ment of the strap from the fast to the loose pulley is
regulated from the revolution of the rim shaft, by means of
the twist Avlieel. The strap can oidy be moved after the
twist wheel has made a given number of revolutions, and
b}^ relieving the twist lever allowing the strap-fork to be
pulled over by a powerful spring.
Strap-relieving Motion. — It is not always necessary
to adopt this method of regulating the twist in the mule,
and frerpiently, instead of employing it, a strap-relieving
motion is used. An arrangement of this kind is shown in
the drawing. Fig. 45. A few Avords as to the reason of its
introduction are necessary before giving the description of its
action. The application of a twist-wheel motion, as will be
remembered, enables a very definite number of twists to be
put into the yarn as the carriage runs out. If enough twists
have not been put in by the time the carriage has finished
the stretch, then, although the strap-fork cam has made its
half revolution, the strap-fork cannot change until the twist
Avheel relieves it, and until this occurs the sj^indles will
continue to be driven and so put extra twist into the yarn.
Technically this is called "twisting at the head "; but it will
be observed that when the twist is sufficient, their revolu-
tion must be instantly stopped. Such an action entails an
enormous, though momentary, effort of those parts of the
macliine Avhieh perform it. There is an excessive amount
of friction set up in the cone clutch, and difficulty is
experienced in moving the strap quickly on to the loose
pulley. It is, therefore, found that for some classes of
yarn, lower numbers especially, and in many cases according
to the opinion or experience of the spinner, the advantages
of the twist lever are not sufficient to outweigh the advan-
tages of a strap-relieving motion. In the first place,
THE MODERN MULE
91
therefore, this motion disphices the twist lever. In its
stead we have tlie ai-rangcnient shown in Fig. 45. The
carriage is moving outwarils, and, when Avithin a few inches
of its finish, comes into contact, througli an adjustable stop
A, with an inclined lever B, pivoted at C. The lever B
carries a stud I), which fits a recessed part of E, so that
the depression of B in the direction of the arrow draws the
strap-relieving rod forward. This rod is attached at F to
a pendant lever J, centred at K. On the stud or short
Fig. 45.
shaft K is fixed a lever L, whose upper end bears against
the strap-fork rod. It will, therefore, be seen that the
forward movement of the rod E will move the strap from
the fast to the loose pullej', and it will do this gradually as
the carriage is finishing the last four to eight inches of its
outward run. By the time the carriage is at rest, and
backing-off commences, the spindles have therefore lost a
good proportion of their speed, and a great saving of power
is cfl'ected, Avith its consequent reduction in strain, etc., in
bringing them to rest and reversing them for backing-oflF.
It must not be overlooked, however, that theie may l)e a
92 COTTON SPINNING chap.
" slight " loss of twist through slowing the spindles ; for
although the rollers are affected in their speed in the same
degree, the two are not driven in the same Avay, and it is
possible for the proportion between them to be slightly
disturbed. This cannot be regarded, however, as a dis-
advantage, because it has no practical value, especiall}' in
regard to the class of yarn it is used for.
As the rod E is moved forward, a spring S, threaded
upon it, is compressed by the stop-washer G pressing it
against the fixed bracket H. In addition, a spring O is put
into tension at the same time, so that when the carriage
commences its inward run the rod gradually returns to its
original position, and leaves the strap-fork on the loose pulley
until the cam changes it at the completion of the inward run.
A further point to observe is, that the backing-off lever
P is locked by this motion, in a similar way to that adopted
in the twist lever. In order to show this clearly, two
detached and enlarged views are given in Figs. 46 and 47.
In Fig. 46 the arrangement is shown in position for
the strap on the fast pulley and the backing-off out of gear.
The strap -relieving motion keeps the backing-off lever
locked by connecting a short lever M to the shaft K, and
in turn connecting M to a link E ; a projection T on E,
bears against the backing-off lever P, and until this projec-
tion is removed backing-off cannot take place. As the
carriage acts upon the strap-relieving motion, the link li is
drawn on one side (as shown in Fig. 47) and P is left free
to put the backing-off cone clutch into gear with the fast
pulley.
It will be seen from the drawing that adjustments can
be made in several positions, and these are necessary.
Sometimes it is only desired to begin moving the strap
4 inches before finishing the stretch, Avhile in some cases a
THE MODERN MULE
93
gradual movement through as mncli as 10 inches can he
ohtained. Means for oljtaiuing this range of action are
therefore provided ; but when adjustments are made, an
important point to be careful about is to see that the strap
is clear of the fast pulley just as the carriage finishes its
run-out.
Object of Backing-off. — Before proceeding further it
will be advisable to give a general idea of what is meant
by "backing-olT," in order to explain certain irregularities
which this action causes, and the mechanical methods
adopted to compensate for them.
The spinning operation during the run-out of the carriage
Fig. 47.
has already been f iilh^ explained and illustrated. Now one
direct effect of this method of obtaining twist ia that the
yarn must be taken from that jwrtion of the spindle on
which the cop is being formed, and raised to the point : and,
vice verm, when spinning is completed, the yarn must be
taken from the point of the spindle and guided on the coj)
in whatever part of the blade it happens to be. To make
this quite clear, two diagrams are given. Figs. 48 and 49.
Spinning is supposed to be taking place, as shown by the
full lines. When winding takes place, the yarn must be
taken from M and wound on the cop below X, and when
that operation is completed it must be returned to the point
of the spindle. Examination of the diagrams. Figs. 50 and
94 COTTON SPINNING chap.
51, will very clearly show what the effects of these two
operations are. In the first place, a Avire C^ running the
full length of the mule is provided, and over this the yarn
is guided on to the spindle during the winding process. It
is carried by an arm centre^ on a shaft A, called the
" copping " faller ; this fuller rod is actuated by levers from
the shaping or copping mechanism, and by this means the
wire C^ guides the yarn on to the upper portion of the
shaded part of the cop, and in doing so moves through the
space between C and C\ When the carriage arrives " in "
against the rollers, the yarn must be transferred from the
point C^ to the point of the spindle, as in Fig. 50, and in
effecting this we are brought into contact with one of the
most interesting and characteristic features of the mule.
If the yarn were led on to the cop direct from the rollers,
it is clear that the act of lifting it from C^ to the toji of
the spindle would cause the whole of the ends to break,
because of the longer length of yarn required in this latter
position. And again, we saw when treating of the spinning
process that the peculiar action of twisting in the mule
necessitates a certain number of windings of the yarn round
the spindle up to the point before spinning can commence ;
and this condition could not be fulfilled if the thread were
guided direct on to the cop. To obtain each of these
necessary elements, another wire at D is provided, carried
b}^ an arm working from a shaft B called the "counter"
faller. Over the wire D the yarn passes on to the wire C ;
D is kept in such a position that the length of yarn from
the cop to the rollers as it passes over the two wires is
much more than the straight line between them, and conse-
quently as the carriage gets in and before the spindles cease
turning, the wire C rises up, and in doing so the spindle
winds on the extra length in a series of turns, as seen in
THE MODERN MULE
95
Fig. 51. At the same time the wire D is lowered out of
contact with the yarn, and the thread is free to be twisted
as the carriage goes out.
When the outM'ard run is complete, these extra turns on
the spindle must be unwound before the winding can take
place, and as they have been wound on in the same direction
as the twist, it is evident that the spindles must l)e reversed
«• V ©A
60 '®a'
Fio. 4S.
Fig. 49.
to unwind them ; and also, since the unwinding means an
additional length of yarn, something must be done to take
up the extra length taken oft' the spindle.
The reversing of the spindles, in order to unwind the
yarn from the bare portion of the blade between the cop
and the point, is the special function of the "backing-ofF"
process, already described. The action of the wires in com-
pensating for the extra length i^nwound will be described
96
COTTON SPINNING
subsequently, the object at present being merely to point
out the necessit}' of backing-ofF and how it is effected.
Tightening the Backing-off Chain. — When the cop
is in the early stages of its formation, the length of the bare
spindle is considerable, and a good length of yarn requires
to be unwound, as will be seen on reference to Fig. 49.
As the cop gets larger, and gradually fills the spindle, the
amount to be unwound comes less, until, at the finish, it is
quite a small amount. Fig. 48. As we shall see presently,
the diminished revolutions of the spindles on reversal, Avhich
this necessitates, is very easily effected ; but another point
arises which requires a very careful consideration. The
mechanism which causes the " copping "-faller wire to move
from A^ to A and the " counter "-faller wire to move from
B^ to B acts quickly, and therefore there is a danger that
the downward motion of A will be much quicker than the
rate at which the spindles unwind the yarn from the point
to the cop. For this reason the moA'ement of the copping-
faller wire is, as it were, delayed, until the spindles
commence to reverse, and Ity this means the likelihood oi
II THE MODERN MULE 97
breakage is avoided ; and if any slight slackness in the
yarn results, the counter-faller wire has time to compensate
for it. . As the cop enlarges, however, the delay in the
movement of the copping wire, as the spindles reverse,
becomes a disadvantage ; for there is less chance, owing
to the shorter length of yarn to be unwound, of the
wnre overtaking the yarn, and therefore there is less neces-
sity for the slight slackness in the yarn caused through
the spindles reversing before the wire begins to move. On
the contrary, this slackness of the yarn, in consequence of
the lateness of the action of the wire, results in the making
of very bad cops and snarly yarn, Sevei^al ingenious
methods have been adopted to overcome this difficulty.
Their object is that, while permitting the faller Avire to be
behindhand in its movement when the cop is begiiniing to
be formed — because there is a distinct advantage in being
so — it shall be so controlled that, at each layer added to
the cop, its moment of action begins to approach that of
the reversal of the spindle, until when the cop is finished
the wire is brought to touch the yarn at the exact moment
the spindles reverse. From this point, down to the cop, is
so short a distance that there is no danger of the wire over-
taking the yarn, and at the same time it maintains the thread
at a tension that enables a perfectly'' solid coj) to be formed.
Having explained the necessity for adopting some means
of tightening the "backing-ofF" chain as the cop gradually
enlarges, it remains to give an example of one method of
doing it. For this purpose the drawing. Fig. 52, has been
prepared. It is practically an enlarged view of a portion
of Fig. 44, and, although showing a few variations in the
arrangement and details, it can be used for reference in
reading the remarks made when describing that drawing.
As the carriage comes out, the various parts are in the
VOL. Ill H
98 COTTON SPINNING chaPo
positions s]ao^yn in the drawing. The open jaw of the lever
K depresses the bell-crank lever X, and so puts the backing-'
off cone clutch into gear with the fast pulley. In con-
sequence of this, the tin cylinder Z reverses, and in addition
to reversing the spindles in order to unwind the yarn from
the bare part of the blade above the cop, it also winds on
a portion of the chain L, and in doing so pulls down the
faller arm C which is fastened to the copping faller A. The
wire / is brought down by this action, and follows the yarn
down the spindle as it is unwound ; the rate at which it
does this is regulated by the scroll surface on which the
chain L is wound. A slight slackness of the chain L during
the earlier part of the cop is not of much consequence, as
already explained, and therefore the wire / need not touch
the yarn the exact moment it begins to unwind from the
spindle. As, however, the cop enlarges, the action of /must
be brought earlier into operation, and this necessitates the use
of some arrangement similar to that shown in the di'awing.
Attached to a kind of boss of the scroll M is a- chain L,
whose other end is connected to a lever centred at N. As
the carriage moves outward, one end R of this lever is so
arranged that during the time the cop is having its first
layers formed, it just comes into contact Avith an inclined
plate S. This plate is connected to the shaper-plates by
the rail T, and as these shaper-plates move during the
building of the cop, the incline S is also moved, so that,
instead of the end of lever at E just coming into contact
with it the moment the carriage stops, the advance of the
incline causes R to come into contact a little earlier after
each layer is added. The effect of this is to cause the lever
to yield and pull down the chain M, which in its turn
moves the scroll on which the chain L is wound, and this
action draws L tighter and gradually takes out the slack-
THE MODERN MULE
99
ness, so that directly backing-off commences, the chain
responds a little earlier after each draw, to the backward
turning of the tin cylinder. In order to present these
features of the self-actor as fully as possible, it will be
necessary to give other examples of most of the arrange-
FiG. 52.
ments previously illustrated ; but it is also necessary in
order to prevent complication to present the subject in a
consecutive form as far as possible, and with this object in
view it is advisable to proceed with an explanation of the
building and winding mechanism, after which reference to
and further descrijition will be given of other methods of
performing the actions already so far described.
The Mule Cop.^ — The only way to thoroughly under-
^ See the author's book, Quadrant and Simper, for a more detailed
description of the Mule Cop.
loo COTTON SPINNING chap.
stand the operation of building the cop and Avinding the
yarn upon it is to make a complete examination of the cop
itself, and from it to deduce the reasons for emploN'ing the
special mechanism by which these results are obtained. In
this way much of the description that follows will be less
difficult to understand, and a better understanding of the
problems will follow from the careful reasoning which it
will involve.
It has already been pointed out that the spindles are
carried by a long wooden structure, called the carriage.
The portion of the carriage which does this is shown in
Fig. 53. The spindle is supported at two points B and C,
and the wharve is placed between them, its position being
nearer the upper or bolster-bearing C than the footstep-
bearing B. Above the bolster-bearing there projects the
part of the spindle upon which the cop is built, and it is to
this feature that our chief attention will be given. An
enlarged drawing of the cop F is shown in Fig. 54. Its
general shape is that of a cylinder, with conical ends, one
end having usually a longer taper than the opposite end.
The reason for adopting this shape in making a cop is not
far to seek, and may be summed up in the words, solidity,
and facility in being unwound again.
Let us now see how this peculiar shape is obtained, and
ask ourselves various questions as to Avhat is necessary in
fulfilling the conditions of its structure. To begin then,
the yarn must be first wound on the surface of a steel
spindle, say \ inch in diameter. Frequently this surface is
slightly enlarged by using tubes as a foundation ; but for
the present purpose it will be preferable to confine ourselves
to the most usual course of Avinding the first layers on the
bare spindle. That part of the blade on which the yarn is
first wound is practically parallel, and we might almost say
THE MODERN MULE
that the whole of the coj) bottom is wound on to what
might be termed a perfect cylinder. Above the coj) bottom,
however, the blade gradually tapers to the point T, where
its diameter is made as small as possible consistent with
Fig. 53.
strength and with the yarn it is spinning. The reason for
this has already been given in an earlier part of the book.
As winding takes place, during the return of the carriage
to the roller beam, it will be necessary to revolve the
spindles constantly at such a speed that at each inward
run they Avill Avind on the 64 inches of yarn that has been
delivered by the rollers and twisted during the outward
run of the carriage. Readers will understand that it is not
I02 COTTON SPINNING chap.
desirable to complicate matters by mentioning the gain of
carriage, etc. ; therefore, for our present purpose, the delivery
of the rollers, of 64 inches, must be accepted as tentative,
being only for the simplicity of illustration. The first
layer of yarn Avill therefore consist of 64 inches, and it "will
be wound upon a solid cylindrical surface. The length of
that portion of the spindle upon which it is wound is, of
course, arbitrary, but, as will be shown presently, it is
made as short as possible, so that the layers are compact
and close together ; |th of an inch, or 1 inch, is the usual
length. Subsequent layers are added, and mechanism is
employed which gradually causes the cop to assume the
shape shoMu in the lower part of the diagram. Fig. 54.
The first layer is represented at A B. From A each
additional laj'er has its commencing point raised in such a
manner that an inclined surface is produced along the line
A E J. At the same time, the surface or " chase " upon
which the yarn is laid is also lengthened ; this lengthening
of tlie traverse or " chase " is shown by the lines E C and
also J G. When a diameter has been obtained, as at J K,
which is considered large enough, a cessation of some
portion of the mechanism, and a slight modification of
other portions, cause the commencing point of each layer
to be raised, but this is done in such a manner that instead
of giving a conical form, as it did from A to J, it begins
to rise vertically, and in this way it continues to L, so that
a cylindrical shape is given to the bod}- of the cop.
It is clear that, no matter what diameter may be decided
upon as large enough, the yarn must always finish M'inding
on the spindle, so that the conical form is continued
throughout the cop in the same condition practically as it
had when the foundation A J G H K, or " cop bottom," as
it is termed, Avas finished.
n THE MODERN MULE 103
It has already l)een remarked that the first layer on the
spindle from A to B is wound on the hare spindle, and is
practically a parallel layer. To do so it will be necessary
to revolve the spindle a certain number of times — a number
readily calculated. For instance, a \ inch spindle must
64x4x7
turn = 81vV times to wind on 64 inches. Now
22
when the next layer is added, it will begin on a larger
diameter, represented by the extra layer of yarn ; but it
will finish on the same diameter as the first layer did. It
will readily be seen that the speed of the spindle, for the
second layer, will require to be altered ; but this alteration
must only take place at the commencement, for since the
end diameter remains the same, so also must the speed.
Succeeding layers increase the diameter of the cop at the
bottom, but finish at the top with the same diameter, until
we get to the full diameter, as at J K, and a long conical
surface, as at J G, where the alteration in speed, in order
to wind yarn on this surface, must vindergo a considerable
variation from that necessary at the commencement.
While the speed of spindle during the winding of the
first layer was uniform, because of the cylindrical surface
on which it was wound, the speed during the winding of
the last layer, J G, must be ever varying, simply because
the yarn is wound on varying diameters. The same length
is wound on and in the same time as the first layer A B.
To do this and at the same time maintain an equal tension
on the yarn, it is clear that the speed of the spindle, when
the yarn is j^assing on at J K, must be slow ; and, corre-
spondingly, when it travels up the cone the diameter
becomes less, and the speed increases until it reaches the
smallest diameter at G H, and here we must have the
quickest speed. One revolution of 1^ inch diameter at
I04 COTTON SPINNING chap.
5 X 22
J K will wind on ^ = 3'92 inches, -while one revolution
4x7
of the small diameter, \ inch, at G H, will oidy wind on
22
=-7854 inches: that is, the small end must revolve
4x7
five times Cjuicker than the large end. This increase of
speed must therefore be gradual, and of such a nature that
it corresponds as nearly as possible to the gradual decrease
of diameter. From this reasoning in regard to the last
layer of the cop bottom, we can see that a variation of
speed must exist in each layer after the first one, and the
only difference is that the variation between the first speed
and the last one is not so great, this, of course, depending
on the relative sizes of the cop at its various points. For
instance, when the cop is 1 inch diameter, the variation
in speed Ijetween the bottom and the top is as 4 to 1, and
so on for the different diameters. The gradual variation
in speed during the winding of any single layer, as well as
the variation of speed between the different layers, can
easily be shown by means of a diagram, and this we shall
proceed to show.
On the assumption that the bare spindle is \ inch
diameter, it has already been shown that a little over 80
revolutions will be required to wind on the 64 inches of
stretch ; and, moreover, since the first layer is wound on a
parallel surface, the 80 revolutions must be made without
variation in speed during the Avinding.
After the first layer, a new set of conditions arises, and
each successive layer afterwards necessitates a change in
position from the previous one, and also a complete change
of the variation of speed which was required for the last
layer put on.
When dealinsr with the buildiuG: of the bobbin on the
THE MODERN MULE
los
Hy-frames, we sav/ that each hiyer required a different
speed as the diameter increased ; the same necessity also
arises in the case of the cop, for as the diameter eidarges
from A to J K, Fig. 54, the speed of spindle must be
altered, in order to wind on the yarn at this point in the
same time as when wound on the bare spindle. But here
the similarity ceases ; in the fly-frame bobbin a parallel
form is built throughout, while in the cop a conical form is
T *"■ VARlftTION InTsVEE^ of THE' ;
B.jT*^ ■ -1 .; . J... J, ..J....... A.^rJN'?-LtA5X'<.sxqS*°iJM.'
of : ■ ■ ; : ■ • f I i ; is r,uict. ; : • • 1
"^ : j_ : > .j_. .:...:. ..!... ."..,:....•;.—;.. .!.....i.. ..■ \.. '
ol, J....:.. i...ji...J._.[..J.— .i--L-a-^;J — i,..l— i*-il.Je,
UEN&TH Of CHASE..
Fig. 55.
made, Avhich tapers from a larger diameter to a smaller
one ; and, in addition, the proportion between the two
diameters varies with each layer. This continued cliange
of shape renders necessary a change of speed to suit each
new set of conditions.
In building the conical form of cop it Avill readily be
seen that the speed of the spindle must vary, from being
slow at the large diameter to quick at the small diameter,
and that this condition must hold good from the first to
the last layer. It must not, however, be assumed that.
io6 COTTON SPINNING chap.
because the cop has a "straight"' taper, the variation in
speed is a uniformly increasing one ; this will clearly be
seen as each layer is carefully examined and its speed
found As an aid to making this examination, the diagram
in Fig. 55 has been prepared to show in a graphic form
the variations of speed for different parts of the cop.
(For the sake of simplicity the length of the " chase " is
assumed to remain the same throughout the cop bottom ;
this assumption makes no difference to the " character " of
the curves, but to those who desire it, it is an easy matter
to realise that the length of chase for A is 1 inch, and for
G 2 inches, all the others, of course, lying between these
extremes.) The horizontal lines of the diagram represent
the speed of the spindle ; on the first line we can, therefore,
mark off the number of revolutions that any given diameter
will require in order to wind on. In this Avay we find that
\ inch diameter requires 81 '5 revolutions ; y"*^ inch diameter
commences to revolve at the rate of 65-2 revolutions ; and
so on for the other diameters as shown in the table : —
\ ill. diameter commences at the rate of 81 ".5 revs.
-iz ill- !, ,. T> 6.5 "2 „
gin. „ ,, ,, 54-3 „
I in. „ „ „ 40-7.'. ..
# in '27 "10 .,
1 in. ., ., ,, 20-4 „
Uiii. ;, „ „ 16-3 „
These initial rates ol speed give us the starting-points
of the curves. The other points are not difficult to obtain ;
but first let us notice what character the curves must have,
before drawing them. The line representing the speeds
for the first layer will naturally be straight, as representing
a uniform rate the full length of the chase ; this is drawn
at A and shows the same speed throughout. Layers are
added until the diameter becomes -^^ inch. Starting at
THE MODERN MULE
107
65*2 revolutions, it finishes at the same rate of speed as
the first layer, namely 81"5. It is readily seen that the
slight difference in the end diameters necessitates a variation
in speed, but not sufficient to show clearly the character of
the variation, so the line B is almost straight, though it
will be observed that the end of it takes an upward curve
at a little quicker rate than at its commencement.
To emphasise the characteristics, the larger diameter of
1} inch Avill be taken as an example. Here
we begin with a rate of 16 '3 revolutions, and i'^"?
finish at 81 '6 revolutions. As the yarn travels
upwards along the line G 7, Fig. 56, it will
reach a point that is 1 inch diameter, and, con-
tinuing, will pass the | and h inch diameters.
The question is now — At what rate must the
spindle I'un in order to wind on the yarn
evenly, so as to maintain the same tension in it
at these various diameters 1 This can readily
be answered ; for we simply have to remem-
ber Avhat was clearly explained in reference to
the flyer bobbin (see Vol. II.), that the rate of
speed must vary inversely as the diameter
of the bobbin. For instance, if the spindle
revolve at 16 '3 revolutions for 1| inch diameter, then at 1
inch diameter it will run at ^- of 16-3 = 20'4 revolutions, and
so on for the other speeds. A tal)le.will show this better : —
1^ in. requires a rate of revohition of 16'S
1 in. ,, ,, ,, JoflG-3 = 20-4
fin. „ ,, ,, -V of 16-3 = 27-16
. I'm. „ „ „ JjO- of 16 -3 = 40 -75
Jin. „ ,, ,, |ofl6-3=81-5
It is to be observed that the speeds in the above table
vary inversely as the diameter, for, on comparing the sp(H;d
io8 COTTON SPINNING chap.
at IJ inch and \ inch, we find that while the \ inch is one-
fifth tlie diameter of 1^ inch, tlie speed is five times
quicker ; and the other speeds follow the same proi^ortion.
It only remains to add that from this consideration we
recognise at once that the characteristic curve of the
hyperbole will represent the true variation in the revolu-
tion of the spindle while winding on a conical surface.
Any diameter similarly treated will give the same charac-
teristic features, so we are now in a position to represent
graphically the information obtained from the table.
By marking off on the line 0 M points representing
the 1, f, and \ inch diameters, and on the vertical lines
measuring the number of revolutions corresponding to
those diameters, we obtain points through which a curve
may be drawn. This is shown at G, and from it we see at
a glance the full character of the variation. Starting at
16-3 revolutions a gradual increase takes place ; instead of
being uniform, however, the increase occurs at an irregular
rate, and as it approaches the smaller diameter it rises
very rapidly, until it finishes on the bare spindle five times
quicker than at its commencement. This irregular increase
of speed must be thoroughly understood, for the principle
of the " quadrant " entirely depends upon it ; and it must
not be confounded with a uniform increase in speed, which
would be represented by the dotted line joining the two
ends of the curve G. §uch a variation differs greatly from
what should be the real variation, as shown at G. If this
increased but irregular acceleration of the speed of the
spindle, as the yarn is wound from the base to the apex of
the cone, be completely realised and comprehended, the
understanding of the quadrant will be a comparatively
easy matter.
Thus far we have assumed the diameter of the spindle
II THE MODERN MULE 109
to be I inch, ])ut this refers only to the part on wliich the cop
bottom is built. From this point to the end, it is tapered,
and therefore each additional layer finishes on a smaller
diameter, and consequently at a quicker speed. This prob-
lem will be dealt with at a later stage, as will also the ques-
tion of guiding the yarn on the cop as winding takes place.
Another feature to be noticed in regard to the cop is
the method of obtaining as solid and compact a form as
possible. We have spoken of laying the yarn on the
conical surface, from J to G, Fig. 54, but before it can be
brought from above G to J it must pass over the conical
surface. This is taken advantage of by causing the faller
wire W to fall very quickly as the carriage commences its
inward run, which has the effect of winding the yarn on
the cop in several spiral turns, which binds together the
layer below. On reaching M, the wire X commences its
upward movement. It is this special movement that we
have been considering, and it is this wliich is generally
understood when " winding " is mentioned.
The Mule Quadrant and its Action.^— Having
given an explanation of what is required in regard to
driving the spindles at a correct speed while building the
cop, we proceed to examine and explain the means adopted
to obtain it. A rough outline only of the mechanism will
be given at this point ; fuller details will follow as we
proceed with the examination of its action.
As already described, the spinning or twisting process
takes places as the carriage moves out and the spindles are
driven from the rim shaft. During the drawing-up, the
tin cylinder is disconnected from this source, and receives
its motion for winding purposes from an adjacent drum to
which it is geared. This will be observed on reference to
1 See the author's Look, (Quadrant and Shapcr, for a more detailed
description.
COTTON SPINNING
Fig. 57 ; the tin cj-linder u is seen to be geared, by the
wheel X and ^, to a drum, round which a chain is AA^ound.
This chain is firmly fastened to the drum, and after passing
round it several times it is connected to an oscillating arm
called the "Quadrant," It is from this quadrant that the
II THE MODERN MULE ill
spindles receive their S2)eed, or rather they are controlled and
regnlated by it as the cop passes through its various stages.
A good idea of its position and proportions can he
obtained from the drawing, Fig. 58.
An enlarged view of the winding chain and drum is
given in Figs. 59 and 60. One is a plan view, and shows
the chain A passing round the drum B and connected to
a hook D. If the hook is fixed, and a horizontal move-
ment be given to the drum in the direction of the arrow E,
Fig. 5S.
the drum will be compelled to yield by turning on its
centres ; this it will do by revolving in the direction of
arrow F, and so unwinding some of the chain as the distance
from its first position increases. In this apparently simple
method of producing rotation there lies the germ of the
mule (piadrant, and we shall try by reasoning, to follow
out the course Avhich led Koberts to devise a mechanical
arrangement that takes rank as one of the most remarkable
and ingenious inventions of the last century. In passing,
it may be as well to point out that readers are occasionally
112 COTTON SPINNING chap.
met with who look on the mule quadrant as the " differential
motion " of the self-actor. It is scarcely possible for a
reader, who has followed what has already been said, to
labour under this impression, for it was emphatically shown
when dealing with the fly-frame (see Vol. II.) that a
diflferential motion is simply a convenient method of com-
bining two distinct motions, through the medium of which
a variation in one or the other can be effected. It possesses
no variable element in itself, nor has it any part in either
building or winding in the fly-frame. The variable motion
of the bobbin in this later machine is entirely brought
about by the cone drums, and the differential motion has
Fig. 59.
Fig. 60.
nothing whatever to do with it, except as an arrangement
of wheels which assists in transferring a variable motion
already given.
If the quadrant can be compared to anything, it is to
the cone drums that it bears a resemblance — but only to
the extent that they are both the direct means of giving a
variable speed to whatever they drive. They do this,
however, by such entirely different methods and principles,
that a similarity exists only in the " name " of their purpose,
namely — winding. Readers are therefore warned against
falling into the error pointed out above, for it denotes
failure in the attempt to understand the principle and
purpose of either arrangement.
n THE MODERN MULE 113
In the following explanations of the various phases of
the action of the quadrant, the illustrations are mainly of
a diagrammatic character, the chain, quadrant, and cylinder
being represented as simple lines, free from details.
Although the explanation will be made as thorough and
comprehensive as possible, and from it an almost complete
understanding of the subject can be obtained, it must not
on any account be considered a " theory " of the ciuadi'ant.
It is rather a practical demonstration of the action of the
quadrant drawn out to scale and shown in diagrams, a
mere fringe of the theory being introduced in order to
explain some of the results brought to light by these
draA\angs. This is stated in order to prevent readers from
falling into the error of ascribing to a brief exjilanation
the term "theorj'." A theoretical consideration of the
problem would be entirely out of place in these pages,
chiefly because the subject requires a degree of knowledge
for its comprehension Avhich is totally beyond the average
reader. The practical view here given, is designed to give
the required information in the simplest manner, and also
to dislodge some of the peculiar ideas which many hold on
the subject.
Our first attempt will be confined to noticing the effect
of the chain on the winding drum, when the point of its
attachment is fixed, during the whole of the period of the
run-in of the carriage. The accompanying series of dia-
grams y^WS. illustrate the remarks. In Fig. 61 the chain
is fastened at H, and the other end is Avound round the
drum, which in its outermost position is shown at A. As
the run-in takes place the drum will travel from A to G,
and by dividing the stretch into equal parts, say six, Ave
get seven difterent positions as occupied by the carriage
whilst winding, these being shown at A, B, C, D, E, F,.
VOL. Ill 1
114 COTTON SPINNING chap, ii
and G. Now, since the end of the chain is fixed at H,
the motion from A to B will cause a certain length of
the chain to be unwound from the drum, and, as before
explained, this will cause the drum to revolve, the amount
of the revolution of course depending upon the length of
chain unwound. On account of the position of H in relation
to the drum (which, it will be observed, is in the same
horizontal line with the movement of the upper diameter
of the drum), the chain unwound equals the distance
moved by the carriage, and as each distance moved is
exactly equal to the last, we get, for each of the divisions
shown in the diagram, equal lengths of chain unwound.
The chain unwound from A to B is equal to I J, and from
F to G it is equal to N P, and so on for the other lengths,
all of which are equal to each other. The movement of
the carriage under these conditions clearly produces an
equal rate of revolution in the winding drum in each
division, and therefore a " uniform " rate of speed is
obtained throughout the stretch. This equal horizontal
movement of the drum, producing a uniform revolution,
must be specially observed to depend on the position
occupied by the fixed end of the chain at H. If this
position is changed, another set of conditions arise which
totally destroy all ideas of uniformity ; and to emphasise
this important point an illustration will be given. Let it
be supposed, as shown in Fig. 62, that the point of
attachment is raised vertically over the position H^ to H ;
the chain would then pass from H to the drum A, and its
point of contact there, Avould be at I (the unused part of
the chain is shown in dotted lines throughout). The drum
moves equal horizontal distances, as in the upper figure,
so we may readily compare the eff"ects of the two sets of
conditions. In Fie;. 61 it was found that the length of
115
ii6 COTTON SPINNING chap.
chain unwound was exactly equal to the horizontal distance
moved by the drum, but in Fig. 62 the chain unwound is
very far short of the distance from A to B. This length
is shown by a thick line at I^ to J, and a glance will show
the great difference between the two. A further movement
from B to C will cause another length of chain to be
unwound, which is shown in thick lines from J^ to K;
this is a greater length than was unwound during the
first movement from A to B. We shall also find on follow-
ing out the other movements of the drum that each
successive length unwound is longer than the previous
one, and when we come to the last one, from F to G, the
length N^ P unwound is over twice that unwound during
the first movement, from A to B. We thus find that by
altering the position of attachment and making it fixed
we destroy the uniform motion of Fig. 61, and obtain a
gradually increasing and varying one in its place.
At the first glance it might appear that these results
would produce the variation in the speed of the spindle
required in making the cop bottom ; and, as a matter of
fact, in a limited sense, a conical cop could be built by
this arrangement. The first layer would be Avound on a
parallel spindle, when the chain was at H in Fig. 61,
and by moving the point of support vertically the various
layers of the cone would be added until the point H was
reached in Fig. 62.
This may be made much clearer in a diagram showing
by means of a curve the relative variation of speed for
each position. Fig. 63 has been prepared with this object.
The upper line I to P represents uniformity of the motion
in Fig. 61, and corresponds to a similar line in Fig. 55.
The curved full line F to P^ represents the variation as
produced in Fig. 62, and we can readily see that it has
n THE MODERN MULE 117
all the characteristics for giving the variable motion
necessary for a conical form of cop. By comparing this
curve, however, with the corresponding one in Fig. 55
it will be immediately observed that, although the two are
allied in character, they are the reverse of each other. In
Fig. 55 the curves increase slowly at first, and finish
rapidly. In Fig. 63 the opposite is the case ; we get a
rapid increase at the beginning and a slow finish. In other
woi'ds, Fig. 55 is the curve for building a conical form
with the larger diameter at the bottom, while Fig. 63 is a
curve of speeds for a cop "upside down," Avith the smallest
diameter at the bottom. The dotted curve represents the
variation required for the actual conditions of a mule cop, and
Ave can clearly see a reverse order of their characteristics.
Two lessons can be learnt from this illustration. The
first is that a statement which makes out that with a fixed
point of attachment for the chain, and equal horizontal
moA'ements of the drum, a uniform motion is produced,
is entirely wrong in principle ; the second, that statements
in connection with the quadrant, Avhich point out that
certain variable results in motion are produced, is not
sufficient to explain, even from an elementary point of
view, the principle underlying such an important piece of
mechanism. A comparison is made in Fig. 64 between
the total length of chain unAvound from Fig. 61 and Fig.
62, and corresponding points in each length are connected
by dotted lines to emphasise the difference betA\'een them.
"We see that in addition to the variable motion of Fig. 62
a shorter length of chain is used, and consequently the
total revolution of the winding drum, and therefore the
spindles, is less than in the case of Fig. 61, Avhich winds
the first layer on the spindle.
We shall noAV consider the question as it actually pre-
ii8 COTTON SPINNING chap.
sents itself in the mule. The point of attachment for the
chain, instead of being fixed, is carried by an arm, which
is made to oscillate round a fixed centre. The point of
attachment at the commencement of the cop is as near
this fixed centre of the lever as possible ; and as the cop
enlarges, the nut to which the chain is hooked is raised up
by a screw working Avithin the arm of the lever. The new
positions of the point of attachment, in conjunction with
the movement of the arm itself, brings about the required
degree of variation in the unwinding of the chain, and
therefore in the speed of the spindles.
Examining the action of the quadrant in bringing about
this result, let us first take the case when the point of
attachment is near the fulcrum of the quadrant arm, Fig.
65. The arm, centred at H, is caused to move in unison
with the carriage, through a quarter of a circle. It is
arranged to commence from a line which is a little back
from a vertical through the centre H, probably about 15°,
as at H J ; from here it moves through 90° to H Q. As
the carriage moves from A to G, the quadrant moves
through this quarter of a circle. An important feature
must be noticed in this connection : during the earlier
portion of the inward run of the carriage, the copping
faller wire is depressed quickly, and lays some yarn on
the cop in a few coarse-pitched spirals- — an ojjeration
called " crossing " ; the carriage has moved a little distance,
10 or 12 inches, before this operation is finished, and
during this time the quadrant arm has also moved forward.
When "crossing" is complete, the essential part of the
winding commences, and it is for this feature that the
quadrant serves its real purpose, and to which we are now
drawing attention. Generally speaking, the quadrant arm
is vertical when "crossing" is finished, and, relatively,
n THE MODERN MULE 119
the winding drum is in the position at B. The movement
of the quadrant from J to K, and of the carriage from A
to B, has nothing to do with the problem of winding,
except that *' crossing " takes phice during this period.
From B onwards, however, the si^inclles must be revolved
to wind the yarn from a large diameter, which gradually
tapers, until the bare spindle is reached. The movement
of the carriage during winding is divided into five equal
divisions, giving six positions of the drum ; by dividing
the path of the quadrant nut into the same nimnber of
equal divisions we get the position the nut occupies for
each position of the drum, and we can then, by measure-
ment or otherwise, find the lengths of chain unwound as
the carriage moves in. These respective lengths are
shown in thick lines from 3 to 4, from 5 to 6, from 7 to 8,
from 9 to 10, and from 11 to 12. The difference between
them is very slight indeed, and while theoretically they
correspond to a conical surface, it is so little as to be almost
imperceptible. During this movement of the carriage
from B to G, the point of attachment of the chain has
moved forward in the small arc of a circle from K to Q,
and by doing this has prevented the unwinding of a little
of the chain which would have been unwound if K had
remained fixed. We get the first la^'er wound on the bare
spindle during this period. As the layers are added, the
nut is caused to travel up the screw of the quadrant until
the cop bottom is complete, and its position at this point
is shown at K in Fig. 66. The quadrant arm never varies
in the angle it describes; so with the nut at K it still
traverses the same angle, but as the circle is much larger,
the length of the arc K ]\I Q, which the nut travels along,
is much greater than K Q, in Fig. 60 ; consequently the
amount of chain unwound is considerably less, because the
I20 COTTON SPINNING chap, ii
nut moves in the same direction as the carriage to a
greater extent than when the smaller arc of a circle in
Fig. 66 is being traversed.
When the quadrant arm is vertical the nut is at K,
Fig. 66, and the chain passes from this point to the Avind-
ing drum B, which it touches at 2. The length of chain
between K and 2 is unused chain. As the carriage moves
inwards to C, the quadrant travels from K to L ; and as
this movement is almost a horizontal one, the difference
between the lengths B C and K L represents nearly the
amount of chain unwound from the drum. The amount
unwound is shown by the thick line 3, 4 ; it is relatively
a short portion of chain, and from it we see that the
spindles are revolving slowly, because at this time the yarn
is being Avound on the thick part of the cop bottom. By
measuring off or calculating the length of chain unwound
as the carriage traverses each of the divisions C to D, D to
E, E to F, and F to G, w^e get for each of these movements
respectively a length equal to each of the dark lines at
5 to 6, 7 to 8, 9 to 10, and 11 to 12. These lines represent
the amount of chain unwound, and it is clearly to be seen
that the drum is revolved very slowly at first, and much
quicker at the termination of the run-in. They represent
very graphically the varying speed given to the spindles
during the winding of the last layer on the cop bottom.
In order to present the residts in the same way as those
given for the speed of spindle in Fig. 55, a small
diagram is given in Fig. 67, for the j^urpose of com-
parison, so that an idea may be formed as to whether the
quadrant turns the spindles at a correct speed for winding.
It is generally assumed that the quadrant does wind
correctly, and therefore we find writers dismissing the
subject by pointing out a variation in certain lines, and
122 COTTON SPINNING chap.
saying this variation explains the action of the quadrant.
We have warned readers against this kind of explanation,
and it would scarcely be consistent for the Avriter in this
case simply to point to the thick lines in Fig. 66, and
say these represent the necessary variation in the speed of
the spindle for building a conical cop. Fig. 67 is therefore
prepared to show why an oscillating arm, as Ave have it in
the quadrant, gives results in winding of an opposite char-
acter to those produced by a fixed arm, and which approach
most nearly to the actual conditions of speed required.
In the diagram. Fig. 67, the upper dark line represents
the variation in speed produced when the quadrant nut is
in its lowest position, as in Fig. 6.5. It is practically
straight, and from this fact we see that an almost uniform
motion is given to the spindles during the winding of the
first layer on the bare spindle. The lowest curved line
shows the variation in the speed of the spindle as
produced when the nut occupies the highest position on
the quadrant arm, during which time the full conical form
of the cop bottom is completed. The dark lines trans-
ferred from Fig. 66 to Fig. 67 give the curve for the
third position ; its character corresponds closely to the
similar curve in Fig. 55. It Avill be noticed that it rises
very sloAvly at first, and afterwards the acceleration is
greatly increased. This is what we know ought to be the
case for a conical form of cop, but a very important point
must not be overlooked : it ought to be asked whether
this curve is actually similar to the one required for the
speed and spindle. If any variation exists, then the
quadrant is not performing its work perfectly. It Avould
be impracticable to enter into the question fully, so it must
suffice to point out that the two curves do not correspond.
The dotted curve shown in Fig. 67 represents approxi-
II THE MODERN MULE 123
mately the variation of speed the spindle oxujht to have,
while the thicker cnrve underneath shows lis the speed it
actually has given to it by the quadrant. There is a very
perceptible difference between the two curves, and it
represents a considerable percentage of variation, which
extends throughout the "stretch." The quadrant is
therefore by no means "perfect" in giving the correct
speed for winding ; the difference just pointed out must
be compensated for in some way, in order that proper
winding can take place. Fortunately this can be effected
very simply in the mechanism employed to put the yarn
on the spindle, so that by means of the "shaper" the
errors of winding, produced by the quadrant, are practically
eliminated. In Fig. 65 a middle position of the nut has
also been taken, and from it tlie second position curve in
Fig. 67 has been drawn.
Another method of showing the length of chain un-
wound during each horizontal movement of the carriage
is given in Fig. 68, A, B, and C representing the 1st, 2nd,
and 3rd positions respectively ; we see, in the full parts of
each line, the varying portions of the chain unwound
The total length of chain used for turning the drum gets
shorter as the cop builds, and from this we gather that the
total number of revolutions made by the spindle becomes
less and less as the cop bottom nears completion.
It is the practice, sometimes, in explaining the action
of the quadrant, to draw a diagram somewhat similar to
Fig. 66, and to drop vertical lines from the points J, K,
L, M, N, P, Q. The horizontal and varying distances
between these lines, as at a b, b c, c d, d e, e f, andfg, are
then considered to represent the variation in speed
produced by the quadrant, because it is said the quadrant
delivers chain, as it were, in these proportions to the flrum
124 COTTON SPINNING chap.
as the carriage moves in. It need scarcely be pointed out
that such an explanation is entirely wrong, and the use of
a pair of compasses in measuring the diagram will at once
prove how totally at variance it is with the actual conditions.
Another point in the explanation is the statement that
the amount of chain delivered forward as the carriage runs
in is equal to the hoi'izontal distance a to g. This can
also be so easily tested and found to be wrong that it is
strange the above explanation, with all its errors and the
wrong conception of the principle of the quadrant, should
be so persistently repeated. A point also to be carefully
guarded against is that on no account must the movement
of the quadrant from J to K be allowed to enter into the
question of the building of the conical part of the cop.
Having shown how the quadrant produces, approxi-
mately, the necessary variation to the speed of the spindle,
during winding on a conical surface, there remains another
feature to be pointed OTit and explained. The description
so far has been confined to demonstrating how the above
variation from a large diameter to a smaller one is brought
about. We shall now describe how the initial speed for
each new layer is produced. Every fresh layer makes a
new conical surface, and while the smallest diameter of the
cone jiractically remains the same throughout the cop
bottom, the base of the cone is continually enlarging ; and
this necessitates a difterent initial or starting speed for
each additional layer. For instance, the bare-spindle
diameter Avill wind on 64 inches by revolving a little over
80 revolutions during the run-in. (NoTE. — It has not
been considered necessary in this remark or in the previous
ones to subtract the amount of yarn used during crossing
from that actually Avound on after crossing, as it makes no
difference at all to the reasoning employed or the character
a THE MODERN MULE 125
of the curves deduced from it.) When the base is enlarged
to \ inch diameter the initial speed must be at the rate of
a little over 40 revolutions, and for f inch diameter a
corresponding reduction in the initial speed is produced
equal to about 27 revolutions. For 1 inch diameter the
starting speed becomes a fraction over 20 revolutions, and
on being enlarged to IJ inch diameter a slight reduction
on this (to about 16 revolutions) is necessary. By incor-
porating these results in a diagram. Fig. 69, a curve can
be drawn which represents very distinctly how^ the starting
speed for each new layer varies from a quick speed on the
bare spindle to a slow speed on the 1 \ inch diameter. This
variation in the initial speed, although not previously
mentioned, can be clearly noticed in the diagram, Fig. 55,
which shows the full variation for several parts of the <Top.
The curves in that diagram, if transferred to Fig. 69, would
start from the points A, B, C, D, and E, and would follow the
directions shown by the lines F, G, H, J, and K. From Figs.
67 and 68 the same information can also be deduced.
It was made clear in describing Figs. 65 and 66 that
the movement of the point of attachment for the chain, up
the quadrant arm and away from its fulcrum, enabled us
to obtain the desired condition of winding. The question
arises — ^What position must the nut to which the chain is
connected occupy, for the various layers as they are added,
in order to wind correctly ? Only a relative answer can
be given here to this question ; to deal Avith it fully Avould
require a number of very carefully-drawn diagrams, or a
complicated system of calculation, which would scarcely be
of use, at present at any rate ; so we will simply give a
practical example.
It was seen in Fig. 69 that a very great reduction
takes place in the initial speed of spindle during the time
126
COTTON SPINNING
the first \ inch increase of diameter is added ; in fact, it
falls to one-half. It was understood from Fig. 66 that
the initial speed becomes slower as the nut travels up
the quadrant. From these deductions, therefore, we can
conclude that the first \ inch increase of diameter necessi-
-T01AME.TE"ROFCO"P.
Fig. 69
tates a considerable movement of the nut up the screw to
correspond to the great reduction in speed of the spindle.
Now let us notice the reduction of speed when the last
\ inch is added, as from I) to E, Fig. 69. It is compara-
tively little, and therefore, as ]>efore, we conclude that
only a slight movement of the nut up the quadi*ant screw
will produce the necessary change. Between the two
THE MODERN MULE
127
extremes the movement of the nut gradually lessens, and
at first sight it might be said that the curve in Fig. 69 if
reversed would represent the rate of movement. This
conclusion, however, would be wrong ; the curve gives us
a " clue " to the rate of travel of the nut, l)ut it by no
means represents the actual rate.
In order to present to the reader an actual practical
LAYE"PxO ON CO'PSOT-rONI.
Fig. 70.
illustration of the movement of the nut up the quadrant, the
diagram. Fig. 70, has been prepared. It M'as taken under
ordinary working conditions. A good minder was chosen,
and was permitted to "govern" the quadrant just when he
thought proper ; notice Avas taken of each movement of the
nut and its amount, as Avell as the number of draws in the
cop bottom, and the intervals between each movement.
128
COTTON SPINNING
Number of draws showing at which number the- quad-
rant was actuated.
1
44
87
130
173
216
259
2
45
88
131
174
217
260
3
46
89
132
175
218
261
4
47
90
133
176
219
262
5
48
91
134
177
220
263
6
49
92
135
178
221
264
7
50
93
136
179
222
265
8
51
94
137
180
223
266
9
52
95
138
181
224
267
10
53
96
139
182
225
268
11
54
97
140
183
226
269
12
55
98
141
184
227
270
13
56
99
142
185
228
271
14
57
100
143
186
229
272
15
58
101
144
187
230
273
16
59
102
145
188
231
274
17
60
103
146
189
232
275
18
61
104
147
190
233
276
19
62
105
148
191
234
277
20
63
106
149
192
235
278
21
64
107
150
193
236
279
22
65
108
151
194
237
280
23
66
109
152
195
238
281
24
67
no
153
196
239
282
25
68
111
154
197
240
283
26
69
112
155
198
241
284
27
70
113
156
199
242
285
28
71
114
157
200
243
286
29
72
115
158
201
244
287
30
73
116
159
202
245
288
31
74
117
160
203
246
289
32
75
118
161
204
247
290
33
76
119
162
205
248
291
34
77
120
163
206
249
292
35
78
121
164
207
250
293
36
79
122
165
208
251
294
37
80
123
166
209
252
295
38
81
124
167
210
253
296
39
82
125
168
211
254
297
40
83
126
169
212
255
298
41
84
127
170
213
256
299
42
85
128
171
214
257
300
43
86
129
172
215
258
The results Avhen drawn out in diagram form yielded
the curve shown in Fig. 70 ; and it is striking as
II THE MODERN MULE 129
showing most clearly what is readily deduced from the
foregoing descriptions. The vertical lines, Fig. 70,
represent equal intervals of layers on the cop bottom, and
the horizontal lines represent inches on the quadrant arm.
The first few layers required a movement of the nut from
A to B, about 1\ inches; the next few layers necessitated
its moving from B to C, 2 inches only ; and the last lot of
layers (equal to the first lot) required only a movement of
a little over half-an-inch. The intermediate positions of
the nut are shown on the last vertical line, and to those
unable to understand the curve, this line will show how
the nut moves less and less as the cop bottom increases in
size.
The straight dotted line joining A and X represents the
uniform movement of the nut up the screw, and it is easy
to compare the two lines and from them understand how
the movement is quick at first and slow at the end. It is
almost needless to add that a curve similar to Fig. 70
would be given if the results were based on an investi-
gation of the quadrant itself. AVhen the mule is not
fitted with some automatic arrangement for actuating the
quadrant screw, the "minder" attends to it himself, and
it requires a considerable amount of skill and attention to
so move the nut as to give good results. When dealing
with the subject of automatic "governors" (or, as they are
sometimes called, " strapping " motions) further reference
will be made to this subject.
To avoid complications, no attention has been paid to
the effect which the tapered spindle has upon the question
of winding. The diameter of the spindle Avhere the cop
bottom finishes is larger than the part where the full cop
is complete. To compensate for this taper, some addi-
tional arrangement is necessary to help the quadrant ; the
VOL. Ill K
I30 COTTON SPINNING chap, ii
mechanism employed is usually termed a " nosing " motion,
but, as it is generally actuated from the "shaper" or
fallers, its consideration will he deferred until a full ex-
amination of both these features has been made.
In the accompanying sketch, Fig. 71, a view is given
of the quadrant and its connections. Only the essential
features are shown, the chief ones being drawn in full
lines. The driving of the quadrant is obtained in an
indirect manner, and is an example of a rectilinear motion
producing a circular one. Previous pages have described
how the carriage receives its inward motion through a large
scroll on the back scroll shaft, and it will be remembered
how the carriage by this means had an irregular move-
ment given to it. Now it is quite clear, from the foregoing
explanation of the quadrant's action, that the forward
motion of the quadrant must correspond to the motion
of the carriage ; therefore the irregularity of the one must
be reproduced in the other. The best Avay to obtain this
result is to drive the quadrant from the carriage itself,
either directly, as shown in the drawing, or indirectly
through the back shaft.
On reference to Fig. 74 it will be noticed that a band
is fastened on the carriage square at J, whence it passes
towards the back of the headstock and over a loose pulley
H, or in some cases over a pulley on the back shaft. From
this point it returns to the front of the headstock, and
after passing round the quadrant drum G several times, it
is attached to the carriage square at K. In whichever
direction the carriage moves, it will, by means of the band,
drive the drum G. On one end of the shaft that carries
the drum is keyed a small pinion F, which gears into the
toothed portion of the quadrant E; the drum and wheel
F are so proportioned that one complete draw causes the
- *!
133
132 COTTON SPINNING chap.
quadrant to move backwards and forwards througli a light
angle about the centre A.
The screw B is carried in the hollow box part of the
arm by bearings at each end ; its upper end at V has fitted
to it a ratchet wheel, into the teeth of which a pawl
engages, A handle D enables the screw to be turned in
either direction, so that the nut C can be raised during the
building of the cop bottom, or lowered to its starting point
for the commencement of a new set of cops. The chain L
passes from the qiiadrant nut on to the winding drum ]\I ;
the end of this drum carries a large Avheel N, which gears
into a smaller wheel P on the tin roller. In this way the
spindles receive their motion as the chain is unwound from
the winding drum. The precise action of this connection
between the winding drum and the tin cylinder can now
be explained ; a large view of the arrangement is shown
in Fig. 72.
Winding Drum and Tin Roller. — AYe have already
described how the spindles receive a quick speed from
the rim shaft during the spinning process, and a drawing
"was given in Fig. 27 illustrating the driving arrangement.
When winding takes place, with its comparative slow
speed, some method must be adopted to disconnect the tin
cylinder from the rim shaft driving, so that the spindles
can be driven independently from the winding drum.
The sketch, Fig. 72, fully explains the means adopted.
The chain L passes round the winding drum M ; the end
wheel N from this receives its motion, which it transfers to
the wheel P, which runs loose on the tin roller. This tin
roller wheel P is formed with a disc Q fixed on its boss, or
cast in one piece with it ; on the disc is fastened a stud,
which carries a catch or click C ; this catch can, when occasion
requires it, be put into gear with a ratchet wheel A, which
THE MODERN MULE
133
is keyed on the tin roller shaft. This occurs when winding
takes place, so tliat the revolution of N, brought about
by the unwinding of the chain from the drum, causes the
tin roller to be driven through the catch C and ratchet
wheel A.
Details are given in the sketch, which enable the action
to be easily understood. When the Avinding drum receives
motion, immediately the carriage commences its inward
run, the disc will begin to revolve, and in doing so will
cause the click C to engage with the teeth of A, and so
rotate the tin roller. This is the chief element of the
arrangement, but there are two considerations to be taken
into account : in the first place, the click C must be kept
out of contact with the teeth of the click wheel A during
spinning ; both noise and damage would result if this were
not done ; secondly, we must recognise how important it
is that winding begins immediately the carriage starts in.
In order that this shall happen, the click C must be in a
134 COTTON- SPINNING chap,
position to engage instantly with the teeth of A; other-
wise a slight interval will elapse ; for instance, when the
click is just on the jDoint of one tooth, it must pass over
the pitch before engaging with the next. In this time,
although it is slight, the carriage will have moved, and as
no winding has taken place the yarn becomes slack and
snarls are formed. To obtain both of the above necessary
conditions a pendant lever D hangs loosely from the tin
roller shaft ; and on a groove in its boss there is i^laced a
spring B, so shaped as to grip the boss firmly ; a leather
lining on each side of the spring gives the necessary
resistance in the form of friction to the free movement of
the spring. One end of the spring is extended, and fits
in a slot made in a projection of the click C. Now let it
be supposed that the carriage commences its inward run ;
the rod D hangs vertical, and its lower end is in contact
with a stop fixed on the rod E (the purposes of this rod
have already been fully explained in connection with Figs.
42 and 43). When backing- oft' is finished the rod E
shoots back, and the stop F moves the rod D on one side,
as shown, for example, l)y dotted lines, from D to H.
This oscillation of D carries with it the spring B, which
clips its boss ; the spring in its turn acts on the click C and
forces its other end into engagement with the teeth of the
ratchet wheel A ; winding can therefore take place instantly,
because the click being already in contact with a tooth can
at once commence to turn the tin roller shaft.
When the inward run is completed, the strain on the
click is taken off, the disc begins to revolve in the opposite
direction, because the winding drum must wind on the
chain during the outward run ; and the ratchet wheel A con-
tinues, after a moment's stoppage, to revolve at a high rate,
inasmuch as twisting is now in progress and the outward
II • THE MODERN MULE 135
run has commenced. The click is therefore inoperative
during the run-out and backing-ofF, and only comes into
action when the run-in commences. A spring E ensures
the clip being kept out of contact with the teeth of the
ratchet Avheel, and brings the rod D back into position
after it has been acted upon by the stop on the rod E.
Shaper or Building- Motion. — At this stage we can
enter upon the discussion and description of the building of
the cop, a subject so closely allied to the "winding" process
that neither can be perfectly luiderstood without reference
to the other. In the analysis of the quadrant it was shown
how the spindles were made to revolve whilst winding on
the yarn, so that in spite of a continual variation of con-
ditions the same length Avas practically wound on during
each inward run.
In treating of the building operation it will be shown
how the yarn is guided on to the spindle in a manner
suitable to the revolutions produced by the quadrant.
In considering this question the important point must not
be overlooked that the quadrant, in its fundamental action
and jDrinciple, is, Avithin narrow limits, practically an unad-
justable piece of mechanism. The building of the cop
therefore must be performed in entire accordance with the
conditions set up by the action of the quadrant, as far as
the conical form is concerned.
On referring back to Fig. 54 it was pointed out that the
cop underwent several changes in form from the first layer
put on the bare spindle to the full size of the cop bottom.
It is the duty of the building motion to guide the yarn on
the spindle in such a manner as to produce as perfect a
shape as possible during these various changes of form.
The subject is not by any means a simple one, and to those
having charge of the mule, it proves to be one of the most
136 COTTON SPINNING chap, ii
delicate and intricate features of the machine, requiring,
when necessity arises, a considerable degree of skill and
attention in its management and manipulation.
A general description of the meclianism will first be
given, in which its essential features will be pointed out
and the principal effects outlined. A detailed examination
will then be made, Avhich -sWll probably be of great practical
use to those most interested in the subject.
Fig, 73 presents all that is necessary at this stage to
enable the action to be understood. The yarn coming
from the front rollers is guided on to the spindle by passing
over a wire V. This wire is carried by a series of levers
or sickles fixed to the copping faller rod W. To give
motion to the copping wire, this faller rod nuist be actuated
from the building motion, and it will partake of a species
of oscillating action, producing an upward and downward
movement of the wire. A special lever 0, usually called
a "sector," is fixed to the copping faller W; one end
carries the wire Y, Avhile the other is hinged at IT to a
pendant arm T, called the " faller leg." The lower end of
this faller leg rests upon a stud R, which carries a bowl P.
The bowl, during the travel of the carriage, runs ujDon the
upper edge of a specially formed rail, called the " copping "
or "shaper" rail. It will readily be seen that if this rail
is inclined in any Avay, the bowl will rise and fall as the
carriage moves in or out. During the outward run, the
faller leg is quite free from the slide that carries the bowl ;
but, as already explained, the backing-off brings about a
change, which causes the leg to be raised, until a recess on
it passes over the upper end of the slide at Q, and in this
position it rests uijon the slide Q, and is said to be locked.
AVhen the inward run commences, the bowl P occupies the
first position, as shown on the sketch, and as it passes over
137
138 COTTON SPINNING chap.
the surface of the rail at B it rises up until it reaches the
second position at Y. This of course lifts up the Avhole
of the faller leg T, and causes the wire at V to be corre-
spondingly depressed ; " crossing " takes jDlace during this
period, and a few coarse spirals of yarn are wound on the
spindle. As the bowl passes from 2 to 3, it descends the
inclined rail A, and the faller leg falls. This causes the
wire V to be raised, and while this takes place the yarn
is being guided in close S2)irals upon the cop. At the
end of the inward run the faller leg is freed from its con-
nection with the slide Q E,, so that the wire is raised out
of contact with the yarn, and the outward journey of the
carriage is made without the shaper in any way affecting
the copping faller.
Crossing.- — The preceding remarks will have conveyed
the essential idea of the builder motion. We can now go a
step further, and point out the diftcrence between the two
inclines on the main copping rail. The earlier portion on
which the bowl travels as the carriage goes in, is short com-
pared with the later portion, although the vertical height
through which the faller wire passes is pi'actically the same ;
this means, of course, that the wire falls, and therefore jiuts
the yarn on the cop much more quickly during the down-
ward movement than during the upward movement. In
doing so, the result is that the yarn is laid in a coarse series
of spirals one way, and in a closely arranged series the other
way, thus producing a foundation that is strong and not
easily unravelled through carelessness. The proportion of
length that the shorter incline bears to the longer one does
not, however, give any idea of the respective rates of motion
of the downward or upward movement of the wire ; this
can only be obtained by a careful consideration of the speed
of the carriage during the traverse over the two parts of
II THE MODERN MULE 139
the shaper rail. By suoli observation it will he found that
the dowHAvard motion is performed considerably quicker,
compared with the i;p\vard movement, than a comparison
of the two lengths would lead one to expect. This point
is mentioned because there is a tendency to use simply the
length of the inclines for a comparison of the two move-
ments, thus conveying an altogether erroneous impression.
The word " crossing " is generally used to describe the
quick downward movement of the wire ; and when it is
completed the bowl Y is on the point Avhere the two inclines
meet. When in this position it is the usual practice to
have the quadrant screw vertical ; but of course other con-
siderations of a practical character may lead to a variation
from this practice, and it may remain a factor to be regulated
according to the requirements of the machine ; therefore
no hard-and-fast rule can be laid down in regard thereto.
AVe will now refer again to Fig. 54. The drawing shows
what other conditions must be fulfilled by the shaper
mechanism in order to Ijuild a cop. In the first place it
Avill be noticed that the cop commences with a short layer
at A B, and each layer afterwards is made longer, as at J,
Ct. The shaper must therefore be adapted to produce this
result ; in other words, the inclines of the rail must be
altered in such a way, that for each inward run, the vertical
height between the highest point of the rail and the lowest
must be made to increase.
Again, it will be noticed that in addition to the increased
length of the traverse of the faller wire (" chase " it is
generally called), the finishing point of the downward
movement, and consequently the starting point of the
upward moA'ement, is not quite so low after each lajer.
This is quite a small difference when each layer is considered
by itself; but taking the cop as a whole it results in a
140 COTTON SPINNING chap.
conical end lieing formed on the lower part of tlie cop as
at A, E, J. The shaper must be arranged to produce this
result, for the strength of the cop depends ecjually upon
this lower end being well formed as upon the upper conical
portion. On reference to Fig. 73, the complete arrange-
ment is shown by which the above conditions can be fulfilled.
The shaper rail is represented as resting, by means of pins
or small bowls at E and K, upon short inclined surfaces ;
these are termed front and back inclines, and are connected
by a rod N, so that any movement is produced equally in
each. It will readily be understood that if the front and
back inclines are moved, the ends of the shaper rail will be
raised or lowered as the case may be, and Avill thus alter
the position of the path along which the bowl travels. This
will cause the yarn to be put on the spindle in a new position.
To have this position correct, it is necessary to move the
inclines in a special way, and also to have the inclines so
formed as to give the required shape. The movement of
the inclines is brought about by means of a screw L work-
ing in a nut carried by the front plate F. Supports from
the floor fixing prevent the screw having any horizontal
movement, so that any motion given to it produces a move-
ment in the front plate, and this is transferred to the back
plate through the connecting rod N. The screw is actuated
from the carriage during each draw, through a ratchet
Avheel M fixed on one end of it. This Avheel plays an
important part in the working of the shadier, and attention
will more fully be drawn to it at a later stage.
It may then be briefly stated that the inclines have their
surfaces F and K, as a rule, unequally inclined to one another
to produce variations in the chase ; the earlier, or higher,
portions differ in form from each other, in order to produce
the bottom conical surface called coning ; the inclines are
THE MODERN MULE
141
r
^-k M
"T
^1
ja-J
moved, in ordei' to lower bodily the whole of tlie rail and
thus make the cop longer ; the shorter
incline B on the copping rail is made
loose, so that it can be guided on the
short incline D in such a manner that
the faller leg can be locked always
about the same distance from the
" nose " of the cop, no matter whether
the cop is short or long.
The above brief statements will now
be enlarged upon, and by a series of
diagrams it is hoped to make the matter
perfectly clear to the reader. In the
first place, Avhile dealing Avith the prin-
ciples, it will not be necessary to make
the diagrams proportionate to actual
condition ; and in the next place, it Avill
be assumed for a short time that the
tAvo inclined surfaces of the copping rail
are in one piece.
Although all the requirements for
building the cop are carried out in an
apparently very simple manner, yet the
difficulty experienced by most people in
thoroughly understanding the mechan-
ism, proves the necessity of a little
more than the usual description being
given. The motion will, therefore, be i<_z_i
analysed as completely as possible, con- '
sistently with the object of this book. / 1 I
In the first place, let it be noted / | ;
how the bodily movements of the back
and front inclines alter the length of the cop. Tliis is
142 COTTON SPINNING chap, ii
illustrated in the diagram, Fig. 74. For the present
Ave will assume the shaper rail A B C to be in one piece,
and the front and back inclines to be equal to each
other and quite straight. According to the diagram, the
length of the layer of yarn put on the cop would be pro-
portionate to the vertical distance P between A and B, or
to N between C and B. If the inclines D and E are now
moved forward to J and K, a distance equal to M and L,
the shaper rail ABC Avill fall bodily to the position
F G H ; and since the front and back inclines are equal, every
point of the shaper rail will fall an equal amount — which
in the drawing is shown at Q. The effect of this "lower-
ing" of the rail is to "raise" the faller Avire so that the
yarn is wound on to a higher part of the cop and thus
lengthens it. From this diagram it is an easy matter to
understand the general principle underlying the method of
lengthening a cop ; and as the cop is built up by additions
to its length, the principle remains the foundation of the
mechanism ; but owing to the necessity of increasing the
length in a special manner, variations must be made in the
arrangement in order to fulfil the required conditions.
A drawing is given of a portion of a cop in Fig. 75.
From it we shall quickly see what the building motion
must do in placing the four laj'^ers of yarn shoAvn in the
diagram. The first layer F G is wound on the bare spindle,
and is a comparatively short one ; other layers are added
until the layer K H is reached ; and here we notice that it
is longer than the first layer. It is, however, from the last
layer C J of the cop bottom that Ave shall be a1)le to observe
the changes that have been eff"ected in the form of the cop
and the layers. In the first place, C J is considerably
longer than F G, though it is Avell to bear in mind that in
spite of this there is practically the same length of yarn
\iy
m
143
144 COTTON SPINNING chap.
wound on in both cases. In the next place, Ave notice that
the point on the spindle where the downward movement of
the faller wire, or "crossing," commences, has been raised
from G to J ; and at the same time we observe that the
point for commencing the upward motion of the faller wire
has been raised from F to C. A comparison of these two
lengths will show that the finishing point of the "building"
layer has risen at a quicker rate than the commencing point,
and consequently the length E C is much less than G J.
It is this fact that causes the layer to be lengthened ; there-
fore in arranging the shaper mechanism, one of the chief
considerations is to so adapt the shaper rail that the point
on Avhich the faller leg bowl rests, when the "building"
layer commences, shall not be displaced to the same extent
as the point which represents the finish of the layer. This
opens l^23 a very interesting question, and it Avill be profit-
able to fully discuss it. Fig. 76 represents in a diagram-
matic form the simplest arrangement ; A B C is the ivail all
in one piece ; both ends A and C rest, as in the previous
case, upon inclines, but these inclines, instead of being equal
to one another, are made with different angles : for instance,
the front incline D is more horizontal than the back incline
E ; Avhen, therefore, the inclines are moved forward to J
and K, the rail ABC will be lowered ; but owing to the
difference in the inclines, the ends A and C will not fall to
the same extent, and the angles of the two portions of the
shaper rail will consequently become changed, and a varia-
tion Avill be introduced in the length of the layer of yarn
put on the spindle. The diagram, Fig. 76, shows the
extent of the alteration occasioned by making the front
and back inclines of different inclinations. The vertical
distance between A B or C and B is equal to N ; this, we
will presume, gives the first layer, as at F G, Fig. 75. If
II THE MODERN MULE 145
the inclines are now moved a distance equal to L and M,
the end A will fall to F, B will fall to G, and the end C
will fall to H. A comparison of these distances as marked
at X, Q, and T respectively, shows that the end C has been
lowered much more than B or A. Now, since the point B
represents the beginning of the upward or "Imilding" layer
(for instance, from F to G, K to H, or C to J), the lowering
of B to G will be shown on the cop by the change of the
commencing point from F to C ; and also, since C represents
the finish of the same layer, we find the termination of the
layer is much higher up the spindle at J than when the
shaper rail occupied its first position, which gave the
terminating point at G. The distance G to J produced
b)^ the lowering of the rail from C to H is much greater
than the distance E to C, which is brought about by the
lowering of the point B on the rail to G. It will be
observed that only sufficient of the front and back inclines
D and E have been used to make the cop bottom ; and the
variation in their inclination has had the eff'ect of raising
the point F to C (Fig. 75) and so forming a conical end
on the bottom of the cop ; it has also had the effect of
lengthening the layer as the cop bottom enlarged. The
operation just described is generally termed " coning " ; and
it must be carefully noted and understood that the chief
essential in producing it is in the difference of the inclina-
tions of those portions of the front and back inclines on
which the shaper rail rests while the cop bottom is being
built.
In connection with the diagram, Fig. 76, it will l)e
noticed that A and C are in the same horizontal line.
This means that the yarn in Fig. 75 commences at G, and
comes down to F, and back again, exactly the same distance,
to G. It is very desirable that the same thing should occur
VOL. Ill L
146 COTTON SPINNING chap.
in the last layer also ; but according to tlie diagram this is
impossible, for it will be observed that, in consequence of
the end A not having fallen to the same extent as C, the
beginning of the downward " crossing " movement does not
correspond with the finish of the upward " building " move-
ment. The result is that crossing commences below the
actual nose of the cop, and since the position of the bowl
and its carrier, which travels along the shaper rail, regulates
the locking of the faller leg, Ave get the locking operation
performed a little later than is desirable.
The method now adopted of overcoming this fault of the
shaper rail being in one piece, is to make the front short
incline loose, so that its inclination can be so regulated to
give both the crossing and building layers the same exact-
ness, in order that locking shall take place always at or
near the nose of the cop.
Fig. 77 has been prepared to illustrate graphically the
essential features of the shaper with loose front inclines.
The shaper rail is A B C ; the part A B, instead of being
in one piece Avith B C, is loose, and hinged at B, so that it
can alter its inclination irrespecti^'e of the inclination of
B C ; by this means it is possible to lower the point A to
the same extent as the point C, and in this way the locking
of the faller at the termination of the backing-off will
always take place at the nose, or, in other words, at the
highest point of each layer of yarn.
Let us now carefully examine the arrangement as shown
in Fig. 77, and see how l>y its means Ave can build the cop
bottom. To sum up the conditions : it is necessary that
B C should be capable of altering its inclination ; also it
must be so arranged that the point B Avill fall to a less
extent than the end C ; and at the same time the por-
tion of the rail at A B must be so arramred that the
II THE MODERN MULE 147
end A will be on about the same horizontal level as the
end C.
In order to fulfil the first condition, the long portion of
the shaper rail C B is lengthened out to N, and this end
rests upon the front incline Q. This incline, so far as the
cop bottom is concerned (and it is this part of the cop with
which we are now dealing), has a different inclination from
the back incline E, so that any movement of the two
inclines, for instance to S and K, Avill lower the rail C B to
G H. This differential lowering fulfils the conditions for
lengthening the chase of the cop bottom, as was shown in
connection with Fig. 76, and by its means the bottom
conical end of the cop is obtained.
The second condition is fulfilled by the end A of the
loose incline A B resting on a separate incline D, which
moves forward to the same degree as the back and front
inclines. The short loose incline is therefore lowered quite
independently of the position of B, and we can, by making
a suitable profile on D, lower the end A to any required
extent necessary for locking the faller leg correctly.
From the sketch it will be an easy matter to make a
comparison of the various distances moved ; A and C are
seen to be on the same horizontal distance, and in this
position the first layer is put on the spindle. When the
rail is lowered, F and H are still on the same level, and the
last layer C J, Fig. 75, is put on in this position. The
dra^ving will also show that the point B has been lowered
much less than the ends of the shaper rail, and so we con-
clude that while the " chase " has been lengthened the
ascent of the point F has not taken place at the same rate.
When the cop bottom is finished, all the inclines, Q, I),
and E, partake almost of the same inclination, and contiiuie
to build the cop to whatever length is required. The next
148 COTTON SPINNING chap.
sketch will show the three inclines in such a manner that
they can easily be compared, and a few remarks will be
made on the character of their profile.
It must be understood clearly that in the preceding
descriptions the principle only of the copping motion has
been dealt with, and for that purpose only those portions
of the front, middle, and back plates have been used to
illustrate in diagram form the building of the cop bottom.
The inclinations of the three plates were also denoted by
straight lines. In practice, however, it is found beneficial
(and indeed necessary) to avoid the sharp angle where the
cop bottom finished ; and moreover the bottom conical part
is very seldom straight, but slightly convex in outline.
These considerations necessitate the use of curved inclines
specially shaped to produce the desired result. The
inclinations of these curves, however, differ from one
another, so that our explanation is not affected.
In order to show actual conditions, and so that a
comparison can be made of the inclinations, the front,
middle, and back plates, taken from a mule, are shown in
the drawing, Fig. 78. Comparing the front and back
plates, we find a great difference in their inclination at
those parts used during the building of the cop bottom, the
reason for which has been so fully explained, that there
ought to be no difficulty in thoroughly understanding it.
In regard to the middle plate, the curve up to F is almost
similar to that of the back plate, the reason for which is
almost obvious, since it has been shown that the end of
the loose front incline of the rail must fall almost in the
same degree as the back end of the shaper rail.
There remain yet the other and longer portions of the
plates to be mentioned. These portions B C, D E, and
F G are used for building the remainder of the cop after
THE MODERN MULE
149
the bottom is completed. They are, as a rule, perfectly
straight in profile, but circumstances may possibly arise
necessitating a very slight variation from the straight line.
The inclinations of the middle and back plates are seen to
be practically alike, but a difference between the front and
back plates requires some explanation. We have seen that
a long chase is being made when the cop bottom is complete.
This may be carried through to the finish of the cop, but
frequently it is caused to shorten, the object being to gain,
compactness and weight. The difference of inclination of
the two plates brings about this result, as was pointed out
in diagram. Fig. 75. In that illustration, however, the
difference caused a lengthening of the chase ; but in Fig. 78
the opposite effect is produced, because the back plate has
less inclination than the front one.
Long" Incline of Shaper Rail. — So far, it has been
assumed that the long incline of the shaper rail is an
inclined surface on which the shaper bowl travels to and
fro ; but a little consideration will show that this incline
I50 COTTON SPINNING chap, ii
must be made a special shape in order to lower the bowl in
such a manner that the faller wire guides the yarn on the
cop in a series of regularly spaced spirals. This point
will now be examined. It has already been shoAvn that
each revolution of the spindle, during winding, winds on
unequal lengths of yarn. We also know that each length
of yarn wound on represents the distance moved by the
carriage. A further condition known is, that the faller
wire must rise equal distances for each revolution of the
spindle, this being necessary if the spirals of yarn are to
be spaced equally.
Having these facts as our guide, it is an easy matter to
find the outline or shape of the rail required. A cop has
been carefully unwound and the length of each turn of
yarn on the cop measured. These various lengths have
been marked out on the line 1 to 22 in Fig. 79, so that in
reading the drawing it must be understood that as the
carriage moves from 1 to 2 the spindle has revolved once
and wound on a length of yarn ec[ual to the distance moved
by the carriage, viz. from 1 to 2. The same thing occurs
in the carriage moving from 2 to 3, and so on through all
the positions marked up to 22, when the stretch is com-
pleted. It is to be noted that 21 revolutions of the spindle
have been made and that each revolution has Avound on a
less length than the preceding one, so that a long length
has been wound on in the first revolution and a short
length in the last revolution. But it is readily seen that
although all the lengths wound on are unequal, we still
know that they differ from each other by a practically
equal amount.
Now that these lengths have been measured off on
Fig. 79, the long incline of the rail is drawn in, and
the distance between the highest j)oint or shoulder and
iSi
152 COTTON SPINNING chap.
the lowest point is divided up into eriual divisions corre-
sponding to the number of revohitions of the spindle
during winding. (This can be calculated, but it is much
easier to count the turns by using a well-made cop.) This
equal division is done because of the equal pitch of the
spirals. By drawing vertical lines through the carriage
positions and horizontal lines through the shaper bowl
positions we obtain intersections through which a curve
can be drawn, and this curve is the shape required on the
long incline of the rail in order to move the faller wire in
such a way as to guide the spirals of yarn on the conical
surface at equal distances apart. The curve on the rail
is parabolic in character, and it clearly cannot be correct
except for a certain layer or a series of layers all of Avhich
are equal. The layers in the length of the cop after the
cop bottom is finished are the most numerous, and therefore
the rail is made to suit these layers. The cop- bottom
layers are not so regular in their spacing, and, moreover,
it so happens that the action of the quadrant not being
absolutel}' perfect, the two qualities counteract each other
somewhat and thus enable a fairly perfecth^-shaped cop to
be made.
It must also clearly be understood that the question of
absolutely equal spacing of the coils on the cop is assimied
to some extent. Careful measurements of cops show
differences from different types and makes of mule, and
when it is remembered that practically all shapers as
at present used are the result of cutting, carving, and
filing, such differences taust be expected and allowed
for ; they are compromises in adjustment both for the
quadrant and the curved edge of the long incline of the
shaper plate.
Another feature of the shaper motion that calls for
II THE MODERN MULE 153
some explanation is the \;se of the small inclined floor
bracket X, as shown in Fig. 72. This bracket is generally
known as the " steadying " bi-acket. A diagram has been
prepared in Fig. 80 in order that its action may be
explained, but in this connection it must be observed that
the reasoning applies only to the old form of shaper.
Loose incline shapers do not require an inclined steady
bracket, and although they are generally used the inclines
are formed to compensate for them. If a vertical slotted
bracket was used it would simply mean altering the shaper
ratchet wheel. The rail ABC rests on the two inclines G
and J, and a pin X in the long rail fits in an inclined groove
of the bracket L. As the inclines are moved to H and K
the rail is lowered, but instead of falling vertically the
groove of L causes it to fall in the direction of the incline
and to take up the position shown by dotted lines at D, E,
and F. The chief effect of this loAvering of the rail is to
give a horizontal movement to it, so that the relative
amounts of the short and long inclines of the rail are
altered, and the highest point of the rail is moved inwards
to the extent shown at T. Several reasons are assigned
for this action. The principal one may readily be under-
stood when Ave point out that a longer time is taken up in
crossing and a shorter time in winding; the yarn is
consequently relieved of considerable strain as the cop
lengthens, because since backing-ofF unwinds less and less off
the bare spindle as the cop lengthens, it is advisable to do
the crossing a little more gradually, and this can be done by
taking more time to do it in. "Cros.sing" in any case
induces an unusual strain in the yarn ; but in the earlier
stages of building there is so much yarn over and above
the actual length of the stretch that the strain is not of
any moment. As this surplus yarn becomes less, it is
154 COTTON SPINNING chap.
almost necessary to adopt a relieving action to prevent
the rapid winding, which takes place during crossing,
from breaking the yarn ; and this is obtained by lengthen-
ing the time during which the crossing is performed.
Of course a guide bracket of some kind is necessary to
guide the rail in its descent, and for this purpose a straight
bracket would be effective. The inclined bracket, however,
serves another purpose in giving greater stability to the
rail ; for, since its inclination is opposite to the inclined
plates on which the rails rest, it prevents vibration and
keeps the shaper steady ; hence its name.
Shortening the long part of the rail has the effect of
winding a little more tightly, and thus helping in com-
pensating for the diminishing diameter of the spindle.
The positions of the faller-leg slide bowl are shown at M,
N, and Q ; and as the start and finish are always the same
throughout the cop they begin and end at the same place,
Q and S, at the finish; only the position at the highest
point of the rail is altered from N to R ; but as previously
observed, this alters the relative lengths of the short and
long portions of the rail.
Defective cops and their remedies. — To the
practical reader the foregoing description of the shaper,
and the explanation of its principle, will be of great
assistance as an aid in solving many of the problems
associated with the formation of the cop. It is in connec-
tion with the shaping mechanism that perhaps the greatest
amount of intelligence and skill is required in managing
the self-acting mule of to-day ; and, as good and bad results
of its working concentrate themselves to a large extent
upon the shape of the cop, the subject of defects in its
formation may be made the occasion for investigation. A
very great number of imperfections arise in the shape of
II THE MODERN MULE 155
the cop either locall}^ or generally. To enumerate them
all would luiduly extend the limits of this book, but the
importance of the subject necessitates that some attention
should be given to the most characteristic faults that arise
in connection with the cop.
Badly-formed cops are not always the result of a faulty
shaper, so that when a decision has to be given upon the
cause of any particular irregularity in the cop's condition
or shape, a very careful investigation into the matter is
required before fixing on the exact point for correction.
In the following notes, therefore, it must be understood
that the remedies pointed out are only suggestions of what
may be the cause. We shall restrict our attention first to
defective cops x'esulting from other causes than those directly
connected with the shaper rail or its inclines.
(1) Cops, instead of being perfectly parallel, may be
very ridgy on their surface. Several causes are capable
of producing this result. For instance, the bowl that runs
along the shaper rail may be worn flat in one or more
places ; it may be loose on its stud ; or it may be badly
mounted and work on its edge instead of its full width.
The bowl also on Avhich the faller leg locks, if faulty in the
same way as the rail bowl, Avill cause ridges. The fault
can be corrected by returning the bowl and replacing the
studs, or so mounting the bowl that it runs level on the
rail. The ridges may be produced by the copping faller
rod not working smoothly in its bearings through ha'sing
play in the faller stands, especially in those near the head-
stock. The shaper screw may not be perfectly true, and
its irregular movement will give unequal advances to the
inclines ; a good screw will remedy this fault. If the collar
which fits the screw binds, it may also cause a ridgy
appearance. One frequent cause of ridginess is due to
156 COTTON SPINNING chap.
the tumbler not taking the teeth of the ratchet wheel
regularly ; this gives an irregular movement to the inclines,
and the irregularity is reproduced on the cop. Other
causes of ridgy cops may be found in a loose backing-off
sector ; in a carriage not being firmly fixed in the square ;
and occasionally, through not gearing the c^uadrant pinion
deep enough, ridges have been produced.
(2) Cops may be longer at the outer ends of the carriage
than those nearer the headstock. Weakness in the faller
shafts is the chief cause of this defect ; and in some cases,
if the weights are too heavy and placed too near the
outer end of the carriage, the same fault arises. Faller
shafts must be strong enough to resist torsion, and the
weighting must be arranged to obtain a uniform strain
thi'oughout.
(3) Cops may be soft throughout the mule. It is Cjuite
possible that cops should be made soft, especially if cotton
of a poor quality is being used ; such cotton cannot resist
breakage so well as better cotton, and accordingly the
weighting of the under faller must be much less in order
to prevent breakages when backing-off takes place or
winding. Cops become soft, however, when such a con-
dition is neither necessary nor desirable, and it may arise
from the following causes : —
Winding may be badly performed, that is, the quadrant
may turn the spindles too slowly. To remedy this the
quadrant must be put back a little. It is a frequent
practice to put the quadrant forward so as to obtain easy
winding and avoid breakages ; but it results in a soft cop.
If the driving strap touches the fast pulley during the
run-in, the result will be soft cops ; see, therefore, that the
strap when on the loose pulley is quite clear of the fast
one.
II THE MODERN MULE 157
Sometimes, after years of ■work, the highest point of
the shaper rail, where the two inclines meet, becomes worn
and flat; this makes the shoulder of the cop larger and
softer throughout its length.
Faller rods sticking in the stands is an occasional cause
for soft cops ; and sometimes a difference in level between
the slips on each side of the headstock has produced the
same result.
If, during backing-off, the tin roller slips a little on the
shaft we get soft co])s.
"When the softness appears in the cop after a certain
length has been made all right, and the mule has previously
made a good parallel cop, it shows that the nosing has not
been carefully performed, or has even l)een neglected. To
cover this kind of carelessness the winding is slackened a
little, which causes larger shoulders to be made and corre-
spondingly softer cops.
(4) Cops may be soft close by the headstock only. In
such a case, the drawing-up scrolls may be too large for
the length of stretch. Anything wrong with the scrolls,
such as being loose on the shaft, wrongly set, or not in
right position, will give to the carriage during the run-in
an irregular movement, and so cause softer cops at one
part than another. If the back shaft is too weak we get
a similar result.
(5) When thick and soft noses are made, the following
may be sought for as the cause : —
Delaying tlie use of the nose peg or nosing motion.
The under faller being depressed too soon before the
copping faller has been unlocked.
When the backing-off chain is too slack wc get a frequent
cause of soft noses, and correspondingly, if it acts too
quickly. A defect in the shaper rail which causes a hollow
158 COTTON SPINNING chap.
at the upper end of the chase produces slack yarn at the
termination of winding, and in this way either snarls are
made or soft noses.
We can now deal with badly-shaped cops whose faults
may be traced directly to the shaper. A few typical cases
will be examined, and remedies suggested whereby a
correct form may be obtained.
In the first place, a thorough examination must be made
to see that the shaper mechanism is in perfect Avorking
order ; the studs firmly fixed, the bowls quite round and
set without " winding " ; the faller sickles, especially the
faller sector, connected to the faller leg, must be securely
fastened on the faller rods ; no dirt or waste ought to lie
about the copping motion to prevent the free working
along the slides of the inclines ; and the faller rods ought
to be well supported in their stands, and perfectly free to
turn.
Before flying to the shaper for a remedy, one must
be quite sure that the fault does not arise from some
other defect in the machine. For instance, the motions
may not be acting in unison ; a faller wire in its move-
ment may catch some chain or bracket ; or weights may
be touching the floor or some fixing, and thus jDroducing
irregularities in tension. These and a number of other
apparently small matters all have some influence in aff'ecting
the building of the cop, and no improvement can then be
effected through the shaper.
In the accompanying sketch, Fig. 81, a few well-recog-
nised faults in cops are shown. The one marked A may
be taken as a standard by which the others may be com-
pared. B represents a cop ridgy in its body part instead
of being pei'fectly parallel. All the other cops show in
their full lines variations from the dotted lines, which
THE MODERN MULE
159
should give a, cop similar to A ; Ave can in this way sec
whether too much or too little yarn has been placed on the
parts that are faulty. Of course it will be understood that
a combination of the faults illustrated may be found in
a cop at one time : for instance, a ridgy cop can have a
hollow bottom and a soft nose.
Fig. 81.
In suggesting alteration in the shaper for remedying
the defects illustrated, a warning must be given that the
utmost care possible is absolutely necessary in making the
correction by filing the plates. It should always be done
gradually, and in order to gauge the alteration accurately
a template or exact cojiy of the plate should be made
l6o COTTON SPINNING chap.
previous to the filing ; and its position should be definitely
noted, otherwise the labour of hours may be wasted and
the work required to be begun again. A few words of
general purport, but nevertheless important, will probably
fix the general principles in mind and serve as a guide in
working.
The bottom cone of the cop is formed by the earlier
portions of the front and back inclines, namely, the upper
short flat portion of the front incline and the short curved
portion of the back incline ; in most machines marks are
put on the plates showing the starting point. Faults in
the lower conical portion of the coj) may be corrected by
attention to these parts of the plates.
The long parallel body of the cop is formed by the
straight portions of the front and back inclines ; remedies
for defects that appear in the body may be sought for at
these points of the plates.
The upper cone, or chase of the cop, is obtained from
the shaper rail, to which attention must be directed Avhen
faults appear in that part of the cop.
Desired alterations in length of chase, length of the
body, or length of the bottom cone, can be obtained by
raising or lowering the plates that support the rail.
A bulging or "lump'' on any part of the cop is due to
a "hollow" in the rail or plates, and its location is easy,
by observing the position of the bowl on the rail as the
faller wire is guiding the yarn on the lump. Correspond-
ingly, a hollow place on the cop is due to the rail or plates
being too high or lumpy at the point ; its position can be
found as above.
Let us now trace out the alterations required to correct
the faults in the cops illustrated in Fig. 81.
(B) Kidgy Cop. — This fault is due (if not to the causes
II THE MODERN MULE 16 1
already given) to a similar condition of the straight portions
of the front or back inclines, or both. Examine their
profile and see Avhether it is irregular ; if so, file carefully
until a good profile is obtained. When, instead of a
number of ridges, there is only one or two, locate the
spots as directed above, and file until a straight body is
given. Be careful to note whether a series of irregularities
on the body of the cop are ridges or hollows. This is
important, for as in the sketch B the bottom is finished
the correct diameter, so the irregularities at R are really
hollows. By filing the plate to correct the hollows the
coning portion would be slightly shortened, and conse-
quently the next cop would be thinner in diameter. To
keep the diameter correct, therefore, we must take a parallel
filing off the coning part of the incline, so as to have the
same length as before.
Again referring to Fig. 81 : two common faults are
represented at C and D. The narrow thin form s in C is
due to a too quick fall of the rail on the coning parts of
the inclines ; while at T in D it is thicker than is desirable,
and is caused by too little or slow a fall of the rail on the
coning parts. A series of diagrams in Fig. 82 will enable
us to point out the necessaiy changes to be made in order
to correct these faults. To thicken out the bottom at S,
Fig. 81, to fill up to the dotted line, the rail must fall
slower, and to do this we must not start so high up ; the
beginning must be brought a little nearer to the finish (see
No. 1, Fig. 82). If the full lines represented the starting
points for the cop C, an alteration to the dotted lines would
cause a slower descent of the rail (because the fall is not
so steep), and produce a thickening of the bottom cone.
At the same time as this is done we reduce the A'ertical
height through which the rail falls Avhile on the coning
VOL. Ill M
1 62 COTTON SPINNING chap,
part, and consequently shorten the bottom cone. As a
rule this is not an objection, as a hollow bottom is generally
associated with a long one, and so both faults are corrected.
In regard to D, the thinning of the bottom is brought about
by adopting an opposite course to that suggested for the
specimen C ; the coning is therefore lengthened a little by
starting a little higher up the plates.
In the specimens marked E and F we also find a state
that is occasionally troublesome ; E, it Avill be seen, is too
short in the bottom cone, while F is equally too long. To
a certain extent they are only a variation of the effects
noticed in the copa C and D ; this fact, however, will be
treated of a little later.
In the first place, to deal with E : the shoulder requires
to be raised, and to do this it is necessary to have a greater
fall of the rail between the start and finish of the coning
parts. This is effected by filing off a portion of the plate
at the finishing point of the coning and going up to nothing
at the starting point. (See No. 2, in Fig. 82, as marked
by dotted lines.)
In the cop F the length from the bottom end of the cop
to the shoulder requires to be shortened, consequently we
adopt an opposite course to the above ; for instance, the
fall in the coning part must be lessened, and to do this the
filing must start at nothing on the finishing point of the
coning part and finish at the necessary depth at the starting
point. No. 3 in Fig. 82 will illustrate this.
In the above remarks the suggestions made are probably
the most delicate matters that can be found in the whole
range of cotton spinning. The operation of filing a plate
on the coning part is one that requires the utmost care,
and generally another fault appears whilst correcting the
first one. The few remarks already made will indicate
THE MODERN MULE
163
to the thoughtful reader in what way this arises. It was
shown in regard to the specimen C that thickening the
bottom meant also shortening it ; and in making D thinner
Something of the kind occurs when
we also lengthened it.
2,
Fig. 82.
dealing with the faults at E and 1). To lengthen the cone
part at E by filing the plates as suggested, we naturally
lessen the vertical distance between the start and finish ;
but at the same time Ave thin the bottom, and care is
required that by doing so we do not exceed the jiroportions
wanted. The sketch shows how necessary it is to thin as
1 64 COTTON SPINNING chap.
well as to lengthen it ; but great care is absolutely necessary
in order to maintain a good shape even when the correct
length is obtained. To shorten the cone at F we adopt a
course of filing that is not nearly so difficult as at E, but
the thickening effect on the cop is inevitable, although not
relatively so great as at E. The chief difficulty lies in the
connection of the coning parts with the straight inclined
parts of the plates ; and it is sometimes necessary, to keep
the coning parts their original lengths (although the vertical
fall has been reduced, or rice versii), to file a parallel strip
off" the full length of the straight 2:)art.
While the diagrams may help in conveying an idea of
the parts to be filed under certain circumstances, it is only
by practical experience that the amount, and the foi'm the
filing ought to take, can be decided.
To continue the specimens, we will consider faults that
may arise in connection with the nose of the cop. Four
faulty cops are shown in G, H, J, and K. In G a hollow
cone is made, and this at once suggests that the long rail is
too high in the middle ; a correction can be made by filing
the rail flatter. In respect to H, where the chase is round,
a remedy is almost invariably found by making the rail
Avith less fall between the highest point and the lowest ; or
the highest point may be lowered by means of the adjusting
screw which is connected with the bowl on the front plate;
then file a little off" the outer end of the rail, and continue
to nothing about the middle of the rail, or even further if
it is found necessary. If the hollow is not a general one,
as shown in the sketch, but only local, then locate the spot
on the rail which produces it, and file on either side of it.
Specimens J and K are easily corrected by simply
altering the vertical height between the highest and lowest
points of the rail.
II THE MODERN MULE 165
"When the cops are not formed parallel, they may either
get smaller in diameter as the cop builds, as at L ; or larger
in diameter, as at M. In either case carefully examine the
faller sector ; as a rule the centre of the stud connecting
the sector to the faller leg is in a line with or opposite to
the centre of the faller rod when the faller wire is in the
centre of the spindle blade. If the wire is higher than the
centre of spindle blade the cop will become smaller in
diameter as it builds ; and if lower, the cop will be formed
with an enlarging diameter. Granted that the sector is in
the correct position, a remedy may be suggested by filing
the plates for L as shown in No. 5, and for M as at No. 4 in
Fig. 82.
In all these diagrams the amount of filing is exaggerated
in order that the " direction " might be distinctly shown ;
in almost all cases very little filing will be required, but
whatever is done must be done carefully.
A brief description, with illustrations, of the faller wires
during the inward and outAvard run of tl^e carriage was
given in an earlier portion of these pages, and in the
preceding notes on the shaper, the position and movement
of the winding faller wire have been fully discussed ; it
therefore remains to direct a little attention to the other
action and methods of controlling the counter, or under
faller wire.
Weighting the Fallers. — In different districts various
names are given to the same features of the mule, so care
must be taken in reading descriptions to follow out the
references to the illustrations. In the accompanying
draAvings, Figs. 83, 84, and 85, the counter or under
faller rod is shown at A, while B represents the copping
or winding faller rod. The wires carried by these two
rods are marked H and J respectivel3\ As the carriage
i66 COTTON SPINNING chap.
comes out, and the spinning process is going on, these
two wires are inoperative, both occupying positions, as
already ilkistrated, close to the spindle point, but per-
fectly clear of the yarn being twisted. They are practi-
cally locked during the whole of the run-out. When
the carriage comes to the end of the stretch, backing-off
takes place, and, as the yarn is unwound from the bare
part of the spindle, the winding faller wire J comes down
in position ready for winding, while the counter faller wire
H rises in order to take up the surplus yarn that has been
unwound. In doing this it makes the yarn taut between
the rollers and the cop. So far we have simply indicated
that the wire is carried by a series of sickles G from the
counter faller rod A, and they being all on one side, the
tendency is rather for the wire H to fall rather than rise.
In order, therefore, to cause H to rise and put tension in
the yarn, the sickles and wire must be balanced on the
opposite side of the rod A. To do this a sector C is keyed
to the faller rod, and to it is attached a chain, which is
hooked at its lower end to a weighted lever E centred at
F. There are several of these chains and levers in the
length of the mule, and their direct effect is to lift up the
wire H as backing-oif proceeds.
Now it will readily be seen that this arrangement is a
very important feature ; on the careful balancing effect of
the weighted lever E depends the amount of tension in the
yarn during the winding, for since A is free to oscillate in
its bearings, it is quite possible that H might be forced too
high and severely strain or even break the whole of the
"ends," as the yarn is sometimes termed; on the other
hand, the weight may be insufficient, and so produce a
slackness that would result in the j^arn running into snarls,
and, in addition to the bad yarn so produced, making a soft
THE MODERiV MULE
167
and misshaped cop. To carefully adjust the balance,
arrangements are made on E for applying additional
weights "W until the required tension is obtained. The
skill of the minder is shown in his ability to gauge the
tension, and while for the stronger yarns great care is
necessary, it becomes a very delicate operation when the
finer qualities are being spun. The character of the cop, so
far as its density is concerned, is regulated b}' the tension.
Fig. S3.
Fig. S4.
Fig. S.J
and it is an easy matter to make it too hard or too soft by
carelessness. We haA'e already pointed out how essential
it is that the levers must be perfectly free from interference
whilst they are in action, and also hoAv it may be necessary,
in order to neutralise tension, to weight the levers more,
nearer the headstock than at the outer ends of the carriage.
Directly associated Avith the arrangement just described
is the device illustrated in Figs. 84 and 85. They are
shown in separate drawings in order to avoid complication.
As the carriage runs in, the copping faller is guiding yarn
i68 COTTON SPINNING chap.
on the spindle by virtue of its connection to the shaper. It
is doing this in opposition to a strong spring D, Fig. 84,
which is attached to the winding faller B by a strip of
leather C and at its lower end to a fixed bracket E. Tlie
only effect of the spring at this point is to keep the shaper
bowl pressed against the rail ; when, however, the run-in
is complete and the faller leg is unlocked, the tension in the
spring D instantly causes the winding faller wire to move
upwards a little above the spindle point. To prevent the
wire being pulled up too far, a bracket S in the rod. Fig.
85, has a projection which, when the winding faller reaches
its correct position, comes on the top of the counter faller
rod and so prevents any further movement. The action of
the spring D must be of a very definite character and
strong enough to overcome, during the outward run, the
weighting of the counter faller.
This last remark will be understood on reference to Fig.
85. It was remarked a short time ago that the two faller
wires occupied certain positions during the outward run of
the carriage. These positions are regulated by an indirect
connection of the faller rods to each other. On the copping
faller rod the bracket S has attached to it at T a link U,
which is connected by a rod V to a projection on the
weighted lever E. During the inward run, the rod V is
adjusted to be free from the influence of the weight by so
arranging it that it is able to pass freely through the hole
in the projection X ; Avhen, however, the spring D pulls the
copping faller wire upwards, on the completion of the run-
in, it also pulls tlie rod V in the same direction, and in
doing so, the nuts Z on the lower end of the rod come into
contact with the projection on the lever, and so lift the
lever also upwards, and consequently relieve the counter
faller of their weight. This lifting of the lever E is a
II THE MODERN MULE 169
definite amount, because the spring D can only pull E
upward until the projection on S rests on the counter faller
A. The counter faller wire, being free from the balancing
effect of the levers E, naturally falls by gravity until the
chain D, Fig. 83, is again taut, and when this occurs the
two wires occupy their correct position for the outward
run, and the spring D must be strong enough to maintain
them in this position so long as spinning is in progress.
Easing Motions. — The dotted portion of the drawing
(Fig. 83) belongs to a class of mechanism called easing
motions. The present illustration is given here for the
purpose .of explaining the necessity and effect of such a
device.
It has been explained how the weighted levers E are
partially supported from the copping faller rod B during the
outward run of the carriage. When, however, the traverse
is finished, a " change " takes place for the purpose of
backing-off, and at this moment of changing, the full weight
— or, rather, effect — of the weighted levers E woT\ld be
thrown suddenly on to the counter faller A. Such an
action is not necessary nor desirable ; rather the reverse,
for it is easy to understand that the free yarn unwound
from the bare spindle during backing-off requires to be
taken up gradually and gently. To bring this about, an
"easing" device is applied, whereby the weighted levers
are partially freed from the influence of the weighted levers
E. On the opposite side of the faller rod A to that in
which the sector C is fixed, is fastened a lever K, to which
is attached a spring M, by means of an adjusting screw L ;
the other end of the spring is hooked to one arm of an L
lever carried by the bracket P. The L lever has its other
arm Q in such a position that just before the carriage arrives
out, it comes into contact with an inclined floor bracket It,
I70 COTTON SPINNING chap.
and this, preventing Q from going further forward, de-
presses the other arm N, and so puts tension into the spring
M. This tension in M, acting in the opposite direction to
the pull of the weighted lever E, neutralises a great part
of the weight, and prevents the shock that would otherwise
come upon the counter faller wire ; in other words, it eases
the faller rod considerably, and allows it to move upward
in a much more gentle manner as backing off proceeds.
When backing-ofF is complete, and the carriage runs in, the
arm Q of the lever moves gradually out of contact with the
inclined bracket R, and so, by destroying the tension in the
spring M, permits the full effect of the weighted lever E to
fall upon the counter faller wire, and so maintains the
tension in the yarn.
In passing, it may be observed that several of the
weighted levers are placed in the full length of the mule,
but the easing motion is only applied to two or three of
them, a little discrimination being necessary in setting and
disposing them in order to obtain the best results. Means
are supplied for the necessary adjustments both for tension
and position, the screw L supplying the former, and a
regulation of the bracket R the latter.
The Effect of a Tapered Spindle on the Winding.
— Mention has been made of the necessity for tapering the
spindle blade towards its point, and that this fact had an
important bearing upon the problem of winding after the
cop bottom was finished. AVe will now examine this
question as fully as possible, so that, in considering the
mechanical methods adopted for compensating for the taper,
we shall be able the better to judge of their adaptability
for the purpose. It will be advisable to recapitulate a little,
so we will begin by showing the necessary winding effect
required for building the "chase" of the cop at the point
THE MODERN MULE
171
when the cop bottom is finished. Figs. 86 and 87 will
illustrate the explanation. In Fig. 86 the chase of the cop
at A D is shown soon after the cop bottom is complete.
At this time Ave will assume that the full diameter of the
cop is 1 \ inch and the diameter of the small end of the cop
on the bare spindle at D is -^^ inch. To wind correctly
this conical surface A D, the speed of the spindle must
increase in the ratio denoted by the full-lined hyperbolic
,- ^..^.^
NT2 UE- .
5 MROE ;
.TE-. ; 1
1 ;'
c- ". '
"c
-^.
I
to
C
uJ
uJ
C-
•J)
°+-
U]
z
1
I
CURVLS ^W(
BETWEEN, TH
SPEED m^^E^
*ND WHENT
WING, the: ijlFFE'
E. VARIATION INST
THE 'cOPSO-Vtom'
'e "COT^ i^ 06MPU
i
1
i
j
«M. «" '
f ""j" """
,-"4-^
3»u
^-_..
Fig. 86.
— l.E,NG,TH oc CHASE:-
FiG. ST.
curve, as shown in the diagram, Fig. 87. For instance,
suppose one revolution winds on a certain length of yarn
at A, then the " rate " of spindle speed must be such that
the same length could be wound on at B, C, and D, and in
order to do this the proportionate speed at these points
must be increased to IJ, 2, and 4 times respectively the
speed at A. It is a very simple matter to obtain these
numbers, for, knowing the diameters at the points A, B, C,
and D, the proportion each of them bears to the diameter
of A Avill give us the proportionate speed.
172 COTTON SPINNING chap.
Suppose A is 1:^ inch diameter and its speed 1,
then B is \% inch diameter and its speed is -\ =\ x 11 =1^>
IJ.
and C is f inch ,, ,, ~t~^ ^ f =2,
and D is y°5- inch ,, ,, -^ = JxJ^ = 4.
These numbers, measured by any convenient scale along
the speed line A 10 and horizontal lines drawn through
them to meet perpendicular lines erected upon the chase
line A E, as at B, C^ and D, Avill give points through Avhich
the curve A^ D^ can be drawn. The line A D is drawn any
length to represent the chase, and the points B and C are
marked off equi-distant from each other in the same way
as B and C on the chase line in Fig. 86. As the cop
builds from the cop bottom upwards, the body remains the
same diameter, namely, 1^ inch, but the nose of the cop
gradually becomes smaller until near the end of the spindle,
Avhen it is wound on a diameter of probably \ inch. In
consequence of this reduction in the terminal diameter of
the conical chase, a new set of conditions are introduced,
which have an important bearing on the problem of wind-
ing. For the moment, Ave will assume that the chase A D
lengthens until it meets the smaller diameter, as at A E ;
if this occurred, all that would be required would be a con-
tinuation of the accelerated speed which formed the poi tion
A D, and in the curve in Fig. 87 the speed curve would
be lengthened as shown hx the dotted line D^ E\ In such
a case one might reasonably say that a " nosing " motion
would be a device for accelerating the speed of the spindle
as the yarn Avas being Avound on the nose of the cop ; indeed,
the word "nosing" is derived from such an idea, and it is
perpetrated partly because of the })revailing idea that such
a method of reasoning is fairly correct, and partly because
II THE MODERN MULE 173
the irregularities of Aviiiding show themselves more at the
nose than in other parts of the coj). But we know that
instead of the chase lengthening towards the spindle end,
it is generally kept either the same length throughout, or is
made a little shorter. Let us see what effect is produced
when the chase is kept the same length. At F in Fig. 86
is shown a part of the chase ; for convenience and com-
parison, the diameter at F is brought down to L, and we
then see and are able to compare the two chases A I) and
A L, each being the same length. Starting from the same
diameter at A, the initial speed in each will be the same, but
there is a great difference between the diameters at D and L
in the proportion of ^^ to 1, and this reduction is one that,
starting at A, works down to L. Such a reduction in the
conicity of the chase means that there oMylit to be a pro-
portional increase in the speed of the spindle througlioxd the
chase, and not, as in the last assumption, only at the nose.
By drawing oiit the speed curve for the new chase A L, and
plotting it as in the dotted curve in Fig 87, we can form
a very clear idea of the difference that should exist between
the speed of the spindle when the cop hnttom is comj^leted
and when the cop is completed. The speed when winding
at D is only four times what it is at A, whilst when wind-
ing at F or L it is ten times greater than at A, and for
proper winding this speed must be attained through a
gradual acceleration starting from the bottom of the cop
chase at A until L is reached. To show the great difference
this makes, the corresponding divisions on the chase at B,
C, and D are marked on the chase A L at H, J, and K ;
this means that, suppose the spindle is making tAvice as
many revolutions when winding the yarn on at C as at A,
it must make on the new chase twice as many revolutions
at J as at A. Each of the other divisions can be interpreted
174 COTTOy SPINXING chap.
in the same way, and it will help greatly in comprehending
the vital importance of effecting a change in the rate of
winding as the cop lengthens, and that this cliange should
commence at the bottom of the chase.
In this analysis the two extremes have been taken as
illustrations, but during each added layer the variation
throughout the chase should take place corresponding to
the smaller diameter on which the chase finishes. The fact
that the quadrant is imperfect in not giving the correct
curve of speeds, as in Fig. 87, does not in the least interfere
with the reasoning employed, for the difference between
the two chases remains proportionately the same.
Nosing Motions. — Various means are adopted to
obtain the desired change of speed to compensate for the
taper of the spindle, all of Avhich depend more or less
upon two principles of action. In one case, the effect is
produced by moving the winding chain out of a straight
line dui'ing the run-in of the carriage, thereby unwinding
more chain from the winding drum. In the other method,
the winding chain is shortened, and at the same time it
is arranged that the shortening effect causes a scroll
portion of the winding drum to come into action ; and
the act of the chain working on a smaller diameter pro-
duces an increased speed in the spindles.
Both systems Avill be briefl}^ examined in diagram before
describing the actual mechanism used. In Fig. 88 the
quadrant and its connections with the spindle are shown ;
the chain is represented as perfectly straight between the
screw H and the winding drum B, and it will work in this
position while the cop bottom is being formed. To obtain
an increased speed of spindle as the cop lengthens, the
chain is, by suitable means, gradually depressed during the
run-in, its jjosition under these circumstances being shown
THE MODERN MULE
175
by the dotted lines. The fact of moving the chain from D
to C unwinds a portion of it from the drum B, and as it is
done gradually the spindles are in the same degree increased
in speed. Fig. 89 will give a better idea of the action.
AVhen the quadrant occupies the position at A B, the chain
jmsses to tlie drum from B to F in a straiglit line. When
the winding reaches the second position, the quadrant is at
A G, and the chain during the interval has been depressed
slightly from the straight line G H to the extent shown at
N G. In the third position the depression of the chain
has been increased to J P from the straight line I) K ; and
in the last position it has been still further increased, as
indicated at L Q. The depression of the chain has there-
fore been gradual, and in the right direction. It is un-
necessary at this point to inquire into the cpiestion of the
exact amount of depression required, it being sufKcient to
show that for practical pi;rposes a near approximation is
obtained. AVhen the cop has commenced to form np the
tapered part of the spindle, the depression of the chain is
176 COTTON SPINNING chap.
onl}' of the slightest chcaracter ; but it increases gradually
as each layer is added.
In the second method of increasing the speed of the
spindle, the chain passes over a small bowl B on the quadrant
arm, Figs. 90 and 91, and on to another bowl C, which
is actuated so that as the cop builds it can wind on a little
of the chain after each draAv. This action, of course,
shortens the winding chain ; but so long as the chain was
Avound on a cylindrical Avinding drum, the shortening would
have no effect Avhatever on the speed of the spindles. In
combination Avith the shortening, therefore, the Avinding
drum F is made Avith a scroll end, so that Avhile the chain
is wound round C on the cjuadrant, it pulls over the wind-
ing drum and changes the finishing point from D to E.
When the cop bottom is completed, the Avinding chain
finishes Avinding at D ; by winding the chain on at C each
draAv, the drum F Avill be pulled round, and Avhen the cop
is complete, the Avinding of the chase finishes at E. Conse-
quently, during a portion of the AAnnding, the chain has
been unAA'ound fi'om a gradually reduced diameter, and this
chain unwound from the smaller diameter results in an in-
creasing speed of spindles as compared Avith the unAvinding
of the same length of chain from a larger diameter on the
Avinding drum.
Nosing motions assume a A'ariety of forms, the majority
of Avhich depend upon an action which depresses the chain.
As a rule, each machine-maker has some automatic motion
which is applied specially to the machine he makes ; but a
type common to all mules, and which is still extensively
used, is that knoAvn as the "nose peg." As it is not
automatic in its action, a certain amount of skill is required
on the part of the person in charge of the mule. Fig. 92
illustrates its application to the quadrant. Its essential
THE MODERN MULE
177
feature consists of a slotted bracket projecting from tlie
upper end of the quadrant arm ; it may be curved, as
shown, or straight out, and in some cases it is disposed
angularly to the arm, partly with the idea of gaining
% ! ■
\ 1/
i^
.;6s..
'••./
"^^-
(u
Fig. S9.
S)-
CINISM oe COPftOT-'OV
•mw«& xfliut*
iSH ofC01=
Fig 91.
strength and partly to suit the requirements of winding.
In the slot of the bracket is placed a stud C, having a
Avinged luit, Avhich enables it to be readily adjusted and
fastened in the position suitalile for the increasing length
of the cop. As shown in the diagram, the carriage has
commenced its inward run and the yarn is being laid
VOL. Ill N
178 COTTON SPINNING chap.
during tlie downward movenaent of tlie faller wire. The
carriage continues to move in, and as the quadrant follows,
a point is reached when the stud or nose peg C comes into
contact with the Avinding chain ; further movement of the
quadrant then causes C to press on the chain -and move it
out of a straight line, so that when the carriage arrives in,
the chain and quadrant occupy the position shown in the
dotted portion of the sketch. The extra chain unwound
from the winding drum by this depression of the chain
produces an acceleration in the speed of the spindles.
As already pointed out, it is not necessary to use the
nose peg until the cop bottom is complete. When this
occurs the peg C must be set in such a position that it only
slightly depresses the chain during the few succeeding
draws. During the lengthening of the cop the nosing peg
must be moved a little further away from the quadrant
arm every few draws, and in this way the depression of
the chain is increased in the ratio considered correct by the
minder, the necessary movement being one entirely depend-
ent on his judgment. It is probably on this account that
the nose peg is still so generally employed, its convenience
and the absence of complication being its great features.
It has, however, some very serious faults, its chief one
being obvious if the previous explanation has been carefully
followed. We have shown that to be theoretically correct
a nosing motion ought to commence to act directly the
chase is begun, its action being extremely gentle and
gradual at first. In the nose peg this is a condition
practically impossible. In the first place, to refer to the
sketch, the peg C would not come into action until the
quadrant arm occupied the position as indicated by the
dotted line H G, so that the acceleration of the spindles
would only take place as the quadrant moved from H G to
IX THE MODERN MULE 179
H D ; in othei- words, only the nose of the cop would be
affected by the extra speed. This is apparently contra-
dictory to Avhat reason would lead one to require of the
motion ; but an important consideration, when pointed out,
will explain why such an anomalous action gives good
results. The j^arn when wound on the thicker parts of the
chase is put on a comparatively soft and yielding founda-
tion, but as it neai's the nose the foundation becomes more
solid, and therefore the tension put in in consequence of all
the acceleration being thrown into that part, simply causes
Fig. 92.
the yarn to wind tighter without enabling it to influence
the shape of the chase. This difference in the character of
the foundation even renders it in many cases advisable
from a practical point of view not to cause acceleration to
commence until past the middle of the chase. The fault of
the nose peg arises from the fact that when it begins to
depress the chain it depresses it too quickly at first, and not
in the correct ratio. This often leads to spoiled yarn, partly
through being strained and partly in snarls, and carelessness
in moving the peg only after long intervals increases its
inherent fault. To get the best results the peg C must be
l8o COTTON SPINNING chap.
moved regularly and often during a set, and this means
that a slight movement often repeated prevents any great
increase of sjieed being given to the spindles, and the
minder is able to better gauge the tension of the yarn as
the nose is wound, and so prevent its being strained, or. on
the other hand, soft noses being made.
The " nosing peg " system, it will be noticed, depends
for its success entirely upon the skill of the minder. Many
attemjDts have been made to eliminate this factor, so as to
obtain an automatic motion, but the problem is one that
contains several conditions Avhich are so variable and un-
certain that the success which some of them attain can only
be described as comparative or local, and as due rather to
the additional skill of the minders, who, after a reasonable
experience of them, can adapt them to the special character
of their machine and the work they perform.
To make a nosing motion automatic, it must be actuated
directly or indirectly from the copping faller rod. The cop
lengthens as the faller wire rises and places the yarn on a
smaller diameter of the spindle; it is to compensate for
this that the nosing motion is necessary. Some motions
are therefore worked directly from the faller rod ; but since
the faller rod receives its movement from the shaper, it
amounts to the same thing to use this feature of the mule
for operating the aiitomatic mechanism, and in one or two
cases the oscillation of the quadrant has been taken
advantage of to obtain a regulation. This latter method is,
however, bad in principle, though occasionally it works
well ; more will l)e said on this point when dealing with
governor motions.
The first illustration is taken from a well-known source,
and, as will be seen from the sketch Fig. 9.3, it is
actuated from the faller rod. A bracket X containing the
THE MODERN MULE
i8i
mechanism is fixed to the quadrant screw box. An arm K
is centred on a stud L, and its other end carries two catches,
or pawls, which a spring presses into the teeth of a portion
of a circuhxr rack struck from L as a centre. A projection
J of the arm K carries a hook to which is attached a chain
M ; this chain first passes over a boAvl II and from this
point goes forward and is fixed to the Avinding chain at G.
We can now see that, according to the position of the arm
K, the chain M can be so an-anged that it Avill have no
pulling eff'ect on the winding chain, but by raising K we
Fig. 03.
practically shorten the nosing motion chain and consequently
the forward oscillation of the quadrant causes the Avauding
chain to be pulled out of its cotirse, as shoAvn in the draAA'ing,
The higher the position of the arm K on the toothed portion
of the bracket IST, the more is the AA-inding chain depressed.
It is therefore an ea.sy matter to use this motion just as
one Avould use the nose peg Avithout using its automatic
features. In many cases this is an adA^antage, because yarn
is a material that requires considerable humouring in some
of its conditions, and means ought ahvays to be proA'ided
for helping or retarding an intended automatic action such
as a nosing motion.
i82 COTTON SPINNING chap.
The following means are provided for the automatic
working. A projection on the arm K carries a stud P, on
which is swivelled an incline Q V; this incline is in contact
with the arm K through an adjusting screw, so that if the
incline is lifted up it will also raise the arm K. On the
copping fuller rod S is a lever carrying one end of a rod U,
which is guided in a bracket fixed to the square. The rod
carries a finger W, which can be readily adjv;sted in position.
As the carriage moves out, the finger naturally occupies a
high position, and so comes into contact with the lower
portion of the incline V, which is arranged to swivel out of
the way ; but directly the backing-ofF is finished, the finger
has fallen much lower, so that as the carriage moves in, the
projection X of the finger "W comes into contact with the
back of the incline and lifts up the finger a little. This
lifting up of the arm K through the action of the finger AV
upon the incline Q V each draw, gradually shortens the
chain M and gives the necessary increased acceleration to
the winding drum F. Practically it is almost impossible
to raise the arm K each draw, because owing to the large
number of laj^ers in the cop it would be necessary to have
in the short portion of the circular rack such a number of
fine teeth as to make the motion unworkable ; a reasonable
number of teeth are cut and a double effect is produced by
having two catches, and by this means a permanent lift is
produced when the faller wire has been raised high enough
to cause a pawl to catch in every half tooth. To render
the motion more efficient, the bowl H is made of a cam
shape to suit the conditions, as near as possible, as laid
down in a previous description. After doffing, the catches
are released from the rack and the arm lowered to its starting
point. It may be remarked, that if the arm is purposely
or inadvertently lowered during the building of the cop
THE' MODERN MULE
i8i
the next draw sinii)ly lifts it into its correct position
again.
A nose peg in very common use is of the form shown in
Fig. 94 ; by comparing this with the drawing, Fig. 92,
it will 1)6 seen to vary from it in the direction of the slot
along which the peg D is moved as the cop builds. Much
more care is required in moving the peg along a slot which
Fig. 94.
Fig. 95.
lies parallel or is only slightly inclined to the cjuadrant arm
than when the slot is more nearly at right angles to it.
The regulation is obtained in a much shorter length of slot,
and consequ^tly each movement requires to be very little,
and well judged, otherwise too much nosing will be obtained.
The slot is frequently made in the form of a curve drawn
out empirically, rather than upon any fundamental reason,
and so long as the movement of the peg depends upon the
i84 COTTON SPINNING chap.
judgment of the minder this is a matter of little moment,
and in any case variation from what might be considered a
correct form of curve will not interfere greatly with the
efficacy of the motion.
Fig. 95 is a motion used by a well-known firm, who
employ it extensively, and who find that it gives very good
results in practice. It might be termed an automatic
method of moving the peg along the slot in Fig. 94. In-
stead of a slotted bracket, a lever C is used, centred on a
bracket B, fastened to the upper end of the quadrant arm.
This bracket contains a portion of a circular rack F, into
which engage two pawls or catches E, carried by the lever
C ; a spring G keeps the catches engaged. The lever C is
set so as to begin to depress the winding chain directly the
tapered portion of the spindle is reached. Afterwards it is
automatically lowered by a chain connection to the shaper.
It has already been observed that the regular movement of
the shaper is sometimes taken advantage of in actuating the
nosing motion, and in this case a bracket K is fixed on the
rod which connects the front and back shaper-plates. To
this is attached a chain J, and in order to pass it to the
other side of the headstock a bell-crank lever is used
centred on a floor fixing N ; the chain, after being guided
through the eye of the bracket M, is taken upwards and
attached to the nosing lever at L. By this means, each
movement of the shaper draws the lever C downwards,
and causes the end of it D to come into contact with the
winding chain sooner each draw. The dotted lines show
one position of the motion when it is acting upon the
winding chain.
The next example of a nosing motion is a j)ractical
illustration of the principle explained in connection with
Fig. 90. It is of a much more complicated character than
11 THE MODERN MULE 185
any of the motions previously given, Init apart from this
disadvantage it works sufficiently well for the purpose. It
belongs to that class of motion Avhich is actuated from the
shadier mechanism, so that, like all automatic nosing
motions, it works in an uncompromising manner and
entirely independent of au}'^ peculiar characteristics of the
yarn or formation of cop. The following description will
disclose the salient features of its action.
The shaper-plate M, Fig. 9G, is moved forward by the
screw L ; attached to this part of the shaper is a bracket
J, to which is connected a chain F. The chain is guided
over the back surface of a hanging lever centred at its
upper end on a stud Gr ; from here it passes round the
lower end of the quadrant screw box and on in an upward
direction to a curved lever E. This lever, as well as a
ratchet Avheel D, is fixed on the end of a stud, which
carries a small boss or scroll, to Avhich the winding chain is
fastened. The winding chain before passing to the wind-
ing drum E. is taken over a guide bowl C, so that it is
at this point that the winding chain must be considered to
be attached. The bracket B, which carries the whole of
the arrangement at C, D, and F, corresponds to the quad-
rant nut of the ordinary motions, and up to the point when
the cop bottom is finished, B is caused to travel up the screw
in the usual way for forming it. AVhen the nut B occupies
its lowest position on the screw, the chain F is slack, but it
is drawn tighter as the nut is worked upwards ; during
this period there is very little effect produced in shortening
the winding chain, but when the cop bottom is finished,
every additional movement of the shaper-plate M takes up
the chain F and pulls over the lever E, so that the winding
chain is "wound up at a quicker rate on the scroll at I). It
will be noticed, however, that the mere movement of the
i86 COTTON SPINNING chap.
screw is not depended upon for pulling over the lever E.
The extremely small amount of motion given to the bracket
J by the screw L is only caj^able of moving the lever E
after several draws, because E can only take up another
position after sufficient movement of the bracket J enables
the catch to escape half a tooth in the ratchet wheel D.
Until this occurs there would be a great strain on the chain
F if the hanging lever G was fixed. To relieve this strain
the lever is made pendent from G, so that during the in-
ward run of the carriage the chain F is free from strain.
Daring the outward run, however, an inclined bracket P
on one of the arms of the quadrant comes in contact with
a bowl Q carried by the hanging lever and presses it
backwards, thus tightening the chain F and pulling over
the lever E. In Fig. 97 the other extreme position is
shown for the shaper-plate M and the lever E, and from it
we see the shortening effect produced on the winding
chain.
As before observed, this shortening of the winding chain
would have no effect on the problem if the winding action
depended on the ordinary straight winding drum. To
obtain the necessary variation, therefore, the drum R is
made as a scroll for a portion of its length, and as the
chain is shortened the drum is pulled round so that it is
brought into action sooner, and the direct effect is to cause
the chain to finish unwinding from a smaller portion of
this scroll part after each movement of E.
Sufficient examples have now been given to convey
a good general idea of the various methods adopted for
compensating for the taper of the spindle, and those who
have carefully followed the descriptions will scarcely have
failed to notice that in no case does a motion follow out
the conclusions arrived at when the theory of the action
II THE MODERN lifULE 1S7
was described. lu the first place, tlie arrangements start
too late ; secondl}', tlieir starting point varies for each
1 88 COTTON SPINNING chap.
layer instead of remaining constant throughout tlie set ;
thirdly, no attempt is made to vary the action of the
motion in conformity ^yith the actual conditions of winding ;
and, lastly, there is a serious disadvantage in the absence of
means for the motions to adapt themselves to the inherent
irregularities and characteristics of the yarn being spun.
Note. — Attention is called to a slight error in the drawings,
Figs. 96 and 97. The ratchet wheel D is shown with its
teeth ill the wrong direction.
Governor Motions. — Governor or strapping motions
are the names usually given to the apjiliances which auto-
matically regulate the position of the nut upon the quadrant
during the building of the cop bottom. A variety of means
have been employed for performing the operation, but very
few have Ijeen found to stand the test of practical exjDeri-
ence, and on English machines at least the arrangements
are confined within very narrow limits, the methods
varying only in details of construction and the time of
action.
The subject is not without interest, and affords oppor-
tunities for diverse opinions as to the correct mode of
action, so there will be some advantage in considering the
matter in detail. It will be assumed that the ntit on the
quadrant is in the correct position for catising the bare
spindle to turn the correct number of times, during the
inward traverse of the carriage, for Avinding on the length
of yarn in the stretch. So far as Ave are at present con-
cerned, this first layer is supposed to be wound on Avith a
regular tension, and there is nothing to sttggest that the
position of the nut on the qtiadrant should be altered from
the start to the finish of the layer — that is, during the
whole of the inward run the nixt must remain in the same
11 THE MODERN MULE 189
position. Now before the next layer can be put on the
cop bottom, it will be necessary to raise the quadrant nut
in order to compensate for the increased diameter of spindle,
and we can see clearly that the time to do this must be
during the outward run of the carriage, so that the nut is
in the right position for "starting" the next layer at the
correct speed.
From this reasoning it might be concluded that an
automatic motion should be so arranged that after each
layer is added it moves the nut up the quadrant. Practical
considerations, which will be mentioned subsequently, pre-
vent this conclusion from being accepted as fundamental,
though in essentials it ought to be the foundation of a
governor motion. As it is, Ave find that the subject is
treated more as a question of 02)inion, and naturally there
is an absence of unanimity in regard to it. When dealing
with the quadrant it Avas pointed out that the rate at
which the nut must be moved up the screw was a varying
one, gradually decreasing from a quick movement at the
beginning. In a goA^ernor motion this must be taken into
account, and if Ave depended on pure reasoning Ave should
expect that every layer Avould require its share of move-
ment. In addition to these considerations, it must be
remembered that the yarn itself is an ever-varying factor,
and that there are inherent peculiarities in the cops, AA'hile
the faulty or imjjerfect character of the connections to the
faller rods must be taken into account, for they modify to
a large extent the presumed ideal of a goA^ernor motion.
A perfect goA'ernor motion might be summed up as possess-
ing the folloAving jioints : —
(1) To give a movement to the qiiadrant nut for each
layer added to the cop bottom.
(2) To give a " correct " decreasing movement each draAV.
J90 COTTON SPINNING chap.
(3) To compensate for peculiarities of cotton, yarn,
cops, or connecting motions.
(4) To actuate the quadrant screw after one laj^er and
before the commencement of the next one.
To the practical reader it need scarce)}' be pointed out
that these conditions are never fulfilled, and it might
almost be added that the difficulties in the way of fulfilment
have hitherto prevented any success being attained when
the attempt has been made.
Instead, therefore, of the governor motions working
under ideal conditions, we generally find them entirely
under the control of the yarn itself, and actuated either
before or after the run-in of the carriage. Simplicity and
convenience are the deciding factors in the case, and while
good average results are obtained, the erratic and faulty
character of many motions leaves much to be desired in
the direction of a governor motion founded on correct
principles.
By permitting the yarn to actuate its own Avinding we
practically combine the first, second, and third conditions
enumerated above, and by so doing take advantage of the
tension-regulating action of the counter faller. The yarn
unwound during backing-off is taken up by the counter-
faller wire, and as winding proceeds a certain tension is
maintained b}^ means of the weighting arrangement already
described. It is easy to see that if through any cause the
tension is lessened or increased, the wire Avill yield, and we
can also understand that one of the chief causes of any
variation in the tension of the yarn will be irregularity in
the winding. On this effect the action of a governor
motion is generally based. For instance, suppose the first
layer has been put on the spindle correctly, the next layer
will naturally require a slower speed of spindle,, and to do
ir THE MODERN MULE 191
this the luit must be moved u}) the quadrant screw.
Instead of doing this in anticipation, most mules commence
to wind the next layer with the screw in the same position
as for the first layer. The almost immediate efi'ect is that
the larger diameter winds on too much yarn, and naturally
puts so much tension in the yarn that the faller wire is
pulled down. This, as will he shown subsequently, brings
about, through suitable mechanism, a change in the position
of the nut, which gives the required speed to the spindle.
In such an action as this we get the third condition
incorporated with the first two, and the yarn, as it is being
wound, is relied upon to do all the regulating required.
It will be noticed, however, that a serious evil is introduced
in the great increase of tension that is put into the yarn
at the commencement of winding, and this is especially
noticeable at the commencement of the cop and in low
and medium numbers ; the fact that it is a progressively
decreasing one, helps to neutralise it considerably, and
possibly on this account, together with the presence of
some personally adjustable feature of the motion, maintains
such a mode of action as a base of those arrangements
which are most successful.
A great difference of opinion exists in regard to the
time when the nut ought to be moved upwards. The
writer's opinion has been expressed above so far as the
principle of action is concerned, but actuating the governor
motion during the run-in has its advantages ; for instance,
carelessness is more easily and quickly corrected l)y this
system, and, moreover, insufficient governing during one
draw will be corrected during Avinding in the next. Apart
from the features common to both methods, it may fairly
be taken for granted that the more uniform tension and
preparedness for the next draw in the regulation during
192 COTTON SPINNING chap.
the outward run will equalise the practical advantages of
the regulation during the inward run. In either case the
class of cotton and quality of yarn must decide the
question from a practical point of view, but it cannot
be too strongly impressed upon the reader that the best
resixlts can only be attained by keeping as closely as
possible to the conditions laid down for a perfect motion,
and for the best quality and finer yarns it is almost
necessary that the last condition should be folloAved.
The following examples of " band " governing motions
may be taken as typical of the kind which find most
favour. They are termed " band " motions because a band
is used to give motion to the quadrant screw. On the
lower end of the quadrant screw is fixed a bevel wheel,
which gears into another bevel cast or fixed on a band
pulley, which rides loose on the quadrant shaft A, Fig.
98. An endless band is passed round this pulley and
guided over a series of guide pulleys B, C, D, E, and F.
Three of the guide pulleys, B, C, and E, are carried on fixed
studs, but the other two, D and F, are carried on studs
fixed to the carriage, so that as the carriage moves the
pulleys travel backwards and forwards. The only effect
this disposition of the pulleys has is to set up a certain
amount of friction in the band, but since D and F are
free to revolve on their studs, the friction is relieved by
their motion, and the band remains unaltered in position.
In order to produce some effect of the pulley on A, it will
be necessary to grip or hold the band in some way, so that
the movement of the carriage Avill draw it along. A
variety of methods are adopted for doing this, several of
which will be shown. Referring to Fig. 98, it will be
seen that a lever or arm is fixed on each faller rod ; one
end of a chain is connected to the arm K on the copping
11 THE MODERN MULE 193
faller rod T, aiul after passing round a pulley II is attached
to au adjusting screw carried by the arm L. The pulley
VOL. Ill O
194 COTTON SPINNING chap.
H is supported by the end of a lever X centred on the
carriage at J, and a projection on this lever is arranged so
that it can be lowered into the path of a revolving toothed
disc G fixed on the guide pulley F.
As the yarn is being wound on the cop bottom it jDasses
over the faller wires L and M. As the wire L guides the
yarn on the spindle, it of course moves, and naturally the
arm K does the same, but this has very little eftect on the
chain, the lever being arranged in position so that it is
passing along the upper part of the circle it describes ; H,
therefore, is affected very little by this movement of the
faller wire. In the case of the counter-faller wire M it is
different ; the position of M depends upon the tension of
the yarn as regulated by the faller weights. Therefore,
directly a larger diameter of the cop or other circumstances
cause the spindles to wind on too quickly, the tension is in-
creased and the faller wire is pulled down, say, to N. The
lowering of the wire ]\I to N gives a similar movement to
the arm L, and this immediately causes the end of the lever
X to drop, and the projection falling into the path of the
disc G prevents the rotation of the pulley F ; this sets up
sufficient friction in the rope to hold it so that the carriage
takes the band forward and produces a movement in the
pulley A in the opposite direction to that shown by the
arrows. The revolution of A will continue to move the
nut up the screw so long as the pulley F is held by the
lever X ; but since the nut in its higher position on the
screw will revolve the spindles more slowly, the tension
will be quickly relieved and the wire M will rise to its
normal position and lift the lever X out of contact with
the disc G and so permit F to revolve freely. This action
takes place just as often as the yarn becomes sufficiently
tisht to draw down the wire M low enough to let the
II THE MODERN MULE 195
projection fall upon G. This occurs very frequently
during the early part of the cop bottom, but at much
longer intervals towards the finish.
It sometimes happens that the nut has not been moved
high enough for a certain layer, and in such a case we
should find that the tension at the commencement of the
following run-in would cause the lever X to at once fall
into contact with the disc G, and so complete the raising
of the nut.
According to the quality of cotton or yarn, it is
absolutely necessary to arrange for some means of ad-
justment either for modifying or increasing its sensitive-
ness ; a regulating screw is therefore provided on L, which
enables this to be done, and it is also used to lift the lever
X out of position, so that, after the cop bottom is finished,
any incidental irregularity of the yarn Avill not give a
higher permanent position to the quadrant nut ; this action
must be left to the judgment of the minder.
No arrangement is made for any reduction in the
tension of the jarn, because such a condition is scarcely
possible, and indeed evei'ything is done to prevent any
lowering of the nut, a catch wheel being generally
provided on the top of the screw box. The too easy
movement of the screw is also prevented by means of a
strong friction brake either on the top or on the pulley on
the shaft A. Carelessness in allowing these brakes to
become inoperative has frequently led to bad work and
breakdown of ends.
The illustration. Fig. 98, also shows an arrangement for
winding back the winding chain during the run-out of the
carriage. A band is fastened to one end of the winding
drum, and its other end is attached to a Aveight AV after
passing over the guide pulleys Q and E, carried by an
196 COTTON SPINNING chap.
upright rod. As the carriage makes its inward run the
weight W is lifted up to near the top of the rod, so that
during the outward run it falls, and in so doing turns the
drum and winds on the chain.
Fig. 99 presents us with another arrangement of band
governing motions. It differs from the previous motion
only in the method of holding the band in order to give
motion to the quadrant screw. On the faller rods M and
L are fixed the levers K and J, and to these are attached
an endless chain which passes over a solid loose bowl H
carried by one end of a lever centred on a stud at G. The
other end T of the lever is so arranged that Avhen the
tension of the yarn pulls the faller wire down, say, from P
to Q, the weighted end will press T against a projection F
on a bracket bolted to the front of the "square." The
governor band passes through slots Avhich keep it always
in front of the projection F, so that when the chain
permits H to fall, the band is forced against F, and the
pressure is sufficient to hold it fast while the carriage
carries it forward in the direction of the arrows, to give
motion to the screw. As in Fig. 98, the action of the
lever K on the copping faller gradually lifts H a little
higlier, and when the cop bottom is finished it will have
been raised high enough to prevent it coming into action
again unless an unusual amount of tension depresses the
faller wire. Fig. 100 gives sufficient of a side view to
enable the motion to be readily understood.
Tlie front and side elevation of an interesting motion
are given in Figs. 101 and 102, and although it now
belongs to a numerous class of movements which have been
found wanting, it has features which give it importance
from a mechanical point of view.
On reference to the drawings, there is a small pinion B
II THE MODERN MULE 197
cast to the back of the usual bevel C. A rack A is
arranged to gear into B, and the interesting feature of the
1 98 COTTON SPINNING chap, ii
motion lies in the method adopted for regulating the
number of teeth in the rack A to gear with B for each
layer. It will be noticed that the rack A rests ujDon a
sliding plate D by means of inclined projections, and that
D rests upon a slide Q, one end of which is fastened to a
rod E, while the other end slides upon a fixed box-like
bracket which is firmly fastened to the headstock or floor.
The rod E is supported by this bracket and floor fixings as
shown. On it is also fastened a swivel catch R, which cau
be acted upon by a drop pendant N connected by chains
to the usual connections K and L on the faller rods.
Variations of tension in the yarn during the outward run
will cause N to drop ; in doing so it comes against the
catch E, and carries the rod E forward, and naturally also
the slide Q with its small slide D and the rack A. As Q
is pulled along a projection on the end of the slide, D
comes into contact with a jji'ojection on the box bracket,
and its further movement is stopped, but the rack continues
its forward movement with Q. Previous to this the
inclined projections on the under side of A have been in
corresponding slots in the slide D, so that when D stops
moving A is compelled, by means of its inclined projections,
to slide up and occupy the position shown in the drawing ;
it will thus be seen that the rack A has been out of gear
with the small wheel B during the inward run, and more-
over the increased tension in the yarn has simply raised
the rack up in such a position ready for the carriage,
during the outward run, to push the slide Q, and cause A
to gear with B, and so turn the screw.
It will easily be seen that the full length of A would be
employed each time the motion worked, unless an arrange-
ment was made for regulating the number of teeth to be
used to suit the size of the cop bottom. This is done by
199
200 COTTON SPINNING chap, li
means of a screw F, on which is threaded a stojD-washer H.
On the slide D is swivelled a catch I which comes against
H when the carriage pushes Q forward, and thus stops D
from further movement. However, A continues with Q to
move forward, and directly its projections come to the
slots in D it falls down out of gear with D and finishes its
forward movement out of gear Avith B. A ratchet wheel
G on the end of the screw F is actuated by the end of the
rod E, and H is moved along the screw so that the rack
may, at the commencement of the cop bottom, use its full
length in driving B ; but as H moves forward, the stoj^ on
D, coming in contact with it sooner, causes A to drop out
of gear with B earlier, and thus reduces gradually the
number of teeth capable of driving the spur wheel. This
continues until, when the cop bottohi is complete, the rack
will fall down before any of its teeth can touch B. The
screw F is variable in its pitch in the proportion necessary
for the shape of the cop bottom, and the whole motion is
of a character to fulfil almost all the conditions required of
a successful motion. The great objection lies in the fact
that the slightest carelessness will result in a derangement
or even a breakdown of some part of the mechanism, and
it requires such a careful adjustment that it has at last
been discarded in favour of motions with less mechanical
difficulties in their application.
Our next example. Fig. 103, is very similar to the one
given in Fig. 100; its main jDoint of difference consists in
so arranging the faller connections that instead of a lever
being allowed to fall when the faller wire is pulled down,
it is drawn up and an extension of it made to bear
against the governor band. Reference to the drawings
will make this clear ; the faller levers D and C are both
jjlaced on the opposite side of the faller rods A and B to
20I
202 COTTON' SPINNING chap.
the previous example, so that their movements lift the
lever K instead of permitting it to drop. When the bowl
J is lifted, a projection P on the lever K is brought against
the governor band N, which passes through a recessed
portion of the bracket M; in this way the pressure is
sufficient to hold the band, and as it is connected to the
quadrant pulley in the same way as in Fig. 103, it naturally
gives motion to the screw.
In order to regulate the pressure put on the band at
]Sr, a spring G is connected to the leather band F and the
chain H ; any excessive movement of the faller Avire W,
therefore, simply stretches the spring G.
As the cop bottom enlarges, the sector C is lowered,
and this lowers the lever K further away from the band N,
until at last it is low enough to remain out of action during
the building of the body of the cop. For the same reason
it is sometimes found advisable to have the projection P
as near as possible to the band N when the cop is com-
mencing, and to effect this a bowl Q is arranged on the
sector C, which the leather band F passes over ; a sensitive
action is thus obtained for the first layers, but afterwards
such a degree of sensitiveness is not so necessary, and Q
therefore works clear of F. The usual adjusting screw E
is provided, and in addition slots at D and at Q enable a
high degree of exactness to be obtained in setting the
motion. In practice, this motion has been found to be
unusually successful.
Figs. 104 and 105 present us with another form of rack
governor motion which has been found particularly suitable
for fine spinning mules. To the usual faller connections
D and 0 is connected a chain F Avhich passes over a carrier
bowl carried by a small frame G, which in its turn is
hooked on to a drop pendant H ; this slides in a bracket
II THE MODERN MULE 203
J fixed to the carriage square, and at its lower end is a
swivel piece K. When the faller wire is pulled down, the
lever D is lowered, and the drop pendant H K falls into
contact with a rack L, and the movement of the carriage
takes the rack forward on its slide M in the direction of
the arrow. To L is connected a rod JST, whose other end
is screwed to a rack P, which gears with a small pinion R
mounted loose upon the shaft X (see Fig. 105). The
wheel R is arranged to drive the hevel S, and therefore
the quadrant screw through the catch-box W ; consequently
the forward movement of the rack P can be made to give
motion to the nut Z. The return or outward movement
of the carriage, by means of a finger bolted to the square,
pushes the rack P back without operating the screw. In
place of this, the catch-box may be arranged to be in-
operative when the rack P is moved by the inward run
of the carriage, and during the outward run to act upon
the quadrant. The rack L is made long enough to enable
the full length of the rack P to be used when such is
necessary, as in the earlier layers, and also to use small
portions when the cop bottom is getting finished or when
the tension is only slightly altered.
Sufficient examples of governor motions have now been
given to show how near to self-acting the winding operation
has been brought. At the same time the observant reader
will have noticed the disadvantages associated with the
various automatic arrangements des(rribed, and to any one
with a practical knowledge of the subject, such disadvantages
are almost considered inherent, and in most cases prove a
source of difficulty wlien a motion is first applied.
It has already been explained how necessary it Avas
to move the nut up the quadrant sci-ew at a gradually
diminished rate. When the action is performed by the
204 COTTON SPINNING chap.
minder lie finds it necessary to turn the screw several times
for the earlier layers and only occasionally for the last
layers. This calls into play a certain amount of care and
judgment, which can be modified by making the screw
with a varying pitch, as at B, Fig. 106. By this means
a single revolution of the screw will move the nut a good
distance upwards when the cop bottom is started, Avhile a
similar turn when the cop bottom is complete only moves
the nut a short distance. The example given at B is taken
from an actual screw as used by a well-known firm of
machinists. The rate at which the nut would travel up
the screw is shown in full lines in the diagram, and from
it we get a clear idea of the diminishing rate of its upward
movement. Such a screw as this has been in use almost
from the first introduction of the quadrant, and, probably
from practical motives, it has remained until the present
time ; in order, however, to prevent misconception, it is
as well to point out tliat tlie screw B only goes a little
way towards giving the nut its correct but varying move-
ment for a " uniform " turning of tlie screw, A quadrant
screw to do this ought to be made as shown at A, yielding
a curve as dotted on the diagram. This curve represents
the true movement of the nut up the quadrant, and its
variation from the curve of B is considerable. The vertical
lines may be taken as representing complete turns of the
screw, so that in the case of B ths first turn would lift
the nut from I to E, while for screw A the nut would be
lifted from I to F, more than twice the distance. A similar
difference, but in the opposite direction, is noticeable at
the upper end of the screw, B having a much quicker
movement than A for each turn. As a comparison, a
uniform screw is shown at C, having an equal number of
threads, as A and B. Its rate is naturally represented as
THE MODERN MULE
205
a straight line in the diagram, and Ave see Aery clearly its
difference from the A'ariable pitch.
In the application of a governor motion, some firms
have discarded the A^ariahle sorcAv, and rely upon the motion
giving to the nut its correct variable moA'ement; but Ave
see that although the tension of the yarn is likely to be
increased above the required amount early in the iuAvard
run Avhen the cop bottom starts, and late in the run-in as
Pig. 103.
it finishes, it may easily happen that in the former case it
acts on the band or rack too late to move the nut high
enough, and in the latter case too early, and so giA^es the
nut too much movement ; A\'e therefore get the action
spread CA-er tAvo draAvs for the first case, and there is no
remed}', outside the minder, for the second case. A correc-
tion for this is found by some makers in still retaining the
variable screA\', and its difference from the correct form
may be looked on as a convenient compromise betAveen
the two extremes at A and C.
2o6 COTTON SPINNING chap, ii
Long-lever Mule. — The descriptions of the general
actions of the mule have so far been confined to the cam-
shaft principle of working the changes, but, as already
stated, this is not the only method. The "long-lever"
mule, as it is aptly termed, to distinguish it from the
" cam-shaft " mule, is one that receives a veiy extensive
application, and its range of Avork from the lowest to the
highest numbers gives to its mechanism an unusual and
important interest. Because the long-lever mule is made
by firms who have a very high reputation for machinery
adapted for good quality and high numbers, it is some-
times thought that it is only suitable for such purposes ;
this is a mistake, and it is desirable to emphasise the fact
that its working is equally satisfactory on the lowest counts.
A general outline description of the long lever and its
action will now be given, and reference will be made to
the drawing. Fig. 107. This sketch embodies the principal
features of the mechanism, but it must be looked on rather
as a key diagram than as an illustration of detail. An
attempt will be made, as when dealing with the cam shaft,
to describe and illustrate all features essential to a clear
understanding of various actions.
On reference to Fig. 107, the long lever A B is centred
on a stud C fixed in the framing of the headstock. By
giving movement to the ends of this lever we can bring
about changes in the working of the mule which permit
spinning, backing-ofF, winding, and drawing-up to be per-
formed. In spinning, the strap is on the fast pulley W,
and this both turns the spindles and takes the carriage
out. While this is going on the strap must be kept on W,
and the backing-ofF wheel V must be kept out of contact
with the leather cone on W. This latter effect is produced
by a stud E on the long lever coming against the lever,
207
2o8 COTTON SPINNING chap.
which puts V in and out of gear with W ; in the position
shown it is impossible for V to be moved. On the other
hand, the long lever must be locked in this position, so we
find that at the outer end of the long lever a stud D is
held by a catch G on a bell-cranked lever centred at H.
As the carriage comes out, the c[uadrant drum shaft S is
giving motion to a wheel R, upon Avhose face is a special
cam groove. A slide U, the lower end of Avhich carries
a heavy weight, is raised by the cam groove, and the end
A of the long lever is free so far as this weight is concerned,
but the upward movement of the slide U puts a spring
into tension, which is attached to a lever T, upon which
the long lever rests. There is, therefore, a force pulling
A upwards, which is resisted by the catch at Gr. When
the carriage arrives out, a bowl on the square comes into
contact with the incline J and releases the catch G, the
end A instantly moving upwards, and the other end B
falling. The stud E, coming opposite a recess on the
backing-ofF lever F, permits a spring to pull F forAvard and
so puts the wheel V into contact with W.
The backing-ofF action completed, a bowl on the square
is moved forward and lifts an incline L, carried by another
catch lever K centred on H. The projecting catch on K
has prevented the stud E falling further than the recess
in F, but now that K is released the stud E is forced
further downwards and in this movement takes the lever
F out of its way and consecpiently V out of contact
with W.
Matters remain in this condition during the drawing-up
or run-in, but as this nears completion the carriage comes
into contact with a finger 0 on a rod N, which is attached to
a lower portion M of the lever K L ; by moving O forward,
the catch at K is taken from under the stud D and the
n THE MODERN MULE 209
end of the long lever suddenly falls under the influence
of the weight and again assumes the position shown in the
draAving.
The other end of the lever is bolted to a piece Y, which
carries a stud acting upon a lever Z, whose fulcrum is at
7}. Special forms of incline slots in Z permit the stud on
Y to be inoperative until drawing-up commences ; the fall
of the weight, therefore, puts a catch box into gear by
means of the lever Z, and enables the drawing-up to be
effected. The movement of E in an upward direction
takes the catch box out of gear and leaves the back shaft
stopped during backing-off.
A detailed description and enlarged drawings of the
long-lever mule Avill now be given. The principal oj^era-
tions performed are spinning, backing-off, and drawing-up
and winding : all these actions are directly Avorked from
the long lever, and, as in the cam shaft, the cycle of
movements for producing them is termed the " changes " ;
discussing them in their order, we will take spinning for
first consideration.
Spinning.^On reference to the drawings, Figs. 108,
109, and 110, it may be pointed out that they represent the
position of the mechanism during the operation of spinning.
In Fig. 109 duplex driving is shown, and the strap is sup-
posed to be on the two fast pulleys. Under this condition
the backing-off cone wheel G^ is out of contact with the
backing-off cone on the pulley H\ so that the continuous
and independent driving by band of the drawing-up pulley
U^ has no effect on the rim shaft. The rim shaft being
driven, we have the motion transmitted through the rim
pulley to the spindles. At the same time the rim shaft
drives the front roller (see Fig. IG), and the front roller
drives the back shaft through the wheels T, 0, E, P, and
VOL. Ill P
2IO COTTON SPINNIXG chap.
Q ; from the back shaft, motion is given to the carriage
during its outward run.
While these actions are going on, the scroll shaft T^ is
rendered inoperative by keeping the drawing-up cone
Fig. lOS.
clutch Q^ out of gear with the cone E^, so that although
the drawing-up pulley U^ is being driven, it has no effect
on the scroll shaft. The end of the long lever iu Fig. 109
has therefore three very important functions to perform
while spinning is taking place. First, it must keep the
n THE MODERN MULE 211
backing-off cone wheel G^ out of gear -with the cone on
H^ ; secondly, it must keep the drawing-up cone clutch Q^
out of gear ; and, thirdly, it must keep tlie clutch wheel
on the hack shaft (Fig. 16) in gear.
Fio. 109.
The first object is performed in the following manner : —
The backing-ofF lever D^ (see also Fig. 110) is pivoted on
a shaft E^ ; its upper end F^ is forked to fit into a grooved
boss on the backing-off wheel G^, while its lower end bears
212 COTTON SPINNING chap, i!
against a stud A^ carrierl by the long lever ; in this position
the lever D^ is locked, so that it is impossible for the wheel
G^ to go into contact with the pulley H\ The second
object is effected as follows : — A lever N^ is carried from
a stud at P\ and the lever is forked and fits a groove
on the upper part of the cone dish Q^. The other end of
the lever X^ is connected by a link at M^ to the lever I-^
centred on a stud K^ (see also Fig. 32, but the reference
letters are not the same). A stud B^ on the long lever
bears against a prepared part of the lever I^ as shown, and
so long as the stud occupies this position the two halves
of the cone clutch Q are prevented from going into contact,
and the dra wing-up pulley U ^ cannot drive the scroll bevel
T^. The third effect is produced by a stud on the end of
the long lever at C working in a. groove on one extremity
of a lever, the other extremity of which is forked and fits
the groove on the clutch wheel on the back shaft, as shown
in Fig. 16.
The corresponding position of the outer end of the long
lever during spinning is shown in Fig. 108. It occupies
its lowest point, and in this position it is held by a stud
M, coming under the catch of the L lever centred at P ;
the long lever is therefore locked during the whole of the
outward run of the carriage. As already explained, this
movement of the carriage gives rotation to the shaft A for
the purpose of working the quadrant. Its motion is taken
advantage of to drive by means of a pinion the lifting
wheel ; a stud C is carried round by this wheel, and in
the course of its revolution it comes against the underside
of a projection D on the drop weight lever K, and so
raises it. A projection on K at E carries one end of a
spring F, the other end of which is connected to a projec-
tion G of a specially-formed lever H, whose centre is at J.
213
214 COTTON SPINNING chap.
The upper surface of H bears against tlie long lever, and
the tension put into the spring F, as a consequence of
E D K being lifted by the stud C, tends to force the
long lever upwards ; so long, however, as the stud M is
held by the L lever the tension in the spring has no
effect.
Backing-ofF. — ^The carriage at last reaches its outer-
most position ; at this moment a stud Y, on the end of
a lever centred on the square, comes against the inclined
tappet R on the L lever and lifts it up, thus freeing the
stud M from its catch. Directly this occurs, the tension
in tlie spring F instantly forces the long lever upwards,
but it can only ascend a short distance, because, although
L has been moved out of the Avay, the lever T has not
been touched, so that the projection on T acts as a stop
to the further upward movement of M (see Fig. 110). By
referring now to Fig. 109, we shall see what effect this
movement of the long lever has upon the levers D^ and I\
We already thoroughly understand that when the carriage
has completed its outward run, the spinning process is over,
and so the spindles must first be stopped and then immedi-
ately reversed for backing-off. The ascent of M in Fig.
108 means the descent of A^ in Fig. 109, and it Avill occupy
the position of the middle dotted circle, or as shown at
2 in Fig. 110. A strong spring in tension (not shown in
the sketch) immediately pulls the lever D'^ forward, a recess
cut in the face of the lever permitting this to be done.
This at once puts the wheel G^ in gear with the fast pulley
H^, and as the straps have been moved on to the loose
pulleys, the drawing-up pulley U^ is enabled to drive the
rim shaft through the pinion which gears into G^ (this is
shown clearly in Fig. 57). The direction in which it is
driven is also in the opposite direction to that in Avhich
U THE MODERN MULE 215
the straps drive when they are on the fast pulleys; the
spindles are therefore reversed.
It Mill be noticed that the drawing-np cone Q must
still be kept out of gear dixring this backing-otf action ;
for this purpose the lever I^ is so arranged that on the
descent of the stud B^ it simph' comes on to a lower
portion of the straight surface of I^ and produces no effect
on the lever itself.
The act of reversing the rotation of the rim shaft eff"ects,
through special mechanism which will be described subse-
quently, a movement in the fallers, and one effect of this
movement is to lift ujj the end of the lever which carries
the bowl Y in Fig. 108. The lifting of Y brings it against
the tappet carried by the T catch lever, and of course this
moves T on one side, freeing the stud M, so that the tension
in the spring F forces the long lever still further upwards,
and as it moves upward it passes from the lower side
of the projection'on T to the upper side, where it rests
(Fig. 110).
Drawing'-up. — Tliis second change of the long lever
causes the end in Fig. 109 to fall to its lowest point (see
also 3 in Fig. 110). Its effect on the lever D^ is to force it
backward as the stud A^ moves out of the recess, and this
necessarily takes the cone wheel G^ out of contact with H^,
and so stops the spindles. At the same time, the stud B^
falls clear to the lever I\ and a strong spring J immediately
pulls the lever forward ; this action, through the link and
the forked lever X\ forces the cone dish Q^ into gear with
the cone clutch, and so permits the drawing-up pulley U^
to drive the scroll shaft and cause the inward run of the
carriage.
A locking arrangement is provided for the carriage on
completing its outward run, in the form of a holding-out
2i6 COTTON SPINNING chap.
catch W. A stop O on the square comes against an
incline "\V, lifts it, and passes under, so that the incline
falls back and locks the carriage in position ; this latch
must be lifted before the inward run can take place. Con-
nected to the incline is a link, the slotted upper end of
which fits a pin X on the long lever. This pin X moves
clear in the slot of the link during the change from spinning
to backing-ofF, but when backing-ofF is complete and the
long lever makes its second upward movement, the pin X
comes against the top of the slot and lifts the link, which
raises the catch W out of the way of the stop O, and sets
the carriage free to make its inward run.
During the run-in the straps are on the loose pulleys ;
winding is taking place, and the long lever is locked in
position by the T latch lever (as shown in Fig. 110); the
stud M occupies its highest position, and the studs A^ and
B^ occupy their lowest positions ; the stud C on the lifting
wheel is clear of the projection D, and therefore the full
effect of the heavy weight on the drop lever K comes on
the end of the long lever. So long, however, as the stud
M is supported by the T lever, the weight is inoperative.
As the carriage completes its inward run, it comes
against the stop X\ fixed on a rod which is connected to
an extension of the T latch lever at Q. The forward
movement given to the rod pulls the lever T on one side
and permits the full effect of the weight to come on the
long lever and to pull it down in one movement to its
lowest position. The studs A^ and B^ in Fig. 109 move
up to their highest points, and in doing so assume the
positions shown in the drawings ready for spinning. The
upward movement of the stud B^ is not allowed to move
the lever I^ on one side ; this is effected by a stud on the
carriage (see Fig. 32), which comes against the lower end
THE MODERiY MULE
217
of the lever and lifts the clr;iwiiig-up cone clutch completely
out of gear.
The drawings have been made as complete as possiljle
to enahle the descriptions to be clearly understood, but
with this object in view several details have been ke})t out,
such as the backing-off motion, the chain-tightening motion,
Fig. 112.
Fi.;. 111.
the strap-fork arrangement, etc. These, however, will l)e
full}' dealt with.
Chang-ing Strap from Fast to Loose Pulley.
Strap-relieving Motion. Hastening- Motion. — There
are several methods of changing the strap from the loose to
the fast pulleys, and vice versa. One of these is illustrated
in Figs. Ill and 112. The duplex system of driving is
shown. As the carriage moves out, the strap is on the
2i8 COTTON SPINNING cha?.
fast pulley ; as it arrives within a few inches of the
finish of the stretch, a stud W (Fig. 112) on the carriage
comes into contact with a pendant lever T, centred on the
framing ; this lever is moved forward, and A, a projection
thereon, presses against a stop-washer fastened on the rod
Q and moves the rod also forward. Attached to the rod
at the outer end is a spring S, whose other end is fixed to
the framing; the other end of the rod Q (Fig. Ill) passes
through a slot in the lower part of a lever P, which is
fastened on the strajD-fork shaft K. The forward move-
ment of the rod causes Q simply to move freely in the slot
of P ; but a spring R, attached to the rod and to the lever
P, is put into tension ; and with this tension existing in
the spring R there is a strong force tending to move P
forward and put the strap from the fast to the loose pulley.
This action would of course directly occur under some
circumstances, but frequently an arrangement is provided
whereby spinning continues until the necessary amount of
twist has been put in the yarn. Until this occurs the
strap-fork is locked by means of the twist latch lever H,
which is attached to the strap-fork at J and a projection at
M fitting over a portion of the framing at L, where it is
locked. This lever is set free in the following manner : —
A screw is formed on the end of the rim shaft A, into
which gears a worm wheel called the "twist wheel" B.
Through the gearing C, D, and E a short shaft is driven,
whose end carries a tumbler F. This tumbler, though free
on the shaft of E, is, through a pin, capable of being carried
roimd. As it revolves, it comes against a projection G
fastened on the upper part of the twist latch lever, and
lifts it until the projection M rises clear of the catch L ;
directly this happens, the tension in the spring R pulls the
strap-fork over, and changes the strap from the fast to the
n THE MODERN MULE '2.jti
loose pulley. Backing-oflf then takes place, and afterwards
the carriage is drawn in by the drawing-up band.
AVhen the lever H is freed from the catch L on one side,
the spring E, pulls the strap-fork over, and with it the
twist latch lever, so that this lever passes over the top of L,
falls down on the other side, and again becomes locked ; the
strap-fork therefore cannot be moved from the loose to the
fast pulleys until H is again set free. Now it will be
noticed that the tension put into the spring S by the
carriage moving T forward is not affected when the spring
E. acts on the strap-fork; Q makes no movement at the
moment the strap changes ; P is simply pulled over, and
now abuts against the nut on rod Q, the tension in the
spring S remaining. Although this tension has a tendency
to move the strap back to the fast pulley, it cannot do so,
because it causes the twist latch lever to press against the
projection L on the side opposite to the position it occujDied
when the carriage was going out. The illustration, Fig.
Ill shows the position during the run-in of the carriage.
On the faller rods a small bracket is loosely fitted,
carrj'ing a screw O on which is fitted a tumbler N. The
use of the screw 0 enables the position of N to be carefully
regidated according to the circumstances of the case, and
moreover N is so arranged that it can easily be turned
over so as to avoid coming into contact with H. In the
position shown, the carriage is moving in, and naturally N
will come into contact Avith H and lift it ; tliis frees the
twist latch lever from L, and permits the tension in 8 to
pull the rod Q backwards ; the nut on Q being against P,
forces P backwards, and so removes the strap from the
loose to the fast pulley. By making N so that it can be
moved on one side, the mule is enabled to be stopped when
it completes its inward run, because it prevents the strop
220 COTTON SPINNING chap.
from being put on to the fast pulley so long as the twist
lever H is locked on the catch; by turning N over, the
lever H is untouched when the carriage gets in, and as the
strap is not changed the mule stops.
Adjustment is provided in every possible direction in
order to obtain perfect harmony in the working of the
several actions; while the inclined under-surface of the
lever T permits a gradual movement of the strap from fast
to loose pulley to be effected.
The special arrangement shown in Fig. 112 is generally
called a " strap-relieving motion," and the arrangement on
the fallers at N may be designated a " hastening motion."
Backing-off Chain and Faller Sector.- — The effect
of the backing-off action on the copping faller has already
been thoroughly explained ; it is therefore only necessary
to describe and illustrate the method adopted for this
purpose in the mule under discussion.
"When the backing-off cone wheel is put into contact with
the fast pulley (while the strap is still on the loose pulley)
the rim shaft is driven in the opposite direction by the
small pinion on the drawing- up shaft (Fig. 57). This
reverses the direction of the revolution of the tin roller
and of the spindles. A chain M, Fig. 113, is attached to
a snail or small scroll on the tin-drum shaft, and passes on
to a pulley K carried by a slide l)ar J. The pullej- K may
be either single or compound, according to the movement
required ; in this case a compound one is shown, to one of
which pair of pulleys another chain is attached, its other
end being hooked on to the faller sector fixed on the
counter faller A.
Through this faller sector on A, the movement of the
faller ware, as it lays the yarn on the spindle, is regulated.
(For a full description of this, see p. 93 t^ sai.) When
II THE MODERN MULE 221
the carriage has almost finished the run-in, the lower
projecting end G of the faller leg C comes against a floor
bracket H, and the slight further movement of the carriage
forces the faller leg at D from the position it occupies on
the slide E, as the winding proceeds. Directly D is free
from E it falls down into the position shown in the draw-
FiG. 113.
ing, the descent being made sometimes more certain by a
spring (not shown in the drawing) attached to C and the
carriage end. As C is forced on one side by G coming
into contact with H, it pushes forward a slide bar J, by
virtue of a projecting stud on J being in contact with C.
The forward movement of J puts tension into the spring
attached to J at T and to a fixed bracket at S. This state
222 COTTON SPINNING chap.
of things, with the positions shown in Fig. 317, continues
during the whole of the outward run. While backing-off,
the reversal of the tin drum jduIIs down the faller sector
through the chain M, and this also tends to pull back-
wards the slide bar J because the pulleys at K are carried
by it. The pulling down of the sector raises the faller leg,
and at last it is lifted sufficiently high to allow the ledge
at D to slip over the projection at E. The tension in the
spring and the pull of the chain M cause the faller leg to
shoot instantly over E, whereupon the faller becomes locked
and ready to be actuated from the shaper through the
bowl F. As the slide bar J shoots backwards, a stud Q
thereon comes against an inclined part R of a lever centred
on a bracket at P. Its other end carries a bowl IST, so
that, directly backing-off is completed by the locking of
the fallers, the almost simultaneous raising of the bowl
N forces upwards the latch lever T, which releases the
long lever and brings about the change for drawing-up (see
Fig. 108).
Backing-off Chain -tightening Motion. — The ar-
rangement for tightening the backing-off chain is also shown
in Fig. 113. A lever Y, centred at V, has a chain X attached
to one end W. The other end of the chain is fixed to
a small pulley on the tin-roller shaft, mounted in such
a way that any pull on the chain X will give a movement
to the snail round which the chain M is wound. A little
tightening movement of the chain M is required at first,
so the lever Y is arranged to just come into contact with
the incline Z, carried by the shaper rod.
A^or;?.— The incline Z is really at the outer end of the head-
stock ; it is j)laced in the position shown in the drawing simply
for clearness.
a THE MODERN MULE 223
As the cop builds, the necessity arises for having the
backing-oft" chain ]\I tight, so that since Z moves forward
with the shaper, Y is brought into contact with the incline
earlier each draw, and in this way a little more of the
chain M is wound on the scroll previous to backing-off, so
that at last w^e get a practically tight chain, which is
capable of acting immediatel)'' on the faller sector.
Backing-off Motion. — There are one or two very im-
portant variations of the mechanism shown in Fig. 108, the
improvements primarily consisting of methods intended to
quicken the backing-off action and render it more certain.
One of these A^ariations is shown in the accompanying
drawing. Fig. 114.
The carriage is moving outwards ; the straps are on the
fast pulleys; the backing- off and the drawing-up cone
frictions are out of gear. As the carriage is completing its
run-out, a stud or bowl at M, carried by a lever centred at
N, comes in contact Avith a bracket L on a long rectangular
backing-off rod ; the rod is moved forward, and as a
consequence the studs B and C carried by it are moved, so
that B comes under the end of the lever E, and C is moved
out of contact Avith the backing-off lever D ; a spring K
attached to the rod and to D is also put into tension. The
force exerted by the spring K cannot, however, pull the
backing-off cone clutch into gear (Avhich is its intention),
because a projecting arm J on the strap-fork has a stop h
Avhich prevents the lever D from moving.
The result of the stud B coming under the end of the
lever E is to prevent the drawing-up cone clutch from
going into gear until such time as is necessary. Both cone
clutches are therefore locked during the time the stud M
is moving forAvard the bracket L and its rod. It Avill also
be noticed that the long lever, by means of its stud J, is
224 COTTON SPINNING chap,
keeping the lever H from permitting the drawing-up clutch
to go into gear. Wliile the stud ^I is still moving L
forward, a stud on the carriage comes against the incline
on the T lever, and lifts it ; this at once releases the long
lever from the catch V on the T lever, and sets the lever
H free from the stud J, so that now the spring g, which is
in tension, exerts its full pressure to pull the lever E
downward ; as long, however, as the stud B is under the
end of E, the cone clutch remains out of gear. After a
short interval (depending on the number of twists put in
at the end of the stretch when the carriage is stopped) the
twist latch lever is released (as already described), and the
strap-fork is moved on to the loose pulley, and its projecting
arm J being raised, sets free the backing-ofF lever D, and
permits the spring K to pull D forward and so put the
cone friction into gear. The actual backing-ofF action now
commences; the reversal of the tin drum Avinds on the
chain, pulls down the faller sector, and lifts the faller leg.
The chain passes over a pulley S carried by the lever
centred at X, so that its pull tends to draw the faller leg
forward through the connecting link P. A spring E, in
tension, also tends to pull forward the lever X M and
consequently the faller leg. The gradual rising of the
faller leg, as the chain is wound on the tin drum, at last
brings the recess U opposite the slide Q, which rests on
the shaper. Immediately this occurs the combined pull of
the spring R and the chain causes the faller leg to shoot
forward over Q, and the lever X JNI is drawn backwards.
Four actions simultaneously occur in consequence of this
movement of the lever X Vi. First : ]\I is taken out of
contact with L, which permits the spring K to pull the
backing-olf rod backwards. Second : a lever 0, working
on the same centre X as the lever X M, is lifted, and^
VOL. Ill
226 CGTTQN SPINNING chap.
coming into contact with the incline /*, lifts it, and so frees
the carriage which has been locked by the recess at Z
fitting over the projection e. Tliird : the baching-off cone
clutch is taken out of gear by the stud C coming against D
and moving it backwards. Fourth : the faller leg, through
being pulled over the slide Q, puts the copping faller in
direct connection with the shaper.
The first action, in moving the stud B out of contact
with the end E of the lever F E, at once permits the spring
g to pidl it downward, and so puts the drawing-uj) cone
clutch into gear, Avhich action causes the carriage to be
drawn in. At the same time the stud C, coming against
D at the moment M releases L, moves D backwards and
takes the backing-ofF cone clutch out of gear.
The carriage now makes its inward run ; the stud on the
carriage comes against II and lifts the drawing-up cone clutch
out of gear, and so stops the carriage. At the same time
the finger d is moved for^vard, and this releases, through the
rod c, the long lever from the catch at W. This brings the
stud J into the position shown in the drawing, and prevents
the cone clutch from falling into gear again ; it also puts
the catch box on the back shaft into gear, and so permits
the front rollers to bring the carriage out. Simultaneously
the incline on the faller rod releases the twist latch lever,
and so changes the straps from the loose to the fast pulleys.
When these actions are all finished their respective mechan-
isms occupy the positions shown in the illustration. Fig. 114.
Fine Spinning" Details. — A number of important
details of the self-actor are only used when the machine is
employed in spinning fine numbers. This discrimination
between fine and coarse counts of yarn arises from causes
that are not entirely obvious ; indeed, as we shall see, the
Note. — See Appendix for farther details of Fine Si^inuiug Mules.
n THE MODERN JlfULE 227
reasons generally advanced for the use of some of the addi-
tional movements are as api)licable to the spinning of very
good coarse nnmhers as they are to fine numbers. To give
an illustration of this we may point to the fact that several
motions that were formerly only found on fine spinning
mules are now to be seen on almost any mule from which
good work is produced. INIoreover, high numbers are
produced in a far less degree than formerly, and the skill
that used to be displayed on counts such as ISO's to 300's
is now turned to account in producing lower numbers of a
superior qi;ality ; an<l where lOO's was necessary to give
double 50's, we now find 50's by itself equalling the
pre\'ious practice. It is no uncommon thing to see mules
equipi^ed for spinning high counts used for much lower
numbers. The following may be taken as suggesting the
difference of treatment between fine and coarse numbers : —
Fine numbers are spun from longer and better cotton
than coarse niimbers. Long cottons are weaker than short
cottons. More draft can be used when spinning fine
numbers than in coarse numbers, because of the length of
fibres. Fine numbers are twisted more than low numbers ;
and fine numbers, owing to the delicate fibres, are strained
through this extra twist, so that some means must be found
to relieve them ; while for a similar reason the operation
of spinning must be performed very slowly compared with
the speed for low numbers.
Double-Speed Driving'. — Some of the actions already
described operate so prom])tly that the suddenness of action
so produced tends to stiain the yai-n. To overcome this
difficulty, a more gradual stopping and starting is ado[)ted,
and, moreover, friction is reduced to the smallest possible
degree. Some of the arrangements of mechanism for
dealing with the points mentioned above Avill now be given.
22S COTTON SPINNING chap,
and tlie first example will illustrate what is generally
termed " double-speed " driving.
We have seen that the counter shaft controls the whole
mechanism of the mule. It is at this point that a change
is usually made if it is desired to alter the relative speeds
of the various actions that are performed. Now in fine
spinning it is absolutely necessary to perform the spinning
process very slowly, but there is no necessity to work
slowly while the other actions are in operation ; a form of
driving is therefore adopted which is alternately slow and
fast. Fig. 115 shows the usual method adopted. On the
counter shaft, instead of a pair of pulleys, fast and loose,
driven from the line shaft, there are arranged two sets of
pulleys as at A and B, each set consisting of three pulleys,
two loose and one fast.
When spinning is taking place and the carriage is
travelling outwards the counter shaft is driven from the
line shaft through the fast middle pidley at B ; at tlie same
time the other strap from the line shaft is running on the
middle loose pulley at A. This driving continues until
the carriage gets out, and, as backing-off can be performed
quickly without danger to tlie yarn, a quicker speed is
obtained by moving the stra[) forks P so that the straps
are moved to the right from the fast to the loose joulley at
B, and from the loose to the fast pulley at A. The set of
pulleys at A being smaller than at B, we get by this means
a quicker speed for the backing-ofF, and this extra speed is
maintained during the run-in of the carriage.
Fig. 115 fully illustrates the arrangement for moving
the strap. A bar N, upon Avhich the strap-forks P are
movmted, abuts against a lever V. It is connected
directly by levers M, A and B to the upright rod L and
through the lever at K to the setting-on rod J. The bar
THE MODERN MULE
229
N is also connected indirectly by an arrangement of lever
and wheels to the back shaft, from which some of its
movement is controlled. A lever E, centred on the back
shaft, rests upon a cam Q, which is driven by a train of
wheels at a certain fixed speed. The revolution of this
J
UOEQEy
U--4i^---^,r;:
R 1 («lJ ;
cam lifts the lever li, and with it an upright rod S to
which it is attached ; the rod S carries at its upper end a
bowl T, which comes against one arm of the bell-cranked
lever, whose other arm U bears against the lever Y. The
lifting of the lever li takes U out of contact Avith V, ^.nd
puts tension in the spring "W, which tends to pull the strap-
forks from the douljlc-specd fast pulley at A and put the
230 COTTON SPINNING chap.
single-speed strap on the fast pulley at B. This cannot be
done, however, until the carriage arrives fully in, when the
setting-on rod J is unlocked, which releases the rod N and
permits the spring W to pull the strap-forks P forward
and allows the single-speed fast pulley to be driven. As
the carriage moves out, the cam Q allows the rods S to fall
and leaves the weight X pressing U against V and tending
to force N back again. This j^ressure is exerted during the
run-out, but the strap-forks are not moved until the car-
riage, coming against Z, frees the setting-on rod and permits
the strap-forks to be pushed back by the weight X.
When it is necessary to stop the mule completely the
straps from the line shaft can readily be moved on the end
loose pulleys of each set at A and B. The drawing-up
pulley E is driven from the jjulley 0 on the counter shaft,
and through 0 the mule receives the change of sjjeed.
The pulley at H, driven from G on the counter shaft, is a
special Avinding motion, another example of which will now
be given. When dealing with another maker's type of
mule further on in the book, a second example is illustrated
of double -speed driving obtained directly from the rim
shaft. See Fig. 135.
Winding Motion. — In spinning very fine counts, the
change of the fallers when the carriage gets in, and wind-
ing, as performed by the cpiadrant, is completed, results in
a momentary freeing of a certain length of j'arn while the
faller wires move into their new position. The fineness of
the yarn and the twists it contains at once tend to form
snarls and even cut yarn. Therefore a method is adopted
to take i;p this length of yarn by giving the spindles a few
extra turns, independently of the quadrant, just as the
carriage is finishing the run-in and the fallers are about
to chanire.
THE MODERN MULE
231
Fig. IIG re2)rcsents an arrangement for performing
this operation. The carriage is coming in, winding by the
quadrant is in progress, and the strap is on the loose
pulley C. On the rim shaft are placed two narrow pulleys,
fast and loose, as at A and B. A strap from the counter
shaft is on the loose piilley B, so that the rim shaft is
Fig. 116
stationary. On the carriage is fixed a stud and bowl J,
which, as the carriage nears the finish of the inward run,
comes into contact with an incline K carried by a lever L
fulcrumed at M. The stud J lifts K upwards, and in doing
BO sets free a projection N on the upright lever T, which L
has previously held locked in the position shown in the
drawing. Immediately T is free, a strong spring S attached
232 COTTON SPINNING chap.
to it pulls it over, and by means of a Ijar link P, connected
to the upper part of T, the movement takes the strap-fork
Q, which is attached to P, from the loose pulley B to the
fast pulley A. Directly this happens the rim shaft begins
to revolve, and consequently the spindles — which has the
effect of taking up the yarn so that no snarls can be formed.
At the same time a pin R on the link P is set so that it
just comes into contact with the strap-fork H. The change
of the main driving strap from C to D now takes place for
the outward run and spinning, and as the strap-fork H
changes, it moves back the link P by means of the stud R
This changes the Avinding strap from A to the loose pulley
B. For regulating purposes K can be adjusted so that the
extra winding can be made to commence up to 8 inches
before the carriage gets in, and in addition the adjusting
screw 0 enables the amount of strap that is considered
necessary for driving A to be very delicately regulated.
See also Fig. 117.
Drawing-up by Belt. — For fine spinning, as already
explained, the drawing-up cone clutch is dispensed Avith,
and, in its place, drawing-up is performed by a strap, the
" change " taking place by moving the strap from a fast to
a loose pulley, as shown in the drawing, Fig. 33 ; see also
Fig. 117. The arrangement is frequently employed on
mules spinning counts 120's to 300's, and its object is to
avoid the sudden change resulting Avhen the cone clutch is
put suddenly into gear ; l)y the method shown a gradual
movement is obtained, and all shock or suddenness of
action is avoided.
Gain and Ratch. — In spinning fine numbers, it is a
frequent practice, in fact almost an unavoidable one, to
cause the carriage to run at a slightly quicker rate than
the surface speed of the front roller, which results in what
THE MODERN MULE
233
is termed "gain." Further, this gain is augmented Ly
sometimes stopping the rollers before the carriage has
completed its run-out, so that the yarn already delivered
is stretched still further, and, as it is popularly termed,
"ratched." The terms " <i;ain " and "ratch" have thus
234 COTTON SPINNING chap.
become almost standard expressions for these two opera-
tions, though the latter is frequently described as an " after-
stretch motion." The effect of the " after-stretch " is
naturall}^ to draw out the thick and thin places in the yarn
and make it more uniform in thickness.
Gain in the carriage is not confined to high numbers,
though for ordinary medium numbers of twist it is seldom
that gain is necessary. It is chiefly used for such numbers
when weft yarn is made, and then only to a slight extent.
For yarn containing an unusual number of t^\^sts the
opposite effect is often produced, and the carriage travels
slower than the surface speed of the front roller; the
extra yarn thus delivered is taken up by the extra twist
put into it, and in tliis way the yarn is relieved of the
strain to which it would otherwise be subject. Fig. 117
illustrates the gearing through Avhich the relative speeds of
the carriage and front roller can be altered. A change of
the wheel L, or if necessary the wheels L and K, will
regulate the speed of carriage and front roller in relation
to the speed of spindle, but it will not alter the relative
speeds of the carriage and roller ; this is brought about
by changing the pinion P through which the back shaft
is driven from the front roller. This wheel is often called
the "gain pinion," because of its function ; see also Fig. 118.
Jacking" Motion. — In Fig. 16 a sketch was given
showing how the front roller is driven from the rim shaft,
and the back shaft from the front roller. Fig. 57 also
showed a similar arrangement. In the drawing. Fig. 117,
another full gearing plan of the mule is giveii, which
exhibits the gearing employed on a fine spinning mule ; it
therefore differs in a few details from the one illustrated
in Fig. 57. The pulleys H are the extra winding pulleys,
whose function was described in connection with Fig. 116.
II THE MODERN MULE 235
On reference to Fig. 117 it will be noticed that the
wheel work, between the rim sliiift, the front roller, and the
back shaft, is difl'erent from that given in Fig. 16, inasmuch
as we find an extra pair of bevels M N driving the carrier
wheel 0. To explain the function of this arrangement, and
also to describe other features of the gearing, an illustration
Fig. 1:9.
is given in Fig. 118. As the rim shaft drives the front
roller through J, K, L, C, R and S, we have the yarn
delivered consistently^ with the requirements of twist, gain,
and ratch ; and tlie back shaft, driven through T, 0, E, P
and Q, drives the carriage out, in harmony M'ith these
factors. At the same time, by introducing the bevel wheels
]\I X, a connection is made between the rim shaft and the
back shaft which is quite independent of the front roller,
236 COTTON SPINNING chap.
This independence is obtained by attaching to the boss on
N a ratchet wheel A (see Fig. 119), which revolves within
the carrier wheel 0. When the carriage is going out, and
is being driven -from the front roller, all the wheels are
revolving in the direction shown in Fig. 119; and since 0
is receiving a greater speed from T than the ratchet wheel
A is receiving fi'om the bevels M N, a number of catches
or pawls B carried by 0 simply slip over the teeth of A,
and so the two wheels A and 0 revolve independently of
each other; and the bevels M N, so far as this part of
their work is concerned, are useless. When, however, the
front roller is stopped, by separating the clutch catch box
between T and S (Fig. 121 is almost self-explanatory of
how this is performed) the wheel 0 will receive no motion
from T ; but since M N continue to be driven from the
rim shaft, the teeth of A will engage with the clutches
carried by 0, and cause it to revolve and so drive the back
shaft. In this Avay we continue the movement of the
carriage when the rollers are stopped, and thus obtain
what has been previously described as the " after-stretch "
or "ratch." The wheels M, N and O are frequently
spoken of as being the "jacking motion." Before leaving
this feature it is as Avell to point out that this motion is
not a necessary adjunct to the gearing through which we
can drive the carriage at a quicker or slower rate than the
surface speed of the front roller, and thereb}' obtain a drag
or a gain.
Roller-turning Motion whilst Twisting- at the
Head. — Previous allusions have been made to what is
termed "twisting at the head." By this we understand
that, after the mule has completed its outward run, the
front rollers are stopped, but the spindles continue to
revolve and so put an extra number of twists into the
II THE MODERN MULE 237
yarn. These extra twists naturally put tension in the
yarn because their tendency is to shorten it; the strain
so occasioned would prove damaging by causing a good
many breakages ; to relieve the yarn, the rollers are there-
fore caused to deliver a very small amount of cotton at a
much reduced rate as compared with that at which they re-
volve when the carriage is moving. The effect is obtained in
the following manner : — When the carriage stops, the catch
box, Fig. 118, between T and S is naturally thrown out of
gear, so that although S is driven, it simply rides loose on
the shaft. On the side shaft, which carries M and E, is a
pinion U, which drives through V another side shaft, on
the other end of which is a worm W, from which the front
roller can be driven through the Avorm wheel X and the
pinions Y and Z. On the back of Y is a catch box, which
is inoperative Avhen the front roller runs at its ordinary
speed in the same way as A is in Fig. 119. But when the
front roller is stopped the catches in Y permit the wheel to
drive Z, and so Ave obtain from U a very sIoav movement
of the front roller to compensate for the small amount of
yarn taken up through the tAvisting action when the
carriage is out and extra tAvist is being put in. " Jacking-
delivery motion " is the name sometimes given to the
arrangement, but it is much better to call it a "roller-
turning motion Avhilst tAvisting at the head."
Roller-delivery Motion whilst Winding. ^ — Another
motion very often used, but upon the merits of Avhich
there is an amount of reasonable scepticism, is the one
called the "roller-delivery motion Avliilst Avinding." As
its name implies, its object is to turn the rollers Avhile the
carriage is coming in and Avinding is taking place. The
reason for this action is generally sought for in the fact
that an increased production is thereby obtained. This
238 COTTON SPINNING chap.
can readily be confirmed, for if tlie stretch is 64 inches
and three more inches are delivered when the carriage
comes in, tlie total length delivered each draw amounts
to 67 inches. A better reason, however, than this of
increased production can be deduced, namely, a strain-
relieving effect on the yarn. "We know that the yarn is
made to assume a line something like the letter Z Avhen
the winding is taking place; this naturally puts some
considei'able strain on the yarn, and, indeed, everything is
done to balance this strain as much as possible. Now it
will clearly be recognised that this bending of the yarn can
be safely done in a long length ; but as the length gets
shorter the strain will become greater, and to relieve it
the rollers are made to deliver a little extra, and, of
course, it comes in additionally as an advantage in the
production.
In this connection there remains an important point
which is the cause of a difference of opinion among spinners.
Twisting has been completed, and winding commences;
untwisted roving is now delivered, and a question arises
as to whether the extra three inches delivered is as well
twisted as the remaining 64 inches. There can be no
doubt that the twists already in the yarn Avill run up to a
considerable extent into the extra yarn, but it by no means
follows that the three inches will receive an amount equal
to any other three inches in the stretch. The probability
is that it does not, except in well-twisted yarns and fine
numbers — in both cases because of the combination of
natural and artificial elasticity of the fibres. This doubt
leaves room for the difference of opinion mentioned.
The gearing for giving the extra delivery is shown in
Fig. 118, Avherein i is a wheel on the back shaft, and from
it the front roller is driven through/. x\ ratchet wheel by
II THE MODERiY MULE 239
/ is keyed on the front roller, and when the carriage is
going OTit the wheel y runs in the opposite direction to the
front roller, and so the ratchet wheel is not afi'ected by the
pawl catches. When the front roller is stoj)i)ed, and the
carriage runs in, the back shaft drives/ and the catch or
catches which ) carries dip into the teeth of the ratchet
wheel and turn it, and, consequently, the front roller.
Another cause for the dissatisfaction as expressed by some
for this motion will be understood from the fact that the
extra matei'ial is delivered in a uniform manner from the
beginning to the end of the ]un-in. Tliis is not in accord-
ance with reason : there ought to be (on condition that
such a motion is practically necessary) an increasing de-
livery as the carriage approaches the beam ; or, in other
w^ords, the front roller should deliver a little more in a
given time towards the end of the run-in than Avhat it
delivers in the same time at the commencement. It is
motions of this kind that now and again make the governor
and nosing motions more difficult to work than they would
other^Wse be.
Backing -off Motion. — A further illustration of a
" backing-off " motion is given in Fig. 122. It represents
a well-known arrangement, and one that has been ex-
tensively applied to mules, especially to those of the " long-
lever " system. Its action is as folloAvs : — As the carriage
moves out, and is on the point of comjjleting the stretch, the
end of the slide bar or gun lever F (this feature has already
been fully described and illustrated, see Fig. 113) comes into
contact with an adjusting screw A, carried by a hanging
lever centred at B. To the lever at C is attached a link
E, which carries one end of a long rod D ; the other end
of D abuts against a stop G on the lower portion of the
backing-oflF lever whose fulcrum is at H. When the
240 COTTON SPINNING chap. Il
carriage moves the hanging lever forward, the rod D is
moved out of contact with the stop G, and at the same
time a spring M, connecting the rod and the backing-ofF
lever, is put into tension, and consequently pulls the lever
H forward ; this action has the effect of moving the end J
backwards, and so putting the backing-ofF cone wheel into
gear with the cone clutch on the fast pulley. " Backing-
off " now takes place, and when it is completed the faller
leg locks ; as this occurs the slide rod F shoots back and
releases the hanging lever B. A spring S, which has been
compressed by the previous forward movement of the rod,
is also now relieved from constraint, and at once forces the
rod D backwards, and, abutting as it does against the stop
G, it moves back the backing-ofF lever H, and takes the
backing-ofF clutch out of gear.
Fig. 123 shows a modification of the above arrangement.
Instead of a hanging lever, a bell-crank lever is used
fulcrumed at B ; a bowl A is carried \>j one arm, while the
other arm is connected to the rod D through the link E.
The slide bar F is extended, and is formed with an incline,
so that, as the carriage moves forward, it comes into contact
with the boAvl A, and depresses it, thus mo^ang forward
the rod D. "When "backing-ofF" is finished, the shooting
back of the slide bar F releases the bowl A, and, as before,
the backing-off" clutch is taken out of gear.
Roller Stand and Weighting. — The roller stand of
the mule, Fig. 124, is very similar in most respects to the
stand used on the fly frames. It consists of a principal
bearing Q, bolted to the roller beam and carrying the
front roller ; a projecting arm R supports a slide S, which
acts as the bearing for the middle and back rollers. These
two rollers being generally set a fixed distance from one
another, the slide S is made in one piece ; but of course it
VOL. Ill
242
COTTON SPINNING
IS necessary in many cases to make 8 in two parts, each
carrying one of the rollers B and C, in a way similar to
that shown in the fly-frame roller stand. The cap bar, for
keeping the top rollers in position, is pivoted at J so that
it can readily be moved over out of the way when the
Fig. 124.
•P?-^
Fig. 125
rollers require attention. The traverse rod carrying the
thread guides is shown at H, and is generally connected at
the outer end of the roller beam to some cam arrangement
that gives it a to-and-fro movement, and whose object is to
cause an equal wear of the leather of the top rollers. The
necessity for this traverse exists wherever leather-covered
rollers are used, and a large number of special motions
II THE MODERN MULE 243
have been introduced during the past few years for obtain-
ing the maximum amount of use of the leather covering.
The best motions are undoubtedly those depending upon a
uniform cam motion, arranged with a slightly accelerated
movement at the change in the traverse. Motions that
depend i;pon eccentrics or cranks, in Avhatsoever form, for
the traverse, are as a rule wrong in principle, and are
generally complicated and unnecessarily expensive.
The weighting of the rollers is an important matter.
Two methods — dead weights and lever Aveighting — or their
combination, may be adopted for obtaining the necessary
pressure on the rollers. In Fig. 124 is shown a method
frequently used in the mule. On the middle and back
rollers B and C rests a lever D ; a raised point on the
upper part of D supports one end of a lever E whose other
end rests upon the front roller A. To E is attached a wire
link K, which in turn is connected to another wire link L,
and this, passing through a hole in the roller beam, is
supported by means of a nut P by a lever M whose fulcrum
is at F ; the lever M carries at its other end a weight W,
the position of which can be varied for the purpose of
obtaining a range of different pressures on the rollers.
Fig. 125 will enable the effect of W to be thoroughly
understood, and an example will be given showing how to
calculate the pressure on each : — •
The weif^lit of W = 4 lb. The distance of CE = * in.
The distance of WF = 7i in. The „ (y& = \h ,,
The ,, PF= 3 ^^ The ,, EB = r „
The ,, AD= 3 „ The „ ED = li „
The „ AE = 2 ,,
The pull of the weight W at D will equal
Weight x"\VF 4 x Ti ,„ „
PF -- r-=^Q"^-
244 COTTON SPINNING chap, h
This 40 lb. will l)e distributed, part of it on A and the
remainder on the point E.
The pressure on A will equal
EDx40_l§x40 „■,
AE ~ 2 "~ '-
The pressure at E = -iO - 27J = 12^7 lb., or the pressure
at E will equal
AD x40 _ § X 40 11). _
AE ~ -2 '- -^-2. •
The pressure at B will equal
CExl2ilb. 1x1-24 lb.
= 4-166 lb.
CB U
The pressure at C will equal 12i- - 4-16 = 8-33 lb., or
the pressure at C will equal
BE X 124 lb. 1x124 lb.
CB ~ U
= 8-33 lb.
Direct Aveighting of the rollers is performed 1)}^ placing
a hook upon the roller and hanging a weight upon a link
attached thereto.
The driving of the rollers is illustrated in Fig. 126.
The front roller through A drives a large crown wheel D ;
on the axis of D is a wheel E, which drives the back roller.
The back roller through C and the carrier E drives the
middle roller wheel B. The necessary change (for draft)
in the speed of C is obtained by changing the wheel E.
Figs. 127, 128, 129, 130, 131 and 132 represent the
complete sets of rollers for Avorking Japanese, Chinese,
Indian, American, and Egyptian cottons. The particulars
attached to them indicate the usual practice in the diameters
and setting.^
Another Example of Long-Lever Mule." — The
machine now illustrated, where the changes are produced
^ Setting of rollers is further treated in the Appendix^
2 This type of mule is fully illustrated in the Appeadi?.
BLUBBER
INTERMEDIATe '
^ (•tf--'j i'^iri
eoveR
RIMQ FRAME
i -x-1^6--r
CHINESE COTTON.
Fig 12S.
245
246
COTTON SPINNING
through the medium of a long iever, will be familiar to most
of our readers, and its position in the production of the finer
qualities of counts entitles it to some consideration in these
notes. We therefore give a few details of its principal
actions and the mechanism emploj'ed in producing them.
INDIAN COnON
Figs. 133 and 134 illustrate the chief points of interest.
In the former diagram the backing-ofF cone wheel and
clutch are shown at Z. The bar or slide X is coupled up
to the grooved boss of the backing-ofF cone wheel through
a lever Y, so that any movement made by X will put the
wheel in or out of gear with the cone clutcli, which is
THE MODERN MULE
247
fast on the rim shaft. The method of doing this is as
follows : — A projection on the bar X carries a stud AV,
which locks itself into a notch cut in the under side of the
connecting rod J ; another projection on X carries one end
of a sj)ring 0, whose other end is fixed to a portion of the
AMERICAN COnON.
*■ 1;^
<!,-|/5->s |/5"^-"J>
Fig. 130.
framing of the machine. A cam G, driven in the direction
of the arrow from the rim shaft through the wheels A, B, C,
D, E and F, comes into contact with an inclined swing or
finger H, which hangs pendant from the stud on which the
compound carrier B and C revolves. The revolution of G
has the effect of pushing H forward, and in so doing the
SLUBBER. IRON FLATS.
^ ) = E6YPTIAII COnOH fe
ROUND CLEARER8
- r/s
= INTERMEDIATE.
.rtt<j!?";j^^\?^v^
ROUND CLEARERS.
12- > *
IRON FLATS. = ROVER. = ROUND CLEARERS.
CHAP. II
THE MODERN MULE
249
connecting rod S, AA-hich is fastened to the swing H, is also
moved forward, and consequently pulls the backing-ofF
slide X in the same direction, thereby putting the backing-
ofF cone wheel Z into gear with the cone clutch. Backing-off
at once takes place, and of course this is arranged, through
the gearing from the worm A on the rim shaft, to happen
just as the carriage has arrived at the termination of the
outward run, as shown in the diagram, Fig. 13.3. Immedi-
ately the backing-ofF is completed, the bar X is released in
SINGLE BOSS. =MULE. =
5 - * . -^1^ -,
RING FRAME
DOUBLE BOSS.
f.- IV -'r - lis- -1
= EGYPTIIIN COnOH. =
Fig. 132.
the following manner :• — A long lever centred at ]\I is
connected to the rod J by a link K ; its other end N carries
an arm Q, whose loAver end passes through the holding-out
catch V, which is fulcrumed at U. The position that can
be taken up by the holding-out catch is carefully adjusted
through the nuts at (^, so that, as the carriage comes out,
the snug at T, carried by the scpiare, passes over the end of
Vand becomes locked by the catch. Backing-off is finished
by the faller leg being locked ; and, as this happens, the
stud at S is oscillated and moves down the inclined finger
at 1\, which presses against a projecting arm P of the down
250
COTTON SPINNING
rod Q. This action at once forces the end X of the long
lever in a downward direction, and correspondingly raises
the end L, Avhich at once releases the rod J from the stud
W ; K being set free is now pulled backwards by the
spring 0, and the cone wheel is taken out of gear with the
clutch, thus permitting the mule to run in. The same
movement that lowers the long lever at N also presses
down the holding-out catch V, and thereby unlocks the
carriage.
Drawing"- up. — The arrangement for drawing-up is
illustrated in Fig. 134, The run-in of the carriage is
effected through the pulleys E, and T, fast and loose
n THE MODERN MULE 251
respectively, on the shaft U. Dining the run-out the strap
is on the loose pulley, as shown in the diagram. The same
movement of locking the faller leg acting through the stud
S, as in the first sketch, also moves the arm J upward, and
J comes into contact with a bracket H carried by a lever
F centred at G. The upward pressure of J lifts the lever
F, and through the link E releases a catch finger D, and
takes it out of contact with a stop-washer C on the rod
0 ; the weight W acting through L immediately pulls
the rod 0 backwards, and transfers the strap to the fast
pulley T. This action, it Avill be seen, takes place precisely
as the backing- off is finished, so that no sooner is the
rim shaft stopped than the strap on T commences to drive
the scroll shaft W, through the bevels P and Q, and so
draws up the carriage. Just as the carriage is arriving
against the stops, a bowl N on the square comes against
the lower end M of a lever fulcrumed at K, and presses it
backwards. As a consequence, the upper end of the lever
at L moves forward the rod B, and changes the strap again
to the loose pulley, thereby stopping the mule. At the
same time the strap is moved from the loose pulley on the
rim shaft to the fast pulley, and spinning immediately
commences. The rod B is locked in position during the
outward run, by the finger at D.
Double-Speed Driving. — A recent improvement added
to the mule is shown in Fig. 135, by which means a novel
and satisfactory method of obtaining a double-speed effect is
obtained. Briefly, it consists in the rim shaft being made
in two parts, C and C^. One rim shaft C carries a large
rim pulley B, whilst the other rim shaft Cj has a smaller rim
pulley A keyed to it. The driving takes place through two
fast pulleys D and F, the loose pulley being placed between
them. When the strap is on the fast pulley F, tlic usual or
252 COTTON SPINNING chap.
slower speed of spindle is obtained through the rim pulley
A ; but a change is effected, as the carriage gets out, by
11 THE MODERN MULE 253
moving the strap on to the fast pulley D, whereupon the
rim pulley B begins to drive the spindles at a greater
speed than that obtained from A. The latter of course
continues to revolve, but merely through its connection
by band with B, and its movement does not afliect the
spindles in the least.
An additional and highly important improvement is
effected in the arrangement by using two brake cone
clutches at the points J and 0 for backing-off. By their
means a double amount of friction is obtained for stopping
the rim shaft ready for backing-ofF. Naturally this opera-
tion is performed very rapidly and effectively, and some
time is saved in stopping and then reversing the spindles.
The illustration will serve the pur2)ose of the relative
positions of the details given in Figs. 133 and 134, the
character in these two sketches being simplj^ diagrammatic.
Snarls and Anti-snarling Motions. — AVe now touch
on a sul)ject Avhich is always more or less a A'ery trouble-
some feature in mules, and one that has been the occasion
of innumerable devices being put on the market as remedies
for '• snarls." During the complete cj'cle of operations on
the mule the yarn is sup})0sed to be always slightly in
tension ; slack yarn must be avoided, and this is one great
reason why governor, nosing, backing-off" chain-tightening,
etc., motions are employed, all having one object — that of
keeping the yarn at a regular tension. If the yarn is
permitted to become slack, it instantly doubles itself and
forms into small curls or twisted loops, technically called
'• snails " ; and motions to prevent snarls forming are
generally termed "anti-snarling motions." Two illustra-
tions will be given of such motions ; but first a few words
as to why they are specially necessary Avill not be out of
place.
254 COTTON SPINNING chap.
Directly the carriage is on the point of coming against
the stops, a change occurs, which moves the copping faller
Avire from the nose of the cop to a position just over the
spindle point ; at the same time the under-faller wire is
lowered to a position just under the spindle point ; and in
these positions of the faller wires the yarn passes between
them. The change of the faller wires to their new positions
takes place very quickly, and, as it happens, a certain
length of yarn is set free. The spindles are revolving
during the change, so that the slack yarn resulting from
the action just described is immediately wound on to the
bare part of the spindle above the nose of the cop.
The action of Avinding the yarn on the bare part of the
spindle blade is a very delicate one ; moreover, it is ever
varying ; for as the cop gets longer the amount of yarn to
be wound on becomes less, and very exact adjustments
have to be made to enable the result to be attained at all
satisfactorily. In spite of all that can be done in this
direction there remains an amount of slack yarn, which
runs into snarls and thus becomes deteriorated. Extra
motions are therefore applied, and to bring about the
desired result two methods are generally employed : either
the carriage starts out slightly in adA'ance of the rollers
turning, or the carriage and rollers start simultaneously ;
but a little extra speed is given to the carriage for a feAV
inches of the initial part of its outAA^ard run.
The first method is illustrated in Figs. 1.36, 137 and
138. The front roller A is driA-en in the usual manner
through the bevels D and C ; C rides loose on the shaft,
and so does the other half of the catch box B. When the
cam puts the catch box B and C into gear at the commence-
ment of the outward run, no movement of the front roller
Avill take place until the snugs L, cast on the catch box B,
n THE MODERN MULE 255
come against a disc K, which is fastened on the front
Fig. 137. Fio 13S.
Fig. 139.
roller. The carriage in the meantime is travelling ont,
and since the front roller is delayed in its starting, the slack
256 COTTON SPINNING chap.
yarn is made tight, and any snarls that may be in are
quickly taken out.
By referring to Fig. 138 it will easily be understood
how the movement of the front roller, relative to the
movement of the carriage, is regulated. When the cam
takes the catch box B C out of gear preparatory to the
running-in, B is free on the roller A; a leather band F
passes over a groove on B, and each end of the band carries
a weight ; H is the heavier Aveight, and conse(|uently it
pulls over the part B and takes the snugs L with it out of
contact with the disc K. The distance by which the snugs
L can be moved away from the fingers of the disc is
regulated by controlling the distance that H can fall, which
is done by adjusting the vertical movement of the small
weight at G ; a stop on J easily effects this, so that by
means of a wing nut the motion is entirely under the
control of the minder. This is almost a necessary provision
to make, for, from Avhat has previously been said, it is clear
that snarls will be larger and more frequent at the com-
mencement of the building of the cop than at the finish.
This arrangement permits the niinderto regulate the motion
to suit the varying conditions.
The second method is shown in Fig. 139. In this case
the carriage is given a slightly additional speed over that
of the front roller, and it is done in such an ingenious
manner that we shall devote a few words to it.
Instead of driving the back shaft J from the front roller
through the usual wheels B, E, F, G and H, the two
wheels B and E are put out of gear and the back shaft is
driven through the wheels B, C, D, E, F, G and H. The
wheels C and D are on movable centres, and connected
by links L, the last one L^ being bell-cranked, with its
centre on the stud-carrying wheel E and one end carrying
n THE MODERN MULE 257
a bowl M. Avhich fits in a cam-shaped groove on the back
of a wlieel K driven from a -wheel J on the back shaft.
The action of the motion is as follows : — When the front
roller commences to revolve, the back is driven by the
gearing already mentioned ; the Avheel J then drives the
wheel K, and turns the cam disc. This movement of the
cam lowers the bowl M, and naturally pulls over the two
upper wheels C and D. The direct effect of Avheels moving
over each other is to increase or decrease speed according
to the direction in which they move. By observing the
direction of the wheels C and D, it will be observed, first,
that they -will not effect any change in the speed of B,
because B is driven from the rim shaft direct. A slightly
increased movement is therefore given to the Avheel E,
which is transferred to the back shaft, and so we have the
speed of the carriage accelerated. When the bowl M falls on
to the circular portion of the groove no further movement
of D and C takes place, and the carriage continues the
remainder of its outward run at the usual speed. The
amount of the excess speed given to the carriage is easily
regulated b}' adjusting the cam so that a longer or shorter
portion of the cam surface can be used. On the inward
run of the carriage the revolution of the back shaft simply
revolves the Avheels, and the cam takes the wheels C and D
back to their original position, ready for the next run-out.
One advantage of this motion is that there is no loss in
production, because the roller is not stopped, as in the first
motion.
A feature of some interest to many people is illustrated
in Fig. 140. The question occurs — Do the spindles wind
on yarn equal to the length of the stretch ? The sketch
will settle the matter as far as actual measurements are
concerned. When the spindle is close to the beam, the
VOL. Ill S
258 COTTON SPINNING chap.
distances of the point A, horizontally and vertically, are
shown ; from these dimensions we can readily prove that
the length of the yarn A D is I'd inches. As the carriage
moves out, the angle of the yarn varies ; and on the assump-
tion that the spindle point travels 64 inches we shall get a
length of yarn, between the spindle point at B and the
front roller D, equal to 67 "52 inches for productive purposes :
therefore (and without taking into account the stretching
of the 3'arn that may occur during the rvm-in) we clearly
see that there is 62 "91 inches to be wound on the spindle
at each draw — which means that a stretch of 64 inches
gives us a length of yarn 1 ^-^^ inch less, equal to a loss
of about 1 "7 per cent. The investigation opens up several
interesting questions, but for the present purpose it is not
necessary to go any deeper into the subject.
A variety of conditions arise to cause snarls, but these
are usually remedied by attention to the following points :
(1) Too great a movement of the nut up the quadrant for
any given layer; when this occurs enough winding does
not take place and slack yarn is the result. (2) Bad roAangs,
whether through poor piecings or iri'egular sliver. (3)
Slack scroll bands. (4) Faulty nosing motions. (5) Insuffi-
cient weighting of the fallers. (6) Slipping of the winding
catch. (7) Irregularities in the "changes." And (8) mis-
calculation in the amount of the drag.
Tubes and Starch for Cop Bottoms.— In commen-
cing to build a cop bottom, we may either do it entirely on
the bare spindle ; or build it upon a short or long paper
tube ; or brush over the first two or three layers with starch.
All these methods are adopted according to the class of
work being done by the machine. The first one, however,
is not often met with, so we will confine our attention to a
few words on the use of tubes and starch. The object in
n THE MODERN MULE 259
using either of these methods is primarily to obtain a good
foundation for the cop bottom so that in future use the
cops can be passed on to a skewer without stabbing and
spoiling the cop. The avoidance of waste in other direc-
tions is an important factor, for it is desirable to use if
possible every inch of yarn Avound on the sj^indle. From
this point of view the use of a short tube pressed on the
spindle where the cop bottom is formed ensures that a good
opening is always left for a skewer to pass through, and
another advantage is apparent, for in such a case all the
yarn can be unwound without leaving waste. In some
districts spinning finer counts, tubes are almost exclusively
"used, but they have their disadvantages, among which
might be mentioned the following : extra labour is involved
in putting them on the spindles, and this means a slightly
increased cost for such labour ; the tubes are pressed to
their places, and sometimes in doffing they stick so fast
that 'the cops are pulled out and of course waste is made;
damaged tubes are a source of breakages whilst winding
and unwinding, on account of rough edges ; when ends
have been allowed to remain down for a few draws it is
not so convenient to push the cop up a little, so that the
cop is nicked and spoiled yarn made ; the few turns of
3'arn round the spindle, previous to putting on the tubes,
accumulates so much that it becomes a little troublesome to
occasionally clear the spindles. There are several appliances
that dispense Avith a good deal of the labour involved in
putting on the tubes ; these are filled Avith the tubes during
the Avorking of the mule, so that Avhen doffing is complete
they are ready to be at once turned over on to the spindles
without having to put on each tube separately.
Starching is performed by ap{)lying Avith a brush a little
starch to each spindle before starting to build the cop
26o COTTON SPINNING chap.
bottom ; when dry, it effectively prevents the hole closing
under ordinary working conditions. If done properly and
good starch is used very little waste is caused and very
little labour is entailed, as a rapid movement of the brush
(which is attached to a special box holding the starch which
runs on to the brush) along the spindles enables the whole
of the spindles to be starched in a minute or so. If a
minder,' in his desire to have a better cop bottom, starches
twice and also puts on a layer or two before doing it, he of
course sacrifices a little time and in addition causes more
waste to be made at the loom, but this gives a much better
cop and the fact induces the practice to continue. Bad
starch, carelessness in starching, and the starch running
down the spindle to the bolster bearing, are its great dis-
advantages, and a very frequent complaint results from the
soft cop bottoms made. Longer tubes are generally used
when a hard cop is desired and the yarn is spun rather soft.
Horse -Power required to drive the Self- Acting
Mule. — -It is now proposed to present, as briefly as
possible in description and diagram, a digest of present
knowledge as to the power required to drive the mule.
Nothing will be said about the methods adopted to obtain
the indications, beyond remarking that dynamometers of
various kinds have been used, and careful observations
taken of their results.
If one were to ask the question — What horse-power
will a mule take to drive it % he would probably be
answered, in a general way, that 110 to 120 spindles per
I.H.P. for low cottons, and 130 spindles for finer cottons,
are good averages. An ansAver of this kind is quite
sufficient for ordinary purposes ; and, as a rule, a result in
such general terms can readily be obtained through the
indications of the steam-engine. Like all general state-
ri THE MODERN MULE 261
ments of facts, however, there is a tendenc}^ to overlook
the circumstances and details which give to the statement
its importance, and in consequence false ideas interfere
with the true knowledge of the conditions that go to make
up the average. Owing to the complicated and varying
actions of the mule, it is by no means an easy matter
to obtain exact results. When a dynamometer is used
■without an automatic recording apparatus, a large number
of careful observations must be made so as to include as
man}' complete draws as practicable ; from the numbers
thus obtained, as well as the intervals of time of their
indications, a good average from each set of readings Avill
be procured, from which it is possible to arrive at a com-
paratively accurate result. This result can be represented
in a diagrammatic form similar to the indicator diagram
of a steam-engine, and therefrom, in a similar manner,
much of the inner working of the mule can be rendered
intelligible.
In watching the actions of the mule for the purpose of
indicating its power, three distinct actions stand out from
the others, namely : the outward run of the carriage,
during which the spindles run at their greatest speed Avhen
spinning ; the pause or rest at the finish of the stretch,
during which backing-ofF takes place ; and the run-in of
the carriage, during Avhich the spun yarn is wound on the
spindles. It Avill be apparent to any one who has watched
the mule working that all these actions require different
degrees of power to perform them. To a close observer
another marked feature connected with the power absorbed
will not be overlooked. When the carriage is at the roller
beam the machine is practically stopped, so that the
commencement of the run-out requires a very high power
to overcome the inertia of such a large, heavy, and
262 COTTON SPINNING chap.
stationary mass as the carriage, especially as it is driven
from the front roller, and to drive the spindles at the high
rate of sjDeed at which they run Avhen spinning. This
feature is properly included in the power absorbed during
the outward run ; but it is such a distinctive element in
the power-diagram of the mule that it might almost be
considered as quite separate from the power that really
effects the drawing-out and twisting processes.
Apart from the extreme care required in making the
observations of the readings of the dynamometer, equally
careful attention should be paid to the speed of the counter
shaft. It is upon this speed that the accuracy of the
results dejDcnd, and therefore means must be adopted to
denote the slightest variation of speed that takes place
during the time the indications are made. One of the
best ways of doing this is by means of the tachometer ;
when this speed indicator is applied to the counter shaft,
variations are instantly shown. A noticeable feature in
this connection will be observed when the carriage com-
mences its outward run. The counter shaft is running at
its full speed, with the driving belt on the loose pulley of
the machine ; immediately the belt is moved on to the fast
pulley the whole carriage has to move and the spindles are
driven at their full speed. It is almost impossible for this
to occur instantaneously — the shock would be too great ;
so, in consequence of all the actions concerned being driven
through belt or bands, we find, when this full power is
thrown on them, a large percentage of slipping occurs,
which allows the carriage and spindles to attain their
maximum speed gradually. By the use of the tachometer it
is easily seen that spindles do not attain their full speed
until from 12 to 36 inches away from the roller beam, and
in a few cases machines may be found in which the spindles
II THE MODERN MIJLE 263
only attain their maximum speed, just as the outward run is
finishing. This of course means that the power is consider-
ably reduced from what it would be if the speed remained
normal throughout. During the course of a large number
of power tests on the mule, the writer has found invariably
a large percentage of reduction of speed in the counter
shaft at the moment when the carriage begins to nioA'e
outward. In some mules this reduction is much greater
than in others, ranging from 10 per cent up to as high as
35 per cent. The reader will therefore see the importance
of observing very closely the variations in this important
factor of the indications.
In the accompanying drawing (Fig. 141) three power
diagrams of the mule are given. The one marked A is a
machine with a normal spindle speed of 9100 revolutions
per minute. The speed of counter shaft started at 410
and an interval of '2h seconds elapsed before it attained
its normal speed of 460 revolutions per minute. The
percentage of slippage is almost 11, which, in the opinion
of the writer, may be considered a very low one. The
fact that it is so low accounts for the very high power
indicated as the carriage started out ; and, although only a
short mule of G36 spindles, the initial power required to
move the machine was over 24"5 horse-power. All the
belts were newly spliced and the bands renewed for the
test, so that slipping was reduced to a minimum. Directly
motion was imparted to the carriage and spindles the
power rapid!}' fell, and the speed of the counter shaft rose
until, after an interval of 2i- seconds, normal conditions
svere attained. From this point onward, the power
required to drive the spindles and carriage remained
stationary until the outward run was completed and
backinsr-off commenced.
264 COTTON SPINNING chap, ii
The stoppage of the carriage and spindles naturally
results in an almost instantaneous fall in the power
absorbed, but there is sufficient movement going on in the
mule to prevent its falling to zero. One of these move-
ments is the action of backing-ofF, and as it occupies in
Diagram A about 2| seconds, the power required in this
interval is shown to be \\ H.P. This, it may be observed,
is a comparatively high power to be absorbed during
backing-ofF; it ought never to be above 1 I.H.P., even with
the largest machine. It was noticed that the backing-off
cone Avas extremely hot, and the cause of this may have
given rise to the extra power.
When backing-ofF is finished, the drawing-up commences.
At this point the moving of the carriage from a state of rest
seems to give no occasion for miich extra power — probably
on account of the band working on the small diameter of
the scroll, and so moving the carriage gradually in. The
power during this action has risen to almost 3 H.P., and,
naturally, after the carriage has passed its quickest speed
halfway in, the force exerted naturally falls until the back
stops are reached, when it is zero. The whole draw took
12 seconds to complete it.
The explanation of the other two diagrams, B and C, is
similar to the above, but it is interesting to observe the
difFerence in the power absorbed during the several actions.
In B we have a mule of 1000 spindles of 8000 revolutions
per minute. Its initial power is very low, in consequence
of a large percentage of slippage (and this, it may be
remarked, considerably reduces the average power of the
machine, and gives to it an apparent advantage which it
would not have if all its belts and bands were in perfect
order). Its normal power in driving the spindles for
twisting, bears comparison with diagram A, considering its
i ^ 5 6 7 S £
< COM'P'LE.TE. TDK AW ->;
I I
Fig. 141.
265
266 COTTON SPINNING chap,
lower speed of spindle and the greater numlDer of spindles.
As one might expect, B absorbs more power than A
during the drawing-up, and it is quite clear the backing-oflf
process is much better arranged and requires less power to
perform it. In Diagram C we have a machine a little over
one-half of B, and whose motions almost correspond in
respect to time. Its speed of spindle, however, is much
greater, namely : 11,100 revolutions per minute, and this
gives it a greater advantage when we compare their
average results : —
In A the average number of spindles per horse-power = 7l "5
111 B „ ,, .,, „ =847
In C „ ,, ,, „ =87*3
The above averages, it must be remembered, include the
driving of the counter shaft.
To show the difference between diagrams which are the
result of a large number of individual readings, and one
that is automatically recorded by the instrument itself, we
give in Fig. 142 a drawing adapted from one issued by J.
J, Rieter and Co., AVinterthur. Its chief characteristics
correspond very closely with those given in Fig. 141. The
erratic motion indicated from C to D is probably owing as
much to the dynamometer as to the mule ; and the same
may be said of the irregularity of the curve which indicates
the backing-off and the drawing-up actions. A peculiar
feature of the diagram is the line representing the backing-
ofF from E to F. The writer has on several occasions
observed a slight increase of power at the moment of
putting the backing-ofF cone into gear, but it was so
momentary and variable (in many cases it was entirely
absent) that in the previous diagrams it is ignored. It
represents the reversal of the spindles, and from this point
the curve will be a gradual one to F, when drawing-up
THE MODERN MULE
267
commences. Although the curve from E to F is automatic-
ally recorded, it does not follow that it is correct ; the
Fig. 1-12.
sudden changes which are brought about in the nuile and
the short intervals of time allowed for the actions do not
268 - COTTON SPINNING chap.
allow tlie indicator to fall suddenly to the real pressure
before another action comes into play and causes it to rise
again.
In all dynamometrical indicators some means must be
adopted to prevent the pointer from vibrating, on the same
or a similar principle as the dashpot of a steam-engine
governor. When the finger or pointer has been forced
suddenly upwards, only a slow descent can be made, which
depends on the character of the regulator used ; and if,
during the descent, another action comes into play, then we
lose the real diagram that ought to be produced. An
example of this is seen at E to F. The pressure falls
suddenly at D, when the carriage stops ; but before the
figure has time to fall to the pressure that this stoppage
represents, the backing-off takes place, and so the pointer
must fall the remainder during the time backing-off takes
place. The writer has experimented in this direction, and
can speak from experience to the extent that such a curve
as shown from E to F does not represent truly the actual
conditions of power at that point.
On reference to the diagram again, it will be noticed
that three seconds elapse before the normal speed of spindle
is obtained. This is accounted for either by the slowness
of the pointer in falling, or by the great power required to
bring the spindles up to their maximum speed. In either
case the average power is increased as a coftsequence,
though, even so, the number of spindles per horse-power,
namely 90"9, compares very favourably with any of those
given in the first diagram. On the whole this diagram
may be taken as representing very fairly good average
results of a mule.
As showing to what extent good results can be obtained
from a mule working under ordinary conditions, we
THE MODERN MULE
269
reproduce in Fig. 143 an adapted diagram taken from
one prepared by Sir Benjamin A. Dobson of Bolton ; its
3o:---i--i---;-
ZBi. _-! ' I.
1
-4..^.4_.i..-
- r---r--, — , ^— .--p- , - .-
ill:,!!!:!
i-ffi
1
: : i 1
--{-■:— f—i—v-:--|— !—-;--
\
r-^-|--i
\ \ '' \
L ' ■ '
: 1 1 : ! 1 ; i" !
' 1 ' 1
2!l|.- .i-.4..|._
ZO r- -\--J.--\-
K" rr ii
lJl6.-_,..r--4
0 ; ; : i
vf) 1 ; ■ 1
0,0;--;--;-;
1 1 '' r
9 L..,_.|....,
1 1 j 1600
— .-- r- -| — ( 1- ' -\ — (--j-j--
lK£v&ioF|>P|"N-raLEi&."J" '"'!'""!"
Av'^^HfTc^ EfHio-Pv^'E povv'et^T y
..4..L.4
1
iiB:
. 1 I 1 1 r--! i--r--r-
: 1 1 1 : 1 ; ■ ,
-|-rt-t-yit"t"T
MtH
■
^-r-!--
M-i
i \ : :
1 i _' ' i L 1 -l-.l
! ; ; \ ;
! 1 '^"1 -
1 M H
1 : 1 ! 1 ! i ;=!=^-.;.-4--L..;
6r--; --|-'"'.
S '..- -1. --;-.- 4
4 !- . -j- -I.-.;
i'r--'-.--\--'-
2\.:. ■ .:
1 i-AXjA. ;
-^. .^^'j
o I a. 3 4- A' £ 7 8 9 10 .11 la. ;ii h is i
: StOONTDS. — ;■ : ;
ii XWI&TINC-^ x*«CKIN^W|tTOIN£if
!< COryTPUE-T-E. TiT=(.AW- >,
Fig 143.
average horse-power comes out very little lower than the
normal power required to drive the sjjindles wliilc twistin^' :
270 COTTON SPINNING chap.
and the average for the number of spindles per horse-power,
namely 105, is considerably higher than those obtained
from the other diagrams illustrated.
Before just comparisons can be made on the power
required to drive various types of mules, several important
factors must be known : for instance, tlie diameter and
shape of wharve, length and diameter of spindle, speed
of .spindle, and also the gauge. All these factors help to
increase or decrease the power absorbed, according as they
are greater or less. One-eighth of an inch increase in the
diameter of wharve makes a considerable difference in the
power; and when the length of spindle is increased even
by only half an inch, the extra weight, revolved at 10,000
revolutions per minute, has some effect on the force required
to drive it.
It may be pointed out that in none of the diagrams
given does the number of spindles per horse-power ap-
proach those given in the earlier portion of these notes.
It is fortunate that large margins are usually allowed for
in the steam-engine, and that is why in large mills it is
seldom that more than two or three mules at a time are
working synchronically. In smaller mills, however, and
especially old ones, it sometimes happens that a number of
the mules get working in unison — to the considerable detri-
ment of an already overloaded engine. It is to be hoped
that as our knowledge extends of what power the mule
really requires to drive it, a reduction in the extreme
estimates at present in vogue will be made, so as to con-
form to the practical results of ordinary working conditions.
Calculations. — lu connection with the calculations of
the mule a remark made earlier in the book may be repeated,
Note. — See the author's book on Cotton Spinning Calculations for the
gearing plans of other makers' mules.
II THE MODERN MULE 271
namely — always get the speeds of quick running shafts,
such as counter shafts, rim shafts, and spindles, by means
of a speed indicator, which denotes the number of revolu-
tions "without necessitating the use of a watch. In this
way there is no possibility of mistakes happening in
expressing the actual revolutions per minute. Xo mill
ought to be without one or two of such indicators, and no
calculated speeds ought to be used when a speed indicator,
such as the tachometer, is applicable. In the absence of an
indicator, the following rules will be found serviceable : —
To Find the Speed of Bim Shaft per Mimite.
Revohitions of line shaft x drum on line shaft x drum on counter shaft
Pulley on counter shaft x pulley on rim shaft
250 revolutions X 30 in. X 24 in. ,.,„ -, ,. -. . , ^ ,
; : — = /50 revolutions or rim shaft.
15 in. X 16 in.
From this point Fig. 144 wiU enable us to follow out the
necessary calculations ; reference may also be made to other
sketches of gearing and driving which have appeared in
these pages on the self-acting mule.
c, 1 r • 11 Revolutions of rim shaft x D x ?i
Speed ot spindles =
=- — — = 10,800revolutionsof spindles.
T, , ^. /■ • 11 ^ c ■ Revolutions of spindle per min.
lievolutious 01 spindle to one 01 nni^.,:^ = — : -—J — r — — ' .—
Revolutions of rim shait per mm.
— ^ = 14 "4 calculated.
750
It will be observed that the speeds so far have been
"calculated," but it is almost unnecessary to point out that
the use of belts and bands for dri^nng occasion considerable
slip. This must be taken notice of in all calculations, and
for practical purposes 5 per cent is generally allowed. The
above calculated speeds must therefore be reduced by this
272
COTTON SPINNING
CHAP.
amount in order to obtain adncd speeds. The speed of
spindle, then, becomes 10,260 revohitions per minute.
Tlie Ratio of the Speeds of the rim and spindle is a very-
useful nixmber to find, as it serves for a constant in finding
the twist and twist wheel. The number so found as above.
II THE MODERN MULE 273
namely 14'4, simply means tliat the spindle revolves 14-4
times faster than tlie rim shaft.
Turns or Twist per Inch.
INDIAN AND AMERICAN COTTON
Mule Twist. Multiply the si^uare root of counts by 3 '75
Mule Weft. „ ,, ,, 3 '25
EGYPTIAN COTTON
Mule Twist. Multiply the sijuare root of counts by 3'606.
Mule Weft. ,, „ „ 3-183.
Tioist per Inch.
_, . . , Length of yarn delivered or put up per draw
'■ Revolutions of the spindle per draw
This is a well-nigh impossible rule to apply in actual
practice, so in its place it is sometimes modified, by assuming
the rollers to run for one minute, and finding how much
yarn would be delivered in that time. If the amount be
then divided into the spindle speed per minute the result
gives the twist per inch.
Sometimes the revolutions of the rim shaft per draw are
first found by dri'vdng the mule very slowly ; if this is then
multiplied by the turns of spindle for one of rim, and the
product divided by the length of stretch, Ave get the turns
per inch. For instance — •
Revols. of rim per draw X turns of spindle for one of rim rn • j^ ■ ^
S-rp -. -. — \ = i wist iier inch.
total travel 01 carnage
This cannot be relied upon for exact purposes, for there
will clearly be far less slipping in di'iving the mule slowly
than under ordinary speed conditions. If the twist wheel
is used on the mule it is comparatively easy to adopt it
as a basis for finding the twist per inch. For instance —
Turns of si)indle for one of rim X twist wheel B _, . . ,
-:si \ h-- — T e z i = Twists per inch.
IN umber 01 inches of yarn put up per draw ^
This is on the assumption that the tAvist wheel B moves
VOL. Ill T
274 COTTON SPINNING chap.
the strap on to the loose jDulley after one revolution. If it
revolves twice before changing the strap we should put the
rule thus —
Turns of spindle for one of rim X twice the twist wheel B m -^ • i,
s- — — = Twists per inch.
Number of inches or yarn put up per draw
14-4x2x50^^^.^^
65
Twut Wheel. — The foregoing rule also enables us to find
the twist wheel for any given counts. For — ■
Turns of spindle for one of rim _p
Number of inches put up per draw
Constant x twice the twist wheel = Twists per inch.
Or,
Constant x twists per inch = Twice the number of teeth in the twist wheel.
Example : —
14-4
^^= -221 Constant
65
■221 X 100 = 22-1 twists per inch,
or -221 X 22-1 = 100 (Twice the twist wheel).
The twist wheel would therefore have 50 teeth.
Bevolutions of Front Roller per draw —
Length of the stretch — the gain „ i i- e e ^ ^■<
T^. " iT? 1 — v^ ;rv7r^ = R«'^'olntions of front roller.
Diameter ot front roller x 3-1416
If there is nogain in the mule, then this factor mustbe left out.
Or,
Revolutions of rim shaft per draw X J X L X R ^ ,< e ^ ^^
TV — 5 p rrr-n .-, , ,.,,. =lvevs. of front roller.
Kx S X diameter ot l.K. x 3-1416
Revolutions of Front Roller per minute —
Revolutions of rim shaft x J x L x R
K X U X S
Back Change Wheel
= Revolutions of front roller.
Twice the twist wheel x the rim spur_ . . „
~ Revolutions of front roller per draw
2xBx J _ . p
" Revolutions of front roller per draw
II THE MODERN MULE 275
The Drafts in the rollers of the mule are Avorked out
practically in the same way as in the previous machines,
the arrangement of the gearing Ijeing the same. A is the
draft wheel.
Draft = — — r (The front and back rollers are ec^ual in diameter.)
mxlx diameter of front roller
Constant for draft =
Draft =
Draft Avlieel =
Draft wheel =
Total draft in mule =
k X diameter of back roller
Constant
Draft wheel
Constant
Draft
Hank roving x diameter of front roller xlxvi
Counts wanted x diameter of back roller x k
in xlx the stretch + roller motion
A X ^- x length delivered by the rollers
If the correct draft is known when spinning certain counts
and it is Avashed to change to another count, using the same
hank roving, it becomes a case of simple proportion of
inverse order, for if count 40's has a change wheel of 26
teeth, then 50's will require not a larger Avheel but a smaller
one, so that the Rule is : —
Diaft wheel x present counts -tn ^ , , . ,
; — T : = Draft wheel required.
required counts '■
Under conditions of changing both the counts spun and
also the hank roving the
y. . r. .1 , Required haukrovingxpresentcountsxpresentdraft wheel
Present hank roving x required counts
When changing the twist Avheel for a change in the
counts, it is as well to use a foundation rule occasionally,
such as the one already given ; but for convenience, when
once a correct twist wheel has been used, the practice is
276 COTTON SPINNING chap.
frequentl}^ adopted of using this as a standard from which
to obtain the one required ■wlien the counts are changed.
It is based on the fact that the twists per inch vary as the
square root of the counts. From this we say that, if the
square root of 60's counts requires an 80 twist wheel, the
square root of 40's counts will require a jiroportionately
less wheel.
Example : — 60's cou.nts are being spun, and the twist wheel
has 80 teeth. "What wheel is required for 40's counts?
The square root of 60 = 7 "745.
The „ ,, 40 = 6-324.
If 7 "745 requires a wheel of 80 teeth,
Then 1 ,, ,, SO
And 6-324
7-745
t „
'
SOx
7-<
6-324
■45
80 X
6-324
= 65
teeth.
7-
745
Readers will perhaps be unfamiliar with this rule, but it is
based strictly upon reason. The following Huh is the one
generally used : —
rp • , .. T _ /Twist wheel "^ x required counts
■> Present counts
The slightest acquaintance with ecpiations will enable any
one to prove that this rule is derived entirely from the first
one. For the sake of a few Avho desire to know whj' such
a form of rule is adopted, the explanation is given, as
follows : —
If N 60 requires a wheel of 80 teeth,
Then siT „ ,, ^
v'eo
And \^40 „ ,, 80 X s/iO
.81^=65 teeth.
veo
THE MODERN MULE 277
Froof. — First square the expression, so-
/SOx \'40'
This eijuals
Then take the square root of this result, which maj' be
expressed so —
/80^ X 40
\^ 60
This gives us the familiar form of the rule ; for 80 is the
present twist wheel, 40 is the required number of the
counts, and 60 is the number of the present count.
It is sometimes necessarj' to change the front and back
roller wheels as well as the change wheels. If the reader
is acquainted with simple equations there is no necessity to
learn off a number of rules applicable to each case. From
one rule he would obtain any change required.
Example : — Using the drawing for the letters on the
wheels,
m X I
Draft = -7 r •
A X A;
,„ ., 7
Front roller wheel ^• =
Back roller Avheel m -
Top carrier wheel l-
A X draft
A X Z; X draft
A X i- X draft
Chancfe wheel A = , = — '^r- •
° kx draft
It is thus seen that, by using a simple form of rule, expressed
as a formula, any one of the factors can be deduced, pro-
vided we know all the others.
CHAPTER III
THE EING SPIXXIXG FEAME
General Description, — The ring frame, so far as its
general mechanism is concerned, is probably one of the
simplest and most easily understood machines in a cotton
mill ; and 3^et around the problem associated with its central
action we find a peculiarly divided state of opinion, founded
— as all opinions on ring spinning must be founded^ — on a
mixture of theory and practice. The subject has a special
interest of its own ; partly because of the great and in-
creasing rivalry of the ring frame with the mule, and partly
because of the unsolved or only partly solved proljlems
connected with its twisting action and its effect ixpon the
yarn.
Before inquiring into the cause of this imusual interest,
we shall first give a general description of the machine
itself. The ring frame in its charactei'istics is practically
the same machine as the flyer throstle, and in describing
one we practically describe the mechanical arrangements of
the other : the difference exists in the spindles and in the
method of putting the twist into the yarn. In the flyer
throstle the spindle is a plain rod of steel, surmounted by
a flyer ; this is driven from a tin roller, and its I'cvolutions
determine the amount of twist put into the yarn, exactly
278
CHAP. Ill THE RING SPINNING FRAME 279
as in the fly frame. The differential speed between the
bobbin and the flyer, for winding purposes, is obtained by
letting the bobbin run loose on the spindle, and allowing
the twisted yarn to drag it round. If the spindle runs
say 7000 revolutions per minute, and yarn connects the
flyer leg with the bobbin, the bobbin is dragged round at
the same speed as the spindle ; but the rollers deliver
roving, and this when twisted decreases the tension between
the flyer and bobbin, and the bobl)in hangs back a little in
its speed, and consequentlj^ has the deliA^ered yarn Avound on
to it. Over-running is prevented by carefully grading the
drag, which is obtained by resting the bobbins on some
rough surface, such as flannel washers. Yarn made in this
way is considered to be of a very superior qualit}-, but the
system has now been practically discarded for the ring
frame, so that it is unnecessary to enter into any detail as
to its working.
Fig. 145 illustrates our general remarks on the ring
frame ; half the machine is shown in section and the other
half in elevation. It is a double-sided machine, i.e. each
side contains a long line of spindles, suitably spaced, and
carried by strong rails, as at H. The spindles are driven
by bands from tin rollers T and T — (in some cases only
one tin roller is used) — the band passing from the wharve
G over the top of the nearest tin roller T , and on round
the farther tin roller T. The entire driving of the machine
takes place through one of the tin roller shafts, and in the
illustration given, X is the shaft chosen for the purpose ;
the other tin roller T^ is frequently driven entirely by the
spindle bands, which, passing from T over its upper surface
and on to the wharves G, drive it simply by the friction
of their contact in going forward. On the driving shaft X
is fixed a wheel J, which by a system of gearing ultimately
2So
COTTON SPINNING
drives the front roller through the wheel P. A compound
carrier wheel L M is introduced into the gearing, arid at
this point any change of speed required in the front roller
can readily be effected by replacing M with a larger or
smaller wheel. The bobbins A from the last fly frames are
placed in the creel, and the roving is passed over wire or
wooden rods B, on to the rollers. Three lines of rollers
Ill THE RING SPINNING FRAME 281
are generally employed, and, as in all the previous machines,
a draft is introduced for drawing out the slivers. From
the front rollers the roving is passed through a guide Avire,
which is placed directly over the centre of the spindle, and
on through a small piece of steel, bent in the form of the
letter C, called a "traveller," which clips loosely a specially
formed steel ring, fixed on a movable plate called the
"ring-plate." The spindle and bobbin pass through the
centre of this ring, and thus after the yarn is threaded
through the above-mentioned steel traveller it is wound
round the bobbin. The revolution of the spindle, which
is run at a very high speed, in its attempt to wind on the
yarn, pulls the traveller round with it, and relieves what
would otherwise be a tension in the yarn ; at the same time
each revolution made by the traveller jmts a twist in the
yarn, and as the bobbin can only wind on the amount of
yarn delivered by the rollers, it follows that the traveller
is made to revolve almost as quickly as the spindle, so
that we get a most effective twisting operation performed.
This is merely a general statement of the action ; it will
be treated fully in subsequent pages. In order to build
up a cop on the bobbin or spindle, the ring-plate is made
movable, so that by a special lifting motion it is raised
and lowered in a manner suitable for the formation of the
cop.
Driving'. — Treating in detail the various features of the
machine, we shall first briefly mention the driving. Sup-
posing A in Fig. 146 to be the driving pulley of the ring
frame, it is possible to drive A in three different ways,
namely — direct driving ; gallows guide-pulley driving ; or
driving by half-twisted belt. The last two systems are the
ones most generally adopted, and the line shaft is in each
case at riijht anules to the driving shaft of the machine.
282 COTTON SPINNING chap.
With gallows or guide pulley the line shaft may be some
distance away, so that the gallows pulleys simply serve to
guide the strap on to the machine below.
As already shown, the tin drum on the driving shaft A
drives the spindles on the side of the machine marked E.
The bands, in passing from the top of the tin drum on
A to the spindle, clear the top of the tin drum on B,
but the same band from the lower side of A must pass over
the top of the tin drum on B, so that it will be seen that
the tin drum acts as guide pulleys to the spindle bands.
Friction is set up by the large number of bands in a frame
to such a degree that whenever two tin drums are used
one of them receives no other motion than that obtained
through this friction of the bands. Very effective driving
is obtained in this way, but a little thought on the matter
will lead to several conclusions to the disadvantage of the
system. In the first place, the spindle bands, whose object
is to drive the spindles, are called upon to also drive the
tin drum at a speed of, say, 700 revolutions per minute ;
the extra strain thrown on them of course soon destroys
them, and rej^lacing is a frequent necessity. This is a
tangible fault, and requires consideration from an economical
point of view. Secondly, we may readily assume that,
since the tin drum on B is driven merely by the friction
of a number of bands, the spindles on the F side of the
machine will exhibit a larger percentage of loss by slippage
than the spindles at E. From a practical point of view
this objection may be dismissed, for even when, through
some local cause, a diflPerence is found, it is so slight that
it may without disadvantage be ignored.
The disadvantages mentioned weigh with some people ;
consequently machine makers are called upon to adopt
means to overcome them. In the accompanying sketch,
THE RING SPINNING FRAME
283
Tig. l-iG, a general idea of one Avay of doing so may be
obtained. On each tin roller shaft is placed a band pulley
A and B. In some accessible jxxrt of the framing is fixed
Fig. 140.
Fig. 14S.
Fic. 147.
Fig. 149.
a guide pulley C, carried by a bracket G, arranged so that
adjustment can easily be made through the screw H Avhen-
ever the band becomes slack. A guide pulley is also
provided at D, with the object of ensuring a good grip of
the band on the j)ulleys A and 1>. The band is threaded
284 COTTON SPINNING chap.
over tlie pulleys as shown in the sketch, and we can readily
understand that B, by such means, can be driven from A
with less probability of slippage than by the spindle bands
alone. Its practical advantage is apparent in the greater
lasting power of the bands, and an economy is at once
effected in this direction ; but in regard to the speed of the
spindles at F a merely fractional improvement is recorded.
In one way the application of the band pulleys is a most
decided disadvantage, and this in a direction that is very
palpable if the trouble be taken to test it. A number of
dynamometrical tests in ring frames shows an unmistak-
able increase in the power required to drive the machine
when fitted with the apparatus, from 10 to 20 per cent
being no uncommon addition to the usual power. It need
scarcely be pointed out that this loss outweighs the economy
of spindle bands, and as a consequence many spinners
refuse to use such a doubtful improvement.
Roller Stands and Weighting. — Passing from the
driving, we shall give some little attention to the roller
stands and weighting. Figs. 1-47 and 148 illustrate the
general arrangement of both features. It will be noticed
that the arrangement of the rollers follows on the same lines
as that of the fly frames and of the mules. One important
difference exists, however, as seen in the tilting or inclination
of the rollers as a body. The reason for this is a simple one,
which can readily be understood ; the yarn as it comes from
the front roller passes to the thread guide at such an angle
that it must pass over a portion of the surface of the front
roller before it is clear ; also the yarn is in contact with the
thread guide (as at A, Fig. 148) all the time it is passing
forward to the bobbin. Two points of contact are therefore
tending to stop the twists put into the yarn by the traveller
from getting up to the nip of the front rollers. Since in the
Ill THE RING SPINNING FRAME 285
ring frame "sve have not tlie agitated movement of jarn
during the spinning operation, as in the mule, this inter-
ference with the twist would cause a very weak spot to
develop at the nip of the rollers, and a great souice of
breakage would result. The diflficulty is overcome by
inclining the rollers at such an angle that the yarn is in
contact as little as possible with the bottom front roller, so
that the twists get right up to the nip of the rollers. The
four sketches in Fig. 149 will explain the action very
clearly. In each case A B re2:)resent the front rollers, C is
the grip, and C D a length of yarn delivered from the
rollers. If C D be passed out as a flat ribbon, and twisted,
say one turn, it would (as in 1 and 2, Fig. ] 49) become
twisted right up to the nip of the rollers, as at C. In the
ring frame the yarn passes forward in an inclined direction
(Fig. 149), so that it is in contact with the roller B until
the point C^^ is passed. Let us notice the eflfect of this by
taking an extreme case (as in 4, Fig. 149), where the yarn
goes forward at right angles. In such a case it is in contact
with the front roller from C to E, and the twists would
tend to stop short at the point E in the manner shown.
To obviate this objection the three lines of rollers are
bodily inclined (as in Figs. 147 and 148), and the effect of
this is to move the top front roller from A to A (as in 3,
Fig. 149), so that the nip of the rollers moves from C to C ,
and thus eliminates the objectionable contact surface of the
roller B. The angle of the rollers varies from 15^^ to 35°,
according to the cotton being used, but about 25'^ will be
found most general and serviceable.
Referring again to Figs. 147 and 148, two systems of
weighting Avill be found employed— one on the lever system
and the other by means of dead weights. It will l)e noticed,
however, that in the first case only the front and middle
286 COTTON SPINNING chap.
rollers are weighted, the back being self- weighted by the
large iron top roller. A saddle is put across the first rows,
and a bridle or link is hooked on to it at a point much
nearer to the front roller than to the middle one. This
gives a preponderance of weight on the front roller ; the
lever and weight arrangement is very similar to that shown
on the mule x'oller stand. The dead-weighting of the rollers
is illustrated in Fig. 148, and in this case only the front
line is Aveighted, the middle and back rows being self-
weighted. The dead weight hangs from a hook placed
over the front roller, and it will be noticed that, instead of
hanging a weight from each hook, the weight is made twice
the necessary size, and long enough to go across the frame,
so that its other end hangs from the front roller on the
opposite side of the machine. A saddle and bridle lever-
weighting, exactly similar to the one illustrated in the mule
roller stand, is often adopted on ring frames, so that it is
unnecessary to repeat the drawing here. There is one
feature that may be of interest to mention, and that is to
warn the reader against overlooking the inclination of the
weight-hook in the systems mentioned.
It will be sufficient to refer briefly to the matter, without
entering upon actual calculations. If a saddle A B (1, Fig.
150) rests horizontally upon two rollers A, and a weight W is
hung at C, it is an easy problem to find how much pressure
is put upon the roller at A and B. In the same way, if the
saddle is inchned as in 2, Fig. 150, the hanging weight W
can readily be found to give similar pressures upon A and B
as in No. 1, because in such a case the relative horizontal
distances of A and B from the direction of the pull of the
weight W remain unaltered.
Again, if the saddle is still inclined as at A B (No. 3)
and the weight is made to pull in the direction of W, which
Ill
THE RING SPINNTNG FRAME
287
is at right angles to A B, M'e should work out the pressures
on A aud B exactly as in the No. 1 example ; but in the
Fig. 150
FiG 151.
ring frame we generall}^ find a combination of the arrange-
ments 2 and 3, in which a pull is exercised in the direction
of W, this pull being produced by a weight hanging
vertically. No. 4, Fig. 150, illustrates the meaning. AB
288 COTTOy SPIN KING chap.
is the saddle, C D a link hooked to the saddle and to the
weight lever E W. W hangs vertically and produces a
pressure at D in a vertical direction ; this pull, however, is
exercised along the link C D, so that in consequence of the
inclination of C D a portion of the pressure produced by W
is inoperative on the saildle A B. It is a comparatively
easy matter to find the effective pressure produced b}^ the
weight W upon the saddle. Suppose a 2 lb. weight at W
gives 10 lb. pressure at D : measure off on a vertical line at
D ten given distances, such as quarter-inches ; now draw a
line, from the upper end F of the divisioned line, at right
angles to the line C D, cutting the line C D at G ; if we
measure off D G and note how many quarter-inches there
are in it we obtain the number of lbs. pressure along C D.
Among several stands tested it was found that the pressure
upon the saddle at C was about ten per cent less than that
produced by the weight W at D. If this be duly noted
Avhen calculating the pressure on the rollers, the rest of the
calculation becomes an easy matter.
Twisting". — After passing through the front rollers A
(Fig. 151) the yarn goes forward through the thread guide B
and is threaded through a bent piece of steel C, in this form,
O, called a " traveller " ; from here it passes on to a wooden
tube or bobbin D, fitted upon a spindle E, which is driven
from the tin roller through the wharve H. The revolution
of the spindle begins to wind on the yarn ; but since the
rollers A only deliver a certain length, and the spindle
revolves at a high rate of speed, the tension produced in
the yarn acts on the traveller and pulls it round at almost
the same speed as the spindle itself. Every revolution of
C puts a twist in the j^arn, and at the same time the bobbin
Avinds on the amount of yarn given out from the rollers.
As winding commences, the rail G, which carries the ring F
Ill
THE RING SPINNING FRAME
289
and traveller C, is caused to rise and full by lifting
mechanism, so that the yarn is wound on in layers, and of
a form similar to the cop of the mule.
Thread Guide. — The features mentioned in the fore-
going paragraph can now be dealt with in detail. Commen-
cing with the thread guide : this is seen to be a curled piece
of wire A, Fig. 152, screwed into V-shaped pieces of wood B,
hinged to the thread board proper C. The board C is hinged
to the roller beam D. As A is directly over the centre of
the spindle, it is necessary to be able to move it out of the
Fig, 152.
Fig. 153.
way whenever a bobbin is taken off. For this purpose B is
hinged so that it can be turned over. For doffing purpose
it is found convenient to be able to turn over the whole of
the wires and thread board, and arrangements are frequently
adopted for doing this. An illustration of one method is
given in Fig. 153. To the under side of C is fixed a bracket
carrying a pin E, to which are connected links F. The
other ends of these links are centred on studs G, carried by
a short lever H, pivoted on the shaft J. This shaft J also
carries an arm K, to A\hich is attached a handle L, which
can be locked in position by the slots M fitting over a
projection N. If now the handle L be drawn forward in
the direction of the arrow, the thread boards on each side
VOL. Ill U
290 COTTON SPINNING chap.
of the frame will be raised bodily out of the path of the
bobbins as they are being doffed. To serve the same
purpose, an arrangement is sometimes adopted whereby
the thread board is moved sideways to the extent of half
the space of the spindles.
The Ring. — The ring A in Fig. 154 is made of forged
steel, carefully turned and afterwards case-hardened ; its
general form is similar to that indicated in the diagram,
and shown enlarged in Fig. 155. They are carried by and
secured to a cast- or wrought-iron plate P, which in the
modern machine is now flanged singly or doubly to prevent
deflection. The diameter of the ring is its inside measure-
ment, the usual dimensions for the diff"erent spaces of
spindles and counts spun being as follow : —
For 4's to 20's counts — 2| in. space, If in. dia. of rings
For20's,, 40's ,, — 2g in. „ Ig in. ,, „
For 40's and up-«-ards — 2i in. ,, 1^ in. ,, ,,
If balloon plates are used the space can be reduced a little.
The ring is secured to the plate by a set-screw C. Other
forms of rings are used, such as the double ring shown in
Fig. 156 ; it is made in this form so that when one flange
becomes worn the ring can be reversed. The method of
fastening it to the ring-plate is to spring it into the grip £
of a special piece of sheet metal C, which is in its turn set-
screwed to the plate B. The perfection to which rings are
now brought renders it extremely doubtful whether there
is any economy in the adoption of this system ; but some
people still prefer it. An important American firm have
introduced slight variations in both the ring and the plate,
the plate being made out of sheet steel, while the ring is
modified at the point marked A, with the idea of giving
better hold to the traveller. Fig. 157 shows the comparison
between the old and new form.
Ill
THE RING SPINNING FRAME
291
From Fig. 154 wc obtain an idea of how the ring-plate
is carried. At intervals along the frame the plates rest
upon the upper part D of a shaft E; these shafts are
termed pokers ; they slide vertically in bushes F fixed in
the spindle rails G, and their lower ends are arranged to
be actuated from the building motions in order to give an
up-and-down motion to the ring-plate.
Fig. 154.
Fig. 155
Pig. 157.
Building* Motion. —The method of operating the pokers
of the ring-plate, so as to give a reciprocating motion for
building the cop, is very simple, and in most modern makes
of frame there is such a similarity of consti'uction and
principle that a single example will be sufficient to explain it.
The principal mechanism employed consists of a cam,
actuating a lever, on the end of which is attached a chain,
292 COTTON SPINNING chap.
leading to levers that act on the lower ends of the pokers.
The speed of the cam is carefully regulated to give a
motion to the ring-plate suitable to the counts being
spun, and it will be noted that any alteration in the
speed of the front roller (consequent on a change in the
twist or counts) also results in a similar change in the
speed of the cam. This will be pointed out more fully
when dealing with the calculations of the machine.
A view of the motion is presented in Fig. 158, which
illustrates the essential features. A long lever A is centred
on a stud at B, fixed in the frame end ; a bowl C is carried
by a small dish bracket D, bolted to the long levxr, so that
by the revolution of the cam E the lever A will be given
a reciprocating motion. At the opposite end to B, the
lever A carries a bowl G, and round it is wound a chain S,
the other end of which is attached to a bowl T. As the
lever A is acted on by the cam E, the pull of the chain S
Avill turn T through a portion of a circle ; and if to a bowl
U by the side of T is connected a chain which leads on to
the levers actuating the pokers, we haA^e the motion of E
transferred to the ring-plates. From the arrangements so
far described we obtain the lift of the first layer of yarn,
as at A in Fig. 159. It now remains to consider the
further layers B and C. In the first place, the starting-
point of each new layer is raised up the bobbin by a
taking-up motion, as follows : the bowl G is carried on a
short shaft, on which is keyed a worm wheel H, into which
is geared a worm V. On the end of the shaft carrying V
is keyed a ratchet wheel M, into the teeth of which is
engaged a catch carried by a tumbler N. As the lever
A is depressed, one end of the tumbler Q is brought
against a stop W, and as its further movement down-
wards is thus arrested it naturally commences to force
THE RING SPINNING FRAME
293
round the ratchet wheel, and so turn the bowl G, which
consequently winds on a small length of the chains S
This action lifts the ring-plates a little higher, so that
the next laj-er must begin higher up the bobbin than
the previous one. The same action of the tuml)ler
continues throughout the building of the bobbin, giving
Fig. 158.
whatever lift may be considered suitable. The amount
of movement given to the tumbler, and consequently to
the ratchet Avheel, is regulated by adjusting the tumbler
so that its downward movement is not arrested luitil the
stop itself is touched, or (as in the illustration) until the
set-screw at P comes into contact with the projection R
on the lever A. By careful adjustment of the set-screw
we can regulate the number of teeth taken by the catch
294 COTTON SPINNING chap.
on the tumbler ; or a similar effect may be obtained by
changing the ratchet wheel itself for one of a greater or
less number of teeth.
Fig. 160 enables us to follow the building motion to its
connection with the pokers. The chain N from the bowl
U passes to a bowl A, carried by a swing lever 'B centred
on the lever E, whose fulcrum is at F. To the lever E is
attached a lever Gr H, and as the chain S turns the bowl
Tj the larger bowl U (acting through the chain N) moves
the lever E, so that the ends G and F are raised and
lowered. (We may add at this point that the ring-plates
are not "lowered" by the direct effect of the lever A in
Fig. 158; only the "lifting" of the plates is brought
about by this means : the lowering is brought about
purely by the weight of the plates and their connections,
a series of balance weights being so arranged as to permit
of this occurring.)
It will be observed that the end G, Fig. 160, has a
direct lifting effect on the poker ; but since the lifting of
G means the lowering of the end H, a chain is used to
transfer this movement to a lifting one ; a chain is attached
to H, and, passing over the pulley J, is brought down and
connected to the poker at K, thus producing a lifting action
on each poker. The movement given to the lever E is
transferred to each poker throughout the length of the
frame by means of a rod D, AA'hich is coupled-up to similar
levers as E at suitable intervals.
The Traveller and its Action. — It will be found con-
venient at this point to enter upon a discussion regarding the
traveller and its action. From a superficial point of view
the work of the traveller is comparatively easy to understand,
and its effects in spinning and winding offer no difficulty to
the observant mind. One reason for this is because the chief
lit
THE RING SPINNING FRAME
295
actions can be closely watched ; consequently experience
can be obtained readily and quickly under a variety of
conditions. From this statement we are led to remark that
the best results are almost invariably dependent upon ex-
periment, and very little reason is called into play. Never-
theless there must be a decided advantage in knowing the
reason for a certain line of action, and Avith this object in
view a few remarks will be made explanatory of the functions
performed by the traveller in the ring frame.
Fig. ICO.
We shall first point out how the traveller puts the
twist into the yarn. Fig. IGl is a simple diagram illus-
trating the point. Here let it be supposed that K
represents the nip of the front rollers, and that a
flattened portion of yarn A K is delivered from them ;
the end A is carried round in a circle ABC, while
the end E, is held fast by the rollers. As A is carried
round with tlie small arrows always uppermost, it will be
found that by the time B is reached, the tape will have
been twisted half a turn ; and l)y carrying the end to C
under the same conditions, a full twist will be found to
exist in the tape — in other words, one revolution of the
296 COTTON SPINNING . chap.
end A puts one twist in the length A R. Now, as the
traveller performs the duty of carrying the end A of the
yarn A E, round the circle of the ring, it follows that
the traveller is responsible entirely for the twists put into
the yarn delivered from the rollers, and that the speed of
the traveller regulates this factor in spinning.
Why the traveller revolves? is the next question. In
the first place, it must be understood that a traveller is a
kind of guide for the yarn ; if it were a fixed guide, as at
A, Fig. 163, the revolution of the spindle B would simply
wind on the yarn as it was delivered by the rollers, and
such yarn would be untwisted. On the other hand, if the
traveller guide were attached to the spindle, as at A, Fig.
162, the revolution of the spindle B would carry A round
with it, and as a result no winding would take place, but
every revolution of B would put a twist in the yarn. In
the two cases given we have examples of all winding and
all twisting; in spinning, these two operations must be
performed ; so by making the guide A movable and yet
unattached to the spindle directly, we get conditions that
supply us with the requisite characteristics of the ring
frame. The analysis of this action may prove interesting,
but we defer it until another feature has been explained.
A previous paragraph told us that the spindles are revolved
at a constant speed throughout the building of a bobbin ;
and we now know that the traveller, in addition to putting
the twists into the yarn, also winds it on the bobbin. The
question now arises — How is the conical part of the cop
built up ? It is unnecessary to remind the reader that an
enlarged diameter of bobbin or cop necessitates, so far as
examples in other machines have shown us, a differential
speed of spindle, in order to Avind the yarn on a varying
diameter ; but in the case of a ring frame Ave fail to find
Ill
THE RING SPINNING FRAME
297
any meciianism that performs this apparently required
condition of building the bobbin. A few words will make
this clear. Let us suppose that the front rollers deliver
528 inches of yarn per minute, and the spindles rotate at
the rate of 9500 revolutions per minute, also that the
largest diameter of the cone is 1^ inch, and the smallest
diameter \ inch. From these conditions we can readily
find the necessary rate of speed of the traveller to wind
on the yarn at the two extreme diameters.
Fig. 161.
To wind 528 inches on to \\ inch diameter the traveller
must make
528 ^>1% X 4 X 7
1^x3-1416 5x22
= 134 "4 revolutions
less than the spindle, so that the speed of the traveller will
be 9500- 134-4 = 9365-6 revs, per minute Avlien winding
on the \\ inch diameter.
To wind 528 inches on to \ iiicli diameter the traveller
must make
528 528 x 2 X 7
4x3-1416 1x22
= 336 revoliitious
298 COTTON SPINNING chap.
less than the spindle, so that the speed of the traveller Avill be
9500 - 336 = 9164 revolutions per minute when winding on
the I inch diameter. Now, comparing this variation of the
speed of the traveller as it winds on the extreme diameters
of the hohbin, Ave find that there is a difference of 9365'6
- 9164 = 201-6 revolutions only, equal to a little over 2 jier
cent. It is therefore easily understood why we find no
apparent arrangement for obtaining differential speed dur-
ing the formation of the bobbin. This difference, although
slight, must be allowed for ; and since there is no method
adopted for varying the speed of the traveller to the extent
noted, resource is had to the lifting cam in causing the lift
to vary ever so slightly by a small variation in the shape
of the cam that actuates the lifting lever.
In examining the action of the traveller it should first be
stated that the yarn is wound on by the bolibin, and that
the traveller simply regulates the amount wound on. A
bobbin |- inch diameter revolving 9500 revolutions per
minute would wind on 14,928 inches of yarn per minute,
Avhile the roller only delivers 528 inches. The consec[uence
is that no sooner does the boljbin cominence its revolution
than a tension is set up in the yarn, and as this tension is
exerted on the traveller, this small piece of bent wire natur-
ally yields, and is pulled round by the bobbin before the
tension becomes great enough to break the yarn. Fig.
164 shows this clearly: the bobbin A pulls the yarn in
the direction of the arrow; if B was a fixture and the
rollers did not deliver yarn fast enough, the yarn Avould
break, but the traveller B, being loose on the ring, gives
Avay, and the yarn di'ags it round. This is an elementary
statement of what occurs, but several important factors
enter into the question, and we shall now consider the
elements of these.
Ill THE RING SPINNING FRAME 299
A thorough investigation of the thread and traveller
involves an advanced knowledge of mathematics and some
knowledge of theoretical mechanics, and since definite
statements of conclusions cannot be thoroughly relied
upon without the proof that these sciences enable one to
bring forward, a certain amount of what follows must be
taken upon trust, as it would be outside the object of this
book to use and repeat mathematical formulae which are
not familiar to the average reader. The elements that
enter into the question Ave are about to discuss are as
follows : —
(1) The counts of the yarn being spun. This has an
important influence, because yarn has Aveight, and in
different numbers the weight varies. For instance, one
hank of 840 yards of No. 8's weighs 2 oz., Avhile 840 yards
of No. 16's weigh 1 oz. This fact may be expressed by
saying that the weight of yarn varies inversely as the counts.
(2) Since the yarn between the traveller and the
thread guide has weight, and as it revolves at a very high
rate of speed (being almost equal to that of the spindle),
it has a tendency to fly outwards from the axis around
which it revolves. Centrifugal force is the name given to
this tendency of a revolving body to fly away from a
centre, and a common example suggests itself in a stone
attached to a string, which, on being swung round, will,
when the string is set free, fly off for some distance. The
result of the centrifugal action of the yarn is such that,
instead of the yarn passing in a straight line from the
thread guide to the traveller, it flies outward and forms a
curve. This always occurs in ring spinning, and the name
" balloonins; " has been civcn to the buknng thread.
(3) The amount of ballooning will depend to a certain
extent on the counts of the yarn being spun.
300 COTTON SPINNING cha?.
(4) The reasoning used in No. 2 is equally applicable
to the traveller. Its weight and speed cause it to fly
outwards, but being prevented from doing so by the ring,
it naturally presses against the ring with a certain degree
of force, which is dependent upon the centrifugal force
and the tension in the thread. The pressure thus set up
produces friction, and this has a retarding influence on
the traveller's motion round the ring. From this cause
winding is the result.
(5) The pull of the thread between the bobbin and
the traveller depends upon the diameter of the bobbin,
which varies ; upon the weight of the traveller ; upon the
diameter of the ring ; and upon the speed of the spindle.
(6) The pull or tension in the thread will modify the
friction between the traveller and the ring, and also modify
the ballooning.
These are some of the points that will next be in-
vestigated, and from the analysis we hope, to deduce
conclusions upon which are based the modern practice
of ring spinning.
Ballooning". — Ballooning, as we have already noted,
is the thread flying away from the centre around which it
revolves. The degree to which it takes place, of course,
depends upon the counts of the yarn, in other words its
weight ; the speed and the weight of the traveller ; atmo-
spheric resistance to the thread has also some influence.
Under normal conditions the curve of the yarn in Fig. 165
represents the shape of the ballooning, and in plan view
it will be noticed that another curve is produced showing
that the atmospheric resistance has caused the thread to
vary from the straight line between the thread guide (over
the centre of the spindle) and the traveller. If the tension
in the thread diminishes to any great extent, the ballooning
Ill THE RING SPINNING FRAME 301
will collapse and the yarn become entangled round the
spindle, simply through the resistance of the atmosphere
forcing it on one side. Under even ordinary conditions
slight variations of tension occur, and the result is invariably
shown in the effect on the shape of the balloon curve where
it changes from the full line curve to the double one. A
light traveller is usually the cause of a big balloon curve.
It is no difficult matter to prove the conditions of balloon-
ing ; but it will be sufficient to indicate that, granted we
wish always to have the ballooning the same, Avhatever
counts are being spun, the mass of the ballooned yarn
multijDlied by its velocity squared and divided by the
tension of the thread must equal a constant. . This may
be represented as
= constant.
From this we can say that for the curve of the balloon
to remain the same, the tension of the yarn must be in-
versely proportional to the counts being spun, and directly
proportional to the speed of the traveller ; or, since the
traveller's speed A^aries so slightly from the sjiindle sjjced,
the speed of the latter might be taken as the s})eed to
work from. Explanatory of this statement, Ave might say
that if the counts are changed and the speed remains
the same, the tension must be altered by changing the
traveller ; or if the traveller is not altered, the speed
must be changed.
To obtain the direction of the yarn as it enters the
traveller is not an easy matter, but for all practical pur-
poses it will be safe to assiune that it is at right angles to
the portion of thread Avhich leads on to the bobbin. In
dealing with the tension of the thread Ave come to the
crux of the Avhole question, and the traveller plays the
302 COTTON SPINNING chap.
most important part in the matter. We have seen that
the traveller is a loose piece of metal capable of gliding
over the surface of the ring. Directly it begins to move
it is affected by two forces, Fig. 1C6 — a tangential force,
x, which tends to make it move in a direction tangent to
the ring ; a centripetal force, y, which tends to draw it
towards the centre of the ring. With these two forces
acting upon it, the traveller is compelled to move in a
circle. Suppose it moves at a rate of 70 feet per minute,
and the mass of traveller and yarn equals -0000125 lb. ;
the tangential force x^itix v, and the centripetal force
m = mass, i7= velocity, of the traveller, and r = the radius
of the ring = If inch. By working these formulae out we
shall find that the centripetal force is about 612 times the
tangential force.
If we will now understand that the centripetal force is
really exercised by the ring forcing the traveller back, we
can easily see that what the ring is doing is being equally
done by the traveller in trying to get away ; in other words,
the centrifugal force of the traveller is equal to the centri-
petal force of the ring, and to this extent the traveller in
moving round the ring is pressing against it with a pres-
sure 612 times greater than the force which tends to cause
the traveller to tiy off at a tangent. Now the tangential
force is due to the weight of the traveller and its speed,
and we have seen that this force is a mere fraction
compared to the centrifugal force, so from this demon-
stration we can conclude that the momentum of the
traveller, due to its being carried round the ring by the
pull of the yarn from the bobbin, is so little that we can
m THE RING SPINNING FRAME 303
afford to completely ignore its Aveight proper, except so far
as it influences its centrifugal force. This must be clearly
grasped, as on it depends a right conception of the
traveller's action. The chief lesson to be derived from it
is that the tangential and centrifugal forces have nothing
in common; one is a unit, the other is 612. In ring
spinning there is never any attempt of one equalling the
other ; they are so widely separated in their effect that the
tangential force fails to have more than '016 per cent of
influence in ring spinning, and it would require the
tangential force of G12 travellers to equal the centrifugal
force of one traveller ; consequently, outside the mere
curiosity of knowing and comparing the two foi'ces there
is absolutely no necessity for knoAving or mentioning the
tangential force or pull of the yarn in dragging the weight
of the traveller round the ring.
If a frame Avas made in which the rings, travellers, and
speeds Avere proportioned so that the tangential force
inv— the centi'ifugal force,
then the radius of the ring Avould have a dimension in feet
equal to the A'elocity of the traA^eller in feet per second.
Nothing can be more absolutely absurd than this result.
The centrifugal force must be and ahvays is, to the extent
of OA'er 600 per cent, in the ascendant. Moreover, travellers
are so graded in their Aveight for different counts of
yarn, that if the pull of the yarn reduces the centrifugal
force beloAv a certain proportion the yarn AviU break im-
mediately. There is, hoAvever, another very important
point to consider, namely, the effect this centrifugal force
of the traveller has in interfering Avith its movement round
the ring Av^hen it is acted upon by the thread from the
bobbin — or in other Avords, the effect the centrifugal force
304 COTTON SPINNING chap.
of the traveller has on the tension of the thread. This is
a very important point, so we will consider it carefully.
It must be fully realised that the centrifugal force of
the traveller, or its pressure against the ring, due to its
moinentum, is the chief factor to guide us ; it is equal, in
the example previously given, to a weight of about 2i oz.
resting on the ring. (In passing, it may be observed again
that the weight proper of the traveller is so small, compared
with this weight due to the centrifugal force, that it may
with safety be ignored.) Now this 2| oz. is pulled round
by the thread, and it is the act of pulling it round that
causes the thread to be in tension. To find the tension,
we must know the coefficient of friction between the
traveller and the ring ; the ordinary coefficient of friction
of polished steel and steel is not applicable to this case.
Experimenters have found that it has a wide variation,
and depends on such factors as the speed of spindle,
diameter of bobbin, diameter of ring, and the dryness or
otherwise of the surface of the ring. Professor Escher, of
Zurich, found that if
Oiled ring. Dry ring,
the bobbin was g inch diameter the coefficient of
friction was 0-27 0-465
if the bobbin was If inch diameter the cocllicient
of friction was O'lS 0-272
From his experiments he concluded that the tension
will vary the least, the greater the coefficient is between
the ring and the traveller ; in other words, we might say
that the less difference there is between the extreme
diameters of the bobbin, the more uniform will the tension
be in the yarn. Professor Liidicke, of Brunswick, found
similar variations, and as an example of his I'esearches we
give the results of experiments.
Coefficient of frictions for 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000 revolutions
= 0-4093, 0-3506, 0-2<)99, 0-252.
Ill THE RING SPINNING FRAME 305
He deduces a convenient rule from his inA'estigations, as
follows : —
Coefficient of friction = 0*65 - 0 •00005 x revolutions of traveller.
It will be noticed that the variable coefficient due to
changes in the diameter of the bobbin is ignored in this
empirical rule, and it is due to Professor Escher that Ave
can now with certainty rely upon the fact that such varia-
tion does exist.
Mr. Bourcart, in a small pamphlet issued some years
ago, used for convenience the fraction -1 as the proportion
of a weight required to move it round a ring. This of
course is much too little, the average being nearer \ than
-1-. By taking \ for our basis as the coefficient, we find
that \ of 2-5 oz. = 'SS oz. will be the tension in the thread
required to pull the traveller round. It must be remem-
bered, however, that this tension must be exerted at a
tangent to the ring as at T, Fig. 166. If the direction
of the pull T varies as at B its force must be increased,
because, in addition to overcoming the friction of the
traveller, we are now trying to pull the traveller away
from the ring, and therefore some of the centrifugal force
exists in the thread as tension. This would increase as
the pull changes, until, when the direction becomes as at
A, the traveller ceases to press against the ring, the Avhole
of its centrifugal force is exerted on the thread, and so
the thread would have a tension equal to this force. At
the same time that this ol)lique pull of the thread is taking
place another set of conditions exist also, due to the
inclination of the pull. AVe know that if the traveller A,
Fig. 1 66, is pressing against the ring, no amount of pulling
in the direction of AC will cause it to move ; we also
know that the least effort to move A Avill be along the
VOL. Ill X
3o6 COTTON SPINNING chap.
tangent AT ; between these two lines a direction can be
found along which, if a pull is exercised, as at AB, the
traveller AvilL begin to move. Any pull exercised within
the angle BAT will move the traveller, and the amount
of the force ^vill become less as the direction of it approaches
the line AT. On the other hand, no movement of the
traveller can possibly take place if the pull is exercised in
a direction that falls within the angle BAG. From this
fact we can fix a limit to the diameter of the bare bobbin
used on the ring frame, provided we know the diameter
of the ring and the coefficient of friction between the ring
and the traveller. Assuming the coefficient of friction to
be \, Fig. 167 Avill give us the size of bare bobbin, while
for a weft frame Fig. 168 will represent the conditions.
From these diagrams we learn that the smaller the frac-
tion representing the coefficient of friction, the smaller the
bare bobbin can be, while if we wish to reduce the size of
the bare bobbin, as in the weft frame, the diameter of ring
must be reduced.
It has already been shown that there are two forces
affecting the traveller that have their origin in the mere
fact of its revolution. It has also been shown that the
centrifugal force is modified or reduced by the pull of the
thread from the bol)ljin, such thread taking up the force
that the traveller loses. A tension therefore exists in the
thread, and it is the difference between the tension in the
yarn and the remaining centrifi;gal force of tlie traveller
that regulates the winding. For winding to take place
at all, the yarn to the bobbin must always pull against a
stronger force than that represented hy the tension of
the yarn. For instance, if the tension equalled the centri-
fugal force, the traveller would be in a balanced condition,
and it would cease to press against the ring. In such a
Ill
THE RING SPINNING FRAME
307
case it ■would lie carried round as if it were rigidly connected
to tlie spindle, and while twists would be put in, no winding
would be taking place. Ordinary observation confirms
this remark ; for if too light a traveller be used, the balloon
flies out directly, because of the slackness resulting from
y r-J Pio. 166.
i Fig. 167.
Fig. 16S.
insufficient 'winding, due to insufficiency of the centrifugal
force of the traveller. In many cases a traveller is used
that has only the slightest excess of centrifugal force over
the tension ; when such conditions exist and circumstances
happen that momentarily make the tension equal to the
centrifugal force, unsteady ballooning occurs. On the other
3o8 COTTON SPINNING chap.
hand, when too heavy a traveller is used, the centrifugal
force is so high that the tension in the thread, in its efforts
to move the traveller, becomes so great that all signs of
ballooning disappear, and if the tension necessary to do
this be equal to or greater than the strength of the yarn,
the end breaks.
On examining a traveller that has been working on any
ring frame under normal conditions, it .will be found that
it is worn on that point which touches the inside of the
ring ; and travellers will last as long as this point resists
being worn away by friction. Any traveller that will
develop sufficient centrifugal force to cause winding will
show signs of wear only on the point Avhich is in contact
with the inside of the ring. An interesting experiment
will make this clear. Conditions illustrated in Fig. 165
existed on an ordinary frame. Counts 28's were being
spun from single roving, and a No. 5's traveller Avas being
used. It was found that all numbers of travellers from 1
to 10 would cause winding, and, moreover, that each neAv
traveller after it had run a short time became worn. An
hour's running in all the tests was sufficient to prove the
point, but in the heavier travellers a quarter of an hour's
spinning showed a comparatively large amount of wear due
to the friction on the ring. If rings are somewhat soft, or
are irregularly case-hardened, they will also be easilj^ Avorn
out of shape, and for that reason l)Oth rings and travellers
are made of the best material to resist frictional wear.
From the fact of the centrifugal force regulating the
tension in the yarn, several statements might be formulated;
for instance, the tension is as the square of the speed of
the traveller and in direct }>roportion to the Aveight of the
traveller and the diameter of the ring. The rule for
centrifuiral force, nameh' —
in THE RING SPINNING FRAME 309
mass oF traveller x velocity of traveller^
radius of the ring
will be an obvious proof of the statement. Briefly, the
rule means that for a given weight of traveller, if the
velocity of the spindle be doubled, the tension in the yarn
will be " increased " four-fold ; or xke versa, if the tension
is to remain the same, after doubling the speed, the weight
of the traveller must be " reduced " four-fold. Again, if it
be wished to double the tension in the yarn without alter-
ing the speed of spindle, the weight of the traveller must
also be doubled. Or, if the diameter of the ring lie increased
and the speed of the spindle and Aveight of traveller be
kept the same, the tension in the yarn will be increased in
the same proportion. By similar reasoning \\q may con-
clude that the weight of the traveller will vary in direct
proportion to the size of the ring. Supposing the weight
of the traveller Ije 1, the velocity of the traveller 2, and
the diameter of the ring 2, then
•my? mx2^_.
r ~ 1
If, now, the ring be doubled in diameter, the formula would
work out
vivP- m X 4- «i X 16 o
r ~ 2 ~ 2 ~ "^ '
so that for double the ring we must have double the Aveight
of traveller.
Weight of Travellers. — Some interest attaches to
the method adopted in grading the travellers as to their
weight and their suitability for spinning certain counts of
yarn. Generally speaking, a mill keeps the speed of spindle
and diameter of ring the same for a range of numbers spun ;
the weight of the traveller is therefore altered to suit the
changed condition of the counts. The question now is —
j
310 COTTON SPINNING chap.
How must the weight of the traveller vary as the counts
vary ? If the " weight " of yarn is taken as a basis, we
shall find that 20's yarn is half the weight of lO's, 30's
yarn is one-third the weight of lO's, 40's is quarter the
weight of lO's, and so on. The following table will present
a short series of numbers : —
Proportionate
Proportionate
ount
s.
increase
in weight.
Counts
increase
in'weiglit.
40
is^V
lighter
than
39's
29
is.V
lighter than 28's
39
„ uV
38's
28
1
)> TIT
,,
27's
38
i_^
37'.s
27
1_^
26's
37
1
36's
26
\^
jj
25's
36
„ A
35'.s
25
I', ^
24's
35
,, irV
34's
24
1_
23's
34
>) T3-
33's
23
'', 5^
J,
22's
33
„ I1V
32's
22
„ -V
jj
21's
32
„ ix
31's
21
i_
20's
31
„ -h
30's
20
I', Jv
jj
19's
30
1
29's
From this table Ave should conclude that the weights of
the travellers must vary in the same proportion as the
weight of the yarn varies. On the other hand, we might
assume that the tension in any yarn is alwaj's a fixed pro-
portion of the breaking weight of that yarn. For instance,
suppose the tension in the yarn when spinning 40's is one-
fifth of the breaking weight of 40's, then there would be
reason in assuming that the tension in 20's ought to be one-
fifth the breaking weight of 20's. Taking the breaking
weight of yarn as published by jNIessrs. G. Draper and Co., of
Hopedale, Mass., U.S.A., as a basis, we get the following : —
.
Breaking
Proportion
Counts.
Breaking
Proportion
■
weight.
stronger.
weight.
stronger.
20
88-3
1 0
ISfi
26
66-3
^"o
21
83-8
AV
27
63-6
^^fV
22
79-7
irVV
28
61-3
■^^ih
23
75-9
WV
29
59-2
^'^
24
72-4
^%
30
57-3
25
69-2
vh\
From this table it appears that the breaking weight of the
Ill THE RING SPINNING FRAME '311
yarn varies in an " increasing " proportion as the counts
get lower. The proportionate increase does not vary so
regularly as the weight of the yarn varies ; but taking into
account the fact that the above breaking weights are from
actual tests, the approximate result is near enough to give
the assumption strength that the variation in the weight
of the travellers might reasonably follow in a gradually
increasing proportion as the counts vary. As a matter of
fact, the United States and the Scotch standards do vary
in the proportion the above reasoning suggests. Although
makers of travellers are reluctant to impart information as
to the weight of travellers, it is an easy matter to weigh
a number of each, say 100, and form a table of the result.
Very exact weighings are necessary, but a general idea may
be obtained from the few following weights : —
Traveller
Weifiht
Traveller
Weiglit
Traveller
Weight
No.
per 100.
No.
per ioo.
No.
per 100.
8
200 grs.
3
120 grs.
3/0
60 grs.
7
180 „
2
110 „
4/0
55 ,
6
160 „
1
90 „
5/0
50 ,,
5
140 „
1/0
80 „
6/0
45 „
4
130 ,,
2/0
70 „
The sj'stem adopted in this talkie may be seen at a glance,
and one can readily understand that as the counts go lower
the diflerence between the weights of each grade can be made
greater, just as it can be made less in the higher counts.
In dealing with the amount of twist put into the yarn
\sY the traveller, a little repetition maj^ be necessary.
Twist is the result of the traveller lagging behind the
spindle. This lagging is due to the friction set up between
the traveller and the ring as a consequence of tlie centri-
fugal force of the former. While the centrifugal force is
practically the same throughout the l;)uilding of the bobbin,
the friction may vary because the coefficient of friction
varies, and (as already shown) this has some influence on
312 COTTON SPINNING chap.
the lagging, because from this alone it is more difficult to
move the traveller when winding is taking place at the
nose of the cop than when the yarn is wound on the base.
In addition to this, tlie tension in the yarn required to
overcome sufficient of the friction to cause movement is
greater at the nose than at the base, because on the nose
the yarn is pulling very obliquely to the movement of the
traveller. From these two causes, therefore, we conclude
that the greatest tension in the yarn exists when winding
on the smallest diameter is taking place, and the least
tension when winding on the base. Now it must be
remembered that whatever the tension may be, and no
matter how it varies under normal conditions, it is always
simply equal to a part of the pressure of the traveller
against the ring ; the centrifugal force is always there,
though reduced by the pull of the yarn. The direct
consequence of this is, that if no delivery of yarn was made,
the traveller Avould be carried round at the same speed as
the spindle, whether the yarn was attached to the smallest
or the largest diameter ; but the tension is greater in the
former than in the latter case. On the other hand, if yarn
be delivered, the tension will be reduced ; consequently the
pressure of the traveller against the ring will be increased,
and naturally a lagging liehind the traveller Avill be the
result until the tension is restored. Continued delivery
prevents its restoration, so there is always a lagging behind,
as far as the smallest diameter is concerned. As the largest
diameter is approached, a uniform continuance of the
delivery also relieves the tension at this point \ but the
addition thus made to the centrifugal force by reducing
the tension is a less proportion to the total force than it
was at the nose of the cop, and therefore the lagging
behind is less at the base than at the nose ; in other words,
m THE RIXG SPINNING FRAME 313
the traveller revolves more quickly when binding on a
large diameter than on a small one, and from this Ave
deduce the fact that more twists are put in the yarn as the
winding takes place from the nose to the base of the cop,
A previous statement, which was used to show that there is
no necessity for more than the slightest variation in the lift
in order to compensate for the building of a conical cop, might
have prepared the ground for this ; but another similar
example will readily prove it. Let us suppose 530 inches
of yarn are delivered per minute, and that the spindles
make 9500 reA'olutions per minute ; the traveller must lag
behind the bare bol)bin of |-inch diameter 225 revolutions,
and behind the full bobbin of l|-inch diameter 122 revolu-
tions. The speed of the traveller at these two points
would therefore be 9275 and 9378 revolutions — a difference
of only a fraction above 1 per cent. A difference such as
this — indeed if it were much higher — would be impossible
to discover ; so that from a practical point of view the ring
frame 'is free from any tendency to produce irregularly-
twisted yarn as far as its own twisting action is concernedc
Irregularly-twisted yarn will naturally exist in ring yarm
just as it does in the mule yarn, o^\•ing to the character
of the cotton and its previous preparation. Differently
coloured rovings spun on the mule and the ring frame Avill
show a remarkable similarity in the irregularity of the
twists, which are thrown out \(tx\ clearly by the contrast of
colour.
In regard to the question as to Avhat number of a traveller
must be used for any given counts, speed of spindle, size
of ring, etc., no definite answer can be given beyond one
that depends upon an accumulated mass of practical ex-
perience ; and even then, local circumstances introduce an
element of judgment that compels the use of a traveller
314
COTTON SPINNING
■\vliich varies from the standard of general experience.
The following tables Avill convey some idea of the general
practice, as determined mainly from experience. Thej^ are
given as a guide only ; each user must judge for himself as
to how far other conditions necessitate variations from this
table.
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
H in.
:|in.
1^ in.
Ring.
Ring.
Ring
14's
13's
12's 1
12's
ll's
lO's 1
lO's
9's
S's j
8's
7's
6's .
( s
6's
5's 1
6's
5'.s
4's
5's
4's
3's
4's
3's
2's
3's
2's
I's
2's
I's
1/0's
I's
1/0's
2/0's
1/0's
2/0's
3/0's
2/0's
3/0's
4/0's
3/0's
3/0's
5/0's
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
Hin.
If in.
Ring.
Ring.
4/0's
5/0's
5/0's
6/0's
6/0's
7/0's
7/0's
8/0's
8/0's
9/0's
9/0's
10/0's
10/0's
11/0's
11/0's
12/0's
1 2/0's
13/0's
13/0's
1 4/0's
1 4/0's
15/0's
15/0's
16/0's
16/0's
17/0's
17/0's
18/0's
IS/O's
1 9/0's
Note. — The above table is given as a guide to select travellers re-
quii'ed, but will, of course, vary according to circumstances.
Travellers of from four to six numbers heavier than stated above are
generally required for spiuuing Egyptian or Sea Islands cotton.
It -will be noticed from the above table that as the ring in-
creases in diameter, the Aveight of the traveller decreases.
The space of spindle and diameter of rings for various
counts may be gathered from the following lists : —
With Ballooning Plates.
Counts.
4's to 20's
20's to 40's
40's upwards
Weft
The traveller tal)lcs of Avell-known makers follow very
closely on the tables just given.
Space of
Spindles.
2f in.
If in. 4's to 20's
Space of
Spindles.
2§ in.
Dia. of
Rings.
l|in.
21 in.
15 ill. 20's to 40's
1h in.
1* in.
2Un.
2| in.
\\ in. 40's upwards
l^V to \\ in. ■
2} in.
li in.
in THE RING SPINNING FRAME 315
The Spindle. — Another important subject to which
some space -will now be devoted is that of the spindle. A
remarkable series of developments have taken place in this
feature since the traveller system of spinning was introduced.
The root idea of the chief improvements has been to make
the spindle work satisfactorily at a high rate of speed with
a minimum of power to dri\e it. It will be interesting to
trace out the conditions of Avork to which the ring frame
spindle has had to be adapted before it reached the
present type of which Fig. 169 represents an example.
The older form of spindle used on a throstle or flyer
spinning-frame Avas essentially an upright spindle, supported
in tAvo bearings, one at the bottom called a " footstep "
and the other higher up the spindle, and as near as
convenient to the bobbin, such support being called the
"bolster bearing." The position of the AvharA'e or driving
point on the spindle Avas generally betAveen the two bearings,
but placed much nearer the top support than the bottom one.
The mule spindle affords a good example of an arrangement
of this kind, and in that machine AA'e see the perfection to
Avhich such a system of driving has been brought, and
the spindle made suitalile for revolving at very high speeds.
The conditions of Avorking arc, hoAvever, different in the
mule and the ring frame. In the former a plain spindle
is used, upon Avhich the yarn is Avound directly ; it is not
subject to the same tension on the yarn combined Avith a
high speed as in the ring frame, nor is it surmounted by
a heavy bobbin Avhose tendency is to become untrue and
out of balance. This latter factor becomes of great im-
portance Avhen the above conditions exist on a spindle
running at a very high speed, and it AA'as soon recognised
that some improvement of the well-known type Avas
absolutel}'^ necessary Avhen greater production Avas required
3i6 COTTON SPINNING chap, in
from the machine. The chief objection to be overcome
was, of course, the excessive vibration set up in the spindle
when running at a high rate of revolution, which was
caused by the spindle or bobbin being out of balance. A
low speed does not disclose this vibration to the same
degree as a high speed ; a bobbin and spindle slightly out
of truth might not, at 4500 revolutions per minute, prove
very inconvenient, or even show itself clearly ; but if the
speed were douhled to 9000 revolutions per minute, the
irregularity of balance would have a four-fold tendency to
make itself felt, and it shows itself by setting up vibrations
in the spindle.
The first attempts at a remedy were made by Rabbeth,
in a spindle which dispensed with the lower footstep bear-
ing as such. He extended the bolster bearing in the form
of a long tube firmly fixed to the rail, and at the top and
bottom of this were bearings for the spindle. Above all
was placed the bobbin. This arrangement, it will be seen,
was only a slight move in the right direction, but it
contained two features that formed the basis of the spindle
of to-day, namely, a self-contained spindle, and greatly im-
proved means of lubrication. The next move was made by
Sawyer, Fig. 171, who recognised that a greater steadiness
of running would be assured if the upper bearing could be
raised. He effected this by extending the bush of the
bolster bearing, and over this he placed the bobbin. By
this means the bolster bearing was placed Avithin the
bobbin, and to this extent a decided advantage accrued.
He was compelled, however, to still use the lower separate
footstep bearing, and to place his wharve between it and
the upper support. The early Rabbeth and the Sawj^er
spindles both contained the elements of a successful
spindle to fulfil the requirements of that time, so that
3i8 COTTON SPINNING chap.
eventual!}^ both Avere combined — and in the result the well-
known "Rabbeth" spindle was evolved. The improvements
all contributed to greatly increased speeds and steadiness
in running, and gave the ring frame the opportunity to
compete to some extent with other spinning machines.
On reference to Fig. 170 the characteristic features of
the Rabbeth spindle will be observed. The steel spindle
A is carried by a base or bolster B, which is firmly fastened
to the spindle rail C by means of nuts D. The upper
portion of the bolster extends to F, where it is bored out
to ht the spindle ; the lower portion at M is also bored out
to fit A. Between these two points the bolster is barrelled
or recessed out, so that the open space thus formed serves
as a receptacle for oil. The upper bearing at F is usually
fitted with a thin bush of some anti-friction metal. A
portion of a coarse spiral is left l^etween the ends of the
sheet of metal which forms the bush, and by this the oil, if
it reaches this part of the spindle, is distributed over the
surface of F.
Immediately above the bearing at F, a sleeve G is tightly
fitted over the spindle, and is continued in a downward
direction to form the wharve H. The position of the
wharve is designed so that the top and bottom bearings
each bears its share of the strain. It will be noticed subse-
quently, that in this respect the pull of the spindle band in
recent spindles is exercised almost entirely upon the upper
bearing. As a rule a brass cup is fitted over the outside of
the wharve sleeve at J, which serves for the reception of
the lower end of the bobbin K. A loose fit of the bobbin
is generally allowed at this point, for a purpose to be
explained shortly ; but the up})er end of the bobbin is
made to fit the spindle tightly.
The Booth-Sawyer spindle had a very extensive vogue,
Ill THE RING SriNNING FRAME 319
aud {oiukI great favour with the users of ring frames;
ii--^^-.
HA B BETH BOOTft-SAjWYEF^. D0650^l-^\^f\£,^^.
Fio. 170. Fig. 171. Fn;. 172.
but its introduction inaugurated a series of improve-
320 COTTON SPINNING chap.
ments that culminated in the spindle known as the
Rabbeth, just described. Its chief characteristics may
be summarised as follows: it is self-contained; it has a
reservoir or bath of oil in which the spindle works ; its
upper bearing is within the bobbin ; and the pull of the
band takes place somewhere between the upper and lower
bearings. In practically all modern spindles the two last-
named features of the Rabbeth are entirely absent ; but
the self-contained character and the oiling arrangement is
such a basic feature that some authorities classify most
recent spindles as being Rabbeth in principle.
The Rabbeth spindle underwent a variety of alterations
and improvements, chiefly with the idea of improving the
lubrication. The reservoir of oil Avas very effective in
lubricating the footstep bearing, but the upper bearing had
to trust to capillary attraction for its oil. The metal bush
had no power to take the oil in an upward direction, because
the surface of the oil Avas kept too low for that purpose ;
and, moreover, if through carelessness too much oil Avas
placed in the spindle, it quickly rose to the top, ran over
the bolster, and Avas dissipated by the Avharve, or it ran
down and spread over the rail.
A decided improA^ement Avas effected when an attempt
was made to cause some kind of circulation of the oil
Avithin the spindle, Avhereby the upper bearing might be
kept constantly oiled. Another fault shoAved itself in the
fact that Avhen the spindles required re-oiling the old dirty
oil had to be pumped out, and indifference in doing this
shoAved itself in accumulations of dirt and gummed oil,
which largely increased the poAver necessary to driA^e
the machine. This defect Avas also remedied ; and in
Fig. 172 a Dobson-Marsh spindle is slioAvn in section,
Avhich presents an extensiA'ely used method of OA'ercoming
Ill THE RING SPINNING FRAME 321
the objections mentioned. The lower end of the bolster is
pierced at a point near to the bottom end of the spindle.
Over the bolster is placed, by a detachable bayonet or
other means, a cup, carrying a large quantity of oil ; on
the spindle is placed a spiral of wire, which revolves and
forces the oil upwards to the top bearing, and so keeps it
constantly lubricated ; any oil carried over the top runs
down, and, by means of the passage shown, flows back
into the cup. When new oil was required after working
a month or two, the cup was simply detached without
stopping the spindles ; and the old oil was poured out, fresh
oil supplied, and the cup hooked on or screwed into place
again. Another improvement, copied from a still earlier
spindle, was incorporated, namely, the set screw P on which
the end of the spindle blade rested ; as the spindle wore at
this point, the screw could be moved upwards to compensate
for the wear ; the lock-nut Q effectively kept it in position.
We have shown how a spindle revolving at a high speed
is subject to strains through being out of balance, and how
these strains are augmented through the uncertainty of the
bobbin and cop maintaining themselves true. The demand
for increased speeds brought about, as indicated, better
spindles, in the Sawyer, the Rabbeth, the Dobson-Marsh,
and other improved forms. These spindles for a long time
served their purpose, but new conditions of speed, etc., began
to show weaknesses in their construction, and inventors
were thus led on to make further improvements. Eventu-
ally a spindle was devised which solved the problem so far
as principle was concerned, and the " gravity " or " top "
spindle was introduced. Such spindles now assume in-
numerable forms of construction in details ; but, the pur-
pose being the same, a few words of explanation will not
be out of place.
VOL. Ill Y
322 COTTON SPINNING chap.
If a spindle is perfectly balanced and revolves at a high
speed, well supported in bearings, its axis Avill permanently
occupy one position, and any definite strain put upon it
will always act in one direction ; and there Avould be little
if any vibration set up in such a spindle. If, on the other
hand, a spindle is out of balance, i.e. heavier on one side
of its centre than on the other, there would be two sets of
forces at work, and the strain would not be acting equally
around the axis of the spindle. Such a condition as this,
in which two opjDosing forces are at work, interferes with
the uniform motion of the spindle round its axis, and there
is a constant struggle going on to revolve round an axis
which would be common to the two unequal sides. Vibra-
tion is set up as a consequence of rigid bearings, and,
together with considerable wear and tear, the spinning
operation is performed under disadvantageous circumstances.
The object of the improvement Avas to arrange the spindle
so that it could revolve round its own axis and also round
the real centre of its movement. A spinning-top is some-
times used to illustrate this j)rinciple, and from the example
the new spindle was formerly referred to as a "top" spindle.
"Gravity" spindle Avas a name also applied. Either name,
however, is only partially correct, and while a top may
enable some idea to be obtained of the principle involved,
the word "gravity" is entirely a misnomer. If a perfectly
balanced top be set spinning at a high speed, it will revolve
with its axis vertical ; but if it be moved out of that position,
it will continue to revolve round its own axis and at the
same time revolve in a circular path forming the outline of
a cone whose apex is the point where it touches the ground.
Now this is not what occurs with a spindle : an unbalanced
top would represent the action much better. In such a
case the top could not revolve with its axis vertical ; it
Ill THE RING SPINNING FRAME 323
would certainly revolve round its axis, but at the same
time its free position Avould permit its axis to become
inclined and a bodily movement to take place round the
axis of a cone whose apex Avould be some distance in the
ground. It will be readily seen that although this example
is a better illustration than a balanced top, still it does not
approach the actual conditions of a spindle; in the top,
the axis is not supported in any way, while in a spindle we
are compelled to have such support.
If a bar of iron be taken, and a pound weight placed on
one end and an ounce on the other end, the middle point
of the bar is clearly not the centre round Avhich the bar
could be set revolving ; neither would the bar revolve at a
high speed if the point were taken, on which the bar and
weights would be balanced. We require to know such a
point in the bar that the energy developed by each weight
would equal one another. This point is known as the
"centre of gyration," and in the case of an unbalanced
spindle it is this centre or axis round Avhich the spindle
must be capable of revolving at the same time as it revolves
round its own axis. For most practical purposes, pulleys,
etc., are balanced on the principle of making their "centre
of gravity " correspond with the centre of their rotation,
but in important organs great care is taken to balance them
so that the " centre of gyration " corresponds to the axis
of the shaft on which they revolve. In a spindle this cannot
be done, so the balancing effect is obtained by leaving suffi-
cient room in their bearings to permit them to occupy and
revolve round their natural centres. Spindles constructed
on the above-mentioned principle are termed " elastic " or
" flexible " spindles.
Fig. 173 represents five of the prevailing types of flexible
spindles used by machine-makers in this country. They
324 COTTON SPINNING chap, hi
are all self-contained, on the principle of the Rabbeth.
Referring to A, it will be observed that the spindle D is
fitted with a bolster or pillar E ; this bolster is itself
fitted within the pillar F, which is firmly bolted to the
spindle rail. The inside bolster E is only permitted to fit
the fixed pillar F at its npper end, and even then the fit is
very easy ; the length of the bearing is shown as from B
to C. The lower end, it will be noticed, is quite free from
contact with the lower part of F, so that if the upper part
of the spindle and the bobbin fitted over it become un-
balanced, it may be deflected from an exact vertical line,
and revolve, as already pointed out, round its centre of
gyration. Every possible precaution is taken to prevent
or eliminate the tendency in the spindle and bobbin to
become unbalanced, and consequently never more than the
slightest tendency makes itself evident, even with the
highest speeds. Allowance need only be made, therefore,
to a limited extent, and this accounts for the small clear-
ances shown in the drawings.
It is quite evident that the pull of the band must be
exercised on some part of the upper bearing, and this is
marked clearly in the sketches, B and C representing the
top and bottom of the bearing, while A is the centre of the
Avharve. In this connection it may also be remarked that
it is advisable to arrange the pull so that it may be some-
where near the centre of the bearing.
A variety of means are adopted for keeping the inside
bolster in position and preventing it from revolving. Pins
and slots, screw caps, and spring catches are the usual
methods ; in the example B, a square end is provided on
the bottom of the bolster, which rests within a correspond-
ing but slightly larger hole in the outside pillar.
There is one great inconvenience associated with the
a-,
oW j,.
:.i.EP'"'
e,< --*.
o|
325
326 COTTON SPINNING chap.
spindles just illustrated : that is the method of renewing
the oil. The machine must be stopped, all bands be taken
off, the spindles taken out, and a pumj) used to extract the
dirty oil ; then the whole operation must be performed
again in the reverse order. All this means a waste of time,
as well as offering an opportunity for carelessness to show
itself. This objection was overcome by making the lower
end of the outside pillar open, and attaching thereto a cup
containing oil.
The Dobson-Marsh spindle illustrated this method, but
as modified, in its present construction, the oil cup is
attached to the pillar by means of a spring ring fitting
within a recess. Tlie oil is ciixulated the full length of the
spindle blade by means of a spiral cut on the lower end of
the spindle, and it returns to the cup by grooves cut in the
inside of the outside pillar ; these can easily be traced in the
drawing. Re-oiling can be performed without stopping the
machine or touching the bands, all that is necessary being
to take the cups off, empty the old oil out, put in the new,
and replace the cui)s. The work is done quickly, and saves
a deal of time. An arrangement of this kind has such
decided advantages that the method has been applied, with
slight variations in detail, to several makes of spindles, one
of which is represented in Fig. 174. The cup C in this
case is fastened on the inside of the pillar by means of a
quick-threaded screw, as marked at B. The lower end C is
made square, so that a key can be used to fix it firmly in
position and make it perfectly tight. Similar inside cups
have been used for some time by attaching them to the
pillar in various ways, such as by means of clip rings, hook-
and-slot, and bayonet joints.
On reference to Figs. 175, 176, another improvement will
be noticed. In order to prevent the spindle from lifting up
Ill
THE RING SPINNING FRAME
527
from its position, a catch is so arranged over the wharve
that such an action is impossible ; hefore the spindle can be
moved, the catch nuist be moved on one side, and it is more-
over necessary that the catch be so constructed that on the
replacement of the spindle it will permit the spindle to fall
with certainty to its j^lace. Fig. 169 and also Figs. 177 and
178 illustrate similar catches. The lid shown in the oil cup
Fig. 1V5
Fig. 1V6.
in Fig. 176 is to permit oil to be supplied to the spindle to
compensate for any evaporation that may take place.
It will readily be understood that the best-made spindles
will wear very little indeed during the course of years, and
if the oil 1)6 of the best quality (as it ought to be) there
will be no gumming nor will it become very dirty, and
evaporation therefore will reduce it in quantity only. The
passage to the oil cup is thus a decided convenience to those
who use the best lubricating oil obtainable.
328 COTTON SPINNING chap, hi
Fig. 175 illustrates a method of obtaining the same effect
on a self-contained spindle. An extension is made to the
outside pillai' at A, and it is bored out for the passage of
the oil. A cap B prevents the entrance of fly, dirt, etc.
An improvement on this is shown in Fig. 176, wherein the
cap is replaced by a hinged lid D, so arranged that it serves
also the purpose of a catch to prevent the lifting of the
spindle. An indispensable adjunct to the ring rail is to be
noticed in what is called the " traveller clearer." While the
machine is working, a good deal of dirt and fine fibre is
always flying about, which settles upon the frame, and
some of it naturally rests upon the ring itself. In course of
time accumulations would occur, which would interfere
with the action of the traveller by clogging its action. A
small projection is therefore placed on the ring plate by
screwing or other convenient means, in such a position that
the traveller in its revolution just misses it. In consequence
of this any fibres adhering to the traveller are caught up
by the projection, and the traveller passes on cleared of its
encumbrances. A catch of this kind will be noticed in
Fig. 1 .56 at D.
The Ballooning Effect has already been explained ; it
only remains to point out that under some conditions it has
a tendency to caiise the space between the spindles to be
greater than is desirable in order to avoid the adjacent
threads coming into contact with one another. To prevent
this, balloon plates, or, as some species of them are called,
" separators," are adopted. Such appliances are only really
necessary during the formation of the lower part of the
bobbin, so that when this stage is passed they are gener-
ally arranged to be automatically moved out of the way.
Different ways for doing this have been introduced, but in
essentials they consist of the introduction of projecting
^^
^
o
Fig. 17
f!^
Fio. 178.
329
330 COTTON SPINNING chap.
pieces of metal between the spindles, so that the bulging
thread is kept from coming into contact with neighbouring
threads. A vertical plate of sheet metal is a favourite
method ; its only disadvantage is that the open back and
front causes the yarn to bulge out at these points, so that as
it passes the sides it strikes against the plates, and of course
such an action is a disadvantage. This can be neutralised
to some extent by using plates that are closed in at the
back, so that as far as practicable the yarn is always kept
moving in a circle. Complete rings have even been adopted
for anti-ballooning purposes, but they introduce difficulties
in doffing and piecing, so have therefore not been very
successful.
It has already been intimated that the yarn spun on a
ring frame must be wound upon a bobbin whose diameter is
relatively large. This has always been a great drawback
and has prevented the machine competing with the weft
yarn made on the mule. Weft yarn is of course made on
the ring frame, and in large quantities ; but it is not done
under the best conditions, and the size of the bobbins made
is a great disadvantage. Many attempts, therefore, have
been made to spin on the bare spindle for both twist and
weft purposes, by getting rid of the bobbin, so as to obtain
the greatest amount of yarn in the smallest space, as in the
mule cop. A surprising amount of ingenuity and exertion
has been put forth to solve the problem of spinning on the
bare spindle, and, so far as making a cop is concerned, it
may be added that the problem has been successfully solved
in several ways. Commercial success, however, is another
matter, and in this direction nothing but failure has
rewarded the effi)rts that have been made. To be successful,
a machine for spinning on the bare spindle must have a
production equal to the present ring frame ; it must make a
in THE RING SPINNING FRAME 331
compact cop equal to the mule, which must possess the
quality of " readying " to an equal degree ; the stopping and
starting of the machine must present no difficulties, and the
travellers or guides must be as permanent as possible ; the
strains in the yarn must l)e uniform, especially in soft-
twisted yarn (as in weft) ; and elasticity must be a quality
possessed by the yarn produced.
The chief difficulty, that of causing the traveller to
ajjproach the spindle as the smaller diameters are being
wound, has not proved insurmountable ; but most of the
other points mentioned above have hitherto not been
attained, and until these have been overcome, spinning on
the bare spindle can only be said to be in its experimental
stage. Bearing this in mind, it would be inadvisable to
present the reader with the numerous methods that have
been tried unless some claim to success could be made out
for them. Every machine-maker is, more or less, devoting
consideralile time and money to bring it to a successful
issue, and no doubt something will be done soon to make
the ring frame a satisfactory cop spinner.
These notes upon the ring frame would be incomplete
Avithout some reference to a comparison between the mule
and the ring frame. There is such a divergence of opinion
upon the matter that the subject can only be briefly touched
upon, and it is done without the slightest idea of treating it
controversially. Thus fa.r practical experience points to a
limit beyond which ring 3\arn cannot excel yarn made on
the mule. Between 60's and 70's might be taken as this
limit — though the writer can point to a firm where as high
as lOO's is spun equal to anything in strength and quality
that the mule produces. AVeft yarns are not so easily
produced on the ring system as on the mule, but improve-
ments in the machine and conditions of workin<r enable
332 COTTON SPINNING chap.
weft up to 40's to be very successfully spun ; beyond this,
practical difficulties arise, M'hich prevent commercial success
being attained. It is frequently stated that the ring frame
requires more power to drive than the mule ; but a
considerable practical experience, extending over both
machines, suggests no great disadvantage in this respect in
the ring frame (especially with our high-class modern
flexible spindles). The ring frame is much the cheaper
yarn spinner, in some cases exceeding the mule by as much
as 40 per cent. In medium and finer counts no advantage
in this respect can be claimed, but below, say, 40's there is
a decided gain.
A comparison of the strength of yarn produced on the
two systems gives to the ring yarn the claim to superiority,
in some cases rising as high as 40 per cent. In regard to
regularity and elasticity, there is room for doulit as to
which claims the advantage, especially the latter cjuality ;
but the mule appears to attain a higher degree than the
ring frame in the elasticity of the yarn made, and is
more uniform in that respect. The ring frame has the
advantage over the nude in the space occupied, an economy
of 50 per cent being claimed for it. Tlie cheapness of the
labour and the ease with Avhich the ring frame can be
learned and attended to are economical advantages to be
considered.
The horse-power required to dri\ e a ring frame is a very
variable quantity, depending upon a number of conditions
that can scarcely be found alike in two machines. The
spindles, of course, absorl) the greatest proportion of the
power, and differences in spindles account for much of the
variation in power betAveen one machine and another.
Anything affecting the spindle, such as its speed, the pull
of the band, the size of the bobbin, the length of the
Ill THE RING SPINNING FRAME 333
traverse, the lubrication and condition of the oil used — all
are factors in the problem of the power. The construction
of a machine, its erection, gearing, rollers, and weighting,
are conditions which more or less must be considered in
relation to the power. Therefore it is no easy matter to
set up a standard by which the power of a ring frame can
be gauged. From practical dynamometrical tests made
by the Avriter, extending over scores of machines of all
the best makers, the number of spindles per indicated
horse-power has ranged from 60 to as high as 110.
The following table, taken from one of Draper's pub-
lications, presents in a convenient form the results of
tests which were conducted to indicate the power absorbed
by diflPerent parts of the machine. Speed of spindles,
9300. Diameter of ring, \\ inch. Xos. spun, 43's.
Power taken hy rollers, traverse motion, and gearing . 11 per cent.
Power taken by weight of bobbin and yarn . . .11 ,,
Power taken by the pull of the traveller . . .17 ,,
Power taken by cylinder and bare spindles . . . (31 ,,
100 „
The pull of the band has a very deciding effect in the power,
and 20 per cent may easily be added by banding too
tightly. To those who use a band tension scale a piUl of
2 lb. is strongly recommended by the best authorities, and
in no case ought it to exceed 3 lb.
Another feature which is not sufficiently observed by
many users of ring frames is the lubrication of the spindles.
It has become an axiom among those who have devoted
attention to the subject that only the very best oil it is
possible to get ought to be used on a ring frame. The
price of such an oil is an apparent objection, but when it is
considered that large percentages of power are saved —
which means a great saving in the coal bill, a longer life to
334 COTTON SPINNING chap.
the machine, and far better work — it is not difficult to see
that lubrication is too important a matter to be ignored or
lightly dealt with.
THE RING SPINNING FRAME 335
Calculations.-speed of spindles =^^'^-°^^'^'^i^^^.
^ Dia. of g.
r> 1 ■• fi' i. 11 Revs. ofCxCxA
J\evolutioiis of front roller = -
DxE
E X D X P
Turns of spiiuUe for one of front roller = -. 7= — k-
'■ A X Cx Q
T, . , . , ExDxP
1 wist per inch = t — j:^ — pr — ^r^^ — _ . .-^ •
'- AxCx QxNx3-1416
ExDxP
Twist wheel =
Twist per inch x C x Q x N x 3-1416
E x D X P
Constant nuinber for twist =
CxQxNx 3-1416
~ . , , , Constant number
1 wist wheel = —rir-—, ■ — , — •
iwist per inch
m . ^ . , Constant number
i wist per inch = — ^p; — ^- — ; — - — •
^ iwist wheel
rp . , , , Present twist wheel x ^Present counts
1 wist wheel = — .
vEequired counts
rp . , , , /Present twist wheePx Present counts
iwist wheel = A/ ^s ^ — s
> Kequired counts
^ .^ HxGxN
Draft = 1
Draft wheel =
BxFxL
HxGxN
Draft X F x L
HxGxN
Constant number for draft = „ _
If X L
» -n ff _ Constant number
Draft wheel
T% p^ 1 1 Constant nuinber
Draft wheel = =; —
Draft
■D , 1 , , , _ Present shaper wheel x \/Kequirod counts
\ Present counts
Ratchet wheel = /Present sliaper wheel'^ x Required counts
▼ Present counts
336 COTTON SPINNING chap, hi
Fig. 179 will enable all the above calculations to be
easily followed.
It may be observed that the above rule for twist
is only approximate ; but it differs from exactness by
such a small fractional amount that it may be used in
all circumstances.
CHAPTER IV
BOBBIN WINDING FRAME
It will only be necessary to briefly describe the uses to
which cotton yarns are put after coming from the spinning
machines, and these may be summed up in two chief
purposes, namely, weaving and doubling. The former
term includes all forms of cloth manufacture into which
cotton enters, whether as the only material used or simply
as the warp of the cloth, some other substance, such as
silk, wool, linen, etc., being used as the weft. The latter
term, doubling, signifies the twisting together of two or
more strands of single yarn in a simple or compound form,
for the purpose of making sewing thread, lace, embroidery,
knitting, crochet, hosiery, netting and other fancy yarns.
For the purpose of weaving, the Aveft yarn is generally
used in the form in which it comes from the spinning
machine, while, on the other hand, the warp threads
require to be put through several important operations to
fit them for their purpose. The only one of these opera-
tions which concerns our subject is also employed in the
doubling series of operations, so that by confining our
attention to this branch a repetition will be unnecessary.
The cops from the mule or bobbins from the ring frame
VOL. Ill Z
338 COTTON SPINNIXG ' chap.
are brought to this machine to have their yarn wound on
to large double-flanged bobbins, similar to those shown in
the sketch Fig. 180 at A; they are generally termed
warpers' bobljins, because yarn is practically always wound
into this form before being transferred to the warping
beam. The reason for this form of bobbin is that when
the yarn has to be again unwound and placed on a beam
or otherwise, it will come from the bobbin at a fairly
uniform tension, because of the parallel layers ; from a
cop or bobbin this would be impossible on account of the
constantly changing diameter of the conical ends. In
addition to being used for Aveaving purposes, the bobbins
are largely used for the doubling frame for the same reason
which prompts their use in warping. This point will be
treated more fully in a subsequent paragraph.
A general idea of the machine can be obtained on
reference to Fig 180, which represents the upper portion
of one side of the frame. Two rows of spindles (B) are
carried in bearings D and E on each side, and driven from
a tin drum in the centre of the machine through the wharves
C. The upper ends of the spindles carry the bobbins A.
The cops or ring frame bobbins are supported by small
brackets at N, and from here the yarn is led forward over a
flannel-covered board L, where it is likely to be cleared of
any loose fibres or dirt adhering to it. On its way to the
bobbin it passes through the bristles of a brush K, where a
further cleaning Avill naturally occur, and then on through
a guide H and on to the bobbin. The guide H is generally
of a special form for the purpose of clearing the yarn of
any persistent motes, slubs, etc., which stick to it, or to
prevent the passage of badly-formed piecings or knots due
to carelessness in the previous processes. This clearer is,
therefore, an absolutely essential feature, and it has afforded
WINDING FRAMES
339
innumerable opportunities for the displa}- of ingenuity in
so arranging its parts as to obtain the greatest usefulness
Fig. ISO.
out of it ; it also adapts itself well to different counts and
classes of yarn. This remark applies to other machines
340 COTTON SPINNING chap.
through which yarn passes and where such guides are
employed ; in some cases a kind of winding machine is
used simply for the purpose of clearing the yarn, so that
the clearer is the chief feature. The guide H is carried on
the top of a lifting rod F, which may be operated in its
upward and downward movement by a cam or the well-
known mangle-wheel arrangement. The resulting bobbin
can be made barrelled, as in the sketch, or perfectly parallel.
Bobbin boxes are placed under the row of cops M, and in
the middle of the machine is a receptacle for the full bobbins
after doffing. In most machines an arrangement can be
applied, in the form of an endless band or apron running
down the middle of the frame, which carries the full bobbins
to the end of the machine and deposits them in a large box
or skip. Instead of winding from cops, arrangements can
be substituted in order to Avind from hanks. In Fig. 187
will be found a fuller and better idea of the machine just
described.
Quick - traverse Winding Frame. — When yarn
is to be used for doubling purposes, that is, a combina-
tion of two or more ends into one, the yarns from two
of these bobbins are passed together through the rollers
of a doubling frame and then twisted together as one
strand. This system, however, is not now so general as
formerly, though it is still practised, and in the case of
high numbers winding is dispensed with and the cops placed
directly in the creel of the doubler. The usual method of
doubling the ends together for the doubling machine is to
take the cops or bobbins to Avhat is called a quick-traverse
winding frame, where a bobbin is made upon an ordinary
paper tube without flanges. A section of such a machine
is given in Fig. 181. It is a double-sided frame, and, like
the one just described, it will wind bobbins of any diameter
WINDING FRAMES
341
at the same time. Two shafts run the full length of the
machine, and on them are threaded and keyed drums M,
whose lengths are suitable for the lift of a bobbin required.
Eesting 011 the drums are wooden rollers N suj^ported in
the slotted bracket carried by the beams, and on the rollers
N rest the steel spindles upon Avhich the bobbin is to be
wound. The rollers are driven by friction, so that the
bobbin is built up through frictional driving, and as each
bobbin is diiven from a distinct Avooden roller the diameter
of the bobbin as it is formed does not interfere with its
342 COTTON SPINNING chap.
correct shape. The bobbin boxes or creels contain a scries
of supports C for tlie cops or bobbins, and the yarn is led
through a guide D and over a covered clearer E ; from here
it passes tlirough tlie drop needles F and over a stationary
guide Y and on to the bobbin through a spoon Q. This
spoon can be placed very near to the nip of the bobbin and
wooden rollers X, and it rec^ves a very quick to-and-fro
movement from a cam or other suitable mechanical motion.
The C|uick traverse of Q causes the yarn to be wound on
the bobbin P in a series of very coarse spii'als, and these
are such that the quick return motion enables a bobbin to
be formed without the usual wooden ends, thus saving both
weight and space.
In this machine any number of ends from one to six can
be doubled together and wound on one bobbin, and each
end will have exactly the same tension, the arrangement
of the parts being such that the tension can be readily
adjusted. The importance of maintaining the exact numbei
of ends continuously is obvious, especially if for doubling
purposes, when only two ends are to be twisted ; it is
therefore natural that an automatic stop motion is neces-
sary, and for this purpose the needles at F are employed.
Each end passes through a separate needle ; when the end
breaks, the needle falls and comes into contact with a
revolvins: grooved roller G. Since the needles are carried
by a swivelled catch-lever H, the consequence of F falling
into the path of G is to move the lever on one side, and
in doing so it releases the catch end of H from a projection
J which it has held in position. "When J is held bv H a
slide K is drawn back so that its upper surface at L is out
of contact with the wooden rollers N, and at the same time
the spring is put into tension. "When the catch H is
released, the spring forces K forward and the part L
IV WINDING FRAMES 343
impinges against the Avooden roller X and lifts it clear of
the drum ^I, thus stopping the hobbiii. This stoppage
enables the broken end to be at once pieced. The im-
probability of more than one end breaking at once or more
than one cop becoming enqjt}' at the same time, enables the
pieciug-up to be done Avithout bunch knots occurring ; it
prevents waste and overrunning, and in keeping the yarn
always at the same tension obviates the great fault of
corkscrewing when the bobbins are taken to the doubler.
The frames carrying the bobbins M are centred on the
rod E, and wire hooks supporting weights AY are added to
give grip and steadiness. A further improvement in this
respect is obtained by the use of the spring T, especially
when the bobbin is small. The hooks U and V are often
formed with bent portions, so that the bobbin itself can be
lifted out of contact with N and kept so by resting the bent
portion of the wire upon a convenient projection, as at X.
Another well-known and successful quick - traverse
winding frame is illustrated in Fig. 182, where half the
machine is shown in section. A shaft L drives a series of
drums A, whose outer surface is in the form of a thin shell
having a fine double helical slit piercing it all round ; this
slit corresponds to the usual cam which gives the quick
traverse to the other makes of winding frames. The spool
or bobbin D carried by a lever B which is centred at F
presses against the under side of A, and the yarn is led
from the cop or bobbin through the usual detector wire
G, over K, the roller H, and through the slit in the drum
A on to the spool. The revolution of A will* naturally
cause the yarn which passes through it to travel backAvards
and forAvards the full length of the cam slit in its surface,
and as the spool is driven at the same time through friction
by being in contact Avith A, the yarn is Avound on D in a
344 COTTON SPINNING chap,
series of coarse spirals in such a manner that the ends of
the spool are built up solidly and squarely, and are capable
of being handled and transported safely and economically.
A steel blade at E serves to keep the yarn always at the
bite of the spool and drum, and the lever B is so fulcrumed
that, as the spool enlarges, the point of contact with the
drum remains always the same. The stop motion is suffi-
ciently interesting to merit description. On the breakage
of an end, the needle G falls into the path of the revolving
wiper L, and is with its carrier at once moved backwards ;
this pulls M with it and lifts up the catch at "m"; "m,"
it will be observed, has resting against it a finger " a," which
is centred on the supporting lever A^, which carries the
drum A. Directly "m" is moved out of the way of "a"
the drum A falls back against a fixed brake N and is at
once stopped in its revolution ; the broken end can at once
be pieced, and if it is necessary to draw the spool away
from the drum a catch fulcrumed on B^ enables this to be
done by allowing the other end of B^ to come against a
stop on the beam ; on pressing down at B^ the spool will
fall immediately against the drum ready for work. The
pressure of the spool against A is carefully regulated by
the weight W, and is practically the same from the empty
to the full bobbin. It may be observed that this machine
is essentially a quick-traverse winding frame, and it could
not be used for slow winding without great loss of produc-
tion ; alteration in the speed of the traverse cannot be made
irrespective of the speed of winding, and as a consequence
the character of the winding practically remains the same.
Where the traverse is independent of the revolution of the
spool, half the pitch of the spiral can be obtained without
altering the production, and a slow-traverse bobbin can
even be made with the same efiect.
WINDING FRAMES
345
Fig. 183 gives another full sectional view of a frame
made by a Avell-knoAvn maker of this kind of machine, and
the following; remarks Avill enable the working to be under-
Fio. 182.
stood. The cop or bobbin boxes A are carried from the
spring pieces and run the full length of the machine ; in
the boxes are mounted, as shown, the cops or bobljins B.
The yarn from these is passed through wire guides C and
346 COTTON SPINNING chap, iv
on over an adjusting dr2,g board D, the regulation of which
is effected through the screws E. After leaving the drag
board, the yarn is passed through detector needles F carried
by a short swivel cradle, which rests upon one end of the
swivel frame G. The yarn is now taken in an upward
direction over the wooden guide rollers R, and from here
it passes direct to the flanged wooden winding bobbin M.
The bobbin M is supported upon the upper end of a
lever J fulcrumed on the swivel frame G ; the lower end of
J is connected by a cord or chain to a weight K, which
keeps M pressed against a central revolving drum X, so
that the bobbin has a constant pressure and an unvarying
surface speed. The threads Q are fixed to the traverse rod
0, which is actuated by a slow-motioned traverse, either of
the cam or mangle-wheel type. The automatic stoppage
of the machine when an end breaks is brought about through
the medium of the needles F ; these are kept out of contact
with the revolving ratchet shaft I when the yarn is passing
forward, but on an end breaking, the needle falls and is at
once moved aside by one of the wings of I. This at once
frees the end of G wliich carries the needle box, and it
rises, thus lowering the other end, which carries the lever
J ; in this way the bobbin is lowered from its normal posi-
tion, and in doing so it is kept out of contact with the drum
N by a brake L, whose knife edge projects almost to the
nip of the drum and bobbin. This naturally stops the
revolution of M; but to make this stoppage absolutely
certain, a projection on J comes against an extension of
the brake L, and the weight of J forces the upper end of
L against the bobbin J\I, and so stops its further motion
immediatel}'. For the purpose of piecing-up, the lever J
and bobbin can be pulled forward and automatically hooked
in a convenient position ; when all is in order, the setting-on
348 COTTON SPINNING chap.
handle H is depressed, and this action at once puts the
whole arrangement in correct position for continuing the
winding. One side of the machine is shown as when
winding is being performed, while the right-hand side
represents the altered positions taken up by the various
levers when an end breaks. Xo difficulty whatever is
experienced in finding and piecing a broken end, and any
number of ends from one to eight can be wound together.
The machine just illustrated is used, with very little
alteration of construction, for quick -traverse winding ; a
change in the method of giving the traverse being all
that is necessary.
The motion in this machine for making the " cheeses,"
as the quick-traverse bobbins are termed, is an interest-
ing example of mechanism ; instead of the usual cam,
an attempt has been made to use a crank, Readers
will know that although a crank gives a to-and-fro move-
ment, such a motion is not a uniform one, the middle of
the throw giving a C|uick movement Avhile the ends pro-
duce a slow one. In the example, this irregular action
of the crank is overcome, or rather modified, by the
introduction of a special cam groove, so formed that the
crank pin travelling in this groove is made to give to a
traverse rod an absolutely uniform motion.
Fig. 184 gives a section through the traverse motion.
Upon the drum shaft A are keyed a series of drums B ;
the traverse rod J is connected to crossheads I, Avhich slide
to and fro in guides. A crank pin H on the top side of
the crank-plate slide F fits in a groove of the crosshead, the
slide F sliding within a groove on the crank plate E. It
Avill be seen that if F and E are fastened together and
revolved, the pin H would impart to the traverse rod J a
simple crank movement which is incapable of building a
WINDING FRAMES
349
straight bobbin. However, F is made so that it can slide
along guides carried by E, and by means of a bowl G which
it carries, and which fits in a cam groove cut in a revolving
plate D, the pin H is made to move in a special manner
towards and away from the centre of the crank plate E,
so that the irregularities of the crank motion are neutralised
and a uniform traverse is the result. From the sketch an
idea of how the arrangement is driven may be obtained.
The shaft K is driven from the gearing C ; on K is keyed
Fig. 184.
a bevel L, Avhich gears into two bevels M and N. The
lower bevel wheel M is keyed to the crank shaft P, and
so drives the crank plate E ; the upper bevel wheel N is
keyed to the boss of the cam D, and from it the cam
receives its motion.
Two partial views of a quick-traverse frame are given in
Figs. 185 and 186. This frame is fitted up, as usual, with
automatic stop motion, but the drawings will serve their
chief purpose by showing the most common form of cam.
The revolution of the cam A moves the pin B to and fro,
35°
COTTON SPINNING
and with it the traverse rod C, which runs the full length
of the frame and carries the gnides D.
A drawing has heen prepared, Fig. 187, to illustrate a
more modern example of the ordinary Avinding frame for
making warpers' bobbins than that given in Fig. 180. This
machine is sometimes called a clearing^ frame. The ring
Fig. 1S5.
Fig. 186.
frame bobbins G are mounted, as shown, upon a box
arrangement F, which serves also the purpose of a receptacle
for bobbins. The yarn is led upwards throTigh giddes over
a drag board E and through another guide H ; from H the
yarn is taken over a rod J, and when used as a clearing
frame it passes through an adjustable yarn clearer C. This
clearer is really a series of narrow slits, so arranged that
IV WINDING FRAMES 351
the slits can readily be made wider or narrower according
Fig. 1S7.
to the counts or condition of the yarn, the object being to
prevent the passage of knots or other imperfections in the
352 COTTON SPINNING chap, iv
way of " slubs," etc. The j^arn now passes on to the bobbins
N, which are mounted upon Rabbeth spindles P carried
from the beam R; the spindles are driven from the tin
roller Q, the diameter of which is usually about 5 inches.
To economise time when doffing, the full bobbins are
taken from the spindles and put upon a travelling apron
B, which carries them to the end of the machine and
deposits them into a basket or box. The building motion
takes effect through the Avheel M gearing into a vertical
rack L, on the upper end of which is mounted the clearer
arrangement. An ingenious contrivance is introduced at
D : it is very desirable not to have the j^arn always passing
through the clearer C at the same spot, so the rod J is
carried by a lever D, whose centre is at S ; a projection on
D rests upon an incline K, so that as L is raised and
lowered the lever D will receive an oscillating movement,
and the rod J will guide the yarn through the clearer C in
a constantly varying position.
CHAPTER V
DOUBLING
The bobbins from the winding frame are now taken and
placed in the creel of a doubling frame, or, as it is
sometimes and more correctly called, a twisting frame or
twister, Avhere the ends are twisted together into one
thread.
The doubler bears a general resemblance to the ring
spinning frame, and its twisting operation is exactly the
same, but an observer would notice in most machinery three
points of difference, namely — the bobbins in the creel are
different, as already explained ; the feed rollers are not
as in the ring frame — we find no drawing rollers at all in
the doubler, for the reason that no drawing effect can be
obtained from threads already so well tAvisted ; instead of
three lines of rollers we only find a single line. The other
difference noted would be the character of the bobbins built
on the machine ; as a rule these are built up as parallel
layers on double-ended bobbins and not in conical layers,
as in the ring frame, though it may be observed that ring
spinning frames are sometimes made Avith parallel lifts and
doubling frames are made A\'ith conical lifts.
Fig. 188 will convey some general idea of the doubler.
As in the ring frame, there are tAvo roAvs of spindles HH,
VOL. Ill 2 A
354 COTTON SPINNING chap, v
one on each side of the machine ; these are driven from the
tin drums G. The driving of the single hne of rollers J
starts at C on the tin roller shaft and through the gearing
356 COTTON SPINNING chap.
shown, to F. Ou account of tlie wide range of twists j^iit
into the various doublings, two change places are introduced
at A and B to enable this to be readily obtained. The
lifting cam, it will be noticed, is an equal heart-shaped one,
giving the up and down motion of the rail a uniform
Fig. 19a
traverse ; it is driven generally from the feed roller J in
the manner illustrated.
Creels. — Illustrations are given in Figs. 189, 190, and
191 to show the method of doubling from flanged bobbins,
from quick-traverse winding drum bobbins, and from cops j
in all cases the system of doubling is called wet doubling,
THE RING DOUBLER
357
from the fact that the 3'arn before reaching the rollers
•passes through a trough of water. Dry douljling is practi-
cally the same system with the exception of the water
trough, and iron rollers are used instead of bi'ass covered
ones ; dry doubled yarn is used chiefly for warp threads in
Fig. 191.
weaving, and also in many cases simply for the selvedges in
cloth where the general warp is single yarn.
English and Scotch Systems. — The two illustrations
in Figs. 192 and 193 will serve to illustrate the details of
the trough in wet doubling. Two systems are employed,
namely, the Scotch and English. Fig. 192 shoAvs the
English system ; here the yarn coming from the bobbins
passes down into the trough of water and under a glass rod
Fig. 192.
CHAP. V
THE RING DOUBLER
359
carried by a series of short aims
centred as shown. On emerging
from the water the yarn passes
through a guide wire and on to the
rollers ; these rollers are covered
with brass so that the w^eft yarn has
no corroding eflect on them. Apart
from the fact that the rollers deliver
the yarn at a fixed rate, they serve
the purpose of pressing the surplus
water from the yarn, the top roller
being heavy and driven entirely by
friction from the bottom roller. For
cleaning purposes, etc., the glass rod
can be lifted out of the trough by
the handle shown in the illustra-
tion, and the trough itself can be
emptied by a tap placed at one end
of the frame. The effect of water
on the yarn is to give it a solidity,
and strength is added from the fact
that all loose fibres are smoothed
down and readily incorporated in
the double thread when twisted.
The Scotch system is given in Fig.
193 ; here the rollers themselves are
located within the trough, so that
the yarn passes direct from the creel
to the underside of the bottom roller.
The top roller is out of contact with
the water in the trough, but it is
constantly wet through its contact
with the bottom roller, so that in
r7^
Fig. 194.
36o
COTTON SPINNING
this case the yarn passes to the spindles in a fur vetter
condition than in the English system. •
Spindle. — The spindles of a doubling frame are practi-
cally the same as those used on a ring spinning frame.
Fig. 194: will enable a comparison to be made, and it "n^ll
be noted that stronger and heavier spindles are required
for doubling than for spinning. The bobbin is double-
ended, and the yarn is "wound on in layers the full length
of the lift, no crossing effect being given.
Knee-brakes. — An appliance called a knee -brake is
frequentl}" applied to a doubling spindle. This is done so
that the attendant can, by pressing the brake with the knee,
stop the spindle while the end is being pieced. Fig. 194
shows the brake, and attached to it is a projecting wire
used as a catch to prevent the spindle lifting out of its
V THE RING DOUBLER 361
bearing. The brake ilhistrated encircles the base part of
the spindle carrier, and on the nnderside of the front is cut
an inclined surface resting upon the edge of the pillar base.
A piece of leather is shown in the hatched part of the
drawing, and it is so arranged that if the knee presses
against the front of the l)rake, the inclined surface permits
the brake to slide up until the leather comes into contact
with the lower part of the spindle wharve ; the friction
resulting from this pressure stops the spindle, and jiiecing
can be performed quickly and conveniently. In withdraw-
ing the knee the brake by its own gravity falls out of con-
tact with the wharve and takes up its normal position.
There are innumerable types of these knee-brakes, but
one more example Avill be sufficient ; this is illustrated in
Fig. 195, where a single casting, as in the first case, rests on
the spindle rail and is prevented from any side play by small
projections fitting round the pillar base. Pressuie applied
by the knee to the front part at A causes the upper
leather-padded end C to press against the spindle and so
stop it.
Stop Motions. — Two examples are given of stop
motions ; the first is a very cheap and simple, but at the
same time a very useful, type. Its object is to prevent the
deliveiy of yarn when an end breaks ; it will readily be
understood that twisted yarn, if it continues to be delivered,
will either be wound on the roller in the foim of a lap and
will require some trouble to cut away, with the possibility
of damaging the roller, or it will be delivered and fly
around in the path of other ends and cause several break-
downs in addition to its own. Apart from the trouble
involved, jauch waste is caused by it, and the necessity of
a stop motion will be obvious. In the motion illustrated
(Fig. 196) a metal holder D is loosely centred on the pivot
362
COTTON SPINNING
of the top roller A; attached to D is a wire F curved
around so that its lower end G, which is curled, allows the
yarn to pass through on its way to the spindle. At E is
fixed a strip of leather, so that when the end breaks the
wire F instantly falls, and the leather E passes into the nip
of the two rollers A and B, and is carried a little forward ;
while the leather strip is in this position, it is impossible
JCarn
Fig. 19G.
for yarn to be further delivered, so both waste, laps, and
additional breakages are prevented. The second example
is a Avell-known and well-tried arrangement, and, as will be
seen in Fig. 197, it stops both the rollers and the spindles.
The stoppage of these two organs was formerly considered
an altogether unnecessary act for twofold yarn and even for
threefold ; this opinion is still held by many, but experience
is proving that substantial advantages accrue even when
THE RING DOUBLER
363
twofold yarn is being Jonbled, and the success of the
method shown in the diagram is a strong proof of the
efficacy of such an arrangement. The drawing is ahnost
self-explanatory, and can be easily followed in its action.
Pig. lOr.
the connection between the stopj^ing of the rollers and the
spindles being clearly depicted.
Twisting". — The twisting action on the doubler requires
no special description, because it depends upon the same
principles as in the ring frame. In the dry doubler, ring
and ti'aveller are precisely as in the ring frame. In wet
364 COTTON SPINNING chap.
douliling, however, a slight variation is introduced in the
form of the traveller, with the object of obtaining a larger
frictional surface between it and the ring. This will be
observed in Fig. 198, where A is the ring and B the
traveller. To prevent wear, doubler rings are oiled or
greased ; several very ingenious methods have been tried
to do this without hand labour, but so far the greasing in
most places is purely a manual task. A point to notice in
connection with a doubler ring a,n'd traveller is that any
wear that takes place will be at the part A on the under
side of the ring. It is a large surface, and wear must be
considerable to become inconvenient. From this fact we
find little effort made to use double rings in doublers,
though they are by no means unknown. A list of suitable
travellers for 2, 3, and 4-fold yarns for wet and dry
doubling would be too long to insert here, but any machine
firm of repute would, no doubt, willingly supply the reader
with the information.
An interesting subject is presented to us when we come
to consider the twisting together of two or more yarns to
form a cord. As this is the chief purpose of the machine,
a brief mention of the operation will lie made. If a
twisted thread of single yarn be taken from a cop that has
been spun "twist way," the spirals will have the same
direction as the threads of a left-handed screw (see Fig.
199. If this thread is noAv allowed to sag until it becomes
doubled, it will be observed that the parts of the doubled
end immediately begin to twist themselves together, as
shown in the sketch, Fig. 200. The peculiarity in this
action lies in the fact that the twist of this doubled thread
is opposite to the twist of the single thread which composes
it. Moreover, the single thread, if left alone, would begin
to untwist itself, while the double part has no such tendency.
THE RING DOUBLE R
36s
on the contrary, its tendency is to become more tightly
twisted and to remain so. The action just described is a
perfectly natural one, and has been performed entirely
by the forces within the yarn itself. Its explanation is
simple enough Avhen Ave remember that a thread twisted
"twist way" will untwist itself by turning "weft way."
If two threads twisted "twist way" are put together, each
Fig. 198.
Fig. 199. Fig. COO.
Fio. 201.
tries to untwist " weft way," and consequently they wind
round each other and form a combined thread which is
twisted "weft way," as the sketch illustrates.
This example supplies us Avith the foundation upon
■which to base our doubling operations. In doubling two
or three-fold, the tAvist must be opposite to that of the
single yarn. In four and six-fold tAvo operations are
necessary. First, tAvo ends are made into one; these are
then re- wound on a Avinding machine and tAVO or three of
366 COTTON SPINNING *chap. v
them are twisted together again on the second doubler into
a single cord : such a cord would be denoted as a four or
six-fold thread. Fig. 201 Avill illustrate how these ends
must be twisted in order to obtain a thread that will be
well twisted and will remain so without a tendency to
untwist. Note, that since a six-fold is to be the object of
our doubling, the three two-folds of which it is composed
are not to be twisted as if they were to stand as simple
two-fold yarn, but rather they must be so twisted as to
make a permanent six-fold yarn. In the first place, single
yarns A and B, both with the same twist, are taken and
twisted together into one thread, as at C. The two are
twisted in the same direction as the twist in the single
yarn ; this twist is not a permanent one, for, as already
mentioned, this two-fold thread would at once untwist
itself if allowed to be free. We have, therefore, in the
doubled yarn at C two forces at work — the twist in the
single yarns A and B tending to untwist, and the same
twist in the double yarn tending to untwist in the same
direction. If three of these threads C are put together,
they would among themselves twist into a cord in the
opposite direction to the twist of the component threads ;
they must, therefore, be twisted together in this direction
if we desire a permanently twisted six-fold yarn. This is
shown at D in the sketch, which, it will be noticed, has its
twist opposite to that of the threads C and A and B. A
thread made by this method is said to be " cable laid," to
distinguish it from some threads, or rather cords, which
are made by simply twisting six or more ends at one
operation into a single cord. Commercially, doubled yarns
are denoted by first stating the number of folds and then
following with the counts of the single yarn of which it
is composed — for instance, six-fold 120's means that the
Fig. 202
Fig. 203.
36S
CHAP. V THE RING DOUBLER 369
combined thread has six strands of 120's in it, and is
represented frequently as 6/120's.
Rope Driving". — A feature now frequently seen on
doubling frames and sometimes on ring spinning frames
is an arrangement for enabling the speed of the tin roller
to be altered. In each case, however, the necessity
for its use only arises in case of a wide range of twists
being Avorked in the same mill on the same machines.
Several systems are adopted, an example of which is given
in Fig. 202. The driving pulleys, instead of being placed
on one of the tin drum shafts, are carried by suitable
supports above the frame end, as at A and B. These two
pulleys, it will be observed, are placed between two strong
supports, but the short driving shaft is extended, and on
it is fixed a rim band pulley C. An endless band passes
around this pulley, and is threaded round pulleys E and F
keyed to each of the tin drum shafts, and on over a guide
pulley D. The passage of the band over the pulleys can
be easily understood from the drawings. Figs. 202 and
203 ; a point to observe is that no crossing of bands is
necessary. The pulley D is carried by a slide bracket
containing a screw, through which the band can be
tightened and kept at a suitable tension. The change
pulley C is exactly similar to those used on the mule, and
the method of fastening it on the shaft is also the same, so
that it is quite a simple matter to change it. From some
points of view there is also an advantage in this arrange-
ment of driving, inasmuch as both tin drums are driven
alike.
Calculations. — Fig. 188 will enable the following
calculations to be readil}- understood :—
_ T - . T, Revs, of G X dia. of G
Siieed ot siiinules = :pr^ rr^^
' ^ Dia. of H
VOL. Ill 2 B
370 COTTON SPINNING
Revs. ofCxCxBxA
Eevs. of front roller
DxExF
Turns of spindle for one of front roller = ■: — tt — -yz — =i"
^ Ax B xCxH
„ . , . , FxExDxG
Twist per ,^^\,^ -^--^-^^-,^-^-^^^^.
rr • f 1 1 A FxExDxG
Iwist wheel A=^ . , — ^ — p^ — 5 — ^ — s-tttt:*
Twist xBxCxHxJx 3-1416
FxExDxG
iwist wheel B^
A X Twist X (J x H x J X 3-1416
In regard to the twist required in doubled yarns, the
common practice is to find the counts of the combined
thread and put in the twists that would be required for a
single yarn of the same counts ; a slight allowance is to
be made for the difference produced as a consequence of
contraction due to twisting.
Two threads of 40's doubled = 20's.
Three ,, 60's ,, =20's.
Four ,, SO's ,, =20's.
The following rules, relating to doubled yarns when the
numbers of the single yarns are not the same, are only
occasionally required : —
For two yarns of different counts, say A and
-7 — ^ = doubled thread.
A + B
When we know the counts of the doubled thread, and
it is desired to know the counts of another thread to use
with a known yarn to produce it, all that is necessary is to
proceed as follows : —
-. — ,, = doubled thread.
A + B
We know the counts of A, and we want to knoAv the
counts of B, therefore —
A X doubled thread _
A - doubled thread
V THE KING DOUBLER 371
If A = 40's and the doubled thread = 20's, Avhat must B
equal 1
40'sx20's_800_
40's - 20's 20 ~ ®'
For three yarns of vmequal counts, doubled together,
the usual rule is as follows : —
Weigh a lea of each of the counts ;
Divide the weight of each lea by 1000 ;
Add the quotients together, and
Divide the sum of them into 1000.
Or, Divide the highest count by itself ; then
Divide each of the other counts into the highest ;
Add the three quotients together, and
Divide their sum into the highest count.
Or, Let three mixed numbers be «, i, and c, then the
mixed counts equal
ax Jx c
-7— — ,~ = counts.
ab +ac+oc
Ex. — When ISTos. 20, 40, and 60 are doubled, what is the
resultant numbers ?
20x40x60
20 X 40 + 20 X 60 + 40 X 60
= 10 "9 counts.
Note. — 1 per cent is generally allowed when doubling different
numbers.
CHAPTEE VI
YAEN PEEPARING MACHINES
Reeling. — When yarn has to be dyed, bleached, and
probably shipped abroad, it is usually made into as loose
a condition as possible. Within recent years means
have been adopted — by using perforated skewers and
forcing dye or some bleaching liquid through the cop from
its interior as it is immersed in vats or kiers — to bleach
and dye the yarn while in the cop and bobbin form. In
spite of the progress that has been made in this direction,
however, the process of reeling is still largely used for
unwinding the cops and bobbins, and, while the yarn is in
the unwound state, bleaching and dyeing it by the usual
methods.
In some processes the cop and bobbin are not most
convenient for the yarn. This is the case especially in the
hosiery trade : as the yarn used for this purpose is generally
bought, it is first reeled and then made up into bundles for
safety, convenience, and economy in transit. On its arrival
at the mill it is re-wound into the special form of bobbin or
cop that is most convenient for the purpose.
Reeling is performed on a machine called a reel, the
chief element of which consists of a "swift." This swift is
built up of six longitudinal staves of wood, arranged in the
372
YARN rREPARING MACHINES
yii
form of a hexagon, each stave being suj^ported throughout
its length by anus at an equal distance from the centre of
a shaft. Fig. 204 illustrates this feature. Upon the shaft
Fig. 204.
A are mounteil arms B, C, and D ; one of the arms B is
fixed to the shaft (or, instead of a shaft, a tin cylinder is
used, as being lighter and larger in diameter). The staves
E, Ej, and Eg are in pairs, and are carried by the arms B,
374 COTTON SPINNING chap.
C, and D. Two of the arms (C and D) are loose on the
shaft, and can be moved round so that the staves can be
brought together, as shown by the dotted lines at Eg ; a
strap F is generally used to keep the staves in their correct
positions when working. All that is necessarj-, when doff-
ing, is to unhook one end of the strap at G, and the whole
swift can be closed up as at Eg.
The circumference of the swift is H yards = 54 inches ;
the diameter, therefore, across two opposite staves will be
approximately —
f = 18 inches.
(3
Reels assume a variety of forms, according to the work
they have to do, but, speaking generally, they may be
divided into cop and bobbin reels — or, in other words, the
differences between most reels consist of variations in the
creel and method of driving. There are single reels for
cops or bobbins arranged to be driven by hand or power,
these having only one length of swift ; a double form for
the same purjxse with a swift on each side of the machine ;
a special form for reeling from the cheeses made on a quick-
traverse gassing frame, and other types or variations. It
will be sufficient to illustrate the essential features of one
type only, this being the bobbin reel shown in Fig. 204.
The bobbins G are placed upon spindles H, and the yarn
led from them through guides or clearing plates at J on to
the swift ; the swift is driven from the end of the machine
(see Fig. 205) by the pulley K, L being the loose pulley.
There are several methods of winding the yarn on to the
swift so that it will l)e in a loose condition when taken off
again. It must be remembered, hoAvever, that while the
loose condition is essential, the winding must be so per-
formed that no entanglement will occur in the subsequent
YARN PRETARING MACHINES
375
processes ; therefore some definite method must be adopted
tliat will facilitate re-winding. This, in conjunction with
the fact that it is frequently necessary to have very exact
lengths wound on the swift, introduces traverse and
measuring mechanism, which form a chief feature of most
reels.
Fig. 205.
"When the yarn is wound on the swift in a definite
length, the basis of the English system of numbering yarns
— namely, 8-40 yards — is taken as the standard, and as 840
j^ards of any yarn is termed a " hank " Ave have a very
simple method of obtaining the necessary revolutirins for
the swift to wind any given weight of yarn. For instance.
376 COTTON" SPINNING chap.
the swift in one revolution winds on IJ- yards; it will
therefore require
-_ = 560 revs.
to wind on one hank. Knowing the counts of yarn being
wound — say 20's — there would he twenty of these hanks to
1 lb. The usual practice is to make the lianks into bundles
of 5 or 10 lb., so that it is an easy matter to say how many of
the hanks from a reel are required for a bundle. The hank
(or 840 3'ards) Avound on a swift may be put on by laj'ing
one-seventh of a hank — that is, 120 yards — on one part of
the swift, and then moving the guide wire a little to one
side and laying another 120 yards — or "lea," as it is termed
— by the side of the first ones. If this is done seven times
we get the hank divided into seven parts (or leas), as shown
at 1 in Fig. 205. Another method is to arrange the
traverse motion to guide the j-arn over a sjiace on the swift
equal to that occupied by the seven-lea motion. By doing
this cpiickly the 3'arn is wound on in a " crossed " condition,
as shown at 2 in Fig. 205 ; when definite lengths are
wound on in this way the yarn is said to be "skeined,"
though it is as well to bear in mind that the system can be
and is adopted for winding on any length other than a
hank. The " Grant " system of winding is a modification
of the crossed form, the yarn being crossed in a special
manner, which enables a thread to be j)assed through the
openings between the crossings, so as to tie the whole
together and j^revent entanglements. The seven-lea ari'ange-
ment also permits the seven diA^isions to be easily tied
to<iether. Fig. 205 will enable the traverse mechanism to
be understood. On the shaft A is keyed a worm M, which
gears into a worm Avheel X. This wheel carries a finger
which in the course of its revolution comes against a tooth
VI YAKiY PREPARING MACHINES 377
in a vertical rack P, and lifts the rack bodil}'. The upper
end of the rack P carries a stepped bracket Q, against
which a j^in li, carried by the finger T, is kept pressed by
a spring. The finger T being fixed to the guide rail S, the
guide wires J Avill cause the yarn to be Avound on the swift
at the points they happen to be opposite. Now suppose
the rack is lowered and the jDin E. is on the step at 3, then
when the finger on N lifts the rack P the pin will shoot
into the next step at 4, and the guide plate S will move
the depth of the notch away on one side of its previous
position. This continues until the seven leas have been
laid on the swift ; at the termination of the last length an
automatic arrangement moves the strap on to the loose
pulley, and a brake comes into contact with the pulley V
and stops the frame instantly. A catch which drops into
teeth on the side of the rack P prevents the rack falling
back after it is lifted by the finger on N.
The same illustration shows the method of obtaining the
crossing motion. In this case the traA-erse is continuously
moving to and fro, so that the parts M, N, P, and E, are
not used; instead, Me have a wheel 0 driving another
wheel U, on the upper end of which is a crank W carrying
a pin X, which also engages with a finger Y fixed to the
traverse rod S. The revolution of AY will move X back-
wards and forwards, and according to the " throw " of the
crank will give a traA'erse of the yarn on the swift. The
pin at X is the same as that used at R, so that if a machine
is fitted up with both motions, the change from the "lea"
motion to the " crossing " motion can be effected by simply
changing the pin li to X.
The doffing of the yarn from the swift is done as
follows : — First, the staves are drawn together, as shown at
Eg, Fig 204 As there are generally 40 hanks wound on
378 COTTON SPINNING chap.
one swift, all this requires to be moved to one end of the
machine and then taken off. This is not a simple matter,
for the swift and the yarn it contains are heavy, and the
support of the swift if fixed prevents taking off the yarn ;
the end support is therefore modified, and in its
place the old style of bearing was that shoAvn
at Fig. 206. Better systems are now adopted,
one of which is shown in Fig. 204 ; this is
called the "bridge" doffing motion. The shaft
I'M. 206. . . ° . ^
A is carried by the framing, but surrounding it
is a loose guide 6, which is loosely hinged on a pin 7 ; when
the staves are brought together the yarn is drawn over the
end and dropped into the opening 8. This done, the guide 6
is turned over from the pin 7 as a centre, and then occupies
the position shown in the dotted lines, leaving a clear
opening for the doffBd yarn to be lifted out.
Coleby's Reel. — A machine sometimes used instead of
the long 40-hank machines illustrated in Fig. 204 is given in
Fig. 207. It consists of four independent " swifts " (B, C,
D, and E), all of which are driven from the middle of
the machine by one belt. The swifts are of the ordinary
construction, and each one is generally made to reel ten
hanks, so that a complete machine will work forty hanks
at a time. Every thread has an automatic stop motion,
but only that section or swift is stopped which is at the
time reeling the thread ; this is a decided advantage, as it
saves considerable time and material ; only ten hanks are
stopped for piecing instead of forty hanks, as in the
previously described machines.
The off end of each swift, as at J and H, is supported
by a bracket K, which is provided with a stud J and a
sliding bush H. AVhen doffing, the bush H is moved along
the shaft of the swift and a clear opening is left for the
YARN PREPARING MACHINES
379
reeled hanks to he slipped off the closed staves of the swift.
The drawing shows the machine ready to he doffed, and
one swift is represented as at the point ready for the hanks
to he taken off. Any system of reeling can he applied to
the machine and any required length wound on the swifts
with automatic stop motion to each section when the
correct quantity is put on. Cops, hohhins, cheeses, etc.,
Fio. 207.
can he reeled, and one, two, or more ends reeled together.
As in the previous machine, a change from "lea" to "cross"
or "Grant" reeling can he effected hy simply changing a
stud. The gain in production, through saving in time alone,
over the ordinary reel is as high as 25 per cent, and one
child with any smartness can take care of one side of a
machine — that is, twenty cops — and produce as much as an
average reeler from an ordinary 40-hank reel.
Fig. 208 shows a sectional view of the machine, and it
3So
COTTON SPINNING
will be ohserved that the strap A drives both lines of
swifts. This is not done directly, but through the arrange-
FiG. 20S.
ment shown in Fig. 209, which represents a j)lan A'iew of
the gearing. The strap drives the pulley B which runs
loose on the shaft C ; each side of the pulley has one part
of a clutch wheel Avhich gears with the other half connected
to the shaft C by a float key. The boss of this half of the
Fig. 200.
clutch wheel has a grooA^e for the fork D, so that by
moving aside the handle E any one or all the swifts F
can be stopped through disconnecting the clutch wheels.
The shaft C drives the swift through the wheels G and H.
The regulating and measuring mechanism is dri^-en from
the worm J ; the finger on the wheel K lifts the vertical
VI YARN PREPARING MACHINES 381
rack L, and so permits the traverse rod to escape a tooth
after one-seventh of a lea has been Avound on at one spot.
The stoppage of the swift after it has revolved a sufficient
number of times is brought about by a stop M on the
vertical rack coming against a projection N on the setting-
on handle E and releasing it from a catch which holds it in
position. The automatic stop motion when an end breaks
is worked by the band P, which drives the shaft Q, on
which are the spiders ; a needle falls on the spiders when
an end breaks, but their continued movement forces the
needle box on one side and causes the lever E. to lift up
and release the handle E.
The right-hand sketch in Fig. 209 will illustrate how the
crossing motion is obtained ; a lever S centred at T is
actuated b}' a cam at U ; this gives a to-and-fro motion to
the end of the lever at AV ; its connection to the traverse
bar produces a quick reciprocation motion, and so crosses
the yarn on the swift.
Gassing.^ — Gassing is a process in which yarn is passed
rapidly over a light for the purpose of burning off the
numerous ends of fibres which stand out from the body ; it
is a very necessary operation for all purposes where yarn is
required to be as round, smooth, and solid as possible. In
general, it consists in taking the j^arn from the cops or
bobbins A (Fig. 210), and after passing it through tension
guides B and C, threading it backwards and forwards over
small grooved pulleys D and E, and from here on to a
quick-traverse drum-winding arrangement at F. Between
the two pulleys D and E, just under the point where the
yarn is crossed, is placed a gas-burner G, having a number
of very small jets of flame ; in many cases the burner is of
the atmospheric kind known as the Bunsen burner. The
pale-blue flame, devoid of carbon, is intensely hot, and
^ The subject of Gassinp is treated more fully in the Appendix.
382
COTTON SPINNING
performs the function of singeing most effectively. The
yarn passes through the light at from 200 to 250 feet per
minute, and it does this from 7 to 11 times before being
Pig. 2ia
wound upon the " cheese." The coarser numbers — say, 30's
twofold — go through tlic light at the slower rate and the
higher number of times, while the higher counts — such as
200's tAvofold — pass over the light at the quickest rate and
the least number of times. Extra folds of yarn go slower
VI YARN PREPARING MACHINES 383
stili, and the higher the counts the quicker the passage of
the yarn must be.
There is, of course, a h^ss in gassing yarn, the amount
depending upon the extent of the gassing and the (juality
of the yarn — 7 to 8 per cent representing the average, this
meaning that if lOO's yarn is gassed the resulting yarn will
be about 108's. The gas is supplied to the burners by a
pipe Avhich runs the full length of the frame on each side ;
the burners are connected to it by a swivel joint, and
arrangements are made so that when an end breaks and
piecing is being effected, or the machine is stopped, the
burners move aside from underneath the y-ATn. On setting
on the machine, the winding commences before the burners
are moved, so that scorching or burning the threads is
entirely avoided. The traverse motion is now almost
universally an adaptation of the quick traverse motion,
practically the same mechanism being used.
Bundling Press. — As its name implies, this is a machine
for pressing a number of hanks of cotton into a smaller
compass, and while imder pressure the compressed yarn is
tied up into bundles by hand. The size of the bundles
varies, but generally 5 or 10 lb. bundles are formed in the
machine. The illustration (Fig. 211) will convey a very
good idea of the press ; its upper part is formed by a series
of strong bars projecting above the table in two sets ; a
narrow space separates each bar, through which string is
passed ; packing paper is placed over the string, and on
this are placed the hanks of the number to make up the
weight to 10 lb. ; another paper is placed over the top, and
the machine set in motion. Tlie action is as follows : — The
driving pulleys, through strong gearing, turn a pair of
eccentrics or cams; these lift up the sliding base upon
which the hanks are i^laced, and as this base rises, the top
3^4
COTTON SPINNING
of the yarn box is formed by a series of strong bars hinged
to one of the sets of projecting bars above mentioned,
being automatically caused to swivel down and become
locked in the opposite set of bars ; a strong top is thus
formed, and against it the bundle is pressed to the required
K
Fio. 211.
dimensions. An interval is allowed for completing the
packing and tying by hand, after Avhich the base lowers and
the top bars move upwards, leaving a clear space again for
the withdraAval of the now complete bundle. The machine
is generally made to be Avorked either by hand or power,
and 180 ten lb. bundles can be made per day of 10 hours.
CHAPTER VII
MILL PLANNING
Mill planning is essentially a branch of a student's work
in the subject of cotton spinning, and for that reason it will
be noticed in these pages. It is, however, so emphaticallj'-
a distinct branch, from a practical point of view, that
outside of giving an intelligent idea of how mill planning
is done, it is not our purpose to do more than give suflScient
information to enable one to use it as a basis for further
practice, and as an aid in understanding the work of others.
To plan a mill with all due regard to room, lengths of
machines, arrangement of machinery, passages, driving,
economy in carriage from process to process, speeds, hanks,
productions, drafts, etc., etc., requires years of practical
experience, and only those whose sole occupation it is can
do it thoroughly.
The total weight of yarn required to be produced and
the counts spun are the two chief items it is necessary to
know before commencing to plan the machinery ; with
these as a basis, we Anil proceed to give examples of various
mills spinning dift'erent classes of cotton.
Example. — A 10,000 spindle mill, spinning average 20's
on mules.
A suitable space of spindle will be 1 J- inch.
VOL. Ill 2 C
386
COTTON SPINNING
CHAP.
A suitable length of mule will contain 1000 spindles, so
that there will be ten mules.
A mule spinning 20's will produce about thirty-two
hanks per spindle per week.
The ten mules Avill produce —
1000 X 32 hanks
16,000 lb. of yarn.
20 counts
Proceed now to make a table as follows, filling in the
necessary data according to experience ; the data given in
the tables are good average results.
Machine.
Hank
Roving.
Draft.
Hanks
and lbs.
1
Total
Weight.
Card .
•138
100
700
16,800
Draw Frame .
•138
6
1000
16,680
Slubber .
1
2
3-6
50
15,560
Intermediate .
li
5-5
44
16,440
Rover .
3i
4-72
40
16,320
Mule
20
6-15
32
16.000
'Note. — Allow five per cent waste between the card and
the mule. Of this, alloAv two per cent in the mvxle, the
rest being divided among the other machines, this being
sufficient for practical purposes.
On referring to the table we note that the card produces
700 lb. per week, so that
.^ „^ , 16800
No. of Cards = -^,,., =24
/OO
No. of Draw Frame deliveries = .„^^=16'68
No. of Slubber Sinndles = - — ^^ — '^ = 165
01)
r, . ,, 16440x11 ,,,
No. of Intermediate Spindles = jj = 514
16320 x3J
No. of Roving Spindles = —^ = 1 326
16000x20
No. of Mule Spindles = ^^ = 10000
VII
MILL PLANNING
387
C3Cgi rn:n
clnzzir c:]0 mr^ fU,
a[z|[inrr] - ''
M"
IL
< o
tr £
388
COTTON SPINNING
H,-i -i> r-i rH
.°° II II II II
m pi -^ A r-l
iJ m
1-^ ^
S c :; - s
fe &
O o a> '■=' o
C<3
1^ S2SS
CI
o ^
n
Sl=-
fe
CS k"
t'^ 5 .
g^
P, O. r^ C, ,^
o - - ~
r-i C^ w "^
vn
MILL PLANNING
389
390
cor TON SPINNING
m///M/////////////////^^^^^^
rrr
9 p p p
t
(
I
^-1 f4i .|jh ,
-Tf i^o'-y - 1^0 X;!t°''^ "'° Tt' 110^ ivojr-110 T lioH
1 QCIQQQ Q.Q
I 1
r,nr.t^r,r,n
■o o
— 0— 0 OH}—
f^trr
■^
y}////)//////////////////////////////^^^^^
PREPARING MACHINERY
For 20,000 Mule Spindles, Spinning No. SO's Combed Yam.
20 Cardins Engines.
2 Silver Lap Machines.
2 Draw and Lap Machines.
14 Combing Machines of S heads each.
2 Draw Frames, each 3 heads of 7 deliveries.
2 Slubbers, 64 spindles each, 7 in. spaca.
4 Intermediates, 130 ,, ,, (>='?,, ,,
iO Jacks, 200 „ ,, 4^,, ,,
FiQ. 215.
MILL PLANNING
391
o
O (M O
,
^n
Iz;
s
to
■s
(i^
Tl
hn
c
l-I
a
fi
.„.
p<
OJ
ri
m
1— (
o
^
y.
!p"
WP
<
Tl
CO -* »0 lO
o
.—
y,
r/1
'"'
f.n
n
'i:
:?!
c<
^
o
OJ
^
o
to
OJ
K
s
^
?'
P
y
'i-l
o
&
"3
c^
a
1-
H
rt
tc
S<
^
.^
.^
,Q
T)
,Q
"C3
_2
(M
t-
t-
392
COTTON SPINNING
SPIXXIXG AND WEAVING MILL.
Containing 931(5 Rincc Spinning Spindlps. Spinning 16 s to 30 s Twist and
20's to 36's Weft, and 2S0 Looms.
Fig. 217.
MILL PLANNING
393
From these results we decide upon suitable lengths of
frames, etc., and draw up a table of the machinery necessary
for the mill, first noting that a vertical opener will produce
30,000 to 40,000 lb. per week, and a single scutcher 15,000
to 20,000 lb. per week.
1 Double Vertical Ojoener.
3 Single Scutchers.
24 Cards.
4 Draw Frames, 3 heads of 5 deliveries.
2 Slubbing Frames, 86 spindles, 8 in. space, 10 in. lift.
4 Intermediate ,, 132 ,, 6^,, ,, 9 ,, ,,
8 Roving Frames, 170 ,, 5 ,, ,, 7 ,; ,,
10 Mules, 1000 ,, \\„ „
From this example the general method adopted to obtain
the number and dimensions of the machines will be easily
understood. They are then planned out to scale to the
best advantage, and to illustrate this planning several
examples are given in Figs. 212 to 217.
The following particulars may prove useful as a guide to
the planning of a mill, together Avith other information
given in various articles that have already appeared : —
PRODUCTION OF THE CARD.
Xos.
Kind of Cotton.
Weight of
Lap per yd.
Hank
Carding.
Lbs. per
Card ill 10
liours.
Usual
Draft.
16
Indian or American .
13i oz.
138
178-2
93
18
"
13i „
138
168-15
93
20
13i
138
159-3
93
30
American .
13
154
141-6
100
40
) 9
12
173
119-05
104
40
Egyptian
12
189
80-53
113
50
lU
208
71-5
119
60
11
208
61-95
114
70
9>
11
231
58-4
1-27
80
11
231
52-1
127
80
,, Combed
11
231
55-3
127
90
10
277
53-5
138
100
>» !J
10
•277
50
138
394
COTTON SPINNING
CHAP. VII
For a week of 56| hours multiply the above productions
by 5-65 for a week's production.
Production in lOliours:
min. in 10 hours x revs, of calender roller x
dia. of calender roller x 3 'Hie x weight of
sliver in grains per yard
" 36x7000
PRODUCTION OF DRAW FRASIES.
Dia. of
F. Roller.
Revs, of
F. Roller.
Weight
of Sliver
per yard.
Hank.
Lbs. per
Delivery
in 10 lirs.
Nos.
Cotton.
H
400
66
•126
180-54
no's
Indian
li
400
60
•138
164-25
[20's
or
China
U
350
60
•138
158-76
20's/24's
f Indian
1^ or China
U
350
54
•154
142-83
24's/32's
American
li
350
48
•173
126-9
32's/40's
American
If
300
48
•173
120-18")
110-27^
100 j
32's r
to \
40's \
American
If
300
44
•189
or Low-
If
300
40
•208
Egyptian
14
280
48
•173
122-48
30's/40's
Egyptian
U
280
44
•189
112-21
40's/45's
i|
280
40
•208
102-12
45's/50's
J,
H
2.'>0
40
•208
91-15
60's
14
250
36
•231
81-95
70's
J,
14
200
40
•208
72-74
80's
J,
14
200
36
•231
65-49
90's
;)
14
200
30
•277
54-51
lOO's
Production in 10 hours =
min. in 10 hours x revs, of F. E. x dia. of
F.R. X 3-1416 X grains per yard of sliver
36 in. X 7000 grains ~
o
r«
Id
a
g
»
o
IS
a
(5
o o o
o o o
g
rjl
a
5
iC
o
«
o
«
13
to
S
■ ■ - cPcPcP
o o o
(»0 o
■ ■ ■ o"o"o"
I-l 1— 1 I-l
ci
"-2
:::::: o 7^
CO C2 u-5
r^ O T^ "?*
02 OS O O O r-l
I-H 1-1 1— 1 T-H
(U
>
j-^ ^, in I.-; o Ci . .
00 oo 00 i) C: ■— 1 : '■
CD
. ■ 'P T'
: : : : A- o
CO (M o in t^
ip !p o CD in CD 'p
-* -^ m in CO in ^
-2.3
!■- in
^ t^ 00 I^ CO 'I' OO fM
CD '-D
•"f ^ ^ '^ 00
^ in m
(N <J» C^ CO r- •;?< CD
CD OO 4ll O O ^ C5
I-l rH ,-1 (M (N I-l r-l
■to O O OO C3> CC 'O Ol
(NCOCOr-l(MCO(NCO
00 CO OO 00 in CO
CO CO CO CO CO CO
I-l 1— 1
Oi OO
CO oj in i^ "p "^
Tj(ininint~oojo
■— 1 I— 1
u-5 in
■511 cq tN 02
02 r-^ «D 'O ^ I-l
.-^ -M m in OS T-H
T-H ,-1 ,-1 rH tM CO
I— 1 OO in in 02 in i~~
02 in 00 <M --o >-i t^
<rq CO CO in CD CO c^
?DCD050'*(N(W,-c
t^ 1^ rH O r-l in CO i-H
^'^<inint^C200i— 1
I-H
in in in
CO OO OO CO CD o
CO <N <N (M '-0 O
CO ^ "^^ '^i CD O
.-1 ,-1 I-l .-1 rH (N
-rf 00
oi CO o in r-i CO t^
02 1— 1 O OO CO o l^
(M CO ^ ^ CO CO (M
1
00 CO O
■ : : ^ CO o
■-I .-1 O)
in tp
in -* ci o 'i' c^i m CO 02 in — 1 o '~o CO
«0 02 ^^ O rH m '-tl ;D -O fM r-H O 1^ CO
^jt^inm i^oi«Dj>.cooi-<Or-ico
CD CO
in CO -H m I— 1 02 1^
CO r-l OO (M CO "-^ 1^
<M CO CO ^ CO CO CI
1
6
Indian or American
Indian ....
American
Cliiiia ....
Japan ....
1^
o
Indian or Amc
Indian
American
Egyptian
o
o
(.
!
O V. o o o o o o
r-l i-i !M (M CO 'a* ^ in
GOT
TOT
so T
SOT
90 T
100 T
H H rH H H H H
CD o o o O' -r< ^l»
I-l (M !M CO ^ I-H r-l
. .
395
U Eh
S
<D
1
1
ID
~ " ~ "1 " "
03
c
bo
"e3
"
"^
(0
50
WCOO'^COOJ^l^t^t^OO
05CiOO.-i,-l,-l(M(M(MC0
co T*^
■-I lO
?D to
00 00 oo 00 00 00
CO CO CD CO g g g g g g^<»
CO CD CO CO CO CO
(N
»0 m CO u-5
i-H CO 1^ O lO lO Oi
^ i-H CO >o
o o
o
CD CDt^t^lr^COQOO
OlO(MCO-*<r-OCOCOr-l,-l05 00
oocooi— lOjOr-Hi— icoc-i>ocoOi— ii-Hcooooco'M^O':D<r)-t<oo?DO
t— CDin^i— iCOl^^iOiniOlOiOOOtDlO-^i— lOOa500?D«C>!0«OC0 1^
?-li-lr-li-l.-l i-li-Hr-li-li— li-Hr-l
5 ■>
CO
CO
00 CO ^ CO 05 CO 00
CO CO lO t^ OD o o
■-H r-l i-H ,-H .-H (M C-l
r-l I-l .-H 1^
CO CO CO 1-^
0\ IM (M fM
t^ CO
C-1 T-H
CO
CO
00
CO
^COOSOOCOt-Hi— ll-HCOi— !■— lOO
lOl-OOOOCOCOCOOCOCOO
i-H .-1 i-H (M (>) IM CI C-l (M (>) IM C-l
2
-s
6
o
-^
. =^
00
" " " "
Q
"
O
c
o
o
'n
a>
s
o
.2
'5
a
s
<
o
:;
"
" "
o
o
o
O
n to
<1 H
= = " -
g .2
s "U
•I
«D00OOOOOOOOOOO«D00©OOOOOOOOOOOO
i-ir-i(Nco-<#-^ir5«ot--coooaiOi-ii-i(Nco-<i<-a<ioir>i^oooooiOooo5
I-l I-l
396
Mule
Ring and Mule
" "
1) !S
Mule
>>
'U
el
oi
r2
3
_2 bo ®
00 Oi 'p
iCi CC CO
CO ■*
ooepoo-^-^-^-^CN
CO
4j( '^
Ip CO ip OT t-^ -tM -^ --Jl 00 ip CO Cq rtl lO
l-~
CO . : . ; :::::::::::::::::::
CD
. lO »c in ^
. 00 CO OO '^
(N CO CO 00 Oi Oi 05
CO CTi l^ CO Oi C^ Oi
00
CO
t^ OS
00*^^*0505 1^ CO t-.i-i?D!ncoi-icoco
00<MOt^«DO i-ll^Ciai-*tOOiO
CCCO00OiasOiO5C»O00000
Oi
Oi Oi
OO00000S0000C0i--.l>.O05 (--.«>. I--. t^CDl/^
CO I-l 1-1 l-l 1-1 7-1
I-l rH
i-ii-li-lr-l(MCOCO00^^(NCMC)(MCO->Jl^^
Comber 8 lids
Slubber .
>>
z *
;
.2
" (3
Combed
American
3
T3
5
o
:
CI
" s
o
-.3
American .
Egyptian .
>>
,, Combed
Indian or American
American .
Egyptian Combed .
Egyptian
Indian or
1 1
Egyptian
0<X>QOOOOOOOOOOOO«00000000000000?DOOOOOO
Oi-lr-l(MCO-<J<->3'u-5«Ol^OOOOOiOi-li-lC')CO^->J<lOCD1^00000ViOi-(f-i(MCO'3<ai
"-1 1-1 I-l
397
Ci l^ -^ ~^ '~D Op rH «; C<1 «p O
p. » 2
50i'-i^'r>o'»^ooi--5oio>o^^-^'a'Mcococ7icoaia5ooj.^i^t--.
lO OS o .-^ CO "^ ^
to
•;2 P^
398
CHAPTER VIII
HUMIDITY
Humidity of the air in cotton mills is a subject upon which
much has been lately written, and so important as well as
interesting is the subject that several writers and able
observers have enabled the industry to benefit considerably
by the results of their observations, experience and advice.
Two names stand out very clearly in this connection —
namely, Sir B. A. Dobson and Mr. W. W. Midgeley— and
the fruits of their combined labours in books published by
Messrs. Dobson and Barlow will also be looked upon for
some time as standard works on this subject. Under these
circumstances it is not intended to do more than give a
mere outline of this feature of mill management.
The essential meaning of humidity is dampness or
moisture, and its association with spinning relates to the
condition of the atmosphere of the rooms in which spinning
operations are in progress. Now this moist condition of
the air involves t\vo factors : First, the actual amount of
moisture ; and, secondly, the relative amount. Strange to
say, the actual amount of moisture in a spinning room is not
the deciding factor in the case. For instance, yarn may be
spun well when the temperature of the room is, say, 70° F.,
399
400 COTTON SPINNING chap.
but if that temperature is raised to 90° F., everything else
remaining the same, there will be a vast difference in the
humidity of the room in spite of the fact that the actual
amount of moisture in the air is the same in each case.
When one enters a room that is well heated it will be
noticed that it is very dry or has a parching effect, but as
a matter of fact a cubic foot of air in such a room will have
quite as much moisture in it as a cubic foot of outside air.
The question may then be asked — Why do we say air is
dry or moist ? The explanation lies in the fact that these
terras dry and moist are not actual but simply relative
terms, and that the human body is not capable of deciding
from its sensations what the actual humidity of the atmo-
sphere may be. We have an analogous example in the case
of temperature. A spinning room may be 90° F. and in-
conveniently hot, but any one placing a hand on the framing
of a machine would feel it very cold, while in reality the
iron is at practically the same temperature as the room.
We all know that the air in summer is much drier than
in winter, though it is equally well known that there is
more moisture in the air diiring summer than winter.
These considerations lead us to the conclusion that the
actual amount of moisture in the air is not a deciding factor
in our estimate of humidity, so that we must seek for some
other element to solve the problem. If water is left to
itself in contact with air it will slowly pass into a state of a
gas or vapour, the phenomenon being known as evaporation.
The water which has thus been transformed into vapour is
in an extremely subdivided state, and diffuses very rapidly
in the air without increasing the volume of the air with
which it has become mixed. It is advisable to point out
here that when moisture enters the atmosphere, whether
by evaporation or by spraying, no chemical combination
VIII HUMIDITY 401
takes place : it is purely a mechanical mixture. The vapour
of water, therefore, by virtue of its elastic force, Avhich it
possesses in common with all other gases, takes up its
position between the molecules of the air wherever it is
free to do so, and moreover it always remains moist and
acts just as it would if it were confined within a vacuum.
Now, under a given set of conditions, vapour would continue
to rise from the surface of the exposed Avater until the
vapour tension exactly equals the tension which keeps the
Avater in a state of water ; after this state has been leached
no further evaporation can take place, for the air has now
mixed up within itself as much vapour as it can hold, or a
much Ijetter way to put it is to say that the particles of
vapour in the air are putting forth all the pressure they are
capable of exerting in keeping each other from changing
back into the state of water from which they have arisen.
The air is now said to bo " saturated," and the particles of
vapour are exerting their " maximum pressure " and are
also at their " maximum density." If the temperature of
this saturated air is now lowered, if it is compressed into a
smaller volume, or if an attempt is made to add more
moisture to it, the moisture already in it will begin to be
deposited in the form of dew, the temperature at which it
does this being called the " dew point."
A further characteristic to note is, that water will not
evaporate into cold air to the same extent as in Avarm air.
For instance, 2*13 grains of water will evaporate and
saturate a cubic foot of air at 32° F., while 19-84 grains
will evaporate before it saturates a cubic foot of air that is
at a temperature of 100 ' F. This, of course, leads to the
conclusion that the dew point varies according to the
temperature of the moisture, or, in other words, the elastic
pressure of the particles of vapour increases as their temper-
VOL. Ill 2 D
402 COTTON SPINNING chap,
ature increases. In this connection we may point out that
the air itself has nothing whatever to do with humidity, for
all the phenomena of saturation, deAv point, etc., can be
observed in a vacuum, and, as a matter of fact, it is from
experiments performed in the absence of air upon which our
knowledge of the dew point depends. Those, therefore,
who speak of the property of air to retain moisture are
wrong in principle ; the air happens to be a convenient
vehicle for heating the vapour as it arises from the surface
of the water, and in so doing increasing its elastic force and
enabling still further evaporation to take place ; the applica-
tion of heat to the water itself will cause vapour to be
given off, and this, rising in the atmosphere, will heat the
air, and so the same result naturally follows.
We can now deal with the relative humidity. If air
contains a certain amount of moisture, and this amount is
only half of what would cause saturation, the humidity, of
the air is said to be 50 per cent ; so that when we say that
air is " dry " we simply imply that the proportion of
moisture in the air is small compared Avith what the air
would contain if it was completely saturated ; cold air with
little moisture in it may be very moist, while warm air
with much moisture in it may be very dry.
It is now seen that the point of saturation or dew point
is the foundation of our estimate of " humidity," and there-
fore we must know this before the percentage of humidity
in a room can be known. To do this would require skill,
but fortunately Mr. Glaisher took advantage of a long
scries of experiments made in England, America, and India,
and from them constructed a series of tables by the use of
which the humidity can readily be found. His first set of
tables differed considerably from his later ones, published
in 1856, but these last ones are now used as a standard by
HUMIDITY
403
British observers, though other countries still retain tables
based on their own observations, this accounting for the
fact that in America, for example, the tables used are
different from Glaisher's, and an American would give the
humidity of a room slightly differently than we should in
this country. It is simply a question of observation and
experiment, and the tables are purely empirical.
The instrument used to indicate humidity consists of
two thermometers, one of which has its bulb covered with
a thin piece of muslin cloth connected by an absorbent
strand of material to a small well of water placed at a
short distance from the thermometers. One thermometer
Avill register the actual temperature of the air, the other,
owing to the moistened covering, indicating a less tempera-
ture ; this comes about, because water in changing into
vapour expends heat and the remaining water becomes so
much colder. The water in the muslin evaporates and the
heat expended in this action leaves the water slightly
colder. As this colder water is in contact with the bulb
of the thermometer it causes the instrument to indicate a
less temperature, and so we have two readings, one from
the wet bulb and the other from the dry bulb thermometer.
The difference between the two supplies us with the basis
upon which to estimate the humidity, Glaisher's tables
giving the amount at a glance.
Since Glaisher's tables are intended to cover extreme
conditions of temperature we find that the makers of
the instrument just described — Avhich is knoA\Ti as a
" Hygrophant " — issue a leaflet containing only the range
of temperature likely to exist in the mill. A portion of
such a table is given below, and it has some value to the
cotton spinner, because it represents what Sir B. A. Dobson
and Mr. Midgeley found to be the best relative humidity
404
COTTON SPINNING
in the spinning rooms ; the complete table will be found in
Sir B. A. Dobson's book on Humidity.
Dry
Wet
Relative
Dry
Wet
Relative
Bulb.
Bulb.
Humidity.
Bulb.
Bulb.
Humidity.
per cent
per cent
90
76-7
49
74
63-0
52
89
76-3
50
73
62-3
52
88
75-3
50
1 ''-
61-3
52
87
74-6
50
^ 71
610
53
86
73-5
51
70
60-0
53
85
72 -6
51
69
59-0
53
84
72-0
51
68
58-3
53
83
71-0
51
67
57-3
53
82
70-0
51
66
56-3
53
81
69-3
51
65
55-5
53
80
68-6
52
64
54-5
53
79
67-7
52
63
53-7
54
78
66-7
52
62
530
54
77
65-7
52
61
52-0
54
76
65-0
52
60
51-0
54
75
64-0
52
An instrument is being extensively used now, that
avoids the trouble of referring to separate tables. It is
an American patent taken out by Huddleston in 1874. It
consists of the wet and dry bulb thermometers, but between
them is placed a cylinder on which is printed in upright
columns a series of figures ; each column is headed by a
number, Avhich represents the difference in temperature
between the two thermometers. Close to the cylinder is
a scale similar to the dry bulb thermometer. By turning
the cylinder until the column of figures having the number
on the top equal to the difference between the thermometers
is close to the scale, we read the temperature of the dry
bulb on the scale, and opposite to this numlier is the
percentage of humidity in the room. This instrument,
not being based uj)on Glaisher's tables, is not correct for
use in England, but a Manchester firm (Casartelli) are now
vrii HUMIDITY 405
making a copy of this hygrometer having correct readings
and specially constructed for mill use ; an illustration of it
is given in Fig. 218.
When the cotton industry was passing through its initial
stages it was soon discovered that two essentials were
necessary to obtain good results — namely, a Avarm atmo-
sphere and a moist atmosphere, and both were obtained in
the usual way by heating appliances and spraying the
floors of the mill, the moisture arising in the process
of evaporation. Improvements were effected and many
methods have been adopted, chiefly on sanitary grounds,
for obtaining the best and most permanent effects in both
directions, for it was found that moisture played a very
important part in the production of level and strong yarn.
Cotton fibres are hygroscopic in character — that is, they
have the property of absorbing moisture, and in doing so
they become for the time being less brittle, more pliable,
and capable of being incorporated more thoroughly among
themselves in the 3'arn. Electricity in the mill produced
by the friction of moving parts — chiefly in the belts —
is a disturbing agencj- among loose fibres, and causes an
additional fuzziness in yarn, which is naturally made fuzzy
by the spinning operation ; in a warm, dry atmosphere this
electricity is capable of exerting its full influence on the
yarn, but the presence of moisture neutralises its effects
considerably, and it is also for this purpose that a reasonable
degree of humidity is desirable. Suitable climatic condi-
tions such as exist in Lancashire supply a natural source of
moisture, but taking into account the heat of a spinning
room, it is found that artificial forms of moistening the air
are requisite if the full benefit is to be obtained in the
yarn. Mr. Midgeley, by micro-photographs of yarn spun
under varying conditions, has been able to demonstrate this
cirAP. VIII HUMIDITY 407
fiict to a certaint}^ and his experiments have led to the
conclusion that the best results are obtained with the
humidity as given in his talkie just quoted.
Artificial methods of introducing moisture into a room
are l)ased upon two properties of water : first, it is capable
of being, as it were, pulverised into very fine particles ; and,
secondly, its evaporation. So far the first method is the
one chiefly adopted : the water is forced at a very high
pressure in the form of a thin stream through a fine nozzle
and made to impinge against a fixed surface ; the water is
broken up into myriads of fine particles, and in this con-
dition is sent into the room and caused to diff'use either
artificially or naturally.
The second method is to place open troughs in suitable
positions about the room, fill them with water, and assist
evaporation by running small steam pipes through them.
Now, although moisture quickly diffuses in the atmosphere,
it does not do so to a sufficient extent to give uniform
results throughout the room. A recent improvement has
been introduced, by means of which currents of air pass
over the surface of the water in the trough and disperse
the evaporated moisture uniformly in the atmosphere ; this
is a very important matter, for, in addition to equalising
the humidity, there is a constant supply of fresh air
admitted to the room.
CHAPTER IX
USEFUL INFOEMATION
Some of the following useful information may be found in
other parts of the books, but it is sufficiently important to
be gathered together and augmented so as to form a concise
and useful reference.
HORSE-POWER OF MACHINES
Single Acting Macarthy Gin
Donble Acting Macarthy Gin
Bale Breaker
Willow ....
Small Porcupine Opener
Automatic Hopper Feeder .
Vertical Beater Opener, Single Crigliton
,, ,, ,, Double Ciigliton
Exhaust Opener ....
Single Opener (without Hopper Feeder)
Donble Opener ( ,, ,, ,i )
Single Scutcher
Double Scutcher
Card, Revolving Flat .
Sliver Lap Machine
Ribbon Lap Machine (Draw and Lap IMaehine co
Comber, single nip, 6 heads
J) II IJ 8 5,
,, double nip, G ,,
„ „ 8 „
Draw Frame
iibined)
per 12 deliveries 1
1
U
2
3
2
H
4
8
12
5
10
USEFUL INFORMATION
409
Slubbing Frame ......
90 spindles per
Intermediate Frame .....
130 „
Roving Frame ......
160
Jack Frame ......
200
]\Iule, Indian and American cotton
120
Mule, Egyptian and Sea Island cotton
130 ,,
Ring Spinning Frame
Ring Doubling Frame ....
100 „ . ,,
60
Twiner, Yorkshire principle
200 ,,
Twiner, French principle ....
140
Quick-Traverse Winding Frame .
80 drums ,,
Ordinary Winding Frame ....
300 spindles ,,
Gassing Frame ......
80 drums ,,
Reel (Coleby's)
Improved Reel (for gassed yarn) ,
Single Ordinary Reel . . , . •
Double Ordinary Reel ....
6 reels ,,
8 „
. 16 „
8 „
Copping Frame ......
Bundling Press ......
300 spindles ,,
Banding Machine .....
.
Tubular Banding Machine, 3 heads
.
Balling Machine . per head \
The foregoing particulars represent average results, and
on testing them on a number of mills through the steam-
engine indicator, they were found in some cases to be
below, while in others they appeared to be somewhat
excessive. They may be taken as fairly accurate, a little
judgment being necessary in fixing the spindles per horse-
power for the mule and ring frame.
WEIGHTS FOR DRAW FRAME
ROLLERS
Cotton. Front.
2nd.
3rd.
Back.
Indian and American Cotton
Egyj)tian cotton ....
Sea Island cotton
lb.
20
18
16
lb.
20
18
16
lb.
20
18
16
lb.
20
18
16
4IO COTTON- SPINNING
Some people prefer for American cotton —
1st. 2iid. 3rd. 4th.
20 1b. 18 1b 16 1b. 14 1b.
WEIGHTS FOR FLY FRAME ROLLERS
Kind of Machine.
Kind of Cotton.
Front.
Middle.
Back.
Slubber
r
Indian and )
American j
18 lb.
24 lb. Saddle and Bridle.
Slubber
Egyptian, etc.
16 lb.
20 lb. Saddle and Bridle.
Slubber .
do.
14 1b.
12 lb. 1 Self- Weighted.
Intermediate
"I
Indian and ~\
American j
16 1b.
20 lb. Saddle and Bridle.
Intermediate
Egyptian, etc.
14 1b.
18 lb. Saddle and Bridle.
Intermediate
do.
12 1b.
10 lb. 1 Self-Weighted.
Roving
Indian and "j
IS lb.
24 lb. Saddle and Bridle.
American j
Roving and Jack
Egyiitiau, etc.
16 lb.
20 lb. Saddle and Bridle.
Roving
do.
10 1b.
Self- Weighted. Self-Weighted.
Jack .
do.
8 1b.
Self-Weighted. Self-Weighted.
Another firm adopts tlie followim
Front.
Middle.
Back.
Slubbing Frame
Intermediate Frame
Roving Frame (double bo.ss) .
Roving Frame (single boss)
18 1b.
14 1b.
18 1b.
10 1b.
14 1b.
10 1b.
14 1b.
8 1b.
10 1b.
8 1b.
12 1b.
6 1b.
diameteks of rings and spaces suitable for spinning
Various Counts of Yarn
For 4's to 20's counts, space 2j in., dia. of Ring 1| in.
„ 20's „ 40's ,, ,, 21 „ „ „ li „
,, 40's counts & upwards ,, 2i ,, ,, ,, \\ ,,
If an anti-ballooning motion is used, then
For 4's to 20's counts, space 2f in., dia. of Eiug If in.
„ 20^s „ 40's „ „ 21 „ „ „ If „
,, 40's counts & upwards ,, 2J ,, ,, ,, H ,,
„ ^Veft . . • ., 2i ., ,, ,, l^^Vto li
IX USEFUL INFORMATION 411
MULTIPLIERS FOR TWIST PER INCH
Fly Feames
indian and low american cotton
Slul)ber, sq. root of hank roving multiplied by 1'3
Intermediate, ,, ,, ,, „ 1"2
Roving, ,, ,, ,, ,, 1-5
AMERICAN AND LOW EGYPTIAN COTTON
Slubber, stj. root of Lank roving multiplied by I'lS
Intermediate, ,, ,, ,, ,, 1'25
Rover, ,, ,, ,, ,, 11
Jack, American, ,, ,, ., ,, I'l
Jack, Egyjjtian, ,, ,, ,, ,, 0'9
EGYPTIAN AND SEA ISLAND COTTON
Slubbers, sq. root of hank roving multiplied by 0*7
Intermediate, ,, ,, .. ,, 0'78
Rovers, ,, ,, ,, ., 1"1
Jack, Egj'ptian, ,, ,, „ ,, 0'9
Jack, Sea Island, ,, ,, ,, ,, 0'95
In regard to these tables, it may be remarked that some
spinners use the multiplier 1-2 throughout the frames.
Mule
Twist, Indian and American cotton, multiply square root of
counts by ......... 3 "75
Weft, Indian and American cotton, multiply square root of
counts by , . . . . , . . . 3"25
Twist, Egyptian cotton, multiply square root of counts by . 3 '606
Weft, Egyptian cotton, multiply square root of counts by . 3'1S3
Ring Frame
Twist, Indian and American cotton, multiply square root of
counts by . . . . . . . . . 4*00
Twist; Egyptian cotton, multiply square root of counts by . 3"606
Doubler Frame
Multiply the square root of counts by . , . , . 4*00
412
COTTON SPINNING
HORSE-POWER FOR COMPLETE MILLS
No. 1 Mill, No. of spls. {^™jo;i5'Sf"''^}53,000-48 spindJes i.h
(all mules)
69,300 = 72
101,900 = 66
82,000 = 69
80,000 = 66
Preiiaiing niacliinery is included in all the above mills.
SPEEDS IN THE CARD
Kind of Cotton.
Cylinder. i Doffer.
Revs. 1 Revs.
Feed Roller.
Revs.
Licker-ln.
Indian Cotton
American „
Egyptian „
Sea Islands „
165 to 170
170 to 180
160 to 166
150 to 160
15 to 18
14 to 20
9 to 12
5 to 9
2 to 2-3
2-3
2-3 to 2-5
2-5 to 2-7
About
400 revs.
The flats travel about 2>\ inches pei" minute.
COUNTS OF WIRE IN THE CARD
Kind of Cotton.
Cylinder.
Doffer.
Flats.
Remarks.
Indian —
There are
Lowest
80
90
70 to 90
firms who are
Best
90
100 to 110
80 to 110
noted for
American —
good work
Lowest
100
110
100
who use the
Best
110
120
110
highest
Egyptian —
counts of wire
Lowest
110 to 120
120
jll0tol30
given in
Best
120 to 130
130
this table.
Sea Islands
120
130 to 140
130 to 140
Position of the Wharve on Mule Spindle. — In order
to o1)tain the best results in driving the spindle, the spindle
ought to set so tliat, if a straight edge be placed on the
USEFUL INFORMATION
413
under side of the wharve, it will occupy the following
positions : —
T, , . • ■ ,1 1- • 1 i J -Hi 1 ii render side of tlie
l"or 14 111. siundle straifirht edge will touch the- ,• ,, , r,
^ ^ o 1^ ^jj^ i-oUei- shaft
15
16
17
•will be 1-5 in. below
Ends : Piecing-up. — The following table represents
the numlier of ends pieced up j^er day (caused by breakages
only) on the various machines. Three mills are taken, and
they are the result of extensive observation for this specific
purpose made by the secretary of Mr. Geo. Draper. The
table is given by permission of Messrs. Geo. Draper and
Sons, U.S.A. : —
Machine.
Breaks
Breaks
Breaks
No. 1 Mill.
No. 2 Mill.
No. 3 Mill.
Card .
1-90
1-64
13-50
Drawing No. 1
6-18
1-49
5-17
„ 2
1-29
„ 3
2-57
1-75
3-45
Slubber .
4-40
7-67
12-57
Intermediate .
13 -30
8-50
14-31
Rover
46-82
30-60
27-74
Ring Frame, T.
410-00
630 '00
1180-00
» w.
720-00
1120-00
1260-00
JIule
1670-00
The piecing-up on the preparing machine is estimated
on the total number of spindles in the mill, while that of
the spinning machinery is based on 1000 spindles : for
instance, according to the table, a mule of 1000 spindles
would have all its ends broken 1-G7 times during a day.
ENGLISH WEIGHTS AND MEASURES OF COTTON YARNS
24 grains = 1 pennyweight (dwt. troy).
18 dwts. 5i grains = 439 -5 grains =1 ounce (oz. avoirdupois).
16 ounces -=7000 grains = 1 pound (lb. avoirdupois).
414 COTTON SPINNING c
54 inches = 1 thread or circumference of wrap reel.
4,320 ,, =80 threads or 1 lea or skein.
30, 240 , , =560 threads = 7 leas = 1 hank = 840 yards.
The number of hanks in 1 lb. is the count of the yarn.
A bundle of cotton yarn is as many hanks as make 10 lbs.
CONVENIENT MULTIPLIERS
Circles, Areas, and Figures
Diameter of a circle x 3'1416 or y =the circumference.
Circumference of a circle x 0"31831 or -n^=the diameter.
Square of diameter x 0 "7854 = the area of the circle.
Square of diameter x |-^ = the area of the circle.
Square root of area x 1-12837 = the diameter of a circle.
Radius of circle x 6 '28318 = the circumference.
Circumference = 3 '5449 x ^^/area of circle.
Diameter of a circle x 0 •8862 = the side of an equal square.
Side of a square x 1 "128 = the diameter of an equal circle.
Area of triangle = the base x \ the perpendicular height.
Square of the diameter of a sphere x 3"1416 = the convex surface.
Cube of the diameter of a sphere x 0 "5236 = the solidity.
Diameter of a sphere x 0 '806 = the edge of an equal cube.
Diameter of a sphere x 0 '6667 = the length of an equal cylinder.
Surface of a cylinder = area of both ends + length x circumference.
Solidity of a cylinder = area of one end x the length.
Solidity of a cone = area of the base x \ the perpendicular heighte
Area of an ellipse = long axis x short a.xis x 0'7854.
Conversion of one Denomination to Another
Feet X 0-0001 9 = miles.
Yards x 0-0006 = miles.
Square inches x 0-00694 = square feet.
Square feet x 144 = square inches.
Cubic feet x 0-037 = cubic yards.
Cubic inches x 0-000579 = cubic feet.
Cubic feet x 6 -2355 = gallons.
Gallons x 0-16059 = cubic feet.
Gallons x 10 = ]bs. of distilled water.
Cubic feet of water x 62 '425 = lbs. avoirdupois.
Cubic inches of water x 0-03612 = lbs. avoinlupois.
Lbs. avoirdupois x 1-2153 = lbs. troy or apothecary.
USEFUL INFORMATION 415
Lbs. troy or ajrothecary xO •8228 = lbs. avoirdupois.
Lbs. avoirdupois x 0 '00893 = cwts.
Lbs. avoirdupois X 0*000447 = tons.
Tons of water x 224 = gallons.
ROPE DRIVING
Tables of the Horse-Power of Transmission Rope, by C. W. Hunt.
The working strain is 800 lbs. for a 2-inch diameter rope, and is the
same at all speeds, due allowance having been made for loss by centri-
fugal force.
Speed of the Rope in Feet per Minute.
11"
^1
1500 ! 2000
2500
3000 ■ 3500
]
4000 '4500 5000' 6000
7000
ri
^
3-3
4-3
5-2
5-8
6-7
7-2 7-7 7-7
7-1
4-9
6-5
30
36
i
4-5
5-9
7-0
8-2
9-1
9-8 10-8 10-8
9-3
1
5-8
7-7
9-2
10-7
11-9
12-8 13-6
13-7
12-5
&-8
42
54
60
72
H
9-2
12-1
14-3
16-8
18-6
20-0
21-2
21-4
19-5
13-8
\\ 13-1
17-4
20-7
23-1
26-8
28-8
30-6
30-8
28-2
19-8
15
18-0
23-7
28-2
32-8
36-4
39-2 ' 41-5
41-8
37-4
27-6
2
23-1
30-8
36-8
42-8 1 47-6
51-2 1 54-4 ! 54-8
1 i
50-0 35-2 i 84
LEATHER BELTING
Thickness. — Belts are of various thicknesses, but in a
mill they are seldom below ^^ in., or above ^ in. The
average may be taken as -r^^ in.
Speed. — It is advisable to keep within the limits of
3500 ft. per minute.
Width.—
1100 X Horse-Power of machine
Width of belt = -
Vel. of belt in ft. per miu.
4i6 COTTON SPINNING CH
Power. —
H. P. = Horse-power,
W = Widtliof belt.
r = driving force in lbs.
T = Tension in belt.
L = Circumference iu inches of pulley covered by belt.
V = Velocity of belt in ft. ])er min.
r= ,, ,, ,, second.
A = Covered area of driven pulley in inches.
Z= Circumference in inches of driven pulley covered by belt.
l — x-^kx.
y^WxT rp ^,jjj,jgg fj.o„^ 70 to 150 lbs,
2
oonnn ,, XT i">
H.P.=
3-iUUU X H. 1-
:. AV - -02 T.
Fx V
YxF.
33000
38000 H.P.
vxF
550
H.P.
If a little less than half the pulley, viz. '4 of it, is covered by the
belt, ^■ = l•l.
H a little more than half the pulley, viz. '6 of it, is covered by the
belt, Z;=-62.
66000 X H.P. . , ,1 T 1^-
lor double belting.
W:
= ^xV f°^
H.P.-
AxV
"66000
A =
66000 X H.P.
Y
H =
Wx V
= 33-000 -«^°^«-
^--
36000 H.P.
6YxL
Diameters. — Pulleys ai-e not working nndei- good con-
ditions if one of the pulleys is more than six times the
diameter of the other.
Width. — The pulley ought to l)e almost 1 j times the
width of the belt.
Preservative. — Castor oil applied to the back of the
USEFUL INFORMATION
417
belt every few weeks, especially if the atmosphere becomes
dry.
Splicing. —
Width of belts, 1 in., 2 in., 3 in., 3 to 6 in., 6 to 8 in., over 8 in.
Lap in inches, 2 in., 43 in., 5^ in., 6 in., 8 in., 10 in.
Double Belts. — Double belts transmit \\ times more
power than single belts.
TABLE OF DIVIDENDS
For Ascertaining the Weight of Hank or Decimal Part
OP a Hank
KuLE. — Divide 7000 grains (1 lb. of yarn) by 840 yards =
dividend for 1 yard.
Yards.
Dividends.
Yards.
Dividends.
1
8-333
10
83-333
2
16-666
15
125-000
3
25-000
20
166-000
4
33-333
30
250-000
5
41-666
40
333-333
6
50-000
60
500-000
7
58-333
80
666-666
8
66-666
100
833 -333
9
75-000
120
1000-000
Examples.
If 2 yards of card sliver weigh 80 grains, what hank is it ? Divide
the dividend for 2 yards by 80 = 0-208 hank.
If 30 yards of roving frame roving weigh 62^ grains, what hank is
it ? Divide the dividend for 30 yards by 62i = 4 hank roving.
What ought 60 yards of a 4i hank roving to weigh ? Divide the
dividend for 60 yards by 4^ = 111 grains.
VOL. Ill 2 E
4i8
COTTON SPINNING
SQUARE ROOTS
No.
Square
No.
Square
No.
Square
No.
Square
Root.
Root.
Root.
Root.
0-0625
0-250
0-4375
0-661
0-65
0-806
0-86
0-927
0
125
0-353
0-44
0-663
0-66
0-812
0-87
0-933
0
1875
0-433
0-45
0-671
0-67
0-819
0-875
0-935
0
25
0-500
0-46
0-678
0-68
0-825
0-88
0-938
0
26
0-510
0-47
0-686
0-6875
0-829
0-89
0-943
0
27
0-520
0-48
0-693
0-69
0-831
0-90
0-949
0
28
0-529
0-49
0-700
0-70
0-837
0-91
0-954
0
29
0-539
0-50
0-707
0-71
0-843
0-92
0-959
0
30
0-548
0-51
0-714
0-72
0-849
0-93
0-964
0
31
0-557
0-52
0-721
0-73
0-854
0-9375
0-968
0
3125
0-559
0-53
0-728
0-74
0-860
0-94
0-970
0
32
0-566
0-54
0-735
0-75
0-866
0-95
0-975
0
33
0-574
0-55
0-742
0-76
0-872
0-96
0-980
0
34
0-583
0-56
0-748
0-77
0-878
0-97
0-985
0
35
0-592
0-5625
0-750
0-78
0-883
0-98
0-990
0
36
0-600
0-57
0-755
0-79
0-889
0-99
0-995
0
37
0-608
0-58
0-762
0-80
0-894
1-00
1-0
0
375
0-612
0-59
0-768
0-81
0-900
7-5
2-739
0
38
0-616
0-60
0-775
0-8125
0-901
8-0
2-828
0
39
0-624
0-61
0-781
0-82
0-906
8-5
2-915
0
40
0-632
0-62
0-787
0-83
0-911
9-0
3-0
0
41
0-640
0-625
0-790
0-84
0-917
9-5
3-082
0
42
0-648
0-63
0-794
0-85
0-922
10-0
3-162
0-43
0-656
0-64
0-800
Note, : — For the square roots of higher numbers refer to the
Yarn Table opposite.
IX
USEFUL INFORMATION
419
YARN TABLE OF TWISTS PER INCH AND SQUARE ROOT
OF COUNTS
Jndian
AND American |
Egyptian Cotton.
iS
Square
OOTTON.
c
0
0
1
Root of
Counts.
Mule
Twist.
Mule
Weft.
Ring
Frauie
Twist.
Mule
Twist.
Mule
Weft.
Ring
Frame
Twist.
1-000
3-75
1
3-25
4-00
2
1-414
5-30 ;
4-60
5-65
3
1-732
6-49 !
5-62
6-92
4
2-000
7-50
6-50
8-00
5
2-236
8-38
7-26
8-94
6
2-449
9-18
7-96
9-79
7
2-645
9-92
8-59 1
10-58
8
2-8-28
10-60
9-19 1
11-31
9
3-000
11-25
9-75
12-00
...
10
3-162
11-85
10-27
12-64
11-44
10 -10
11-44
11
3-316
12-43
10-77
13-26
11-95
10-55
11-95
12
3-464
12-99
11-25
13-85
12-47
11-01
12-47
13
3-605
13-52
11-71
14-42
13-00
11-57
13-00
14
3-741
14-03
12-16
14-96
13-46
11-89
13-46
15
3-872
14-52
12-48
15-49
13-96
12-32
13-96
16
4 000
15-00
13-00
16-00
14-40
12-72
14-40
17
4-123
15-46
13-40
16-49
14-86
13-12
14-86
18
4-242
15-90
13-78
16-97
15-27
13-48
15-27
19
4-358
16-34
14-16
17-43
15-71
13-87
15-71
20
4-472
16-77
14-53
17-88
16-09
14-21
16-09
22
4-690
17-58
15-24
18-76
16-88
14-91
16-88
24
4-898
18-37
15-92
19-59
17-63
15-57
17-63
26
5-099
19-11
16-57
20-39
18-35
16-21
18-35
28
5-291
19-84
17-19
21-16
19-04
16-83
19-04
30
5-477
20-54
17-80
21-90
19-75
17-42
19-75
32
5-656
21-21
18-38
22-62
20-40
18-00
20-40
34
5-830
21-86
18-95
23-32
21-02
18-55
21-02
36
6-000
22-50
19-50
24-00
21-64
19-09
21-64
38
6-164
23-11
20-03
24-65
22-23
19-61
22-23
40
6-324
23-71
20-55
25-29
22-81
20-13
22-81
42
6-480
24-30
21-06
25-92
23-37
20-62
23-37
44
6-633
24-87
21-55
26-53
23-92
21-10
23-92
46
6-782
25-43
22-04
27 -12
24-45
21-58
•24-45
48
6-928
25-98
22-51
27-71
24-98
22-04
24-98
50
7-071
26-51
22-98
28-28
25-50
22-50
25-50
52
7-211
'
26-00
' 22-94
26-00
54
7-348
-26-50
! 23-38
26-50
56
7-483
26-98
23-81
26-98
58
7-615
...
27-46
24-23
27-46
420
COTTON SPINNING
YARN TABLE OF TWISTS— Co«i!mMe^
Indian and American
1
c
Square
Root of
Cotton.
Egyptian Cotton. 1
1
Counts.
Mule
Twist.
Mule
Weft.
Ring
Frame
Twist.
Mule Mule
Twist. Weft.
Ring I
Frame
Twist.
60
7-745
27-93 24-54
27-93
62
7-874
28-39 25-05
28-39
64
8-000
28-85 i 25-45
28-85
66
8-124
29-29
25-87
29-29
68
8-246
29-73
26-23
29-73
70
8-366
30-17
26-62
30-17
72
8-485
30-60
27-00
30-60
74
8-602
31-02
27-37
31-02
76
8-717
31-44
27-74
31-44
78
8-831
31-85
28-10
31-85
80
8-944
32-25
28-47
32-25
82
9-055
32-65
28-81
32-65
84
9-165
33-05
29-16
33-05
86
9-273
33-44
29-50
33-44
88
9-380
33-83 29-84
33-83
90
9-486
34-21 30-18
34-21
92
9-591
34-59 : 30-52
34-59
94
9-695
34-96 30-85
34-96
96
9-797
35-33 ' 31-17
35-33
98
9-899
35-70 31-50
35-70
100
10-000
36-06
31-83
36-06
102
10-099
36-41
32-14
36-41
104
10-198
36-77
32-46
36-77
106
10-295
...
37-12
32-76
37-12
108
10-392
37-47
33-07
37-47
110
10-488
37-81 33-32
37-81
112
10-583
...
38-16 1 33-68
38-16
114
10-677
...
38-50 1 33-98
38-50
116 1
10-770
...
38-83 34-28
38-83
118
10-862
39-17 34-57
39-17
120
10-954
...
39-50 34-86
39-50
APPENDIX I
IMPROVEMENTS IN THE LONG LEVER MULE
It has been thought necessary to give a few words of
explanation of further improvements that have been
eflfected upon the arrangement illustrated in Figs. 108,
109, 110, and 114. These improvements are quite recent,
but they have proved so valuable in enabling changes to be
rapidly and certainly made that the machine-makers who
make this type of mule are adopting them on all their
newest mules. The young reader is advised to read up
thoroughly all that has been said on the specific actions of
the mule in the previous pages ; if this is done, the follow-
ing brief summary of the actions now to be described Avill
become comprehensive to him.
Referring to Fig. 219 it will be noted that the long
lever is retained, being fulcrumed on the side of the framing
on the stud 2 ; it carries several studs or stops, as at 3, 4,
5, 6, and 7, the purpose of which will be subsequently ex-
plained. The drawing shows the positions of the various
parts, as when the carriage is running out and spinning is
in progress, under these circumstances : — •
The strap is on the fast pulley on the rim shaft.
The backing-off lever D is kept from permitting the
backing-off cone wheel to go into gear with the fast
421
APPENDIX I 423
pulley on the rim sliaft by the stud C on the backing-
otf rod A.
The dra"\ving-up cone is kept out of gear with the scroll
shaft by stud 7 on the long lever, and by the catch
G which is carried by the drawing-up lever centred
at F. The catch G, it will be noticed, rests upon the
end of the backing-ofF rod, and in this position it pre-
vents the drawing-up lever, which is fulcrumed at F,
from falling into gear with the scroll shaft.
The long lever is kept from changing by the stud 3
being hooked under the recess in the lever which is
fulcrumed at X, also by weight 14 resting directly
upon its end.
It will also be observed that the spring K is in tension,
and is tending to pull forward the backing-off lever
D, but is prevented from doing so by the stud C on
the backing-ofF rod. The spring " g " is also in
tension, and is tending to pull the drawing-up lever,
centred at F, into gear w^ith the scroll shaft, but is
prevented from doing so by the catch G and the pin
7 on the long lever.
Since spinning is in progress, the faller leg is not con-
nected to the shaper bowl Q'.
As the carriage nears the completion of the run-out, a
bowl 8 on the carriage square comes into contact with the
inclined end 9 of a lever centred at 12 ; this has the effect
of depressing it, and lifting up the end 1 3, upon which the
weight 14 rests, and Avhich is, as a consequence, raised out
of contact with the end of the long lever.
The end M of a lever fulcrumed at N now comes against
a projection L on the backing-off rod and moves it forward,
thus freeing the backing-off leA^er D and causing the spring
K to pull it forward and so jjutting the backing-off cone
424 COTTON SPINNING
wheel into gear with the rim shaft. Backing-ofF now takes
place ; the scroll on the tin roller shaft T winds on the
backing-ofF chain and causes the faller leg to rise until the
recess U is pulled over the upper part Q of the slide which
carries the shaper bowl Q'. This action of course causes
the lever M to be drawn backwards as well, and the
backing-off rod, being now free from M, instantly shoots
backwards under the influence of the spring K", and the
backing-off cone is taken out of gear. When the backing-
ofF rod is moved forward by M a stud B is brought under
a part of the drawing-up lever at E, so that during " back-
ing-ofF" the drawing-up lever is locked; the catch G is
also disconnected by the same movement from the end of
the backing-ofF rod.
On the release of the backing-ofF rod and a simultaneous
release of the lever centred at X the long lever is free to
change, so that the drawing-up lever at once puts the
drawing-up cone into gear with the scroll shaft and the
carriage is drawn in. When the long lever has changed, a
stud 5 carried by it falls under a recess 1 9 on a pendent
lever carried on a stud at 18, so that the long lever there-
fore becomes locked in this position. At the same time as
the carriage runs in, the lever centred at 12 is free from
contact with the stud 8, and consequently the weight is
now only supported by hanging from the end of the long
lever.
The carriage now approaches the roller beam, and as it
does so an incline H' comes against a stud bowl H on the
drawing-up lever and lifts the drawing-up cone out of
gear with the scroll shaft, thus stopping the carriage ; at
the same time the fallers come against the projection 16
on the lever centred at 18 and release the recess 19 from
the stud 5 on the long lever. There is now no resistance
APPENDIX I 425
to the movement of the long lever, so that the weight 14
hanging on one end of it at once falls, and in doing so
causes the catch box on the back shaft to be put into gear,
thus connecting the front roller with the back shaft ready
for the run-out, which immediately commences.
It will be noticed that it has not been considered
necessary to go into detail as to the precise action of the
various changes, these already having been thoroughly
described and explained in the previous pages ; to those
who understand the actions of the mule the drawing given
will be practically self-explanatory.
SHOET SHAPER
From page 135 to page 165 will be found a veiy com-
plete description of the mule shaper, together with a full
explanation of its principle. The short sliaper, however, has
not been mentioned, though it ma}' be remarked that the
greater part of the explanation is equally as applicable to
the short as to the long shaper. An illustration is here
given of the short shaper, and the following remarks will
be sufficient to enable its working to be clearly xmderstood.
A section of the carriage square is shown in Fig. 220 ; to
the under side of it is bolted a strong framing in the form
of a slide cover E. Into the grooves of E there is fitted a
slide Q, as shown in the section. To the slide Q is con-
nected a short rack >S, and into this rack the small pinion T
gears ; on the boss of the wheel T is a larger wheel U, the
two wheels T and U thus forming a compound carrier which
runs on a stud carried by a bracket from the carriage squaie.
The large wheel U now gears with the teeth of a long rack
which is fastened to the floor, so that when the carriage
426 COTTON SPINNING
moves backwards and forwards the wheel U will revolve
by virtue of its being in gear with the long rack V. As
U revolves so will the pinion T ; but T being smaller than
U, it will only cause the rack S to move a proportionate
distance to the carriage that the jjinion T is smaller than U.
If T has 13 teeth and U has 43 teeth and the carriage
travels 60 inches, then the rack S, and consequently the
slide Q to which it is attached, will move -^-^ — =-18-1-
4.3 '
inches, and, moreover, this movement of the slide will be
in the opposite direction to the carriage. On a projection
to the lower pai't of the slide Q rests the shaper, com-
posed of the back, middle, and front plates ; these plates
are connected to the slide Q by the nut M working on
the screw which is carried from the slide by the brackets
N and 0.
Upon the shaper plates rest the shaper rail and shell
through the pins A and B, the shell CGH being loose from
the rail K for the purpose of adjustment. The pin B, in
addition to resting upon the back incline, also projects into
a vertical cut into the slide Q. From this description we
can now see that any movement of the carriage will cause
the slide Q, the shaper plates, and the shaper rails to be
moved in the ojjposite direction, but to a less degree ; in
other words, the shaper rail moves forward under the
shaper bowl as the carriage runs in, and whilst the carriage
travels 60 inches inwards the shaper travels 18 inches
outwards, both movements occupying exactly the same time.
As the carriage moves in, the end X of the slide Q
comes against the lever Y carrying the catch Z, and this,
gearing with the ratchet wheel P on the end of the shaper
screw, moves the shaper plate so that the shaper rail is
lowered and the coji is lengthened.
For various purposes there arc several points of adjust-
'^M
-J:
427
428 COTTON SPINNING
ment : for instance the ratchet wheel P can be changed ;
the number of teeth taken can be regulated ; the position
of the pins A and B can be adjusted ; and l)y means of the
wheels T and U the distance moved by the shaper rail can
be made to suit any diameter of cop required.
When the pin A is at 1 and is set over 3 on tlie front
plate, and the pin B is at 7 and set over 8 on the liack
plate, twist cops can be made. When the pin A is at 2
and is set over 4 on the front plate, and the pin B is at 6
and is set over 9 on the back-plate pin, weft cops can be
made. The starting-point in all cases for the shaper IdowI
is at 5F, the finishing point for weft cops being at 6 and
for twist cops at 7 ; the wheels T and U of course requir-
ing to be altered to suit the stretch. The usual wheels
used for changing are, for T 11 to 16 and for U 42 and
43. Short shapers are used now only for very fine spin-
ning mules, and their advantage lies in the fact that
the stretch can be altered without changing the shaper :
in the long shaper only one stretch can be made ; any
variation from this would mean a new shaper.
A further example of the Short Shaper is given in
Fig. 221. Its connection to the copping-faller is clearly
shown as well as other details connected with the locking
and unlocking of the faller leg.
Fine Spinning" Mule. — The following descriptions and
drawings are given to amplif}^ the notes given on pages
244 to 253.
Backing-off Motion, etc. — A general view of the
Single-speed Mule, Low Headstock, is given in Fig. 222.
The backing- off motion is the chief feature illustrated.
As the cai'riage completes the outward run the regulating
bracket X is moved and the long backing-ofF lever, centred
at Q, is unlocked. The end P of this lever falls and a
429
ta 'I. r/l[lMl,i!gilL'f'
•famni vtiu XNOud
430
APPENDIX I 431
recess in the rod L falls over the square stud M on the
long backing-off rod L. The backing-ofF cam H, driven
from the rim shaft through the worm, comes into contact
with the swing J centred at K, and moves it forward. In
so doing the slide L is dragged forward, and, through the
lever at N, puts the backing-ofF wheel into gear with the
cone clutch. In the meantime the carriage has been locked
by means of the lever U locking on the square stud V on
the square, and the down lever stud T is in contact with
the strike finger W. During the locking of the faller leg,
the strike finger W swivels downwards and depresses the
down lever stud T. This action pulls down the long
backing-ofF lever and locks it at S ; at the same time the
slide L is released from the stud M, and, a spring pulling
L backward, takes the backing-ofF wheel out of action. The
depression of T also lowers U and unlocks the carriage, so
the carriage is free to commence its inward run. A
general idea of the other changes for moving the straps,
etc., can be obtained by reference to the other detail draw-
ings which follow.
Setting-on and Drawing-up Motions. — The drawing.
Fig. 223, gives a general view of the mechanism for these
motions. Some portions are shown displaced from their
correct position in order to bring them into view.
A single rim shaft with one rim pulley is used, the
double speed being obtained through gearing. C is the
UxX
single-speed driving pulley, whilst A through — — — gives
the increased speed. A bent lever centred at U carries a
stud that fits into the three notches S, R, T, on the setting-
on rod. The other arm of this bell-crank lever has an
incline a which is, at the correct moment, moved aside
by the cam driven from the worm t. The end of the
H3iini <jn-ONiMvaa
432
APPENDIX I
433
short arm has centred on it at c a rod d carrying the
tumbler Y and safety catch X. The drawing-up rod is
released by the swivel arm 11 on the carriage, coming into
contact with Y when backing off, and so releasing the
finger Z from the stop E, thus permitting the weight H on
the gun lever to pull over the strap fork on to the fast
Fig. 224.
drawing-up pulley D. The carriage, as the inward run is
being completed, moves the gun lever at F and puts the
drawing-up belt on the loose pulley.
For opposite side of tall headstock see Fig. 224.
Backing-off Motion. — As the carriage runs out, the
notch D, Fig. 224, is occupied by the projection C on the
rod B. The backing-off cam K forces G forward round the
VOL. Ill 2 F
434
COTTON SPINNING
centre F, and so forces the rod B outwards and puts the
backing-ofF wheel A into contact with the backing-ofF cone.
When the faller leg is changed, a lever moves into contact
with the incline M and lifts the lever L, thus unlocking D
from C. The spring now pulls the backing-ofF wheel out
of gear. At the same time, the carriage is released from
the catch Q by virtue of tlic link rod Avhich connects the
two levers L and P.
Part of the roller gear rod is shown, but the back
mechanism of the headstock is so similar to that shown in
THRELFALk SCLF-AOTING MULE.
Fig. 225.
Fig. 222 that it has not been considered necessary to repeat
it here.
Twist Motion. — This twist motion, Fig. 225, is a
detail of Fig. 223 ; it is very simply arranged, and is
actuated from the worm A on the rim shaft which drives
the worm wheel B on cross shaft. On the end of this shaft
is the change twist wheel C ; this gears into D part of
compound carrier, whilst E part of same drives a 72's
wheel on twist shaft, and thereby gives a motion to this
shaft of one revolution per draAV.
The twist shaft carries three cams — W, S, and T. The
cam W actuates the backing-ofF motion (see Fig. 221).
Amtu nm iiov9
u.
435
436 COTTON SPINNING
The cam S is for setting on (see Fig. 223), whilst the cam
T is for twist (see Fig. 223).
Roller-delivery Motion. — This motion, Fig. 225, is
driven from the twist shaft by means of wlieel G and
ratchet wheel R, which are in one piece, and can only
revolve when the catch or pawl is allowed to fall into gear
by the action of the two cams on Avhich one end of the
catch rests. These cams can be adjusted to give motion
to the rollers, so as to deliver the necessary amount of
yarn which is required.
This motion is mostly used when spinning twist.
Special Mule. Section of Rim Shaft (see Fig. 226).
— The drawing is practically self-explanatory. The single
and double speeds are obtained by making the rim shaft in
two parts and using two rim pulleys as G- and X. Each
length of rim shaft is driven by a separate pulley A and C.
The pulley C is the one through which the single-speed rim
G is driven, as well as the one through which the general
gearing receives its motion. Pulley A drives the double-
speed rim pulley X and also drives, through the worm N,
the roller-delivery motion whilst twisting at the head.
The backing off is actuated separately from the pulley H
on the boss of which is a Avheel J. This wheel drives K
almost continuously, but the backing-ofF cone wheel D is
only effective in driving the rim shaft when D is moved
into contact Avith the cone clutch E.
The wheel M is the point through Avhich the general
gearing receives its motion (see plan of gearing. Fig. 234).
Brake Motion (see Fig. 227). — When backing off
is about to take place, the belt is moved from pulley A
to the loose pulley B. The backing-off cone Avheel D is
now forced into contact Avith the cone clutch E, and at the
same moment the front part of the rim shaft is stopped
APPENDIX I 437
de;id through the cone clutch M being forced into contact
with the fast pulley A.
Setting-on and Drawing-up Motions, Figs. 230 and
231. — A general view is given of the above motions in
Fig. 230, whilst an enlarged view of the out end of the
headstock is shown in Fig. 231. The sketch illustrates the
disposition of the mechanism as drawing up takes place,
and the main driving belt in on the loose pulley B. The
belt on the drawing-up pulley D drives the scroll shaft and
through it the carriage. The setting-on rod is locked in
position by a square stud at S. This stud will be raised
Avhen the carriage comes into contact with the end F of
the gun lever centred at G, so that the setting-on rod will
be at liberty to move the belt on to the fast pulley C ; the
movement of F will also move the drawing-up belt on to
the loose pulley. After this happens the lifting lever at
A^ is depressed by lever and bowl on carriage square, and
the balance lever M taken away from the pin P.
As the carriage completes the run out, the carriage
moves V forward and releases the stud S from the notch T,
and puts in tension the spring between the two balance
levers M and N. The tension of the spring moves the
setting-on rod forward, and transfers the belt from C to A,
and so puts the double speed in action.
The twist latch 0 is now released, and the setting-on
rod moves backward and puts the belt on pulley C. The
stud S is now in the notch T where it remains during the
drawing out.
In the event of the carriage overrunning the catch, the
fuller would come in contact Avith finger Y, thus moving
forward the safety rod ; this would then move the L lever
u and cause lever r to raise the twist latch o, thereby
moving the strap on to the loose pulley B.
'tamnd dn-ONiMvug-
438
APPENDIX I
439
The stop Z is used for lifting square stud at S through
lever a when running single speed.
During the drawing out, the drawing-up rod has been
locked in position through the finger K resting on the
SETTING-ON AND ORAWING-UP MOTIONS.
THRCLTUJ. SELT-AOniia MULL
FlO. 231.
recessed boss E. At backing off the lever c is raised
(see Fig. 231) and the finger K released, thus allowing the
drawing-up rod to place the belt on the fast pulley I).
The stud 6 comes in contact with faller, and can be
regulated so as to allow a small portion of the strap to go
440 COTTON SPINNING
on fast drawing -up pulley D, thereby preventing the
carriage from starting up too quickly.
The drawing-u]) rod can be released if necessary by the
knee lever i. Its release can be prevented when necessary
by turning over the lever Q, Fig. 231.
Fig. 231 also shows at N and P a small lever which
locks X to the drawing-up rod. If P is turned over, the
tumbler X is free to move aside without moving the incline
W, and consequently the carriage will come to a standstill
because the stud S is not raised, and so keeps the setting-on
rod locked in position.
Drawingf-out Motion, Fig. 232. — The driving strap
is on the fast pulley C and the back rim jiulley is driving
the spindles.
The rim shaft pinion (see A in the plan of gearing,
Fig. 234) is driving the front roller, the catch box Y being
closed.
The rim shaft pinion is also driving the back shaft
through the closed catch box y. This is also clearly shown
in the gearing plan, Fjlg. 234.
We thus have the spindles, carriage, and front roller
driven from the rim shaft through the pulley C during the
outward run.
Soon after the carriage has started on the outward run
the bowl a on the back of the square depresses the end
V of the lifting lever centred at S, and raises the other end
T ; a link connects the end T to a lever I, centred at H,
so that the lever I is raised together Avith the weight carried
by I. The upper end of this weight carries one end of a
spring, which end is attached to an arm U of a T lever
centred at H. The T lever is locked in position at L, so the
spring (by the lifting of the weight) is put in tension ready
to pull the end U upwards when the T lever is unlocked.
441
442 COTTON SPINNING
The lifting of the lever I also raises the two pendent
links or gearing legs Q and E, the longer one Q locking
itself on a square stud carried \>j a bracket fixed on the
floor. This stud is shown in the drawing betAveen Q and
E, but the floor bracket carrying it is not shown.
As shown in the drawing, the end AV of the T lever is
coupled to the roller gear rod Z, on a reduced portion of
which rests a bowl X carried by the lever Mhich actuates
the catch box Y. The catch box Y is therefore locked so
long as the T lever is locked in its present position.
The end J of the T lever carries a weight K Avhich rests
on a bracket L fixed on the headstock back.
Ratching, Jacking- or After-stretch Motion.— This
motion is one that stops the front rollers before the stretch
is completed, but enables the carriage to complete its
outward run. As the carriage nears the termination of
the outward run, a projection or finger on the front of
the square comes in contact with a finger c on the long
gearing rod and moves the rod forward. A projection M
near the back end of the rod bears against the weight K
and moves it off the stud L. This action causes the weight
K to fall, as Avell as allowing the spring to pull up the
end U of the T lever. The etfect of the change is to cause
the end "\V to move the roller gear rod forward and so put
the catch box Y out of gear, thus stopping the rollers, and
the same change takes the catch box y out of gear and
puts the catch box x into gear. At the same time the
strap moves from pulley C to pulley A, thus putting the
spindles on to increased sj^eed, the rollers are stopped, and
the carriage is now driven through the jacking wheels and
the catch box x for the remainder of the outward run.
Assistant Winding Motion, Fig. 233. — This motion
is arranged to prevent snarls forming in the loose yarn at
APPENDIX 1
443
the moment the fallers change on the completion of the
inward run. The amount of yarn set free varies through-
out the set, and as it is beyond the control of the quadrant,
a pulley A keyed to the rim shaft is utilised so that at the
precise moment required the belt on B is moved on to the
3
Z
>
UJ
3
P"
i
s
O
s
o
t
^
■""""^
z
3
AOJUSTINQ SOR£W.
AMTI-SNARLINQ MOTION.
AND
ASSISTANT WINDING MOTION
THRELFALL SELF-ACTINQ MULE.
Fig. 233.
pulley A and so drives the rim shaft and, consequently, the
spindles for a fraction of a minute, thus winding on the
yarn that would otherwise be free to form snarls. The
motion, it will be observed, is not one that allows snarls to
form and then stretches such snarls out : its advantage lies
in the fact that it prevents snarls forming on spindle.
The motion is extremely simple. The biacket J is
fixed to the carriage, and near the end of the run-in J
fff 'AHTindlAlia
'fSntnd dfi-ONiMvao
a AamndiMW..
444
APPENDIX I 445
comes into contact Avitli a pendent lever centred on a rod
at H. The lever is raised (as shown in dotted lines) and a
projection on it comes into contact with the rod and raises
it, thus allowing a stop finger G to pass through a slot in
a fixed bracket M. A weight N on a lever centred at E
pulls over the end F and forces forward a slide D on the
other end. The slide D carries the strap fork so the strap
is moved from pulley B to pulley A. The amount of strap
allowed to move on to A can be carefully adjusted by
the stop rod or adjusting screAV passing through a fixed
bracket K, the adjustment being effected by a handle or
nut L conveniently reached by the minder. The pendent
lever at H can be set so that the carriage can actuate it
at any required distance before finishing the inward run.
Jacking Motion, Fig. 235. — This motion is for the
purpose of driving the carriage during the last few inches
of the outward run, after the rollers are stopped to stretch
the yarn, as is customary in spinning fine counts. The
speed wheel carrier, bevel A, drives the front roller through
the bevel C and the catch box B and an internal disc which
is keyed on the front roller shaft. "When the catch box is
put out of gear the front roller is stopped. The bevel C
is keyed on the boss of the jacking box D and E, and runs
loosely on the front roller shaft. Inside this jacking box
two pinions F and Gr are mounted, which are keyed
together, but run loosely inside the box. These pinions
gear with two Avheels H and J, H being keyed on front
roller shaft and J on the long boss K. By reason of the
wheels F and G being of different sizes, and being carried
round the outside of the wheels H and J by the jack box,
motion is transmitted to the Avheel J, which, being keyed
on the boss K, on the other end of Y»'hich is secured the
446
COTTON SPINNING
wheel L, drives the back shaft in the ordinary way hnt at
a reduced speed.
This motion can be operated to cause any desired
amount of stretching of the yarn.
447
44S COTTON SPINNING
Strap Relieving and Locking Motions, Fig. 236. —
The object of this motion is to move the strap from the
fast to the loose pulley when the carriage is within 2 inches
to 12 inches of the completion of the outward run, the
momentum of the carriage at this stage being sufficient to
complete the outward run.
Fixed on the carriage end is a frame B carrying a stud
A. As the carriage moves outwards this stud comes in
contact with the inclined surface of lever D, which it
depresses, and, being centred at E, the swivel F is taken
with it. To this swivel F the end of the rod G is secured,
the other end of which is connected to the lever H, which
in turn is secured to the lever J. This lever is centred at
K and the strap lever is secured to it.
It will be seen that if lever D is now pressed downwards
the rod G will be pulled outwards, which, through the
various levers, will operate on the strap fork lever and so
bring about the desired change.
The moment at which this motion comes into operation
may be regulated by sliding the stud A in its frame B, the
stud being held in any desired position by turning down
the catch C into one of the holes drilled in the upper
surface of the frame B.
The locking device is for stopping the carriage at any
part of the outward run, and operates as follows : — When
the lever D is pressed down, the lug L, which is cast upon
it, is caught by the catch M, thus preventing the levers
resuming their original position, and keeping the carriage
stationary until released. When it is not required to stop
the carriage the catch is turned back to tlie position shown
at N.
Twist Motion. Driven from Tin Roller, Fig. 237.
— This motion is designed to put the required twist in
APPENDIX I
449
every (iraw alike. Tlie motion, being driven by a worm
on the tin roller shaft, ensures this shaft, and therefore the
spindles, making the same number of revolutions each
draw.
The twist catch J is hinged at the back of the headstock
as usual, and is connected by the rod I to the bell-crank
VOL. Ill 2 a
4 so cor TON SPINNING
lever G, which is pivoted on a Ijrackct secured to the head-
stock side. A bracket is fixed on the square which carries
the twist motion wheels C and B, and to this bracket a
slide is fitted carrying the twist wheel D. This slide can
be adjusted to take any size of wheel from 50 to 100 teeth.
It will thus be seen that the worm A on the tin roller shaft
transmits motion to the wheels B and C, which in turn
drive the change wheel D, whilst on the same stud, and
secured to wheel D, is a finger E revolving with wheel D.
When the carriage has completed the outward run, the
tin roller shaft continues to revolve until the finger E comes
in contact with the bell-crank lever G, which, being turned
on its centre, exerts a pull on the rod I, and thus lifts the
catch J, allowing the strap lever K to move the strap on
to the loose pulley on the rim shaft previous to the mule
backing off.
Backing-off Motion, Fig. 238.— The object of the
above motion is to unwind the coils of yarn formed on the
spindle blade during spinning, in order that the spun yarn
may be wound on the cop, and this is done by turning the
S2)indles in the opposite direction, the slack yarn thus
formed being taken up temporarily by the counter faller.
The backing-off wheel A is mounted loosely on the rim
shaft and is driven constantly in an opposite direction to
the rim shaft during spinning. When the carriage com-
pletes its outward run the lever K, which is mounted in
the square, depresses the lever J, which moves the rod F
and allows the spring G to turn lever I) on its centre and
so force the backing-off wheel, the inside of which is turned
conical, on to the friction cone connected with the fast
pulley and thus driving through to the spindles in the
usual manner but in the opposite direction.
The winding faller is pulled down by the backing-off
451
452 COTTON SPINNING
chains in the usual manner — through a click wheel on the
tin roller shaft — until the bottom end of the boot-leg N
rests on the locking bowl connected with the slide on the
shaper rail ; in which position the fallers are said to be
"locked." During this operation the lever K is raised,
through the levers L and M, and the lever J is released,
allowing the spring H to draw the backing-off Avheel out
of gear.
To prevent this motion coming into operation too soon,
a finger C rests on a bowl E connected to the strap lever,
and prevents it dropping until the cam is changed and the
strap is moved from the fast to the loose pulley, thus
preventing the backing-off friction going into gear before
the strap is moved entirely on to the loose pulley.
Whilst backing off, the button-head on rod F must be
\ inch clear of the long lever D.
Gearing Plan of S.-A. Mule.— In Fig. 239 is given
a plan view of the gearing of a S.-A. Mule that is becom-
ing more widely known, and so will be interesting to
students. It may be remarked that the copping faller
ought to have been shown thicker than the counter faller.
CO o<l
O w
453
APPENDIX II
Gassing. — All yarns are made up of fibres of varying
lengths, within the length of the staple being used, no
matter what care has been taken to eliminate the short
fibres. Further, a number of unstraightened fibres of all
lengths are to be found in all yarns, even in the best
combed cottons. In the spinning process, the vibratory
action causes the ends of the fibres to stand out from the
surface of the yarn. This roughened state of the yarn
reduces its lustre owing to the diffusion of light. Also,
the roughness destroys the impression of a smooth, round,
and compact yarn. By burning oft' these projecting fibres,
the lustre is restored and the yarn has a smoother and
more compact appearance. As the projecting fibres do not
add to the strength of the yarn, but rather increase its
bulk, uselessly for many purposes, it naturally happens
that yarn, after being gassed, is of a finer counts than before
being gassed.
Fisrs. 240 and 241 are rough sketches of single and
double yarns respectively, showing the hairy condition of
yarns. In the case of the single yarn. Fig. 240, it will
be seen that practicatly the whole surface of the yarn -will
come under the influence of the flame, and all the out-
standing fibres will be burnt off. In doubled yarns the
whole surface of each individual yarn is noi exposed to
454
APPENDIX II
455
the flames, and so the amount burnt oft' is not as much as
in the single yarn ; this can readily be understood from
the sketch.
The amount of projecting fibres will vary considerably
according to the kind of cotton, its preparation for spinning,
Fig. 240.
Fic. 241.
and the amount of twist put into the yarn at the spinning
process. Soft twisted yarns, say for mercerising, will be
more hairy than hard twisted voile yarns. The amount
burnt off will therefore be a variable one on these grounds.
In addition to this variation, however, a further increase
or decrease will occur according to the heat of the flume or
the length of time the yarn is under the influence of the
456 COTTON SPINNING
flame. No hard and fast lines can be laid down on this
percentage of loss, the range usually being from 5 to 9 per
cent in weight and a corresponding increase in the counts
of the gassed yarns.
A few examples are given of the counts of yarns to be
used in order to obtain given counts of gassed yarn : —
Ordinary 56/2 becomes 60/2 gassed = 7 "1 per cent loss.
74/2 ,, 80/2 „ =8-1
94/2 ,, 100/2 ,, =6-3
65 „ 70 „ =7-6
Hard twisted single and doubled yarns, of course, will
not result in large losses of this kind owing to the smaller
amount of projecting fibre.
Formerly only doubled yarns were gassed, and these
were usually doubled on the wet doubler so that projecting
fibres were fewer owing to such fibres, in their wet con-
dition, lying in close contact with the body of the single
and being twisted up with the rest of the fibres when
doubled. The gassing of single now forms an important
element of the trade, no doubt due to lietter cotton and
more careful methods of preparing and spinning. "Whilst
recognising the usual custom of the trade and methods of
arriving at the loss due to gassing, it is as well to point
out that the loss, in most cases, is not simply due to the
amount of fibre burnt off. Testing for counts before
gassing is done on yarn containing moisture, to an extent,
in most cases, up and even above the regain moisture.
Testing for counts after gassing is frequently done long
before the gassed yarn has recovered and reabsorbed its
previous amount of moisture which it has lost in passing
through the hot flames. From the purely manipulative
point of view this loss is not of importance and is ignored
by custom, but economicallv its importance ought to be
APPENDIX II 457
recognised and the carelessness associated Avith it elimi-
nated.
Since the object of gassing is to free the yarn from its
outstanding fibres without damaging the body of the fibres,
the strength of the yarn will be maintained. This means
that if a 70's yarn is gassed and becomes 75's, this 75's
gassed yarn will be as strong as the original 70's yarn.
From this fact it is frequently asserted that by gassing
yarns we obtain stronger yarns ; this, of course, is purely
relative, and even to obtain this result requires great care.
Most firms are content if they can maintain the strength
of the original yarn ; any reduction in strength naturally
means that the body of the fibres has been injured.
Gassed yarns are used for a variety of purposes, among
which may be enumerated the following : — Sewing cotton ;
lace ; embroidery ; poplins ; Venetians ; voiles ; crepes ; in
borders of fabrics for India and special effects in a variety
of woven materials ; mixing with silk ; mercerising for
hosiery, fancy cottons, crochet cottons, etc. Var-ious
defects arise during the process of gassing. These may
be general or local. Ungassed yarn may be produced by
some or all of the lights going out ; strong drafts or even
the banging of doors may cause this. Too much air
admitted to the burners may result in lights going out.
In piecing an end or putting in fresh bobbins there will be
a short length of ungassed yarn put through.
Over-gassed yarn, of course, will weaken the yarn and
darken it in colour. It may be caused by too slow a speed
through the flame, too strong a flame, or too man}'' passages
of the yarn through the flame. Sooty yarn is caused by
yarn passing through a flame that contains a white portion
due to careless adjustment of the mixture of air and gas,
or to a change in the character or even pressure of tlie
458 COTTON SPINNING
gas, causing incomplete combustion of the carbon in the
gas.
Dirty yarns may be caused by soot from the flame, Itut
more frequently it is caused by carelessness in handling
the yarn, as the process is itself dirty, and there is always
more or less of burnt fibre lying about. Dirt also accumu-
lates in grooves of bowls, etc., and this comes off and stains
the yarn in patches or even long lengths.
Streaky and striped yarns. These faults are the most
common ones in gassed yarns. They consist chiefly in
variations of shade indicating that speed or heat has not
been uniform. A general difference of shade or colour
throughout the frame Avould suggest an alteration in the
gas pressure, a condition that frequently occurs during the
day, in almost all gas undertakings. Another cause is to
be found in the partial choking of a burner by burnt dust
particles and the consequent loss of heat. Burners of the
ordinary bunsen type are more likely to cause this than
those fitted with a pressure supply of mixed air and ga^.
Irregular passage of the yarn through the burners or
variations in the adjustments of the bowls will produce
streakiness, and sometimes the tenter may have carelessly
threaded the yarn, one more or less traverses over the
bowls, and so caused an increased or decreased amount of
gassing.
Gassing Frame. — Fig. 242 shows the section of a
horizontal gassing frame with a quick traverse and
winding from bottle-shaped bobbins. One side of the
machine shows a flannel drag P, whilst the other at E
has the wire drag. Special provision is made for carrying
away the vitiated air and burnt products due to the gas
and the burnt fibres. This consists of a cased-in receptacle
^y, running the full length of the frame, and containing
APPENDIX II
459
openings indicated by the arrows. A fan connected to an
extension on the outlet L, or a fan placed in a suitable
"/fAiii,/,wf/m///i»/'w/f/>'->'>7-
^
position in the v/all of the room, carries away the foul
air. A supply of fresh air is provided at J of sufficient
46o COTTON SPINNING
capacity to prevent any currents that might interfere with
the lights or health of the operatives. The guides G are
unusually light and noiseless in action, and consist of two
wires, to w^hich the guides are fastened. The wires are
supported at intervals along the frame in brackets, which
act as guides to them. Only sufficient of the machine is
shown to illustrate the features already mentioned, but it
will be understood that it is provided with mechanism for
moving the burners aside instantly, when the cheese is
drawn away from the drum. In regard to the gas used, it
is now usual to force air into the gas pipe by a fan
arrangement, in preference to the common bunsen flame
method. Several systems are in oj)eration for mixing air
and gas in correct proportions, and most firms who
specialise in this class of machinery have their patented
system applicable to the various kinds of gas that can be
used.
The production of the machine described will naturally
vary according to the speed of drum. As an average it
may be considered that 93 hanks per drum in ten hours
can be obtained when the drum runs at 240 revolutions
per minute, and 38 hanks per drum in 10 hours with a
drum speed of 100 revolutions per minute, the inter-
mediate productions being in simple proportion to the
drum speed. About one H.P. is required for a frame of
160 lights. One man can attend to 160 lights Avhen
gassing from bottle-shaped bobbins, or 80 lights when
gassing from cops.
Fig. 243 gives a sketch of a vertical burner and split drum
gassing frame. This type of machine has been growing
in popularity, and several designs are on the market.
The main feature consists of a gas tube F, perforated
with a series of small holes, thus forming a vertical line of
APPENDIX II
461
flame. The yarn is led from the bobbins B upwards, and
guided through the centre of the flame, and is then passed
t
4
/
■ i
)
v,'w//Wi>>^/^^///////^'y
Fia. 243.
over wire guides and led downwai'ds over guides Z on
through the split drum D to the cheese C.
The main gas pipe is shown at M, and to this is con-
462 COTTON SPINNING
nected the flame tube F. This tube is enclosed in a casing
whose upper end opens into a casing W, extending the
full length of the frame, so that all the products of com-
bustion can be carried away. Fresh air is introduced in
a similar way to that already illustrated in connection with
another machine. On examining the sketch it will be
noted that the yarn is guided in its passage through the
flame. These guides are carried by a light framework
P, having a rack extension, into which a quadrant tooth
segment Q gears. This quadrant has an arm connected to
a rod A, which in its turn is connected by lever to the
arm which carries the cheese C.
When an end breaks, or the arm N is moved away
from the drum, the rod A is raised, and this has the effect
of at once carrying the yarn bodily away from the flame.
On restoring the cheese to its running position, the yarn
is drawn back into the flame.
Hitherto the use of split drums for winding have had
the disadvantage of causing a constantly varying tension
in the yarn. This can readily be seen on reference to the
two diagrams in Fig. 243. As the yarn enters the drum D
at 1, it must pass diagonally across the drum, and emerge
on the cheese at 2. When the drum has made half a
revolution it will be as shown in the right-hand diagram,
and the yarn entering at 3 will pass through the drum
and emerge on to the cheese at 4. It will be seen that in
passing from the angular position, 1 to 2, to the straight
position, 3 to 4, there will be some slack yarn, and of
course some tight yarn for the other half of the revolution.
An ingenious device has been applied to overcome this
difliculty, which consists in fitting within the dinim a
specially shaped case E, which revolves Avith the drum.
This is so formed that it takes up the slack exactly as it is
APPENDIX II
463
formed, and of course releases it as the yarn becomes
tight. With such a device as this, there is no longer any
need to ignore split drums as a winding factor, especially
P--1
Fig. 244.
for gassing. The wire G is used to automatically place
the yarn in the split of the drum.
Upright Spindle Winding Frame.— An illustration
was given in Fig. 180 of this type of machine. Another
example is now given in Fig. 244 that embodies recent
464 COTTON SPINNING
improvements. The drawing has been purposely made
composite in order to show that double-flanged bobbins or
bottle-shaped bobbin may be wound from cops, ring and
doubler bobbins, or from hanks.
The upright spindles A are provided with wharves, and
are driven from the tin roller D. Single or double row
of bobbins may be built. The clearer motion and guides
are carried at the top of the rack R, operated from the
building motion through the wheel W.
For gassing and reeling the bottle-shaped bobbin is
now the recognised form, but the building motion is so
designed that the ordinary parallel shaped bobbin can be
built by simply unhooking a chain. A creeper motion to
carry the empty bobbins to the end of the frame can
readily be applied in cases where the machine is run con-
tinuously.
The drag varies according to the class of winding being
done. Flannel is usual when winding endwise as at F,
but it may be pointed out that this is not a satisfactory
method owing to the very roughening effect it has on the
yarn. Drag bands are used on self-contained spindles,
and weights are hung from the barrel in the case of swifts.
Makers of these machines will apply brushes, flannels, or
ball clearers if required, but it is advisable to avoid both
flannel and brushes as drag or clearing factors if good
work is desired.
A typical form of bottle-shaped bobbin is shown in
dotted lines at X. Its chief advantage lies in the fact that
it can be wound off" endwise without ravelling. The
production varies according to the degree of clearing
required, and also how the yarn is drawn — off cops,
bobbins, and hanks. For cops and bobbins endwise an
average of 360 hanks per spindle per 56 hours ; sideways
APPENDIX IT
465
240 hanks per spindle per 56 hours, and for hanks 220
hanks per spindle per 56 hours.
Quick Traverse Winding Frame. — In Fig. 245 we
have another example of a qiiick traverse winding frame.
Any number of ends up to 24 can be wound either on
paper or wooden tubes. As shown, a stop motion is
Fig. 245.
applied, but of course it can be used without this device.
The passage of the yarn from the cops C through tlie drag
and the hook T now turns upwards to the top of the
creel, where it passes over bowls or through guide wire,
and returns in a downward direction to the guide G,
which leads it to the drum D. The left-hand side shows
the position of the stop motion mechanism when Avinding
is taking ])lace, whilst the right-hand side shows the
VOL. Ill 2 H
466
COTTON SPINNING
changed positions taken up Avlien an end breaks. It will
be noted that the guide Avire T is carried by an extension
of the catch L, so that on this wire dropping when an end
breaks, it comes into contact with the revolving spider
shaft S, and the catch L is immediately forced away from
beneath the lever H, Avhich it had supported. The lever
H falls at once and in doing so raises the end K against
an inclined lever B, which in its turn forces the lever A
away from the drum D, and at the same time moves up
the brake lever into contact with the cheese.
The weight W keeps the cheese pressed against the
drum D, so that on piecing an end, all that is necessary to
restart the winding is to lift the end of H, and the catch
L slips under it. Adjustments are provided for obtaining
instantaneous action, and also for regulating the drag,
especially on the flannel F.
A sketch of a ball drag is given in Fig. 246, as applied
APPENDIX II
467
to above frame, and associated with it is given a clearer
view of the guide wire that operates the stop motion
thi'ough the catch L.
Fig. 247 shows the driving of the quick traverse winding
frame. By changing the wheel A, a wide range of ratios
WITH COMPOUND CARRIER WHEEL
E *3i'*!
K:
4
QUICK TRAVERSE
WINDING FRAME GEARING
WITH SINGLE CARRIER WHEEL
Fio. 247.
can be obtained between the drum speed and the cam
speed from 1'25 to 1 up to 56 to 1.
In Fig. 248 a section of a reel is shown to illustrate the
creel used when bottle-shaped bobbins or cheeses are
beinsr used for hank winding. The small sketch in the
upper right-hand corner of the illustration is an alternate
arrangement of guide to that given in the general sketch.
Roller Settings. — The usual mill practice in setting
468
COTTON SPINNING
the front and middle rollei's in the mule and ring frame is
to set them within the length of the stajjle. This means
that the distance between the centres of the front and
middle rollers must be somewhat less than the presumed
■r^nr
length of the fibres of the cotton being worked. This is
generally one-sixteenth to three-sixteenths of an inch less
than the staple. In the preparing machinery of the card
room, such as draw frames, flyer frames, etc., where
drafting between rollers is performed, the front and middle
APPENDIX II 469
rollers are set outside the length of the fibre, i.e. the distance
between the front and middle roller centres is grc(ttcr than
the length of the fibre. In the card room the cotton is
principally drawn or attenuated in the space between the
grip of the rollers, and in the spinning room the drawing
action is presumed to take place by the front roller drawing
the cotton from the grip of the middle roller.
A number of peculiarities and difficulties arise during
the progress of the cotton from the card to the spinning
spindles, not the least of which is the apparent introduction
of irregularities. Most of these difficulties would appear
to be traceable to roller settings and the draft associated
with these settings.
A brief review of the subject is given in order to show
the connection between draft and roller settings. On
examining a card web, the fibres composing it are in a
very unstraightened condition, and are curved and crossed
and bent around each other in every imaginable direction.
Very few fibres appear straight. The first problem to
solve is to find the length of the filjres. This, of course,
was done by the manager when the cotton was bought,
and he adopted the usual course of testing the cotton by
hand-pulling between finger and thumb. This action
naturally straightens the cotton and practically pulls away
most of the short fibres, thus leaving a tuft of the straight
full length fibres. The same test is applied to note the
length of the fibres in the card web as well as in other
subsequent processes. In other words, Ave always obtain
our idea of the length of the fibres by straightening the
fibres, judging them in this condition, and setting lollers
to the lengths based on this judgment.
Since the setting of rollers and the drafting is so
important, it is as well to observe the actual condition of
470 COTTON SPINNING
the fibres in the web of a card and see whether length of
fibre, as usually considered and estimated, is a good basis
to work upon in setting rollers.
A sketch of a number of fibres is shown in Fig. 249,
which represents a portion of a card web. The fibres are
made purposely of about equal lengths, in order to show
almost ideal conditions of opening and cleaning at the card.
Since this piece of web is gathered up into a sliver at the
trumpet guide at the calender rollers of the card, it is clear
that the arrangement of the fibres will be, at least, no
Fia. 249.
better in the sliA^er than in the web. (As a matter of fact,
any bent fibres become more bent as they form into the
sliver.) The sliver has now to be drawn out by passing
between successive lines of rollers whose surface velocities
increase between each pair of rollers. Tlie length of the
fibres, since they are all about equal, can be judged by the
fibres lettered E, F, and G, and this length may be taken as
equal to the distance between the lines A and B.
It is clear, however, that the length of the fibres, even
in such an ideal set of fibres as shown in Fig. 249, cannot
be considered equal to their straightened lengths, so far as
setting rollers is concerned. The fibre F, for instance, is a
APPENDIX II
47 >
full length and straight fibre, but its position for roller
drafting almost reduces its length to nil. The fibre E is
the other extreme of position. All the other fibres occupy
intermediate positions, and it is a judgment of all these
positions that must be formed, in order to set rollers to the
length of the staple. If it is now recognised that in the
actual web we have all the peculiarities of shape and
position of the fibres as shown in Fig. 249, and also that
we have fibres of all lengths from, say, \ inch to the full
length fibre F, it will not be difficult to understand that
length of fibre, in the setting of rollers, is of very little
importance. Our mills, however, do work on the length
of staple, so let us examine Avhat happens.
As a very simple illustration consider the cotton as it
passes between the cages and calender rollers of a scutcher.
Fig. 250 will illustrate the position. Eelative to the
length of the fibre, the distance betw^een the calender
rollers A* and the cage rollers at B is considerable. In
order to maintain the continuity of the cotton between
472 COTTON SPINNING
these two points the calender rollers have a surface speed
greater than the surface sjjeed of the cage rollers, in other
words, there is a draft between the two sets of rollers.
This draft, however, is extremely small, and is not in-
tended as a draft in the strict sense of the word, it is
merely a carrying draft. Small as this draft is, its effect
can be noted, in some machines and on some cottons, if
carefully observed. The point, however, to emphasise is,
that if this carrying draft is increased, the inevitable
consequences would be that a quantity of fibres would be
dragged forward from among their fellows, and gaps and
ultimately breakages would occur in the layer of cotton
between A and B. The maintaining of the surface speed
of A at the lowest possible excess over the surface speed of
B is an absolute necessity in order to prevent the intro-
duction of great irregularities in the lap, and thus destroy
a large part of the effectiveness of the regulating mechanism
of the scutcher. The next step to note will be rollers of
the card room. All drafting rollers in the card room,
almost without exception, are set apart a little beyond the
length of the normal straightened fibres, so that they are,
in reality, set a considerable amount apai't in excess of the
actual length of the fibres as they exist in the sliver, etc.
From this condition it will be seen that between all drafting
rollers in the card room there are spaces where considerable
amounts of loose fibres exist. Rollers in these machines
are heavily weighted, so that tlie fibres are drawn apart
from each other in the spaces between the rollers and not
from the grip between the rollers. Some of the fibres are
straightened by this action, through the resistance to
movement offered by the bulk of the fibres, but the very
large numbers of fibres are drawn forward in an Ittenuated
form in the same uustraightened condition as in the card
APPENDIX II 473
sliver. At the same time, it must be noted that the draft
between the most widely separated rollers, viz. the back
roller and the next to it, is always small compared with
the draft between the more closely set rollers, viz. front
and preceding roller. Small draft and wide setting appear
to be closely associated in our cotton spinning systems.
It is frequently asserted that the draft between the back
roller and the next following it is a carrying draft only.
It is certainly small, relatively, but it is certainly far above
a carrying di'aft considered in relation to the condition
of the fibres and the distance apart of the rollers, and it
requires but a glance at the movement of the fibres to see
that the draft is a very effective one, small as it is, in dis-
turbing the arrangement of the fibres and carrying through
all manner of unstraightened fibres to the next pair of
rollers.
Now just as we saw in the case of the scutcher (Fig.
250) that the draft must be kept very small indeed, so in
the back draft of the card room rollers the draft must also
be kept small if irregularities are to be eliminated or even
to be kept from increasing. ExjDerience, however, supports
reason in proving that the draft between the back and the
following rollers is excessive, and introduces irregularities
by tearing and dragging groups of fibres apart and carrying
them bodily forward.
When we come to the front and preceding rollers, these
are set closer together, but still in the card room they are
further apart than the straightened length of the fil)res,
and, of course, there must, of necessity, be a lot of loose,
free, and unstraightened fibres lying between the grips of
these two pairs of rollers. It is between these two rollers
that the bulk of the draft occurs, but a point for the student
to observe is the fact that this draft is never very much.
474 COTTON SPINNING
If the draft is made excessive, it would immediately show
itself by spewing out the unstraightened fibres from the
nip of the front rollers and even curling up many of the
fibres that had previously been straightened. All this
leads to the conclusion that drafting is very limited in the
machinery of the card room, so far as drafting rollers are
concerned, because of the existence of large quantities of
curled and unstraightened fibres that lie between the grips
of the rollers in all stages of the drafting processes. This
limitation is compensated for by increasing the number of
machines in order to bring about the required attenuation
of the fibre. In spite of this, and even as a consequence
of it, irregularities are increased, due to the small but yet
excessive drafts.
When cotton is combed two main objects are attained.
The fibres are subjected to the straightening action of the
needles, and the needles remove a quantity of the un-
straightened fibres in the action that straightens many of
the fibres that are left. This removal of unstraightened
fibres is the main cause of improved appearance and feel
of combed cotton. Comber waste contains all lengths of
fibres, but they are the curved fibres, and almost always
suggest simply short fibres, which is quite contrary to the
actual conditions of the waste. The combed sliver also
still contains quantities of unstraightened fibres and also
fibres of various lengths, so that these are a bar to excessive
drafts in card room machinery, and even the drafts that
are used, with j^resent settings, produce irregularities.
On arriving at the mule, the rovings are still subjected
to the preliminary small draft of the card room method
between the back and middle rollers with their wide
settings, but a great change is to be noted between the
front and middle rollers. Here the rollers are set within
APPENDIX II 475
the presumed length of the fibres, so that there is also a
presumed state of the fibres being held in the grip of both
pairs of rollers. Under this new condition of setting,
combined with the thin condition of the roving, the draft
between the two rollers (front and middle) can be almost
any amount. If the middle roller is weighted the draft
cannot be taken beyond a certain amount, otherwise the
presence of the short and unstraightened fibres will simply
ooze out at the nip or in any case break up the roving into
irregular patches and be incorporated in the yarn as such ;
they are found in the very best yarn. With self-weighted
middle rollers, greatly improved results are obtained, and
higher drafts can be used as the fibres can be drawn from
the nip of the rollers, but even then there is a certain
amount of free space for the crumpled-up fibres that are
in the roving, and these are mostly dragged bodily forward
by the high draft and show as irregularities in the yarn.
Extremely light middle rollers, made by reducing the
diameter of the top roller or using a lighter metal than
iron, will facilitate the use of higher drafts or improve the
yarn. An improvement in our spinning mills is fore-
shadowed in this attempt at an explanation of the drawing
action of rollers, viz. : the use of drawing rollers of small
diameter top and bottom in order to set as close as i)ossible
well within the length of the staple; the use naturally
of small top rollers, self-weighted when possible, and if
weighting is necessary it must be of the smallest kind con-
sistent with the thickness of the sliver, roving, etc. For
mules and ring frames, the middle roller, in addition to
being small in diameter, can be made lighter by using a
lighter metal than iron ; even aluminium can be used. A
greatly improved drawing effect can be obtained that will
straighten the fibres, an increased draft can be used and
476
COTTON SPINNING
distributed more equally among the rollers, a reduction
in machinery will be possible, and a better yarn made
from poorer cotton than is possible under our present
system of drafting and roller setting.
Costing. — The following notes are merely intended to
give to the student a brief resume of how the price of
yarn is obtained after cotton has been bought at a certain
price.
The term " margin " is a word frequently used in the
cotton trade to represent the difference between the price
of raw cotton and the price at which the yarn made from
it is sold.
The following table, representing a period of twelve
months, gives these particulars, the prices being those of
the date in each month : —
Good
Date. Egyptian
per lb.
60's Twist per lb.
in pence.
Margin per
lb. in pence.
Jan. 25 . . .
Ql 3
15 to 17
6tV
Feb. 29
9f
151 ,, 17^
6f
Mar. 28
9f
15i „ 17i
6^
April 30
low
15f „ I7f
^-h
May 29
lOi^ir
151 „ 17-2
6iV
June 26
lOH
151 „ IH
6A
July 24
HtV
161 „ 181
^^\
Aui;. 28
10 1
16 ,, 18
6|
Sept. 25
lOi
16 ,, 18
6i
Oct. 30
10
15i „ I7f
6|
Nov. 27
10|
16,V ,, 18
6i
Dec. 18
lOi
16f ,, 18i
n
It will be understood that all these figures undergo a
variety of changes during the year and frequently during
a single day, mainly due to the fluctuating price of raw
cotton. Supply and demand have a strong influence in
fixing the price of the yarn and cotton, and margins may
APPENDIX II 477
be low or high, being more or less indicative of bad or good
trade at the time. It may be stated, as a general rule,
that this margin figure is used b}^ all classes of the trade
as an indication of its prosperity or otherwise. Since the
" margin " represents the difference between the price of
raw cotton and the price of yarn into which the cotton is
made, it follows that this margin includes the whole of the
cost of running a spinning mill and also the profit on the
business, if a profit is made.
Very few businesses dealing with A^ery large quantities
of material and having such a large turnover present so
simple a problem as that of a cotton mill so far as getting
out the costs is concerned. Most of the operations are
performed on automatic machinery and paid for on piece-
work rates based on mechanically operated indicators.
Stocktaking is of the most simple character, so that it is
possible, almost at any moment, to produce an analysis of
the position of a firm.
Assume a mill of 100,000 spindles, spinning
60's counts, twist, carded, from Egyptian cotton.
Capital £80,000.
The production of this mill will be 23 hanks per spindle,
or |-J = 0*3833 lb. per spindle per week. The output of
yarn will therefore be 38,330 lbs. per Aveek at the spindle.
To produce this yarn there are employed a variety of wage
and .salary earning people ; also trade expenses, rents, rates,
etc., and numerous items associated with the structure,
machinery, accessories, transport, power jjlant, etc. Day
wages and salaries are paid to manager, salesman, carder,
overlookers in card and spinning rooms, engineer, clerical
staflf, card tenters, grinders, a number of girl setters on,
boys in warehouse, men in bale and waste room, etc. This
item will amount to £90 per week. Tlie piecework wages
478
COTTON SPINNING
on draw frames, fly frames, and mules will depend on the
respective productions of these machines, and can be
ascertained at once from the wage books. Since practi-
cally most of the waste, visible and invisible, has been
taken out of the cotton before reaching the draw frame,
the productions of the total machines in the card room
may be considered equal to the production of the mules
during any given period. Such being the case we can take
any single slubber spindle or frame for draw frame and
slubber price, and single spindle or single frame for the
wages of each passage of fly frames respectively. These
items work out as follows : —
Draw frame
•0476 pence per lb
Slubber
•0476
Intermediate
•0661
Roving
•2316
Mule .
1^2212
Cleaning, day
wages, and salaries
•5635
per week.
The trade expenses have now to be considered. These
generally form a large item in the cost of making yarn,
but they cover a very wide ground and vary somewhat
in amounts from time to time. The following list will
convey an idea of the items usually placed under the
heading of trade expenses : —
Lvibricants.
Leather.
Brushes.
Ropes and bands.
Paper and twine.
Cleaning waste.
Cop tubes.
Repairs to macliinery.
Repair to structure.
Painting, etc.
Skips.
Bank conmiission.
Transport of cotton and yarn.
Insurance.
Depreciation.
Rates and taxes.
Gas.
Water.
Interest on loans.
Chief rent.
Directors' fees.
Coal.
Levies.
Stationery and stamps.
Telephone, etc. etc.
APPENDIX II
479
The total of these can only be estimated from past
experience and by reference to previous years' accounts.
Some of them are of a fixed character. Some items are
bought, used, or paid at short regular intervals, others at
irregular intervals, so that an average must be obtained
from, say, a three years' experience associated with a fair
judgment of the tendency of prices to vary.
On the whole the estimate would be somewhere about
2 "5 pence per lb. per week for the trading expenses. Trade
discounts and commissions are important items, and may be
put down as "5 pence per lb.
The cost of producing a pound of 60's twist may now be
set out as follows : —
Cleaning, day wages, and salaries
•5635
pence per
lb.
per
week.
Wages, draw frame .
•0476
,, Slubber
•0476
,, Intermediate.
•0661
,, Roving ....
•2316
„ Mule ....
1-2212
Trade expenses
2-5000
Discounts and commissions
•5000
>»
61776
From the books it is found that there is a difference of
18| per cent in weight between the cotton used and the
yarn produced. Part of this is accounted for by 15 per
cent of visible waste which is sold, and for which '71 pence
per lb. is obtained on the basis of the total cotton used.
The other part of the loss, viz. 3| per cent, is invisible,
i.e. it consists of fine particles and evaporations of moisture
during the passage of the cotton through the mill. This
moisture is restored to the cotton, and generally a little
extra, say 5 per cent; this is called the regain, but more
often the cellar gain.
The costing will now stand thus : —
48o
COTTON SPINNING
Cost of cotton used ....
. 7-5d.
Loss on cotton, 18 '5 per cent
l-3d.
per lb.
Wages ........
3-Od.
} J
Trade expenses .....
2-5d.
) 5
Discount and commission
•5d,
7-3d.
14 -Sd.
Worth of waste . . . , .
•71d.
Cellar gain ......
•74d.
,,
7-5d.
l-45d
Nett cost
. 13-35d.
Cost of cotton .....
per lb.
Cost to clean and produce 60's twist
5-85d.
ji
10 per cent on capital ....
l-03d.
14-38d.
,,
The method just given is one based on general lines
and reduces the costing to an unusual degree of simplicity,
but a host of questions must arise in the student's mind
on a variety of points. These can only be briefl}^ touched
upon here.
Cost of producing any given amount of sliver or roving
in the card room and of cleaning the cotton in the scutching
room should be carefully worked out both as regards value
of the capital of the machinery and the value of the space
occupied by the machinery. A series of different values
will be found of the different hanks. Every effort should
be made to get the full production for each machine, and
by a few careful tests the twist to be put in a roving can
be readily found so that it is not excessive on the one hand,
and is not a cause of complaint on the other hand when
put up in the mule creel.
In mentioning 60's twist it will be recognised that this
means the counts of the yarn after conditioning, so that
the added moi.sture or cellar gain necessitates spinning
APPENDIX II 481
higher counts in order to sell them as lower counts due to
the added Aveight of moisture. For the internal economy
of the mill it is therefore inaccurate to say 60's counts are
being spun when it means that 60's counts are being sold.
To sell 60's counts with 5 per cent of a regain we must
spin 63's counts.
Every overlooker in the mill should keep a notebook of
productions, etc., and the wage cost of each, together with,
and this is important, the time worked and the number of
spindles working. Any percentage of spindles stopped
simply means a corresponding increase in the cost in wages ;
the rollers are running all the time and measuring wages.
Interesting exercises for a student can be found in
calculating the amount of cotton required to spin certain
numbers, and base all costs on the price of cotton in order
to find the price of the yarn. On the other hand, an
assumed quantity of a certain count can be taken, which
has to be sold at a certain price. Work back from this
price and find the price of the cotton that will spin the
counts and the amount of cotton required.
VOL. in 2 I
INDEX
Action, principle of spinning, 17
ot mule quadrant, 109
of traveller in ring frame, 294
Actual and calculated speeds, 271
Adjustment of bands, 42
After-stretch in the mule, 236
motion, 442
American cotton, diameter and
setting of rollers for, 274
Analysis of a mule cop, 99
Anti-ballooning motions, 328
Anti-suarling motions, 253, 442
Application of twist wheel motion,
90
Arrangement of the fibres in the
yarn, 8
of machinery in mills, 385
Arrangements for "locking," 82
Assistant winding motion, 442
Automatic stop motion on Avinding
frames, 342
Backing-off by rope driving, 33
chain, 86
chain and faller motion, 220
tightening motion, 220
tightening the, 96
and drawing-up, 55
in the long lever mule, 214
motion, 86, 222, 239, 428, 433,
450
object of, 93
Back shaft driven from the front
roller, 37
and its scrolls, 39
Bad cops and their remedies, 154
Balancing the faller wires, 165
Balloon plates. 328
Ballooning, 300
VOL. Ill 4
Ballooning effect, 328
Band, governor motion, 192
Bands, scroll, 41
spindle, 49
squaring, 44
stretching of rim, 52
Bare spindle, spinning on, 330
Belt, drawing-up by, 232
Belt driving, jiower of, 415
Bleaching and dyeing the cop, 372
Bobbin winding frame, 337
Booth-Sawyer spindle, 316
Brake for doubling spindle, 360
motion, 436
Breaking weight of yarn. 2, 8, 14
Building or shaj^er motion on the
mule, 135
Building motions, 291
Bundling press, Coleby's patent.
382
Calculated and actual speeds, com-
parison of, 270
Calculations for finding the weight
on the rollers in mule, 243
ring frame, 285
Calculations for the mule, 270
mill planning, 385
ring douliler, 369
ring frame, 335
Cam shaft, driving of, 77
mule, changes in, 68
drawing-up, 82
Cap bars on mule, 242
Card, counts of wire used for various
cottons, 412
productions of, 393
speeds of the various organs in
different cottons, 412
2i2
484
COTTON SPINNING
Carriage of mule, movement of, 3o
outward ruu of, 80
Cause of twists flying to the smallest
diameter in yarn, 6
snarls in mule yarn, 253
twist in the ring spinning frame,
311
Chain, backing-off, 86
tightening motion, 222
winding, 112
Change of speed in the mule carriage,
35
Changes in the mule, 54
on the cam-shaft mule, 68
Changing the rim pulley, oO
driving strap, 217
Character of the miile's sjiinning
action, 20
Characteristics of a miile cop, 99
Chase of a mule cop, 138
Cheeses on quick traverse winding
frame, 348
Chinese cotton, diameter and setting
of rollers for, 245
Clearer frame, 337
Click, winding, 132
Coils on the spindle blade, 93
Coleby's reel, 378
Combed yarns, superiority of, 3
Comparison of duplex ■ and single
driving in mule, 60
mule and ring yarn, 330
Compensation for slippage in belts
and bands, 50
the taper of the mule spindle,
170
Cone clutches, friction in, 90
Coning parts of the mule shaper,
145
Constants for twists per inch, 411
Construction of rim shaft, 56
Convenient multipliers, 414
Convexity of long incline of the
mule shaper, 149
Cop, analysis of the mule, 99
Cops, defective, and their ivnieclies,
154
bleaching and dyeing of. 372
Correction ofshaper for bad cops, 160
Costing, 476
Cotton, ideal state of, 1
Cotton mills, power required to
drive, 412
yarn measure, 413
Counter faller, weighting of, 167
Creels and their arrangement, 29
Creels of doubler frames, 356
"Crossing," 138
"Crossing" on the cop, 118
Cross winding on the reel, 376
Cycle of actions in the mule, 59
Cylindrical form of yaru, 12
Data for mill planning, 393
Dead weighting, 243
Defective cops and their remedies,
154
Definition of twist and weft, 6
Delivery motion whilst winding..
236
Details of fine spinning mule, 226
Diagrams of mule power, 263
Diameter of yaru, regularity of the
2
rinss for different counts of yaru
814
Difference in diameters of yarn, 2
of yarn in weight and length, 5
Dividends, table of, 417
Dobson-Marsh spindle, 320
Double-speed driving, 227, 251
boss rollers, 244 et seq.
rings, 290
Doubled yarn showing variations in
twist, 3
Doubler, ring, 353
calculations for, 369
creels, 356
English and Scotch s}"stems, 357
knee brakes, 360
rope driving, 369
spindles, 360
stop motions, 361
troughs, 357
twisting, theory of, 363
Drafts for various cottons and
counts of yaru, 395
Drag, 236, 466
Draw Iranie, productions of, 394
rollers for various cottons, 245
et seq.
weights required for, 409
INDEX
Diawing-out motion, 440
Dr.iwing-up liy rope driviug, 33
and backing-ofl", 54
by belt or strap, 64
by strap, t)4
friction cone, 62
iu cani-sliaft mule, 81
in long-lever mule, 215
motion, 250, 431, 437
Driviug of the mule, 32
at the side, 33
carriage, 35
cam shaft, 77
front roller from the tin roller, 52
mule, duplex, 60
quadrant, 130
ring frame, 281
Drum, winding, 132
Duplex driving, 60
Duration of backing-ofl', 85, 260
Dynamometer, 260
Easing motion, 169
Eccentric traverses, 242
Efl'ect of twist on the diameter of
yarn, 6
of an inclined spindle, 21
of the varying inclination of the
yarn during winding, 256
Egyptian cotton, diameter and
setting of the rollers for, 248
Elasticity of yarn, 14
Elastic spindles, 323
Electricity in the mill, 405
English system of doubling, 357
Examination of the reason why
twists fly to the smallest
diameter of yarn, 7
of the mule coji, 99
Faller leg, 136
rods and wires, 94
sector, 136
sector and backing-ofl" chain, 220
Fallers, weighting of. 165
Features of a cop, 106
FiVires, arrangement of, in yarn, 8
Fine spinning, drawiug-up by straj),
66
mule, 226, 428
Flexible spindles, 323
Fly frame rollers, suital)]e weights
for, 410
Footstep bearing of spindle, 100
Friction cones, 63
Front roller driving the back shaft,
37
Gain and ratch, 232
Gallows pulley driving, 2S1
Gassing, 381, 454
loss in gassing, 383, 456
Gearing for taking the mule carriage
out, 37
of mule, 272
of ring frame, 334
General slippage of bands, 52
Governor or strapping motion, 188
Grant system of reeling, 376
Grajihic method of showing sj^eeds
of spindle, 105
method of showing speed of
spindles produced by (quad-
rant, 115
explaining the action of the
shaper, 146
Gravity spindle, 321
Half-twisted belt driving, 281
Hank rovings suitable for various
counts and cottons, 395
Hastening motion, 217
Hollow rim shaft, 53
Horse-power required to drive the
mule, 260
complete cotton mills, 412
cotton machinery, 408
the ring frame, 332
Humidity in cotton mills, 399
Hygrometers, 403
Ideal state of cotton, 1
Imperfections of cops, 154
Inclination of the mule spindle, 21
of roller stands in ring frame,
2S4
Inclines on the mule shaper, 136
Indian cotton, diameter and setting
of rollers for, 246
Indicating the mule, 260
Initial slippage of bands in the
mule, 52
COTTON SPINNING
Initial rate of speed of miile spindle,
105, 126
Intermediate rollers for various
cottons, 245 et scq.
Irregularities in yarn, 3
due to bands, 43
compensation for, 52
Jack frame rollers for various
cottons, 245 et seq.
Jacking motion, 234, 442. 445
Japanese cotton, diameter and
setting of rollers for, 245
Knee brakes for doublers, 360
Lea winding on the reel, 376
Leather-covered rollers, 242
Length and weight of yarn, regular-
ity of, 4
Lever weighting of rollers, 243
Locking arrangements, 83
motion, 448
Long-lever mule, 206, 244, 421
changes in, 68
Long shaper in the mule, 136
Loss in gassing j'arns, 383
Lubrication of spindles, 333
Machinery, power required to drive
cotton, 408, 412
Measuring the diameter of yarn. 16
Methods of judging j'arns not per-
fect, 3
of showing imperfections in yarn,
3
Microscope, testing yarns under
the, 2
Mill planning, 385
data for, 395
Moisture in a cotton mill, 399
Mule, analysis of cop. 99
anti-snarling motions, 253
arrangement of the creels, 29
assistant winding motion, 442
backing-otf, 86
backing-off l>y band, 34
backing- off motion, 239, 428,
433, 450
brake motion, 436
calculations, 270
Mule, cam-shaft jiriuciple, 68
changes in the, 54
changes in the cam shaft and
long lever, 68
crossing, 138
cycle of actions, 59
defective cops and their remedies.
154
double-speed driving, 227
drawing-out motion, 440
drawing-up, 82
and backing-off, 56
by strap, 232
by rope, 34
motion, 250, 431, 437
driving, 32
the spindles, 49
the cam shaft, 77
duplex driving, 60
easy motion, 169
effect of a tapered spindle on
winding, 170
extra winding motion, 230
fine spinning, 226, 428
friction cones, 62
gain and ratch, 232
general description of, 24
governor or strapping motions,
188
hastening motions, 217
horse -power required to drive
the, 260
imperfections of cops, 154
improvements in, 421
inclination of the spindle, 21
inclines on the shaper, 136
initial slippage of bands in the,
52
initial speed of spindles, 105,
126
jacking motion, 234, 442, 445
lever weighting of rollers, 243
locking arrangements, 83
motion, 448
long lever, 206, 244, 421
backing-off, 214
backing-off chain, 220
backing-off motion, 223
chain-tightening motion, 222
changing the strap, 217
drawing-up, 215
INDEX
487
Mule, long-lever, hasteniiis; motions,
217
spinning' action, 209
strap-relieving motion, 217
long sliaper, 136
modifying the results of twist, 8
movement of carriage, 35
movement of the nut up the
quadrant screw, 125
nosing motions, 174
object of backing-off, 93
outward run of the carriage, 80
position of the spindle, 19
principle of the scroll, 45
principle of the spinning action
in the, 17
quadrant, 109
ratching motion, 442
rim shaft, 436
rollers for various cottons, 245
et seq.
roller-delivery motion, 436
roller stands and weighting, 240
roller turning motion whilst
winding, 237
twisting at the head, 236
scrolls, their shape and action, 38
setting of the rollers, 245 et seq.
setting-on motion, 431, 437
shaper or building motion, 135
shaper, long, 137
short, 425, 428
side-driven, 35
snarls and anti-snarling motions,
253
special, 436
speed of carriage during spinning
and winding, 35
spindle, position of, 19
inclination of, 21
taper of, 22
starching, 258
strap-fork, movement of, 73
strap-relieving motion, 90, 217,
448
tightening the backing-off chain,
96
tubes and starching, 258
twist motion, 434, 448
weighting of rollers, 240
of fallers, 1 65
:MuIe, winding, 109
winding drum and tin roller, 132
Multipliers for twist per inch, 411
convenient, 414
Nosing motion, 173
Number of spindles per horse-
power in the mule, 266
of mule spindles to various
machines, 395
Nut, movement of, up the quadrant,
125
Object of backing-off, 93
Operations in the cam-shaft mule, 68
Outward run of the mule carriage, 80
Peg, nosing, 176
Percentage of slippage in bands, 54
of humidity in cotton mills, 404
Plan of a pair of mules, 24
Planning of mills, 385
data for, 394
Plates, front and back shaper, 142
Position of mule spindle relative to
the rollers, 19
mule wharve, 412
Power required to drive the mule,
260
cotton machinerj% 408
cotton mills, 412
ring frame, 332
transmitted by rope and belt, 415
Prevention of waste in the ring
doubler, 361
Principle underlying the inclination
and taper of a mule spindle, 21
of the action of the traveller, 294
cam-shaft mule, 68
mule scrolls, 45
nosing motion, 170
quadrant, 109
shaper, 141
twisting effect in the doubler, 364
Problems connected with the shaper,
154
Productions of cards, 393
draw frames, 394
Proportions of machinery in a mill,
395
Pulley, three-grooved rim, 50
COTTON SPINNING
Quadrant, principle and action, 109
and its connections, 130
screw, 203
Quick-traverse winding frame, 340,
465
Rack governor motions, 196
Rail, shaper, 135
Ratch and gain, 232
Ratching motion, 442
Rates at which the mule sf)indle
works, 106
Reel, %\Tap, 5
Reeling, 372, 468
Coleby's reel, 378
cross winding, 376
doffing motions, 378
Grant system of winding, 379
lea system of winding, 376
Regular and variable quadrant
screw, 204
Regularity of the diameter of yarn, 2
Relationship between quadrant an I
shaper, 150
Remedies for defective cops, 154
Rim band, stretching of, 50
pulley, 50
three-groo%'ed, 51
shaft, 54, 436
hollow, 53
Ring frame, general description of,
278
ballooning, 300
effect, 328
Booth-Sawyer spindle, 316
building motions, 291
calculations, 335
calculations for weight on rollers,
286
comparison of ring and mule
yarn, 331
diameter of rings for various
counts, 290
Dobson-Marsh spindle, 320
driving of, 281
flexible spindles, 323
gearing of, 334
gravity spindles, 322
lubrication of spindles, 333
power to drive, 332
"Rabbeth" spindle, 320
Ring-frame, rings, 290
rollers for various cottons, 245
et seq.
rope driving, 369
Sawyer spindle, 320
space of spindles and suitable
rings, 290
spindles, 315
theory of the traveller, 294
tliread guide, 289
traveller, 288
twisting, 288
weight of travellers, 309
Roller turning motion whilst turn-
ing at the head, 236
delivery motion 'whilst winding,
237,' 436
diameters and settings for various
cottons, 244 et seq.
Roller stands, inclination of, 284
and weighting, 2^0, 284
Rollers, weighting of, 409
Rope driving, 282, 369
jiower transmitted by, 415
Roving frame rollers for various
cottons, 245, et seq.
Rules for mule calculations, 270
ring-frame calculations, 335
the diameter of yarn, 17
Saddle and bridle weighting, 285
Scotch doubler, 357
Screw of quadrant, 203
Scroll bands, 41
the principle of a, 45
Scrolls, position, action, and con-
struction of, 39
Scutcher laps, variations in, 5
Section of the diameter of yarn,
15
Sector and backing-off chain, 220
Self-weighted rollers, 286
Setting of rollers for different
cottons, 245 etseq.y 467
Setting-on motion, 431, 437
Shaft, rim, 54
Shaper or building motion, 135
short, 425, 428
Side-driven mules, 35
Slippage of rim band, 50
general, 53
INDEX
4S9
Slippage of bands, percentage, of, 54
initial, 53
of spindle bands, 282
of straps and bands, 51
Slubber rollers for various cottons,
245 et seq.
Snarling motions, 253
Spaces of spindles in ring frame,
290
Special mule, 436
Speed, double, 227
of carriage during spinning and
winding, 35
of spindle necessary to form a
cop, 100
Speeds in the card, 412
Spindle in tlie mule, j^osition of, 19
inclination of, 21
tai)er of, 21
Spindles, driving of tlie, 49
bands, 49
eflect of the taj^er on winding,
170
per horse-power, 266
of ring doubler, 360
of ring frame, 315
taper of, 101
Spinning, fine, 226
on the bare spindle, 330
theory of, 1
various forms of, 17
Spinning action of the mule, 17
in the long-lever nmle, 209
Square roots, talde of, 418
Squaring band, 44
Starching, 258
State of cotton, ideal, 1
Steady bracket in mule, 153
Stop motions on doubler, 361
Strap, changing from fast to loose
pulley, 217
drawing-up by, 66, 232
fork, movement of, 73
Strap-relieving motion, 60, 90, 217,
448
Strapping or governor motion, 188
Strength of yarn, 8
Stretching of rim bands, 50
Strongest yarn not maile from tlie
strongest cotton, 8
Structure of a mule cop, 99
Suitable hank rovings and drafts
for various cottons and counts,
395
counts of wire for cards, 412
percentages of humidity for cotton
mills. 404
speeds in the card, 412
Suj)eriority of combed yarns, 3
Swift for i-eel, 372
Table of dividends, 417
of square roots, 418
of twists per inch and square
roots, 419
Tachometer for indicating speeds,
262
Taper of spindle, 22, 101
Tapered spindle, etl'ect of, in wind-
ing, 170
Tension of tlie yarn, 166
Testing yarn for diameter, 2
under the microscope, 2
Theory of spinning, 1
of the traveller, 294
Thick and thin places in yarn, 6
Thread guides, 289
Three-grooved rim pulley, 50
Tightening the backing-ott' chain, 96
Tin roller, 132
" Top " spindle, 321
Traveller, 288
Travellers, weight of, 309
. for different counts, 314
Traverse motions, 242
Troughs used in ring doublers, 357
Twist, effect on the diameter of the
yarn, 6
and weft, 6
change jilaces for, in doublers,
356
how produced iu the mule, 17
motion, 434
from tin roller, 448
wheel motion, 90
why it flies to the smallest
diameter, 7
Twister, 353
Twisting at the head, 76, 90
roller motion during, 236
Twists for doubled yarn, 370
per inch, multipliers for, 411
490
COTTON SPINNING
Tubes and starching, 258
Types of spindles, 323
Typical defects in cops, 15-4
Uncertainty of bands in mule, 43
Unilbrniity in yarn, 2
of the twist in ring yain, 313
Useful information, 408
Use of cotton yarns, 337
Usual diameters and settings of
rollers, 244
Variable screw in quadrant, 204
Variations of diameter in yarn, 2
illustrations of, 3
in doubled yarn, 3
scutcher laps, 5
speed of spindle required for
building a cop, 103
Various forms of reels, 374
of spinning, 17
Varying movement of mule carriage,
36
Warpers' bobbins, 338
Waste, percentage of, in doubler,
361
Weakest yarn not made from the
weakest cotton, 8
Weight and length of yarn, regu-
larity of the, 4
Weighting the fallers, 165
and roller stands, 240
in ring frames, 284
Weights of travellers, 309
and measures of cotton yarns,
413
for draw-frame rollers, 409
for tiy-frame rollers, 410
Wharve, position of, in mule
spindle, 412
Winding drum, 111
driving of, 132
click, 133
effect of tapered spindle on, 170
frame bobbin, 337, 463
quick traverse, 340, 465
motion, 442
for tine spinning mule, 230
variations of reel, 375
Wire, suitable counts of, for cards,
412
Wrap reel, 5
Yarn, arrangement of the fibres in, 8
cause of thiclc and thin places, 7
comparison of ring and mule
yarn, 331
diameter of, 17
elasticity of, 14
irregularities in, 4
judging, method of, not perfect, 3
measures and weights of, 413
preparing machine, 372
regularity of diameter, 2
in length and weight of, 4
rotundity of, 12
section of, showing fibres, 15
strength of, 8
strongest and weakest, 8
supei-iority of combed, 3
table of twists per inch in, 411
tension in, 166
testing under the microscope, 2
the diameter of, 2
uniformity of, 2
use of, 337
variations in, 3
doubled, 3
Zig-zag creels, 32
Piinicd in Great Hritain hy K. & 1\. Ci.akk, T,ii\iiin:t), l''ifinl'urt;h.
By VV. SCOTT TAGGART, M.I.Mech.E.
COTTON SPINNING
/// Three Volumes. Crown Zvo. Illustrated.
Vol. I. — Including all Processes up to the end of
Carding. Eighth Edition. los. net.
Vol. II. — Including the Processes up to the end of
Fly Frames. Sixth Edition, with Appendix.
8s. 6d. net.
Vol. III. — -Including Theory of Spinning — Mechanism
and Working of the Mule — The Ring Spinning
Frame — Winding Frames — Doubling — Yarn
Preparing — Mill Planning — Humidity — Use-
ful Information — Appendix — Index. Fifth
Edition. los. net.
Cotton Gazette. — "Most excellent and exhaustive work.
. . . The first edition was published in 1896, and the
fact that this highly useful technical work has been steadily
corrected and kept up-to-date, with improved methods
and machinery, is the best tribute to its great value to
practical cotton spinners."
Cotton Factory Times. — " ' Cotton Spinning ' is a helpful
treatise, and is deservedly popular."
Nature. — "This book should certainly be in the hands,
not only of every cotton spinner, but of every spinner
of materials of a like nature."
LONDON : MACMILLAN AND CO., Ltd.
By W. SCOTT TAGGART, M.I.Mech.E.
COTTON MACHINERY SKETCHES
A Book of Sketches of all Types of Machinery of
a modern Cotton Mill, with full details and
diagrams.
Third Edition. Sniper Royal ^vo. ys. 6d. net.
Cotton. — " A very interesting sketch-book of illustrations
of all types of cotton machinery. The drawings are taken
from the three volumes of the same author's book on
Cotton Spinning, and should be found most useful for those
wishing to become thoroughly acquainted with the subject."
COTTON SPINNING CALCULATIONS
A Book of Cotton Mill Calculations illustrating all the
Gearing of the Chief Types of Machinery, and
Worked Examples of all Rules necessary to a
Spinning Mill.
Third Impression, with Corrections. Illustrated.
Crown %vo. ys. 6d. net.
Nature. — " This admirable work should be in the hands
of every one, at home and abroad, who is interested in the
practical working of textile machinery."
COTTON MILL MANAGEMENT
A Practical Guide for Managers, Carders, and Over-
lookers.
Illustrated. Crown Svo. los. net.
Textile Manufacturer. — " The book contains a great deal
of useful information, and at the modest price charged can
be warmly recommended to the notice of all engaged in
cotton spinning."
LONDON : MACMILLAN AND CO., Ltd.
Tele^yanis : ^' Globe, Castleton-Lancashire."
Telephone: yi Rochdale.
Royal Exchange, AfanchesiCf .
Pillar H.-2.
TWEEDALES & SMALLEY
(1920), LTD.
CASTLETON, MANCHESTER
COTTON SPINNING and
DOUBLING MACHINERY, viz.:
Hopper Bale Openers.
Hopper Feeders.
Porcupine Feed Tables.
Crighton Openers.
Exhaust Openers.
Large Cylinder Openers.
Scutchers.
Flat Carding Engines.
Drawing Frames.
Stubbing Frames.
Intermediate Frames.
Roving Frames.
Twist and Weft Ring Frames.
Wet and Dry Ring Doubling Frames.
Also ROLLER and CLEARER CARDS
(4-Coilcr and Condenser Systems) for WASTE.
CODES USED :
TELEGRAPHIC ADDRESS— "A I" "ABC" TELEPHONE—
"ASA, OLDHAM" 4th and 5th Editions No. 777 OLDHAM
" ATLANTIC,"
" BENTLEY'S."
ASA LEES & CO.
LIMITED
SOHO IRON WORKS, OLDHAM
MAKERS OF
ALL KINDS OF MACHINERY
FOR
PREPARING, COMBING
SPINNING AND DOUBLING
COTTON, WOOL, WORSTED, &c.
IMPROVED COMBERS (NASMITH SYSTEM)
COMPLETE WASTE PLANTS ON THE CONTINENTAL SYSTEM
WORSTED MACHINERY
WINDING FRAMES OF VARIOUS TYPES
MACHINERY
FOR
DOUBLERS
OF ALL CLASSES OF
YARNS
AND
THREADS.
JOSEPH STUBBS L
MILL STREET WORKS, ANCOATS,
TD.
BRANCH WORKS
OPENSHAW MANCHESTER.
OPENSHAW WORKS:
Iron Castings,
ORDINARY, SOFT, & ANNEALED.
SCHLOMANN-OLDENBOURG
Illustrated Technical Dictionaries
In Six Languages :
GERMAN, ENGLISH, FRENCH, RUSSIAN,
ITALIAN, SPANISH.
Indispensable to all Engineers and Business Men
who have Dealings with Foreign Countries.
Vol. XIV. RAW MATERIALS OF THE TEXTILE
INDUSTRY.
Vol. XV. SPINNING OF ALL TEXTILES.
Vol. XVI. WEAVING OF ALL TEXTILES.
English Editor : WM. SCOTT TAGGAKT, MJ.Mech.E.
"... the Jiiost complete and well-arranged work of this nature whicli
we have had before us for review. . . .
" It is difficult to speak too highly of this publication, which will be
sure of great appreciation in this country. . . ." — The Textile Recorder.
Agents for the British Section :
LEWENZ & WILKINSON, LTD.
25 Victoria Street, LONDON, S.W.I.
BOBBINS AND SHUTTLES
FOR THE
TEXTILE TRADE
BOBBINS AND SHUTTLES
WEAVERS' PIRNS
RING DOUBLER BOBBINS
INTERNATIONAL PIRNS
WARPING BOBBINS
68 Gold Medals and Diplomas
8 Grands Prix
LARGEST MAKERS IN THE WORLD
WILSON BROTHERS BOBBIN CO., Ltd.,
And at Todmorden.
GARSTON, LIVERPOOL
Telegrams: NUGGET. LIVERPOOL. Codes: ABC, A I , and MARCONL
TAYLOR, LANG & CO., Ltd.
Castle Iron Works, STALYBRIDGE.
Telegraphic Address: " Lang, Stalybridge." Telephone No. 107.
Manchester Exchange. "E8" Pillar. Tuesdays and Fridays.
MAKERS OF
MACHINERY FOR PREPARING & SPINNING COTTON
ALSO FOR
SPINNING WOOL & WASTE YARNS.
IMPROVED CONDENSER MULE,
For all classes of Condenser Yarns from Cotton Waste,
Vigogne, and Angola Yarns, Hosiery Yarns.
Hopper Bale Opener and Cotton
Mixer.
Conveying and Distributing
Lattice Work.
Exhaust Fans for Transit of
Cotton.
Hopper Feeder with Patent Feed
Supply Apparatus.
Buckley's Patent Combined
Opener with One Cylinder
and One Beater.
Buckley's Patent Combined
Opener with Two Cylinders
and one Beater.
Buckley's Patent Opener, specially
arranged for Sea Island Cotton
(without Beater).
Crighton Opener.
Roving Waste Opener.
Scutcher or Lap Machine (Single
or Double).
Self-acting Mules for Coarse,
Medium, or Fine Counts.
Patent Self-acting Mules, with One,
Two, or Three Spindle Speeds,
for Spinning Waste, Barchant,
or Woollen Yarns.
ARUNDEL,
& CO.
STOCKPORT
Specialists in machinery
MODERN WINDING
For winding yarns
for the Creel of
Twisting Frames,
the machine illus-
trated is the most
efficient on the
market. High
Speed. Maximum
Production. Mini-
mum Waste. In-
stantaneous Stop
Motion. No Cob-
webbed Ends.
Winds any class of
\arn, with or with-
out Stop Motion.
Damping or con-
ditioning ar-
range m e n t,
specially ar-
ranged for
worsted and
similar yarns,
fitted if re-
quired.
Patent Quick Traverse Winding Frame.
COULTHARD
LTD.
and PRESTON
for the doubling trade.
Arundel — Coulthard Products
Patent Quick Traverse Winding Frames
Patent Slow Traverse Winding Frames
Patent Ring Doubling Frames
and
Patent Flyer Doubling Frames
for cotton, silk, worsted, ramie, and
linen yarns
Patent Clearing Frames
Patent Vertical Burner Split Drum High
Speed Gassing Frames
Patent Quick Traverse Gassing Frames
Patent High Speed Reels
Patent Yarn Preparing Machines
Patent Bundling Presses
Gravity High Speed Ring Spindles for
Spinning and Doubling Frames
Rings for Spinning and Doubling Frames
Top and Bottom Rollers for Spinning and
Doubling Frames
Patent Roller Traverse Motion for Spin-
ning Frames
Bobbin and other Wheels for Slubbing,
Intermediate and Roving Frames
Long and Short Collars for Intermediate
and Roving Frames
Inner Tubes for Gravity Spindles
Spindle Wheels
Flyer Frames and Ring Frames — The
Coulthard Patent Variable Traverse
Motion
Appleby Patent Simplex Lappet
Murphy-Simpson Patent Shuttle Threader
CATALOGUES will be sent to all responsible buyers on request. They are fully
illustrated and should be in the hands of all buyers of textile machinery. Please
mention the machines or accessories in which you are specially interested.
Agents and Representatives
For HOLLAND and SCANDINAVIA: Vlies and Benson, Ltd., Manchester
For FRANCE and BELGIUM: Benson and Vlies, Paris. Rouen, Lille, and Mulhouse
For JAPAN : Takata and Co., London, Tokio, New York, Osaka, Shanghai, eind Dairen
For SPAIN : Senor Carlos Salles Gerona, 50, I', 2' , Barcelona
For INDIA: Duncan, Stratton and Co., 9 Bank Street, Bombay
MANCHESTER EXCHANGE, Tuesday and Friday, Nos. H3 and F2 Pillars
BRADFORD EXCHANGE, Thursday
Telephone :
Stockport 606, Preston 140.
Telegrams :
'Arundel, Stockport." "Coulthards, Preston'
I£ATHER
G
Send for a
copy of the
Belting Book.
For over 1 00 years
we have been pro-
ducing leather
products of quality.
From the raw hide to the
finished product every stage
manufacture is carried out
in our tanneries and factories.
Every leather belt bearing the
mark Walker, Bolton, is a firm,
sound belt of uniform strength
and substance — points which
have made Walker's Belting
famous throughout the world.
Wm. walker & SONS, Ltd., BOLTON, ENGLAND.
LOOM
FITTINGS
For durability and resili-
ency use Walker's Buffalo
and Oak Tanned Pickers,
Chrome Picking Bands.
We make every descrip-
tion of leather fittings for
all makes of looms.
Standard patterns can
be supplied from stock —
other shapes to suit every
make of loom can readily
be made.
Send for our Illustrated Lists.
Wm. walker & SONS, Ltd.
BOLTON ENGLAND.
WILLIAM BODDEN & SON, Ltd.
Spindle and Flyer Manufacturers and Machinists,
Hargreaves Works, OLDHAM.
SPINDLES AND FLYERS
Of every description and with any kind of Presser
for Cotton, Silk, Woollen, or Flax Spinning.
Improved MULE SPINDLES for High Speeds.
speciality :— BODDEN'S IMPROVED
"ACME" RING SPINDLE.
WITH MULTIPLE SCREW OIL TUBE,
Which entirely dispenses with necessitj' of stopping frame, taking out
spindle, or use of pumps when re-oiling, thus saving a great amount of
oil, bands, time, and labour.
4,000,000 Spindles isith the above Appliance at Work.
ALSO MAKERS OF ALL
Ordinary and Elastic Rabbeth and other Ring Spindles.
New Long and Short Collars.
Wheels, Steps, Brackets, Plain or Loose Boss Top Rollers.
Patterns of every description for Lawson's Frames.
RINGS OF ALL KINDS.
BLUBBING, INTERMEDIATE, ROVING, and RING FRAMES
RE-SPINDLED, REPAIRED, LINED UP,
And put into thorough working order on our own
Special Improved Methods.
ESTIMATES GIVEN FOR ANY OF THE ABOVE.
SOME TECHNOLOGICAL WORKS
By F. H. Bowman, D.Sc.
THE STRUCTURE OF THE COTTON FIBRE
AND ITS RELATION TO TECHNICAL
APPLICATIONS. Illustrated. Crown 8vo.
I OS. 6d. net.
THE STRUCTURE OF THE WOOL FIBRE
AND ITS RELATION TO THE USE
OF WOOL FOR TECHNICAL PUR-
POSES. Illustrated. Crown 8vo. los. 66.
net.
By Thomas Woodhouse and Thomas Milne.
TEXTILE DESIGN, PURE AND APPLIED.
Illustrated. Crown 8vo. I2s. 6d. net.
JUTE AND LINEN WEAVING. Illustrated.
Crown 8vo. 15s. net.
By Thomas Woodhouse.
JACQUARDS AND HARNESSES, CARD-
CUTTING, LACING AND REPEATING
MECHANISM. Illustrated. 8vo. 25s. net.
By W. Lawrence Balls, ScD.
THE COTTON PLANT IN EGYPT. Studies
in Physiology and Genetics. Illustrated. 8vo.
6s. 66. net.
HANDBOOK OF SPINNING TESTS FOR
COTTON GROWERS. 8vo. Sewed. 3s. 66.
net.
LONDON: MACMILLAN AND CO., Ltd.
SOME TECHNOLOGICAL WORKS
By W. Lawrence Balls, Sc.D. {continued)
A METHOD FOR MEASURING THE
LENGTH OF COTTON HAIRS. Illus-
trated. 8vo. Sewed. 3s. 6d. net.
By T VV. Fox.
THE MECHANISM OF WEAVLNG. Fifth
Edition. Illustrated. Crown 8vo. 12s. 6d.
net.
By J. Can NELL Cain, D.Sc.
THE MANUFACTURE OF INTERMEDIATE
PRODUCTS FOR DYES. Illustrated. 8vo.
I OS. net.
THE MANUFACTURE OF DYES. Svo.
I 2s. 6d. net.
By Prof. Arthur G. Green, F.I.C
A SYSTEMATIC SURVEY OF THE ORGANIC
COLOURING MATTERS. Founded on the
German of Drs. G. Schultz and P. Julius.
Third Impression. Imperial Svo. 25s. net.
By G. S. FRAPS, Ph.D.
PRINCIPLES OF DYEING. Crown Svo. los.
net.
By M. S. WOOLMAN, B.S., and E. B. McGowan., B.S.
TEXTILES. A Handbook for the Student and
the Consumer. Crown Svo. ' 12s net.
LONDON: MACMILLAN AND CO., Ltd.
3/>
X S
<
^ z
^ S 0
2 0^
^
<
nt^nmtmmmmummwmmmmimmKmmtfmimttmtfiifBm
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11